Couverture_V7.0 EN 489956 Catalog

111721-Catalog 1 111721-Catalog_1 111721-Catalog_1 783510 Batch5 unilog cesco-content

2014-07-05

: Pdf 489956-Catalog 489956-Catalog 785901 Batch5 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 376 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

The essential guide

of Automation

& Control

helping you easily

select the right product

2010

The go to guide

for the most efﬁcient selection

Make the most of your energy

Detection

p Photo-electric, inductive and ultrasonic sensors

p Limit switches

p Sensors for pressure control

p Rotary encoders and radio frequency identiﬁcation

Operator dialog

p Control and signalling units

p Human/Machine Interfaces

Automation

p Relays

p Programmable controllers

p Automation platforms

p Conﬁguration software

Motion and Drives

p Soft starters and variable speed drives

p Motion controllers and servo drives

Motor control

p Motor control components

p Components for power control applications

Power supplies

p Power supplies

p Transformers

p Connection

Interfaces and I/O

p Distributed Inputs/Outputs

p Interfaces

p Accessories and Cabling

Networks connectivity and Web servers

ConneXium cabling system

AS-Interface cabling system

Servers and Gateways

Machine safety

p Safety solutions provide maximum protection in all the safety

functions of your automation system

Explosive atmospheres

p Detection

p Operator dialog

p Machine safety

p Automation

Contents

Innovative and simple products for all Auto

Interfaces & I/O

Connectors

Cable-ends, terminal blocs

Interfaces

Plug-in relays, analog

converters, discrete

interfaces

Pre-wired interfaces,

IP20/IP67 distributed I/O

AS-Interface

IP20/IP67 interfaces,

cables, repeaters,

accessories,adressing and

adjustment terminals

Machine safety

Safety monitors and

controllers on AS-Interface

Software

Software to design and

install AS-Interface system,

safety monitors and

controllers on AS-Interface

programming software

Systems &

Architectures

Connecting Ethernet

devices

Web-enabling PLCs

on Ethernet

Application protocols

and ﬁeld buses

Mounting systems

Enclosures

Wall mounted enclosures

Floor standing enclosures,

suite type cubicles

Industrial boxes

Equipment and accessories

Thermal control equipment

Power splitter blocks

Mounting accessories

Automation

Relays

Plug-in relays, electronic

timers, control relays,

counts

Smart relays

PLCs, PC based control,

distributed I/O

Programmable controllers

PLC platforms

PC based control

Distributed I/O, I/O

controllers

AS-Interface

Master modules for

Modicon PLCs

Machine safety

Safety PLCs, controllers

and modules

Software

PLCs and safety controllers

programming software

Power supplies

Switch mode power

supplies

Filtered rectiﬁed power

supplies, transformers

AS-Interface

Power supplies

ation and Control functions

Motion & Drives

Soft starters, drives

and linear axes

Soft starters

Variable speed drives

Motion controllers

Servo drives and motors

Stepper drives and motors

Integrated drives

Single axes and multi-axis

systems

Software

Setup and Programming

software

Motor control

Motor starters

Contactors

Circuit breakers, fuse carriers

Thermal relays

Combinations,

motor controllers

Mounting solutions

Motor starter mounting kit

AS-Interface

Motor controllers,

enclosures, variable speed

drives

Machine safety

Switch disconnectors,

thermal-magnetic motor

circuit breakers, enclosed

starters

Software

Motor control programming

software

Operator dialog

Control & signalling units

Control and signalling units,

Cam switches,

Beacons and indicator banks

Human machine interfaces

Operator interface terminals,

industrial PCs, Web servers,

HMI and SCADA PC-based

software

Control stations, mounting

solutions

Control and pendant stations,

front panels mounting kits

AS-Interface

Control stations, keypads,

beacons

Machine safety

Emergency stops, control

stations, enabling switches,

foot switches

Software

Operator terminal software

Detection

Sensors

Limit switches

Proximity sensors

Photo-electric and ultrasonic

sensors

Pressure switches

Rotary encoders

RFID

Inductive identiﬁcation

Machine safety

Switches, light curtains,

mats

Software

Safety mats conﬁguration

software

Software tools

Global software

Generation of application

systems

Application control

Collaborative development

Dedicated software

See Software in other

functions

OsiSense

It’s the schneider Electric range name

of all the detection products.

Select the sensor according to your

speciﬁc requirements

A selection of 1500 products, with the

top 500 selling products (referenced

in bold characters in this document).

A complete offer for resolving your most

commonly encountered detection problems:

• product selection simpliﬁed

• product availability simpliﬁed

• installation and setting-up simpliﬁed

• maintenance simpliﬁed

•

detection simpliﬁed using a single supplier.

Improved simplicity for improved

productivity.



This document is a selection of

the top selling products.

Detection

1/1

Limit switches .....................................................................................................................................1/2 to 1/11

Detection by contact of rigid objects

Object speed ≤ 1.5 m/s, OsiSense XC

Sensors for pressure control ................................................................................................... 1/12 to 1/17

Detection by contact with ﬂuid

Electronic or electromechanical pressure and vacuum switches,

pressure sensors, OsiSense XM

Inductive proximity sensors ...................................................................................................... 1/18 to 1/28

Detection without contact of metal objects

Sensor / object distance ≤ 60 mm, OsiSense XS

Capacitive proximity sensors .............................................................................................................. 1/29

Detection of insulating materials or conductive materials

Speciﬁc products for particular applications, OsiSense XT

Photo-electric sensors .................................................................................................................. 1/30 to 1/41

Detection without contact of any object

Detection from a few millimetres to several tens of metres, OsiSense XU

Ultrasonic sensors ........................................................................................................................ 1/42 and 1/43

Detection without contact of any object of any material

Detection from a few millimetres up to 8 metres, OsiSense XX

Rotary encoders ............................................................................................................................... 1/44 and 1/45

Opto-electronic detection

Incremental or absolute - single turn and multiturn, OsiSense XCC

Radio frequency identiﬁcation ............................................................................................. 1/46 and 1/47

13.56 MHz RFID detection

Complete range of RFID tags and compact stations, OsiSense XG

Sensors for explosive atmospheres

See chapter 10 “Explosive Atmospheres”

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

22 21

GN-YE

ISO entry

(

to EN 50262)

22 21

1314

22 21

Limit switches

Compact and miniature, complete switches

(variable composition, see pages 34-35)

XCMD

2-pole contact

NC+NO

snap action

2-pole contact

NC+NO

slow break

XCKT

2-pole contact

NC+NO

snap action

XCKP/XCKD

2-pole contact

NC+NO

snap action

2-pole contact

NC+NO

slow break

OsiSense XC

Compact XCKD metal and XCKP plastic conforming to standard EN 50047

Type of operator Metal

end plunger

Steel

roller plunger

Thermoplastic

roller lever plunger,

horizontal actuation

in 1 direction

M18 head

metal

end plunger

M18 head

steel

roller plunger

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles) 15 10 15 10 10

Actuation speed (in m/s) 0.5 0.5 1 0.5 0.5

Switches conforming to standard IEC 947-5-1 section 3

Product certiﬁ cation CE - CSA - CCC - GOST

Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529 IP 66 and IP 67

Rated operational characteristics AC-15; A300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A) / DC-13; Q300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)

Cable entry 1 tapped entry for ISO M16 x 1.5 cable gland (3) or M12 connector

Fixing centres (mm) 20 20 20 M18 x 1 M18 x 1

Body dimensions (mm) W x D x H 31 x 30 x 65

Metal switches

Complete switch 2-pole NC+NO snap action XCKD2110P16 XCKD2102P16 XCKD2121P16 XCKD21H0P16 XCKD21H2P16

2-pole NC+NO break before make, slow break XCKD2510P16 XCKD2502P16 XCKD2521P16 XCKD25H0P16 XCKD25H2P16

2-pole NC+NO snap action (M12-5 pins) XCKD2110M12 XCKD2102M12 XCKD2121M12 XCKD21H0M12 XCKD21H2M12

Plastic, double insulated switches

Complete switch 2-pole NC+NO snap action XCKP2110P16 XCKP2102P16 XCKP2121P16 XCKP21H0P16 XCKP21H2P16

2-pole NC+NO break before make, slow break XCKP2510P16 XCKP2502P16 XCKP2521P16 XCKP25H0P16 XCKP25H2P16

2-pole NC+NO snap action (M12-4 pins) XCKP2110M12 XCKP2102M12 XCKP2121M12 XCKP21H0M12 XCKP21H2M12

(3) For Pg 11 cable entries, replace P16 by G11. Example: XCKD2110P16 becomes XCKD2110G11.

For other cable entries, see customised assembly on page 1/34.

Miniature XCMD metal, pre-cabled; ﬁ xing by the body or by the head

Type of operator Metal

end plunger

Steel roller

plunger

Thermoplastic

roller lever

Steel

roller lever

Variable length

thermoplastic

roller lever

M12 head

metal

end plunger

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles) 10 10 10 10 10 10

Actuation speed (in m/s) 0.5 0.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 0.5

Switches conforming to standard IEC 947-5-1 section 3

Product certiﬁ cation CE - UL - CSA - CCC

Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529 IP 66 and IP 67

Rated operational characteristics AC-15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A) / DC-13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)

Fixing centres (mm) 20 M12 x 1

Body dimensions (mm) W x D x H 30 x 16 x 50

Connection Cable Pre-cabled, adjustable direction, length = 1 m (other lengths available on request)

Complete switch 2-pole NC+NO snap action XCMD2110L1 XCMD2102L1 XCMD2115L1 XCMD2116L1 XCMD2145L1 XCMD21F0L1

2-pole NC+NO break before make, slow break XCMD2510L1 XCMD2502L1 XCMD2515L1 XCMD2516L1 XCMD2545L1 XCMD25F0L1

Connector M12

Complete switch NC+NO snap action (M12-5 pins) XCMD2110C12 XCMD2102C12 XCMD2115C12 XCMD2116C12 XCMD2145C12 XCMD21F0C12

1C/O snap action (M12-4 pins) (1) XCMD2110M12 XCMD2102M12 XCMD2115M12 XCMD2116M12 XCMD2145M12 XCMD21F0M12

(1) Although their design is identical to the pre-cabled switches, the switches incorporating an M12 4-pin connector cannot be marked with the symbol because they are single-pole C/O.

Positive opening operation.

1/2

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

ISO entry

(

to EN 50262)

ISO entry

(

to EN 50262)

Application - XCPR and XCDR with manual reset

Thermoplastic

roller lever

Variable length

Thermoplastic

roller lever

Thermoplastic

roller lever

Ø 50 mm

“Cat’s whisker” Metal

end plunger

Steel

roller plunger

Thermoplastic

roller lever plunger,

horizontal actuation

in 1 direction

Thermoplastic

roller lever plunger,

vertical actuation

in 1 direction

Thermoplastic

roller lever

10 10 10 5 1 1 1 1 1

1.5 1.5 1.5 1 0.5 0.5 1 1 1.5

–

CE - CSA - CCC - GOST

IP 66 and IP 67

AC-15; A300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A) / DC-13; Q300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)

1 tapped entry for ISO M20 x 1.5 cable gland (4)

20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20

31 x 30 x 95

XCKD2118P16 XCKD2145P16 XCKD2139P16 XCKD2106P16 XCDR2110P20 XCDR2102P20 XCDR2121P20 XCDR2127P20 XCDR2118P20

XCKD2518P16 XCKD2545P16 XCKD2539P16 XCKD2506P16 XCDR2510P20 XCDR2502P20 XCDR2521P20 XCDR2527P20 XCDR2518P20

XCKD2118M12 XCKD2145M12 XCKD2139M12 XCKD2106M12 – – – – –

XCKP2118P16 XCKP2145P16 XCKP2139P16 XCKP2106P16 XCPR2110P20 XCPR2102P20 XCPR2121P20 XCPR2127P20 XCPR2118P20

XCKP2518P16 XCKP2545P16 XCKP2539P16 XCKP2506P16 XCPR2510P20 XCPR2502P20 XCPR2521P20 XCPR2527P20 XCPR2518P20

XCKP2118M12 XCKP2145M12 XCKP2139M12 XCKP2106M12 – – – – –

(4) For Pg 13.5 cable entries, replace P20 by G13. Example: XCDR2110P20 becomes XCDR2110G13.

For other cable entries, see customised assembly on page 1/34.

Compact XCKT plastic, 2 cable entries

Retractable

steel roller lever

plunger

M12 head

steel

roller plunger

“Cat’s whisker” Metal

end plunger

Steel

roller plunger

Thermoplastic

roller lever

Thermoplastic

roller lever

plunger, horizon-

tal actuation

“Cat’s whisker” “Cat’s whisker”

10 105 151010155 5

0,5 0.1 1 0.5 0.5 1.5 1 1 1

– ––

CE - CSA - CCC - GOST

IP 66 and IP 67

AC-15; A300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A) / DC-13; Q300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)

20 M12 x 1 20 20 or 40

58 x 30 x 51

2 tapped entries for ISO M16 x 1.5 cable gland (2)

XCMD2124L1 XCMD21F2L1 XCMD2106L1 XCKT2110P16 XCKT2102P16 XCKT2118P16 XCKT2145P16 XCKT2121P16 XCKT2106P16

XCMD2524L1 XCMD25F2L1 XCMD2506L1 – –––––

XCMD2124C12 XCMD21F2C12 XCMD2106C12 – –––––

XCMD2124M12 XCMD21F2M12 XCMD2106M12 – –––––

(2) For Pg 11 cable entries, replace P16 by G11. Example: XCKT2110P16 becomes XCKT2110G11.

1/3

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

GN-YE

RD-WH RD

VT-WH

GN-YE

BK-WH BK

Reference ZCE01 ZCY15 (2) ZCY16 (2) ZCY25 (2) ZCY25 (2)

Limit switches

Customised assembly of miniature and compact

Thermoplastic

roller lever plunger,

horizontal actuation

Metal

end plunger

Steel

roller plunger

Retractable steel

roller lever plunger

Metal end plunger

with protective

elastomer boot

Metal plunger and multi-directional heads

Heads - common to miniature and compact bodies

Description

Metal rotary heads and levers

Rotary head

without lever,

spring return, for

actuation from

LH or RH side

Steel

roller lever,

track:

24/31 mm (ZCMD)

29/36 mm (ZCD/P/T)

Thermoplastic

roller lever,

track:

16/39 mm (ZCMD)

21/44 mm (ZCD/P/T)

Steel

roller lever,

track:

16/39 mm (ZCMD)

21/44 mm (ZCD/P/T)

Thermoplastic

roller lever,

track:

24/31 mm (ZCMD)

29/36 mm (ZCD/P/T)

Description

(1) Recommended for use with bodies: ZCD... / ZCP... / ZCT... (2)

Recommended for use with bodies: ZCMD...

Bodies

Reference ZCE10 ZCE11 ZCE02 ZCE24 (2) ZCE21

OsiSense XC

Speciﬁ c pre-cabled

connection components

Option: pre-wired M12

connector, L = 2 m

5-pin 4-pin

for

ZCMD21

for

ZCMD39

for

ZCMD25

for

ZCMD37

L = 1 m ZCMC21L1 ZCMC39L1 ZCMC25L1 ZCMC37L1

L = 2 m ZCMC21L2 ZCMC39L2 ZCMC25L2 ZCMC37L2

L = 5 m ZCMC21L5 ZCMC39L5 ZCMC25L5 ZCMC37L5

XZCP1164L2 XZCP1141L2

Miniature

Positive opening operation.

Type of contact

2-pole

NO+NC

Snap action

3-pole

NC+NC+NO

Snap action

2-pole

NC+NO

Slow break

3-pole

NC+NC+NO

Slow break

2-pole

NO+NC

Snap action

2-pole

NC+NO

Snap action

Connector 5 pin

1-pole

1C/O

Snap action

Connector 4 pin

4-pole

NC+NC+NO+NO

Snap action

Reference of metal body ZCMD21 ZCMD39 ZCMD25 ZCMD37 –

ZCMD21C12 ZCMD21M12

–

Cable L = 1 m ––––

ZCMD21L1 (3)

––

ZCMD41L1

L = 2 m ––––

ZCMD21L2 (3)

––

ZCMD41L2

L = 5 m ––––

ZCMD21L5 (3)

––

ZCMD41L5

(3) For contact 2-pole NC+NO slow break, replace 21 by 25. Example: ZCMD21L1 becomes ZCMD25L1

Connection of miniature bodies

1/4

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

22 21

32 31

22 21

1314

22 21

32 31

22 21

1314

22 21

12 11

22 21

12 11

2324

1314

switches

Thermoplastic

roller lever plunger,

vertical actuation

M12 head

metal

end plunger

M18 head

metal

end plunger

M12 head

steel

roller plunger

M18 head

steel

roller plunger

Spring rod Spring rod with

plastic end

“Cat’s whisker”

Thermoplastic

roller lever,

track:

20/36 mm (ZCMD)

24/40 mm (ZCD/P/T)

Steel

roller lever,

track:

20/36 mm (ZCMD)

24/40 mm (ZCD/P/T)

Ceramic

roller lever

Variable length

thermoplastic

roller lever

Round,

glass ﬁ bre

rod lever

Ø 3 mm

L = 125 mm

Metal

spring-rod

lever

Thermoplastic

roller lever

Ø 50 mm

Adjustable thermo-

plastic roller lever

Ø 50 mm

Interchangeable

outlet for cable

gland

Option: pre-wired M12 connector,

L = 2 m

5-pin 4-pin

XZCP1164L2 XZCP1141L2

ZCY18(1) ZCY19(1) ZCY22 ZCY45 ZCY55 ZCY91 ZCY39 ZCY49

ZCE27 ZCEF0(2) ZCEH0(1) ZCEF2(2) ZCEH2(1) ZCE08 ZCE07 ZCE06

Connection of compact bodies

Description For ISO M16 For ISO M20 For Pg 11 For Pg 13.5 For 1/2" NPT

For PF 1/2 (G12)

cable gland cable gland cable gland cable gland cable gland cable gland

Metal ZCDEP16 ZCDEP20 ZCDEG11 ZCDEG13 ZCDEN12 ZCDEF12

Plastic ZCPEP16 ZCPEP20 ZCPEG11 ZCPEG13 ZCPEN12 ZCPEF12

Compact

Type of contact

2-pole NC+NO

Snap action

3-pole

NC+NC+NO

Snap action

2-pole NC+NO

Slow break

2-pole NC+NC

Slow break

2-pole

NO+NO

Slow break

2-pole

NC+NC

Snap action

3-pole

NC+NC+NO

Slow break

2-pole NC+NO - Snap action

2-pole

NC+NO

Snap action

2-pole

NC+NO

Slow break

Connector

5-pin

Connector

4-pin

Ref. metal body ZCD21 ZCD39 ZCD25 ZCD27 ZCD28 ZCD29 ZCD37 ZCD21M12 – – –

Ref. plastic body ZCP21 ZCP39 ZCP25 ZCP27 ZCP28 ZCP29 ZCP37 – ZCP21M12

ZCT21P16

(1)

ZCT25P16

(1)

ZCT Pg 11 cable gland versions:

replace the sufﬁ x P16 by G11

Example:

ZCT21P16 becomes ZCT21G11

ZCT 1/2" NPT versions:

replace the sufﬁ x P16 by

N12 (adaptor).

Example:

ZCT21P16 becomes ZCT21N12

1 Cable entry 1/2" NPT

1 Cable entry Pg11

1/5

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

22 21

32 31

22 21

1314

32 31

22 21

1314

22 21

1314

22 21

1314

22 21

14 13

Limit switches

Classic - XCKM, XCKL, complete switches

XCKM

2-pole contact

NC+NO

snap action

2-pole contact

NC+NO

slow break

3-pole contact

NC+NC+NO

snap action

ISO entry

(

to EN 50262)

OsiSense XC

Classic - XCKM, XCKL,

Customised assembly - Body/contact sub-assemblies

Type XCKM metal, 3 cable entries, XCKL metal, 1 cable entry

Type of operator Metal

end plunger

Steel

roller plunger

Roller lever plunger,

horizontal actuation

in 1 direction

Thermoplastic

roller lever

“Cat’s whisker”

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles) 20 20 20 15 10

Actuation speed (in m/s) 0.5 0.5 1.5 1.5 0.5

Product certiﬁ cation CE - UL - CSA - CCC - GOST - C-TICK - BV

Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529 IP 665

Rated operational characteristics AC-15; A300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A) / DC-13; Q300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)

Cable entry (1) XCKM 3 tapped entries for ISO M20 x 1.5 cable gland (2 entries ﬁ tted with blanking plugs)

XCKL 1 cable entry with cable gland

Fixing centres (mm) 41

Body dimensions (mm) W x D x H XCKM / XCKL 64 x 30 x 64 / 52 x 30 x 72

Complete switch XCKM

2-pole NC+NO snap action XCKM110H29 XCKM102H29 XCKM121H29 XCKM115H29 XCKM106H29

2-pole NC+NO, break before make, slow break XCKM510H29 XCKM502H29 XCKM521H29 XCKM515H29 –

Complete switch XCKL

2-pole NC+NO snap action XCKL110 XCKL102 XCKL121 XCKL115 XCKL106

(1) For Pg 13.5 cable entries delete the reference sufﬁ x H29. Example: XCKM110H29 becomes XCKM110.

Positive opening operation.

Type XCKM metal, 3 cable entries

Type of contact

2-pole

NC+NO

snap action

2-pole

NC+NO

slow break

3-pole

NC+NC+NO

snap action

3-pole

NC+NC+NO

slow break

Reference of body with contact block ZCKM1H29 ZCKM5H29 ZCKMD39H29 ZCKMD37H29

XCKL reference of body with contact block (2) ZCKL1 ZCKL5 ––

Reference of contact block only XE2SP2151 XE2NP2151 XE3SP2141 XE3NP2141

(2) For cable entry 1/2" NPT, add H7. Example: XCKL1 becomes XCKL1H7

1/6

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Complete switch = Body/contact assembly + Head + Lever

Rotary or multi-directional heads

with thermoplastic

roller lever (2)

with steel roller

lever (2)

with variable length

thermoplastic

roller lever (2)

with Ø 6 mm

thermoplastic rod

L = 200 mm (3)

with thermoplastic

roller lever (3)

for actuation from

left AND right

left OR right

with “Cat’s

whisker”

with spring rod

Reference ZCKD15 ZCKD16 ZCKD41 ZCKD59 ZCKD31 ZCKD06 ZCKD08

Plunger heads

with metal

end plunger

with metal end

plunger and

protective boot

with steel

roller plunger

with steel roller

plunger and

protective boot

with thermoplastic

roller lever plunger,

horizontal actuation

in 1 direction

with steel

roller lever plunger,

horizontal actuation

in 1 direction

Reference ZCKD10 ZCKD109 ZCKD02 ZCKD029 ZCKD21 ZCKD23

Rotary heads and separate levers

spring return,

for actuation from

left AND right

left OR right

lever with

thermoplastic

roller (2)

lever with

steel roller (2)

variable length

lever with

thermoplastic

roller

(2)

variable length

lever with

steel roller (2)

rod, Ø 6 mm

thermoplastic

L = 200 mm (3)

Reference ZCKD05 ZCKY31 ZCKY33 ZCKY41 ZCKY43 ZCKY59

(2) Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 90° steps by reversing the notched washer.

(3) Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 45° steps by reversing the lever mounting.

Operating heads,

complete or for customer assembly

1/7

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

14 13

22 21

1314

22 21

1314

22 21

32 31

22 21

1314

32 31

22 21

1314

Type XCKJ metal, ﬁxed body, conforming to standard EN 50041

Type of operator Metal

end plunger

Steel

roller plunger

Thermoplastic

roller lever

Steel

roller lever

Variable length

thermoplastic

roller lever

Polyamide Ø 6

mm rod lever

L = 200 mm

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles) 30 25 30 30 30 30

Actuation speed (in m/s) 0.5 1 1.5 1,5 1.5 1.5

Product certiﬁcation CE - UL - CSA - CCC - GOST - C-TICK - BV

Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529 IP 667

Rated operational characteristics AC-15; A300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A) / DC-13; Q300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)

Cable entry (1) 1 tapped entry for ISO M20 x 1.5 cable gland

Fixing centres (mm) 30 x 60

Body dimensions (mm) W x D x H 40 x 44 x 77

Complete switch

M20

N2-pole NC+NO snap action

XCKJ161H29

XCKJ167H29

XCKJ10511H29

XCKJ10513H29 XCKJ10541H29 XCKJ10559H29

2-pole NC+NO break before make, slow break

XCKJ561H29

XCKJ567H29

XCKJ50511H29

XCKJ50513H29 XCKJ50541H29 XCKJ50559H29

1/2" NPT

2-pole NC+NO snap action XCKJ161H7 XCKJ167H7

XCKJ10511H7

XCKJ10513H7

XCKJ10541H7 XCKJ10559H7

M12 5P

2-pole NC+NO snap action XCKJ161D XCKJ167D XCKJ10511D XCKJ10513D XCKJ10541D XCKJ10559D

(1) For Pg 13.5 cable entry delete the reference sufﬁx H29. Example: XCKJ161H29 becomes XCKJ161.

Positive opening operation.

Limit switches

Industrial - XCKJ, complete switches

XCKJ

2-pole contact

NC+NO

snap action

2-pole contact

NC+NO

slow break

3-pole contact

NC+NC+NO

snap action

ISO entry

(

to EN 50262)

OsiSense XC

2-pole

NC+NO

snap action

2-pole

NC+NO

slow break

2 C/O

snap action

Simultaneous

3-pole

NC+NC+NO

snap action

3-pole

NC+NC+NO

slow break

Cable entry (1) 1 tapped entry for ISO M20 x 1.5 cable gland

Reference of body with contact block M20 ZCKJ1H29 ZCKJ5H29 ZCKJ2H29 ZCKJD39H29 ZCKJD37H29

Pg13 ZCKJ1 ZCKJ5 ZCKJ2 – –

1/2" NPT ZCKJ1H7 ZCKJ5H7 ZCKJ2H7 – –

M12 (5 pin) ZCKJ1D ZCKJ5D –––

Reference of contact block only XE2SP2151 XE2NP2151 – XE3SP2141 XE3NP2141

Type XCKJ metal, 1 cable entry

Type of contact

Industrial - XCKJ,

Customised assembly - Body/contact sub-assemblies

1/8

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Operating heads,

complete or for customer assembly

Complete switch

= Body/contact assembly + Head

+ Lever

Plunger or multi-directional heads

with reinforced

steel roller

end plunger

with metal

end plunger

with thermoplastic

roller lever plunger,

1 direct. of actuation

with steel

roller lever plunger,

1 direct. of actuation

with steel roller

end plunger

with steel

ball bearing

end plunger

End steel roller

plunger with

protective boot

Référence ZCKE67 ZCKE61 ZCKE21 ZCKE23 ZCKE62 ZCKE66 ZCKE629

with metal

side plunger

Side steel roller

plunger,

horizontal

Side steel roller

plunger,

vertical

with spring rod with “Cat’s whisker”

Reference ZCKE63 ZCKE64 ZCKE65 ZCKE08 ZCKE06

Separate rotary heads and levers

spring return

for actuation

from

left AND right

left OR right

lever with

thermoplastic

roller (2)

lever with

steel roller (2)

variable length

lever with

thermoplastic

roller (2)

variable length

lever with

steel roller (2)

rod, Ø 6 mm

thermoplastic

L = 200 mm (2)

square rod lever,

steel, U 3 mm

L = 125 mm (2)

round rod lever,

steel, Ø 3 mm

L = 125 mm (2)

spring lever

with

thermoplastic

end (3)

spring-metal

rod lever

(3)

Reference ZCKE05 ZCKY11 ZCKY13 ZCKY41 ZCKY43 ZCKY59 ZCKY51 ZCKY53 ZCKY81 ZCKY91

stay put

for actuation from

left AND right

forked arm lever

with thermoplastic

rollers, 1 track (2)

forked arm lever

with thermoplastic

rollers, 2 track (2)

Reference ZCKE09 ZCKY71 ZCKY61

(2) Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 45° steps by reversing the lever mounting.

(3) Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 90° steps by reversing the notched washer.

1/9

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

22 21

12 11

22 21

1314

22 21

14 13

22 21

1314

22 21

1112

22 21

ISO entry

(

to EN 50262)

Limit switches

Classic - XCKS, complete switches

Type XCKS plastic, double insulated, conforming to standard EN 50041

Type of operator Metal

end plunger

Steel

roller plunger

Thermoplastic

roller lever

Variable length

thermoplastic

roller lever

Rubber

roller lever

Ø 50 mm

Polyamide

Ø 6 mm

rod lever

L = 200 mm

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles) 25 15 20 20 20 20

Actuation speed (in m/s) 0.5 0.5 1.5 1.5 1 1

Product certiﬁcation CE - UL - CSA - CCC - GOST - C-TICK

Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529 IP 653

Rated operational characteristics AC-15; A300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A) / DC-13; Q300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)

Cable entry (1) 1 tapped entry for ISO M20 x 1.5 cable gland

Fixing centres (mm) 30 x 60

Body dimensions (mm) W x D x H 40 x 36 x 72.5

Complete switch 2-pole NC+NO snap action

XCKS101H29

XCKS102H29

XCKS131H29 XCKS141H29 XCKS139H29 XCKS159H29

2-pole NC+NO break before make, slow break

XCKS501H29

XCKS502H29

XCKS531H29 XCKS541H29 XCKS539H29 XCKS559H29

Body 2-pole NC+NO snap action ZCKS1H29 ZCKS1H29 ZCKS1H29 ZCKS1H29 ZCKS1H29 ZCKS1H29

2-pole NC+NO break before make, slow break ZCKS5H29 ZCKS5H29 ZCKS5H29 ZCKS5H29 ZCKS5H29 ZCKS5H29

3-pole NC+NC+NO snap action

ZCKSD39H29

Associated head (including operator) ZCKD01 ZCKD02 ZCKD31 ZCKD41 ZCKD39 ZCKD59

Operating lever for rotary head –– ZCKY31 ZCKY41 ZCKY39 ZCKY59

Complete switch

with 2-pole snap action contacts

2 x NC+NO contacts actuated in each direction –– – – – –

1 x NC+NO contact actuated in each direction – –––––

Complete switch 2 x single-pole C/O snap action contacts –– – – – –

2 x 2-pole NC+NC staggered, slow break contacts

–– – – – –

Positive opening operation.

(1)

For Pg 13.5 cable entry delete the reference sufﬁx H29. Example: XCKJ161H29 becomes XCKJ161.

For severe applications - XC2J,

Customised assembly - Body/contact sub-assemblies

Type XC2J metal, ﬁxed body, 1 cable entry incorporating cable gland

Type of contact

Single-pole

1 C/O contact

snap action

Double-pole

2 C/O simultaneous contacts

snap action

Reference of body with contact block ZC2JC1 ZC2JC2

Reference of contact block only XCKZ01 XESP1021

XCKS

2-pole contact

NC+NO

snap action

2-pole contact

NC+NO

slow break

3-pole

NC+NC+NO

snap action

XCR

2 x 2-pole

contacts,

snap action

XCKMR

2 x 2-pole

contacts

NC+NC

staggered,

slow break

OsiSense XC

1/10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Types XCKMR and XCR “Application - hoisting, materials handling, conveying”

Square rod levers Square rod lever Large roller rod lever Square rod levers Conveyor belt shift monitoring switches

6 mm, “crossed” 6 mm Ø 50 mm 6 mm, “crossed” or “T” Galvanised steel

operating lever

Stainless steel

operating lever

2 10 10 10 0.3 0.3

1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5

CE - UL - CSA - GOST CE - CSA - CCC - GOST

IP 545 IP 665

AC-15; A300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A) / DC-13; Q300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)

3 x ISO M20 x 1.5 entries 1 tapped entry for n° 13 cable gland (for ISO M20 x 1.5, adaptor DE9RA1620 must be ordered separately)

61.5 85 x 75 105 x 70

118 x 59 x 77 85 x 75 x 95 85 x 87 x 146

– –––––

– XCRA11(2) XCRA15 XCRE18(2) ––

– XCRB11(2) – XCRF17(3) ––

– XCRT115 XCRT315 (4)

XCKMR54D1H29 (2) –––––

(2) Steel rods, L = 200 mm (3) Steel “T” rods, L = 200 mm, W = 300 mm. (4) Polyester enclosure

Operating heads, complete or for customer assembly

Plunger heads

with metal end plunger with steel roller end plunger

Reference ZC2JE61 ZC2JE62

Rotary heads and separate levers

spring return

for actuation from

left AND right

spring return

for actuation from

left OR right

variable length lever

with thermoplastic

roller (1)

rigid rod

3 mm, steel

L = 125 mm (1)

lever with

thermoplastic roller

(1)

lever with

steel roller (1)

spring lever

(1)

spring-rod lever

Reference ZC2JE01 ZC2JE05 ZC2JY31 ZC2JY51 ZC2JY11 ZC2JY13 ZC2JY81 ZC2JY91

ry head(1) Adjustable throughout 360°. s and separate levers

ISO entry

(

to EN 50262)

Severe duty for hoisting and materials handling applications

XCKMR and XCR, complete switches

1/11

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Sensors for pressure control

Electronic sensors XMLG

Electrical connection by M12 connector

Pressure range

(bar) (1)

-1…0 0…1 0…6 0…10 0…16 0…25 0…100 0…250 0…400

Fluids controlled Hydraulic oils, air, fresh water, sea water, corrosive ﬂuids from -15…+125°C

Ambient air temperature - 15…+ 85°C

Degree of protection

(conforming to IEC 60529)

IP 66 and IP 67

Product certiﬁcation CE - UL - CSA - GOST

Voltage limits 12…24 V DC, 8…33 V DC for 4…20 mA, 11.4…33V DC for 0…10 V

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L Ø 22.8 x 70 (not including connector)

Fluid connection (2) G 1/4" A (male)

Electrical connection (3) M12 connector

Type of output (4) 4…20 mA, 2-wire technique, 0…10V, 3-wire technique

Analogue output 4…20 mA

XMLGM01D21

XMLG001D21 XMLG006D21 XMLG010D21 XMLG016D21 XMLG025D21 XMLG100D21 XMLG250D21 XMLG400D21

0…10 V

XMLGM01D71

XMLG001D71 XMLG006D71 XMLG010D71 XMLG016D71 XMLG025D71 XMLG100D71 XMLG250D71 XMLG400D71

Available in bulk packs for selling in lots, please consult us.

The XMLG range also includes pressure switches, please consult us.

Electronic sensors XMLE

Electrical connection by DIN 43650 connector

Setting range

(bar) (1)

-1…0 0…1 0…10 0…25 0…100 0…250 0…600

Fluids controlled Hydraulic oils, air, fresh water, sea water, corrosive ﬂuids from -15…+80°C

Ambient air temperature - 15…+ 80°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP 65

Product certiﬁcation CE - UL - CSA - GOST

Voltage limits 24 V DC, 11…33 V DC

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L Ø 40 x 90 (not including connector)

Fluid connection (2) G 1/4" A (male)

Electrical connection (3) DIN 43650 connector

Type of output (4) Transmitter 4…20 mA, 2-wire technique

Pressure switch PNP or NPN, normally closed (NC)

Analogue output 4…20 mA

XMLEM01U1C21 XMLE001U1C21 XMLE010U1C21 XMLE025U1C21 XMLE100U1C21 XMLE250U1C21 XMLE600U1C21

NPN output

XMLEM01U1C31 XMLE001U1C31 XMLE010U1C31 XMLE025U1C31 XMLE100U1C31 XMLE250U1C31 XMLE600U1C31

PNP output

XMLEM01U1C41 XMLE001U1C41 XMLE010U1C14 XMLE025U1C41 XMLE100U1C41 XMLE250U1C41 XMLE600U1C41

(1) Other sizes, please consult us. (3) Other types of connection, please consult us.

(2) Other ﬂuid connections, please consult us. (4) Other types of output; 0…5 V, 0…10 V, etc., please consult us.

Suitable female plug-in connectors

Pre-wired connectors, L = 5 m (without LED) Other connectors

elbowed straight Screw terminal DIN 43650A

M12 XZCP1241L5 XZCP1141L5 XZCC12FCM40B XZCC43FCP40B

OsiSense XM

1/12

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Electronic sensors XMLF

Setting range

(bar)

of lower limit (PB):

of upper limit (PH):

vacuum switches

pressure switches -0.08…-1 0.08...1 0.2…2.5 0.8…10 3.2...40

Fluids controlled Hydraulic oils, air, fresh water, sea water, corrosive ﬂuids from -15…+80°C

Ambient air temperature - 25…+ 80°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP 67

Product certiﬁcation CE - UL - CSA - VIT-SEPRO - GOST

Voltage limits (V) 24 V DC (17…33 V DC)

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 113 x 46 x 58

Fluid connection G 1/4" (female) (1)

Electrical connection M12 connector (2)

Conﬁgurable with digital display, connection by M12 connector (3)

Universal sensors, 4...20 mA XMLFM01D2025 XMLF001D2025 XMLF002D2025 XMLF010D2025 XMLF040D2025

solid-state output, 200 mA (4) 0...10 V XMLFM01D2125 XMLF001D2125 XMLF002D2125 XMLF010D2125 XMLF040D2125

Dual stage pressure switches, solid-state output, 200 mA XMLFM01D2035 XMLF001D2035 XMLF002D2035 XMLF010D2035 XMLF040D2035

Analogue sensors 4...20 mA XMLFM01D2015 XMLF001D2015 XMLF002D2015 XMLF010D2015 XMLF040D2015

0...10 V XMLFM01D2115 XMLF001D2115 XMLF002D2115 XMLF010D2115 XMLF040D2115

Possible differential (bar) Min. at low setting 0.03 0.03 0.08 0.3 1.2

(pressure switches) Min. at high setting 0.03 0.03 0.08 0.3 1.2

Max. at high setting 0.95 0.95 2.38 9.5 38

Setting range

(bar)

of upper limit (PH): pressure switches 8…100 12.8...160 20...250 32...400 48...600

Fluids controlled Hydraulic oils, air, fresh water, sea water, corrosive ﬂuids from -15…+80°C

Ambient air temperature - 25…+ 80°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP 67

Product certiﬁcation CE - UL - CSA - VIT-SEPRO - GOST

Voltage limits (V) 24 V DC (17…33 V DC)

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 113 x 46 x 58

Fluid connection G 1/4" (female) (1)

Electrical connection M12 connector (2)

Conﬁgurable with digital display, connection by M12 connector (3)

Universal sensors, 4...20 mA XMLF100D2025 XMLF160D2025 XMLF250D2025 XMLF400D2025 XMLF600D2025

solid-state output, 200 mA (4) 0...10 V XMLF100D2125 XMLF160D2125 XMLF250D2125 XMLF400D2125 XMLF600D2125

Dual stage pressure switches, solid-state output, 200 mA XMLF100D2035 XMLF160D2035 XMLF250D2035 XMLF400D2035 XMLF600D2035

Analogue sensors 4...20 mA XMLF100D2015 XMLF160D2015 XMLF250D2015 XMLF400D2015 XMLF600D2015

0...10 V XMLF100D2115 XMLF160D2115 XMLF250D2115 XMLF400D2115 XMLF600D2115

Possible differential (bar) Min. at low setting 3 4.8 7.5 12 18

(pressure switches) Min. at high setting 3 4.8 7.5 12 18

Max. at high setting 95 152 237.5 380 570

(1) Available with other ﬂuid connections: 1/4" NPT female and SAE 7/16-20 UNF.

(2) For M12 connection accessories, see previous page.

(3) AC 120 V version with 2.5 A relay output and SAE 7/8-16 UN connector also available.

(4) Programmable NPN or PNP and NO or NC.

1/13

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

ISO entry

(

to EN 50262)

ISO entry

(

to EN 50262)

12 11

22 21

12 11

22 21

Sensors for pressure control

Electromechanical pressure and vacuum switches

XMLA and B

Size (bar) -1 5 1 2.5

Environmental characteristics Ambient air temperature (°C): - 25…+ 70 Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529): IP 66

Rated operational characteristics AC-15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A - Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A) / DC-13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)

Product certiﬁcation CE - UL - CSA - CCC - BV - LROS - RINA - GL - DNV - VIT-SEPRO - GOST

Fluid connection G 1/4" (female) (other connections possible, please consult us)

Electrical connection Screw terminals (1), tapped entry for ISO M20 x 1.5 cable gland - For n° 13 (DIN Pg 13.5) cable gland

Fluids controlled Hydraulic oils, fresh water,

sea water, air up to 70°C

Hydraulic oils,

air up to 160°C

Hydraulic oils

, fresh water,

sea water, air up to 70°C

Type XMLA - ﬁxed differential, single threshold detection

Setting range (bar) of upper limit (PH): pressure switches -0.28…-1 (4) – 0.03…1 0.15…2.5

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 113 x 35 x 75 113 x 35 x 75 162 x 110 x 110 158 x 55 x 77.5

With setting scale 1 C/O single-pole, snap action contact XMLAM01V2S12 – XMLA001R2S12 XMLA002A2S12

Natural differential (bar) at low setting 0.24 (2) – 0.02 0.13

subtract from PH to give PB at high setting 0.24 (2) – 0.04 0.13

Type XMLB - adjustable differential, regulation between 2 thresholds

Setting range (bar) of upper limit (PH): pressure switches -0.14...-1 (4) -0.5...5 0.05...1 0.3...2.5

With setting scale 1 C/O single-pole, snap action contact XMLBM02V2S12 XMLBM05A2S12 XMLB001R2S12 XMLB002A2S12

Possible differential (bar) Min. at low setting 0.13 (3) 0.5 0.04 0.16

subtract from PH to give PB Min. at high setting 0.13 (3) 0.5 0.06 0.21

Max. at high setting 0.8 (3) 6 0.75 1.75

XMLC and D

Fluids controlled Hydraulic oils, fresh water,

sea water, air up to 70°C

Hydraulic oils,

air up to 160°C

Hydraulic oils

, fresh water,

sea water, air up to 160°C

Type XMLC - adjustable differential, regulation between 2 thresholds

Setting range (bar) of upper limit (PH): pressure switches -0.14...-1 (4) -0.55...5 0.05...1 0.3...2.5

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 113 x 46 x 85 113 x 46 x 85 175 x 110 x 110 158 x 55 x 90

With setting scale 2 C/O single-pole, snap action contacts XMLCM02V2S12 XMLCM05A2S12 XMLC001R2S12 XMLC002B2S12

Possible differential (bar) Min. at low setting 0.13 (4) 0.45 0.03 0.13

subtract from PH to give PB Min. at high setting 0.14 (4) 0.45 0.04 0.17

Max. at high setting 0.8 (4) 6 0.8 2

Type XMLD - ﬁxed differential, dual stage, for detection at each threshold

Setting range

(bar)

stage switching point (PB2) -0.12...-1 (4) – 0.12...1 0.34...2.5

stage switching point (PB1) -0.10...-0.98 – 0.04...0.92 0.2...2.36

Spread between 2 stages (PB2 – PB1) -0.02...-0.88 – 0.08...0.73 0.14...1.5

Without setting scale

2 C/O single-pole, snap action contacts (1 per stage)

XMLDM02V1S12 – XMLD001R1S12 XMLD002B1S12

Natural differential (bar) at low setting 0.1 (2) – 0.03 0.14

subtract from PH 1/2 to give PB 1/2 at high setting 0.1 (2) – 0.07 0.19

12 11

1 C/O

single-pole

contact,

snap action

2 C/O single-pole

contacts,

snap action

(1 per stage)

2 C/O single-pole

contacts,

simultaneous

snap action

XMLD

XMLC

OsiSense XM

1/14

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

4 10 20 35 70 160 300 500

conforming to IEC 947-5-1 Appendix A, EN 60 947-5-1

tapped entry, replace the last number of the reference (2) by 1 (example: XMLA010A2S12 becomes XMLA010A2S11)

Hydraulic oils, fresh water,

sea water, air up to 70°C

Hydraulic oils up to 160°C

0.4…4 0.6…10 1…20 1.5…35 5…70 10…160 20…300 30…500

113 x 35 x 75 113 x 35 x 75 113 x 35 x 75 113 x 35 x 75 113 x 35 x 75 113 x 35 x 75 113 x 35 x 75 113 x 35 x 75

XMLA004A2S12 XMLA010A2S12 XMLA020A2S12 XMLA035A2S12 XMLA070D2S12 XMLA160D2S12 XMLA300D2S12 XMLA500D2S12

0.35 0.5 0.4 1.25 3 5.5 16.5 20

0.35 0.5 1 1.25 7.5 18 35 45

0.25...4 0.7...10 1.3...20 3.5...35 7...70 10...160 22...300 30...500

XMLB004A2S12 XMLB010A2S12 XMLB020A2S12 XMLB035A2S12 XMLB070D2S12 XMLB160D2S12 XMLB300D2S12 XMLB500D2S12

0.02 0.57 1 1.7 4.7 9.3 19.4 23

0.25 0.85 1.6 2.55 8.8 20.8 37 52.6

2.4 7.5 11 20 50 100 200 300

(1) For electrical connection by DIN 43650A connector (IP 65), replace the sufﬁx “S12” in the reference by “C11”. Example: XMLB010A2S12 becomes XMLB010A2C11.

(2) For vacuum switch: natural differential to be added to PB to give PH.

(3) For vacuum switch: possible differential to be added to PB to give PH.

(4) Setting range (bar) of lower limit (PB): vacuum switch.

Hydraulic oils, fresh water,

sea water, air up to 160°C

Hydraulic oils up to 160°C

0.3...4 0.7...10 1.3...20 3.5...35 7...70 12...160 22...300 30...500

113 x 46 x 85 113 x 46 x 85 113 x 46 x 85 113 x 46 x 85 113 x 46 x 85 113 x 46 x 85 113 x 46 x 85 113 x 46 x 85

XMLC004B2S12 XMLC010B2S12 XMLC020B2S12 XMLC035B2S12 XMLC070D2S12 XMLC160D2S12 XMLC300D2S12 XMLC500D2S12

0.15 0.45 0.7 1 4.5 9 16 19

0.17 0.7 1 1.5 8.9 21 35 52

2.5 8 11 22 60 110 240 340

0.40...4 1.2...10 2.14...20 4.4...35 9.4...70 16.5...160 36...300 41...500

0.19...3.79 0.52...9.32 0.9...18.76 1.9...32.5 6.6...67.2 10.5...154 25...289 25...484

0.21...2.18 0.68...5.8 1.24...9.55 2.5...20.4 2.8...46 6...83 11...189 16...244

XMLD004B1S12 XMLD010B1S12 XMLD020B1S12 XMLD035B1S12 XMLD070D1S12 XMLD160D1S12 XMLD300D1S12 XMLD500D1S12

0.15 0.45 0.7 1.5 5 8.8 17 21

0.19 0.6 1.3 2.6 9.5 20 42 65

1/15

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

22 21

Setting range of upper limit (PH) (bar) 1…6 1.3…12 3.5…25

Fluids controlled Air, water (fresh water, sea water) from 0…+70°C

Ambient air temperature - 25…+ 70°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP 54

Rated operational characteristics AC-15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A - Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A) / DC-13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)

Product certiﬁcation CE - UL - CSA - CCC

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 106 x 57 x 98 126 x 57 x 98

Fluid connection 1/4" BSP female

Electrical connection Screw terminals, 2 tapped entries for n° 13 (DIN Pg 13.5) cable gland

Type XMX with internal setting screw

Without setting scale, screw terminal connections

1 C/O single-pole, snap action contact XMXA06L2135 XMXA12L2135 XMXA25L2135

Possible differential (bar) Min. at low setting 0.8 1 3.4

subtract from PH to give PB Min. at high setting 1.2 1.7 4.5

Max. at high setting 4.2 8.4 20

Setting range of upper limit (PH) (bar) 1…6 1.3…12 3.5…25

Fluids controlled Air, water (fresh water, sea water) from 0…+70°C

Ambient air temperature - 25…+ 70°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP 54

Rated operational characteristics AC-15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A - Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A) / DC-13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)

Product certiﬁcation CE - UL - CSA - CCC

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 113 x 57 x 98 133 x 57 x 98

Fluid connection 1/4" BSP female

Electrical connection Screw terminals, tapped entry for n° 13 (DIN Pg 13.5) cable gland

Type XMA with external setting screw (transparent cover)

Without setting scale, screw terminal connections

1 C/O single-pole, snap action contact XMAV06L2135 XMAV12L2135 XMAV25L2135

Possible differential (bar) Min. at low setting 0.8 1 3.4

subtract from PH to give PB Min. at high setting 1.2 1.7 4.5

Max. at high setting 4.2 8.4 20

Sensors for pressure control

Electromechanical pressure switches XMX, XMA

1 C/O

single-pole

contact,

snap action

1 C/O

single-pole

contact,

snap action

OsiSense XM

1/16

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Electromechanical pressure switches

for power circuits, adjustable differential

for regulation between 2 thresholds

2 NC 2-pole

contact, snap action

2 NC 2-pole con-

tact, snap action

3 NC 3-pole con-

tact, snap action

Degree of protection IP 20 IP 65

Size (bar) 4.6 7 10.5 4.6 7 10.5

Setting range of upper limit (PH) (bar) 1.4…4.6 2.8…7 5.6…10.5 1.4…4.6 2.8…7 5.6…10.5

Fluids controlled Water (fresh water, sea water) from 0…+55°C

Electrical connection Screw terminals, 2 cable entries with grommet Screw terminals, 2 tapped entries

for n° 13 (DIN Pg 13.5) cable gland

Product certiﬁcation CE

Ambient air temperature For operation: 0…+ 50°C. For storage: - 30…+ 80°C

Rated operational characteristics Ie = 10 A, Ue = 250 V AC

Power rating 110 V AC 2-pole, single-phase 0.75 kW (1 HP) 0.75 kW (1 HP)

of controlled AC 2-pole, 3-phase 1.1 kW (1.5 HP) 1.1 kW (1.5 HP)

motors 230 / 400 V AC 2-pole, single-phase 1.5 kW (2 HP) 1.5 kW (2 HP)

AC 2-pole, 3-phase 2.2 kW (3 HP) 2.2 kW (3 HP)

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D

96/105 x 72 x 102

94 x 72 x 102 115 x 72 x 106 115 x 72 x 106

Fluid connection G 1/4 (BSP female) FSG2 FYG22 FYG32 FSG2NE FYG22NE FYG32NE

R 1/4 (BSP male) FSG9 FYG29 FYG39 – – –

G 3/8 (BSP female) rotating nut – – – FSG2NEG – –

Possible differential (bar) At low setting

1 min. - 2.1 max. 1.2 min. - 2.3 max. 1.9 min. - 3 max. 1 min. - 2.1 max. 1.2 min. - 2.3 max. 1.9 min. - 3 max.

subtract from PH to give PB At middle setting

1.1 min. - 2.2 max. 1.4 min. - 2.5 max. 2.1 min. - 3.2 max. 1.1 min. - 2.2 max. 1.4 min. - 2.5 max. 2.1 min. - 3.2 max.

At high setting

1.2 min. - 2.3 max. 1.6 min. - 2.7 max. 2.3 min. - 3.4 max. 1.2 min. - 2.3 max. 1.6 min. - 2.7 max. 2.3 min. - 3.4 max.

Size (bar) 6 12 25

Setting range of upper limit (PH) (bar) 1…6 1.3.…12 3.5…25

Fluids controlled Air, water (fresh water, sea water) from 0…+70°C

Ambient air temperature For operation: - 25…+ 70°C. For storage: - 40…+ 70°C

Decompression valve / ONOff knob without with without with without

Fluid connection G 1/4 (BSP female)

4 x G 1/4 (BSP female)

G 1/4 (BSP female)

4 x G 1/4 (BSP female)

G 1/4 (BSP female)

Electrical connection Screw terminals, 2 tapped entries for n° 13 (DIN Pg 13.5) cable gland

Degree of protection IP 54 IP 54 IP 54

Product certiﬁcation CE - CCC

Rated insulation voltage Ui = 500 V

Electrical Power 1.5 kW 400 V AC 3-phase: 1 000 000 operating cycles

durability 230 V AC 3-phase: 600 000 operating cycles

2.2 kW 400 V AC 3-phase: 700 000 operating cycles

3 kW 400 V AC 3-phase: 500 000 operating cycles

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 106 x 57 x 97.5 138 x 57 x 97.5 106 x 57 x 97.5 138 x 57 x 97.5 126 x 57 x 97.5

Type of contacts 2 NC 2-pole, snap action contact XMPA06B2131 XMPE06B2431 XMPA12B2131 XMPE12B2431 XMPA25B2131

3 NC 3-pole, snap action contact XMPA06C2131 XMPE06C2431 XMPA12C2131 XMPE12C2431 XMPA25C2131

Possible differential (bar) Min. at low setting 0.8 0.8 1 1 3.4

subtract from PH to give PB Min. at high setting 1.2 1.2 1.7 1.7 4.5

Max. at high setting 4.2 4.2 8.4 8.4 20

1/17

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Non ﬂush

mountable

Flush

mountable

Inductive proximity sensors

Cylindrical metal

Flush standard and increased range

M8 M12

Nominal sensing distance Sn 1.5 mm 2.5 mm 2 mm 4 mm

Usable sensing distance S (mm) ﬂush mountable / non ﬂush mountable

0…1.2 0…2 0…1.6 0…3.2

Temperature range (°C) - 25…+ 70

Product certiﬁcation

CE - UL - CSA - CCC (in progress) - C-TICK

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP 67 pre-cabled: IP 69K conforming to DIN 40050, IP 68

Sensors for DC applications

Output function

NO A A A A

NC BBBB

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L Cable / Connector M8 x 33 / M8 x 42 M12 x 35 / M12 x 50

3-wire PNP Cable (2 m) XS508B1PAL2 XS108B3PA L2 XS512B1PAL2 XS112B3PAL2

Connector M8 / M12 XS508B1PAM8 XS108B3PA M8 XS512B1PAM12 XS112B3P A M12

NPN Cable (2m) XS508B1NAL2 XS108B3NAL2 XS512B1NA L2 XS112B3NA L2

Connector M8 / M12 XS508B1N

M8 XS108B3N

M8 XS512B1N

M12 XS112B3N

M12

2-wire non Cable (2 m) XS508BSC

L2 XS608B3C

L2 XS512BSD

L2 XS612B3D

polarised (1) Connecteur M12 XS508BSC

L01M12 XS608B3C

L01M12 XS512BSD

M12 XS612B3D

M12

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 10…36 10…36 10…36 10…36

Switching capacity, max. (mA) 3-wire / 2-wire 200 / 100 200 / 100 200 / 100 200 / 100

Overload and short-circuit prot

ection (g) / LED outpu

state indicator

(⊗)

g / ⊗g / ⊗g / ⊗g / ⊗

Residual current, open state (mA) ≤ 0.5 ≤ 0.5 ≤ 0.5 ≤ 0.5

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal 3-wire / 2-wire ≤ 2 / ≤ 4 ≤ 2 / ≤ 4 ≤ 2 / ≤ 4 ≤ 2 / ≤ 4

Switching frequency (Hz) 3-wire / 2-wire 5000 / 4000 2500 / 3000 5000 / 4000 2500 / 2000

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L Cable / connector M8 x 51 / M8 x 62 M12 x 53 / M12 x 62

3-wire PNP Cable (2 m) XS508BLPAL2 XS608B1P A L2 XS512BLPA L2 XS612B1PA L2

Connector M12 XS508BLPA M12 XS608B1PAM12 XS512BLP A M12 XS612B1PA M12

NPN Cable (2 m) XS508BLNAL2 XS608B1NA L2 XS512BLN A L2 XS612B1NA L2

Connector M12 XS508BLN

M12 XS608B1N

M12 XS512BLN

M12 XS612B1N

M12

2-wire non Cable (2 m) XS508B1D

L2 XS608B1D

L2 XS512B1D

L2 XS612B1D

polarised Connector M12 XS508B1D

M12 XS608B1D

M12 XS512B1D

M12 XS612B1D

M12

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 10…58 10…58 10…58 10…58

Switching capacity, max. (mA) 3-wire / 2-wire 200 / 100 200 / 100 200 / 100 200 / 100

Overload and short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator

(⊗)

g / ⊗g / ⊗g / ⊗g / ⊗

Residual current, open state (mA) 2-wire ≤ 0.5 ≤ 0.5 ≤ 0.5 ≤ 0.5

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal 3-wire / 2-wire ≤ 2 / ≤ 4 ≤ 2 / ≤ 4 ≤ 2 / ≤ 4 ≤ 2 / ≤ 4

Switching frequency (Hz) 3-wire / 2-wire 5000 / 4000 2500 / 3000 5000 / 4000 2500 / 2000

Multi-current/multi-voltage sensors for AC/DC applications

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L Cable / connector – – M12 x 53 / M12 x 62

2-wire Cable (2 m) ––XS512B1M

AL2

XS612B1M

AL2

Connector 1/2"-20 UNF

– – XS512B1M

A U20

XS612B1M

A U20

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple – – 20…264 20…264

Switching capacity, max. (mA) – – 200 200

LED output state indicator

(⊗)

––

⊗⊗

Residual current, open state (mA) – – ≤ 0,8 ≤ 0,8

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal – – ≤ 5.5 ≤ 5.5

Switching frequency (Hz) – – 25 AC / 1000 DC 25 AC / 1000 DC

(1) polarised for M8 short

OsiSense XS

Accessories

Fixing for cylindrical sensors

Suitable female plug-in connectors

M8 Straight Elbowed

Fixing clamp with indexing pin

for cylindrical sensors

M8 XSZB108 Metal ring XZCC8FDM30S XZCC8FCM30S

M12 XSZB112 M12 (4 pin)

M18 XSZB118 Metal ring XZCC12FDM40B XZCC12FCM40B

M30 XSZB130 Plastic ring XZCC12FDP40B XZCC12FCP40B

1/18

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Non ﬂush increased range

M18 M30 M12 M18 M30

5 mm 8 mm 10 mm 15 mm 7 mm 12 mm 22 mm

0…4 0…6.4 0…8 0…12 0…5.6 0…9.6 0…17.6

- 25…+ 70 - 25…+ 70

CE - UL - CSA - CCC (in progress) - C-TICK CE - UL - CSA - CCC (in progress) - C-TICK

(with connector: IP 67) pre-cabled: IP 69K conforming to DIN 40050, IP 68 (with connector: IP 67)

AAAAAAA

BBBBBBB

M18 x 39 / M18 x 50 M30 x 43 / M30 x 55 –

XS518B1P A L2 XS118B3P A L2 XS530B1P A L2 XS130B3P A L2

–

XS518B1P A M12 XS118B3P A M12 XS530B1P A M12 XS130B3P A M12

–

XS518B1N A L2 XS118B3N A L2 XS530B1N A L2 XS130B3N A L2

–

XS518B1N A M12 XS118B3N A M12 XS530B1N A M12 XS130B3N A M12

–

XS518BSD A L2 XS618B3D A L2 XS530BSD A L2 XS630B3D A L2

–

XS518BSD A M12 XS618B3D A M12 XS530BSD A M12 XS630B3D A M12

–

10…36 10…36 10…36 10…36 –

200 / 100 200 / 100 200 / 100 200 / 100 –

g / ⊗g / ⊗g / ⊗g / ⊗–

≤ 0.5 ≤ 0.5 ≤ 0.5 ≤ 0.5 –

≤ 2 / ≤ 4 ≤ 2 / ≤ 4 ≤ 2 / ≤ 4 ≤ 2 / ≤ 4 –

2000 / 3000 1000 / 1000 1000 / 2000 500 / 500 –

M18 x 62 / M18 x 74 M30 x 62 M12 x 55 / M12 x 65 M18 x 62 / M18 x 74 M30 x 62 / M30 x 74

XS518BLP A L2 XS618B1P A L2 XS530BLP A L2 XS630B1P A L2

XS612B4P

L2 XS618B4P

L2 XS630B4P

XS518BLP A M12 XS618B1P A M12 XS530BLP A M12 XS630B1P A M12

XS612B4P

M12 XS618B4P

M12 XS630B4P

M12

XS518BLN AL2 XS618B1N AL2 XS530BLN AL2 XS630B1N AL2

XS612B4N

L2 XS618B4N

L2 XS630B4N

XS518BLN AM12 XS618B1N AM12 XS530BLN AM12 XS630B1N AM12

XS612B4N

M12 XS618B4N

M12 XS630B4N

M12

XS518B1D AL2 XS618B1D AL2 XS530B1D AL2 XS630B1D AL2

–––

XS518B1D AM12 XS618B1D AM12 XS530B1D AM12 XS630B1D AM12

–––

10…58 10…58 10…58 10…58 10…58 10…58 10…58

200 / 100 200 / 100 200 / 100 200 / 100 200 / – 200 / – 200 / –

g / ⊗g / ⊗g / ⊗g / ⊗g / ⊗g / ⊗g / ⊗

≤ 0.5 ≤ 0.5 ≤ 0.5 ≤ 0.5 –––

≤ 2 / ≤ 4 ≤ 2 / ≤ 4 ≤ 2 / ≤ 4 ≤ 2 / ≤ 4 ≤ 2 / – ≤ 2 / – ≤ 2 / –

2000 / 3000 1000 / 1000 1000 / 2000 500 / 500 2500 / – 1000 / – 500 / –

M18 x 62 / M18 x 73 M30 x 62 / M30 x 73 – M18 x 60 / M18 x 72 M30 x 63 / M30 x 74

XS518B1M A L2 XS618B1M A L2 XS530B1M A L2 XS630B1M A L2

–XS618B4M

L2 XS630B4M

XS518B1M A U20 XS618B1M A U20 XS530B1M A U20 XS630B1M A U20

–XS618B4M

U20 XS630B4M

U20

20…264 20…264 20…264 20…264 – 20…264 20…264

300 AC / 200 DC 300 AC / 200 DC 300 AC / 200 DC 300 AC / 200 DC – 300 AC / 200 DC 300 AC / 200 DC

⊗⊗⊗⊗

–

⊗⊗

≤ 0.8 ≤ 0.8 ≤ 0.8 ≤ 0.8 – ≤ 0.8 ≤ 0.8

≤ 5.5 ≤ 5.5 ≤ 5.5 ≤ 5.5 – ≤ 5.5 ≤ 5.5

25 AC / 1000 DC 25 AC / 1000 DC 25 AC / 500 DC 25 AC / 500 DC – 25 AC / 1000 DC 25 AC / 300 DC

Pre-wired connectors M8 (3 pin) 1/2" M12 (4 pin)

Straight Elbowed Straight Elbowed

Straight Elbowed Elbowed PNP LED

2 m XZCP0566L2 XZCP0666L2 2 m XZCP1865L2 XZCP1965L2 2 m XZCP1141L2 XZCP1241L2 XZCP1340L2

5 m XZCP0566L5 XZCP0666L5 5 m XZCP1865L5 XZCP1965L5 5 m XZCP1141L5 XZCP1241L5 XZCP1340L5

10 m XZCP0566L10 XZCP0666L10 10 m XZCP1865L10 XZCP1965L10 10 m XZCP1141L10 XZCP1241L10 XZCP1340L10

Straight Elbowed

1/19

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Non ﬂ ush

mountable

Flush

mountable

Inductive proximity sensors

Rectangular plastic

U 8 x 22 x 8 U 15 x 32 x 8 U 26 x 26 x 13 U 40 x 40 x 15 U 80 x 80 x 26

Nominal sensing distance Sn 2.5 mm 5 mm 10 mm 15 mm 40 mm

Usable sensing distance S (mm) ﬂ ush mountable / non ﬂ ush mountable

0...2 0...4 0…8 0…12 0…32

Fine adjustment zone (mm) ﬂ ush mountable / non ﬂ ush mountable – – – – –

Suitability for ﬂ ush mounting (metal environment) ﬂ ush mountable ﬂ ush mountable ﬂ ush mountable ﬂ ush mountable ﬂ ush mountable

Temperature range (°C) - 25…+ 70 - 25…+ 70 - 25…+ 70 - 25…+ 70 - 25…+ 70

Product certiﬁ cation CE CE - UL - CSA - C-TICK

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) pre-cabled: IP 68 (with connector: IP 67)

Sensors for DC applications

Connection Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

2-wire (non polarised) NO or NC programmable –––––

2-wire non

polarised NO function XS7J1A1DAL2 XS7F1A1DAL2 XS7E1A1DAL2 XS7C1A1DAL2 XS7D1A1DAL2

NC function XS7J1A1DBL2 XS7F1A1DBL2 XS7E1A1DBL2 XS7C1A1DBL2 XS7D1A1DBL2

4-wire PNP NO + NC complementary outputs –––––

NPN NO + NC complementary outputs –––––

3-wire PNP NO function XS7J1A1PAL2 XS7F1A1PAL2 XS7E1A1PAL2 XS7C1A1PAL2 XS7D1A1PAL2

NC function XS7J1A1PBL2 XS7F1A1PBL2 XS7E1A1PBL2 XS7C1A1PBL2 XS7D1A1PBL2

NPN NO function XS7J1A1NAL2 XS7F1A1NAL2 XS7E1A1NAL2 XS7C1A1NAL2 XS7D1A1NAL2

NC function XS7J1A1NBL2 XS7F1A1NBL2 XS7E1A1NBL2 XS7C1A1NBL2 XS7D1A1NBL2

Connection M8 connector M12 connector

2-wire non

polarised NO function

XS7J1A1DAL01M8 (1) XS7F1A1DAL01M8 (1)

XS7E1A1DAM8 XS7C1A1DAM8 XS7D1A1DAM12

NC function

XS7J1A1DBL01M8 (1) XS7F1A1DBL01M8 (1)

XS7E1A1DBM8 XS7C1A1DBM8 XS7D1A1DBM12

3-wire PNP NO function

XS7J1A1PAL01M8 (1) XS7F1A1PAL01M8 (1)

XS7E1A1PAM8 XS7C1A1PAM8 XS7D1A1PAM12

NC function

XS7J1A1PBL01M8 (1) XS7F1A1PBL01M8 (1)

XS7E1A1PBM8 XS7C1A1PBM8 XS7D1A1PBM12

NPN NO function

XS7J1A1NAL01M8 (1) XS7F1A1NAL01M8 (1)

XS7E1A1NAM8 XS7C1A1NAM8 XS7D1A1NAM12

NC function

XS7J1A1NBL01M8 (1) XS7F1A1NBL01M8 (1)

XS7E1A1NBM8 XS7C1A1NBM8 XS7D1A1NBM12

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 10…36 10…36 10…36 10…36 10…36

Switching capacity, max. (mA) 100 100 100 100 100

Short-circuit protect. (g) / LED output

state indicator (⊗) / Power on LED

(⊗)

g / ⊗ / – g / ⊗ / – g / ⊗ / – g / ⊗ / – g / ⊗ / –

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal cable / Connector ≤ 4 / ≤ 2 ≤ 4 / ≤ 2 ≤ 2 ≤ 2 ≤ 2

Switching frequency (Hz) cable / Connector 4000 / 2000 5000 / 2000 1000 1000 100

Multi-current/multi-voltage sensors for AC/DC applications

Connection

2-wire AC/DC NO function –––––

NC function –––––

AC NO or NC programmable –––––

AC/DC NO or NC programmable –––––

Connection

2-wire AC/DC NO function –––––

NC function –––––

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple –––––

Switching capacity, max. (mA) –––––

Short-circuit protect. (g) / LED output

state indicator (⊗) / Power on LED

(⊗)

–––––

Residual current, open state (mA) –––––

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal –––––

Switching frequency (Hz) –––––

(1) M8 connector on ﬂ ying lead (L = 0.15 m).

OsiSense XS

Accessories

Fixing for ﬂ at sensors

Suitable female plug-in connectors

ﬂ at 90° M8 Straight Elbowed

8x22x8 XSZBJ00 XSZBJ90 Metal ring XZCC8FDM30S XZCC8FCM30S

15x32x8 XSZBF00 XSZBF90 M12 (4 pin)

26x26x13 XSZBE00 XSZBE90 Metal ring XZCC12FDM40B XZCC12FCM40B

40x40x15 XSZBC00 XSZBC90 Plastic ring XZCC12FDP40B XZCC12FCP40B

ﬂ a t 90°

1/20

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

U 40 x 40 x 117 U 26 x 26 x 13 U 40 x 40 x 15 U 80 x 80 x 26

15 mm

20 mm increased range

20 mm

40 mm increased range

15 mm 25 mm 60 mm

0…12 0…16 0…16 0…32 0…8 / 0...12 0…12 / 0...20 0…32 / 0...48

5...10 / 5...15 8...15 / 8...25 20...40 / 20...60

ﬂ ush mountable non ﬂ ush mountable ﬂ ush mountable or non ﬂ ush mountable via teach mode

- 25…+ 70 - 25…+ 70

CE - UL - CSA - CCC - C-TICK CE - UL - CSA - CCC - C-TICK

IP 67 pre-cabled: IP 68 (with connector: IP 67)

Screw terminals (2) Pre-cabled (2 m)

XS7C40DP210 – XS8C40DP210 – – – –

XS7C40DA210 – XS8C40DA210 – – – –

–––––––

XS7C40PC440 XS7C40PC449 XS8C40PC440 XS8C40PC449 – – –

XS7C40NC440 XS7C40NC449 XS8C40NC440 XS8C40NC449 – – –

– – – – XS8E1A1PAL2 XS8C1A1PAL2 XS8D1A1PAL2

– – – – XS8E1A1PBL2 XS8C1A1PBL2 XS8D1A1PBL2

– – – – XS8E1A1NAL2 XS8C1A1NAL2 XS8D1A1NAL2

– – – – XS8E1A1NBL2 XS8C1A1NBL2 XS8D1A1NBL2

M8 connector M8 connector M12 connector

–––––––

– – – – XS8E1A1PAM8 XS8C1A1PAM8 XS8D1A1PAM12

– – – – XS8E1A1PBM8 XS8C1A1PBM8 XS8D1A1PBM12

– – – – XS8E1A1NAM8 XS8C1A1NAM8 XS8D1A1NAM12

– – – – XS8E1A1NBM8 XS8C1A1NBM8 XS8D1A1NBM12

12…48 10…36 10…36 10…36

4-wire version = 200 – 2-wire version = 1.5…100 100 200 200

4-wire version = g / ⊗ / ⊗ – 2-wire version = g / ⊗ / – g / ⊗ / ⊗g / ⊗ / ⊗g / ⊗ / ⊗

4-wire version = ≤ 2 – 2-wire version = ≤ 4 ≤ 2 ≤ 2 ≤ 2

2-wire = 1500 / 4-wire = 1000 2-wire = 800 / 4-wire = 1000 (20mm) 500 (40mm) 2000 1000 150

Screw terminals (2) Pre-cabled (2 m)

– – – – XS8E1A1MAL2 XS8C1A1MAL2 XS8D1A1MAL2

– – – – XS8E1A1MBL2 XS8C1A1MBL2 XS8D1A1MBL2

XS7C40FP260 – XS8C40FP260 – – – –

XS7C40MP230 – XS8C40MP230 – – – –

1/2"-20 UNF connector

– – – – XS8E1A1MAL01U20 XS8C1A1MAL01U20 XS8D1A1MAU20

– – – – XS8E1A1MBL01U20 XS8C1A1MBL01U20 XS8D1A1MBU20

20…264 20…264 20…264 20…264

AC version = 500 – AC/DC version = 300 / 200 200 AC or DC 300 AC / 200 DC 300 AC / 200 DC

– / ⊗ / – – / ⊗ / ⊗– / ⊗ / ⊗– / ⊗ / ⊗

AC version = ≤ 1.5 – AC/DC version = ≤ 0.8 / 1.5 ≤ 1.5 ≤ 1.5 ≤ 1.5

≤ 5.5 ≤ 5.5 ≤ 5.5 ≤ 5.5

25 AC / 50 DC 2000 1000 150

(2) Sensors supplied without cable gland. Suitable cable gland: 13P. Also available in M20, 1/2" NPT output and M12, 7/8" connectors.

Pre-wired connectors M8 (3 pin) 1/2" M12 (4 pin)

Straight Elbowed Straight Elbowed

Straight Elbowed Elbowed PNP LED

2 m XZCP0566L2 XZCP0666L2 2 m XZCP1865L2 XZCP1965L2 2 m XZCP1141L2 XZCP1241L2 XZCP1340L2

5 m XZCP0566L5 XZCP0666L5 5 m XZCP1865L5 XZCP1965L5 5 m XZCP1141L5 XZCP1241L5 XZCP1340L5

10 m XZCP0566L10 XZCP0666L10 10 m XZCP1865L10 XZCP1965L10 10 m XZCP1141L10 XZCP1241L10 XZCP1340L10

Straight Elbowed

1/21

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Non ﬂush

mountable

Flush

mountable

Inductive proximity sensors

Cylindrical Plastic

M8 M12 M18 M30

Nominal sensing distance Sn 2.5 mm 4 mm 8 mm 15 mm

Operating zone (mm) 0…2 0…3.2 0…6.4 0…12

Suitability for ﬂush mounting (metal environment) non ﬂush mountable

Temperature range (°C) - 25…+ 70

Product certiﬁcation CE - UL - CSA - CCC - C-TICK

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP 67 pre-cabled: IP 68 (with connector: IP 67)

Sensors for DC applications

Connection Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x H x D M8 x 33 M12 x 33 M18 x 33.5 M30 x 40.5

2-wire (non polarised) NO or NC programmable ––––

4-wire PNP NO + NC complementary outputs ––––

NPN NO + NC complementary outputs ––––

3-wire PNP NO function XS4P08PA340 XS4P12PA340 XS4P18PA340 XS4P30PA340

NC function XS4P08PB340 XS4P12PB340 XS4P18PB340 XS4P30PB340

NPN NO function XS4P08NA340 XS4P12NA340 XS4P18NA340 XS4P30NA340

NC function XS4P08NB340 XS4P12NB340 XS4P18NB340 XS4P30NB340

Connection M8 connector M12 connector

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x H x D M8 x 42 M12 x 48 M18 x 48 M30 x 50

3-wire PNP NO function XS4P08PA340S XS4P12PA340D XS4P18PA340D XS4P30PA340D

NC function XS4P08PB340S XS4P12PB340D XS4P18PB340D XS4P30PB340D

NPN NO function XS4P08NA340S XS4P12NA340D XS4P18NA340D XS4P30NA340D

NC function XS4P08NB340S XS4P12NB340D XS4P18NB340D XS4P30NB340D

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 10…38 10…38 10…38 10…38

Switching capacity, max. (mA) 200 200 200 200

Short-circuit protect. (g) / LED output state indicator (⊗)g / ⊗g / ⊗g / ⊗g / ⊗

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal ≤ 2 ≤ 2 ≤ 2 ≤ 2

Switching frequency (Hz) 5000 5000 2000 1000

Multi-current/multi-voltage sensors for AC/DC applications

Connection Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x D x H M8 x 50 M12 x 50 M18 x 60 M30 x 60

2-wire AC/DC NO function XS4P08MA230 XS4P12MA230 XS4P18MA230 XS4P30MA230

not short-circuit protected (1)

NC function XS4P08MB230 XS4P12MB230 XS4P18MB230 XS4P30MB230

AC NO or NC programmable ––––

AC/DC NO or NC programmable ––––

Connection 1/2" connector

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x H x D M8 x 61 M12 x 61 M18 x 70 M30 x 70

2-wire AC/DC NO function XS4P08MA230K XS4P12MA230K XS4P18MA230K XS4P30MA230K

not short-circuit protected (1)

NC function XS4P08MB230K XS4P12MB230K XS4P18MB230K XS4P30MB230K

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 20…264 20…264 20…264 20…264

Switching capacity, max. (mA) 100 200 300 AC / 200 DC 300 AC / 200 DC

LED output state indicator (⊗)⊗⊗⊗⊗

Residual current, open state (mA) ≤ 0.6 ≤ 0.6 ≤ 0.6 ≤ 0.6

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal ≤ 5.5 ≤ 5.5 ≤ 5.5 ≤ 5.5

Switching frequency (Hz) 25 AC / 3000 DC 25 AC / 3000 DC 25 AC / 2000 DC 25 AC / 1000 DC

(1) For these sensors without short-circuit protection, it is essential to connect a 0.4 A quick-blow fuse in series with the load.

OsiSense XS

Accessories

Fixing for cylindrical sensors

Suitable female plug-in connectors

Fixing clamp with indexing pin

for cylindrical sensors

M8 Straight Elbowed

M4 XSZB104 M12 XSZB112 Metal ring XZCC8FDM30S XZCC8FCM30S

M5 XSZB105 M18 XSZB118 M12 (4 pin)

M6.5 XSZB165 M30 XSZB130 Metal ring XZCC12FDM40B XZCC12FCM40B

M8 XSZB108 Plastic ring XZCC12FDP40B XZCC12FCP40B

1/22

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Miniature cylindrical metal (assembly)

Pre-wired connectors M8 (3 pin) 1/2" M12 (4 pin)

Straight Elbowed Straight Elbowed

Straight Elbowed Elbowed PNP LED

2 m XZCP0566L2 XZCP0666L2 2 m XZCP1865L2 XZCP1965L2 2 m XZCP1141L2 XZCP1241L2 XZCP1340L2

5 m XZCP0566L5 XZCP0666L5 5 m XZCP1865L5 XZCP1965L5 5 m XZCP1141L5 XZCP1241L5 XZCP1340L5

10 m XZCP0566L10 XZCP0666L10 10 m XZCP1865L10 XZCP1965L10 10 m XZCP1141L10 XZCP1241L10 XZCP1340L10

Straight Elbowed

Ø 4 M5 Ø 6.5

Nominal sensing distance Sn 1 mm 1 mm 1.5 mm 2.5 mm

Operating zone (mm) 0…0.8 0…0.8 0…1.2 0…2

Suitability for ﬂush mounting (metal environment) ﬂush mountable

Temperature range (°C) - 25…+ 70

Product certiﬁcation CE - UL - CSA - CCC - C-TICK

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP 67

Sensors for DC applications

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L Ø 4 x 29 M5 x 29 Ø 6.5 x 33

Connection Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

3-wire PNP NO function XS1L04PA310 XS1N05PA310 XS506B1PAL2 XS106B3PAL2

NC function – – XS506B1PBL2 XS106B3PBL2

NPN NO function XS1L04NA310 XS1N05NA310 XS506B1NAL2 XS106B3NAL2

NC function – – XS506B1NBL2 XS106B3NBL2

2-wire (polarised) NO function – – XS506BSCAL2 XS606B3CAL2

NC function – – XS506BSCBL2 XS606B3CBL2

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L Ø 4 x 41 M5 x 41 Ø 6.5 x 42

Connection M8

3-wire PNP NO function XS1L04PA310S XS1N05PA311S (1) XS506B1PAM8 XS106B3PAM8

NC function – – XS506B1PBM8 XS106B3PBM8

NPN NO function XS1L04NA310S XS1N05NA311S (1) XS506B1NAM8 XS106B3NAM8

NC function – – XS506B1NBM8 XS106B3NBM8

Connection M12

2-wire (polarised) fonction NO – – XS506BSCAL01M12 XS506B3CAL01M12

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 5…30 5…30 10…36

Switching capacity, max. (mA) 3-wire / 2-wire 100 / – 100 / – 200 / 100

Short-circuit protect. (g) / LED output state indicator (⊗)g / ⊗g / ⊗g / ⊗

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal 3-wire / 2-wire ≤ 2 / – ≤ 2 / – ≤ 2 / ≤ 4

Switching frequency (Hz) 3-wire / 2-wire 5000 / – 5000 / – 5000 / 4000 2500 / 3000

(1) Stainless steel sensors, Sn = 0.8 mm

1/23

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Non ﬂush

mountable

Flush

mountable

Inductive proximity sensors

Multi-voltage with short-circuit protection

M12 M18 M30

Sensing distance Sn ﬂush mountable

2 mm 5 mm 10 mm

non ﬂush mountable 4 mm 8 mm 15 mm

Operating zone (mm)

ﬂush mountable 0…1.6 0…4 0…8

non ﬂush mountable 0…3.2 0…6.4 0…12

Suitability for ﬂush mounting (metal environment) ﬂush mountable or non ﬂush mountable depending on model

Case M (metal) P (plastic) M

Temperature range (°C) - 25…+ 70

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP 68 (with connector: IP 67)

Product certiﬁcation CE - UL - CSA - CCC - C-TICK

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L Cable (Connector) M12 x 55 (M12 x 66) M18 x 60 (M18 x 72) M30 x 60 (M30 x 72)

Sensors for DC applications

Connection

4-wire PNP NO + NC ﬂush mountable –––

non ﬂush mountable –––

NPN NO + NC ﬂush mountable –––

non ﬂush mountable –––

PNP+NPN NO/NC ﬂush mountable (metal) –––

programmable non ﬂush mntbl. (metal) –––

non ﬂush mntbl. (plastic) –––

Connection

4-wire PNP NO + NC ﬂush mountable –––

non ﬂush mountable –––

NPN NO + NC ﬂush mountable –––

non ﬂush mountable –––

PNP+NPN NO/NC ﬂush mountable (metal) –––

programmable non ﬂush mntbl. (metal) –––

non ﬂush mntbl. (plastic) –––

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple –––

Switching capacity, max. (mA) –––

Short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator (⊗)–––

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal –––

Switching frequency (Hz) –––

Multi-current/multi-voltage sensors for AC/DC applications

Connection Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

2-wire AC/DC

NO function ﬂush mountable XS1M12MA250 XS1M18MA250 XS1M30MA250

non ﬂush mountable XS2M12MA250 XS2M18MA250 XS2M30MA250

NC function ﬂush mountable XS1M12MB250 XS1M18MB250 XS1M30MB250

non ﬂush mountable XS2M12MB250 XS2M18MB250 XS2M30MB250

Connection 1/2"-20 UNF connector

2-wire AC/DC

NO function ﬂush mountable XS1M12MA250K XS1M18MA250K XS1M30MA250K

non ﬂush mountable XS2M12MA250K XS2M18MA250K XS2M30MA250K

NC function ﬂush mountable XS1M12MB250K XS1M18MB250K XS1M30MB250K

non ﬂush mountable XS2M12MB250K XS2M18MB250K XS2M30MB250K

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) 50-60 Hz 20…264

Switching capacity, max. (mA) 5…200 5…200 AC, 5…300 DC

LED output state indicator (⊗) / Power on LED (⊗)⊗ / ⊗

Residual current, open state (mA) ≤ 1.5

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal ≤ 5.5

Switching frequency (Hz) 25 AC, 4000 DC 25 AC, 2000 DC 25 AC, 2000 DC (1)

(1) 25 AC, 1000 DC for non ﬂush mountable Ø 30 mm.

OsiSense XS

1/24

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

PNP NPN

NO +

–

PNP

–

NPN NO

NO NC

NPN

+ BN/1

- BU/3

+ BU/3

- BN/1

PNP

NPN

PNP

Fixing clamps Suitable female plug-in connectors, including pre-wired versions

With indexing pin for cylindrical sensors length 5 m

without LED

pre-wired,

elbowed

pre-wired,

straight

screw terminal

M8 XSZB108

M12 XSZB112 M8 (or S) XZCP0666L5 XZCP0566L5 XZCC8FCM30S

M18 XSZB118 M12 (or D) XZCP1241L5 XZCP1141L5 XZCC12FCM40B

M30 XSZB130 1/2" (or K) XZCP1965L5 XZCP1865L5 XZCC20FCM30B

PNP or NPN

NO + NC Complementary outputs PNP + NPN outputs,

NO or NC programmable

M8 M12 M18 M30 M12 M18 M30

1.5 mm 2 mm 5 mm 10 mm 2 mm 5 mm 10 mm

2.5 mm 4 mm 8 mm 15 mm 4 mm 8 mm 15 mm

0…1.2 0…1.6 0…4 0…8 0…1.6 0…4 0…8

0…2 0…3.2 0…6.4 0…12 0…3.2 0…6.4 0…12

ﬂush mountable or non ﬂush mountable depending on model ﬂush mountable or non ﬂush mountable depending on model

M M or P depending on model

- 25…+ 70 - 25…+ 70

IP 67 IP 68 (with connector: IP 67) IP 68 (with connector: IP 67)

CE - UL - CSA - CCC - C-TICK CE - UL - CSA - CCC - C-TICK

M8 x 50 (M8 x 61) M12 x 33 (M12 x 48) M18 x 36.5 (M18 x 49) M30 x 40.5 (M30 x 53) M12 x 50 (M12 x 61) M18 x 60 (M18 x 72) M30 x 60 (M30 x 72)

Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m) Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

XS1M08PC410 XS1N12PC410 XS1N18PC410 XS1N30PC410 – – –

XS2M08PC410 XS2N12PC410 XS2N18PC410 XS2N30PC410 – – –

XS1NM08NC410 XS1N12NC410 XS1N18NC410 XS1N30NC410 – – –

XS2M08NC410 XS2N12NC410 XS2N18NC410 XS2N30NC410 –

– – – – XS1M12KP340 XS1M18KP340 XS1M30KP340

– – – – XS2M12KP340 XS2M18KP340 XS2M30KP340

– – – – XS4P12KP340 XS4P18KP340 XS4P30KP340

M12 connector M12 connector

XS1M08PC410D XS1N12PC410D XS1N18PC410D XS1N30PC410D – – –

XS2M08PC410D XS2N12PC410D XS2N18PC410D XS2N30PC410D – – –

XS1M08NC410D XS1N12NC410D XS1N18NC410D XS1N30NC410D – – –

XS2M08NC410D XS2N12NC410D XS2N18NC410D XS2N30NC410D – – –

– – – – XS1M12KP340D XS1M18KP340D XS1M30KP340D

– – – – XS2M12KP340D XS2M18KP340D XS2M30KP340D

– – – – XS4P12KP340D XS4P18KP340D XS4P30KP340D

10…36 10…36

200 200

g / ⊗g / –

≤ 2 ≤ 2.6

5000 5000 2000 1000 5000 2000 1000

Accessories

1/25

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

26 x 26 x 13 40 x 40 x 15 M30 M18 M30

Nominal sensing distance Sn 10 mm 15 mm 10 mm 5 mm 10 mm

Operating zone (mm) 0...8 0...12 0...8 0...4 0...8

Suitability for ﬂush mounting (metal environment) ﬂush mountable ﬂush mountable

Case M (metal) P (plastic) PP M MM

Temperature range (°C) - 25…+ 70 0…+ 50

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP 67 pre-cabled: IP 68 (with connector: IP 67)

Product certiﬁcation CE - UL - CSA - CCC - C-TICK CE - UL - CSA - CCC - C-TICK

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x H x D Cable (Connector) 26 x 26 x 13 40 x 40 x 15 M30 x 81

M18 x 60 (M18 x 70)

M30 x 60

Maximum speed of passing object (impulses/min) 48000 48000 6000...48000 (1) – –

Adjustable frequency range (impulses/min) 6...6000 6...6000

6...150 / 120...3000 (1)

––

Sensors for DC applications

Connection Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

4-wire PNP/NPN NO/NC programmable – – – XS1M18KPM40 XS1M30KPM40

3-wire PNP NC function slow version – – XSAV11373 – –

fast version – – XSAV12373 – –

0…10 V output plastic –– – ––

4…20 mA output metal, ﬂush mountable –– – ––

plastic, ﬂush mountable –– – ––

plastic, non ﬂush mountable

–– – ––

Connection M8 or M12 connector

M12 on 0.8 m ﬂying lead

4-wire PNP/NPN NO/NC programmable – – – XS1M18KPM40D XS1M30KPM40LD

3-wire PNP NC function

XS9E11RPBL01M12 (3) XS9C11RPBL01M12 (3)

–––

0…10 V output – – – – –

4…20 mA output – – – – –

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 10...36 10...36 10...58 10...38

Switching capacity, max. (mA) 100 200 200 200

Short-circuit protect. (g) / LED output state indicator (⊗) / Power on LED (⊗)

(⊗)g / ⊗ / ⊗g / ⊗ / ⊗g / ⊗ / – g / ⊗ / –

Linearity error –– – –

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal ≤ 2 ≤ 2 ≤ 2 ≤ 2.6

Switching frequency (Hz) – – – 1000

Operating frequency (Hz) –– – –

Multi-current/multi-voltage sensors for AC/DC applications

Connection Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

2-wire AC/DC NC function

XS9E11RMBL01U20 (5) XS9C11RMBL01U20 (5)

–––

not short-circuit protected (2)

NC function slow version – – XSAV11801 – –

fast version – – XSAV12801 – –

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) 50-60 Hz 20...264 20...264 20...264 – –

Switching capacity, max. (mA) 100 300 AC / 200 DC 300 AC / 200 DC – –

LED output state indicator (⊗) / Power on LED (⊗)⊗ / ⊗⊗ / ⊗⊗ / – ––

Residual current, open state (mA) ≤ 1.5 ≤ 1.5 ≤ 1.5 ––

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal ≤ 5.5 ≤ 5.5 ≤ 5.7 ––

Switching frequency (Hz) –– – ––

Accessories

Fixing

for ﬂat sensors substitution Fixing clamp with indexing pin

of block type for cylindrical sensors

ﬂat 90° sensors

XSE / XSC / XSD

8x22x8 XSZBJ00 XSZBJ90 –

15x32x8 XSZBF00 XSZBF90 XSZBE10 M12 XSZB112

26x26x13 XSZBE00 XSZBE90 XSZBC10 M18 XSZB118

40x40x15 XSZBC00 XSZBC90 XSZBD10 M30 XSZB130

Inductive proximity sensors - Application

Rotation control

Non ﬂush

mountable

Flush

mountable

Fixed sensing distance

(for ferrous or non ferrous materials)

ﬂat

90°

OsiSense XS

1/26

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

8 x 32 x 8 26 x 26 x 13 40 x 40 x 15 80 x 80 x 26 M12 M18 M30

5 mm 10 mm 15 mm 40 mm M: 2 mm / P: 4 mm M: 5 mm / P: 8 mm M: 10 mm / P: 15 mm

1...4 1...10 2...15 5...40 M: 0.2…2 / P: 0.4…4 M: 0.5…5 / P: 0.8…8 M: 1…10 / P: 1.5…15

ﬂush mountable ﬂush mountable ﬂush mountable ﬂush mountable

ﬂush / non ﬂush mountable ﬂush / non ﬂush mountable ﬂush / non ﬂush mountable

P P P P M or P M or P M or P

- 25…+ 70 - 25…+ 70 - 25…+ 70 - 25…+ 70 - 25…+ 70 - 25…+ 70 - 25…+ 70

pre-cabled: IP 68 (with connector: IP 67) IP 67

CE - UL - CSA - CCC - C-TICK

15 x 32 x 8 26 x 26 x 13 40 x 40 x 15 80 x 80 x 26 Ø 12 x 50 Ø 18 x 50 Ø 30 x 52.5

–––––––

XS9F111A1L2 XS9E111A1L2 XS9C111A1L2 XS9D111A1L2 XS4P12AB110 XS4P18AB110 XS4P30AB110

– – – – XS1M12AB120 XS1M18AB120 XS1M30AB120

XS9F111A2L2 XS9E111A2L2 XS9C111A2L2 XS9D111A2L2 – – –

– – – – XS4P12AB120 XS4P18AB120 XS4P30AB120

M8 or M12 connector

–––––––

XS9F111A1L01M8 (4) XS9E111A1L01M12 (4) XS9C111A1L01M12 (4) XS9D111A1M12 – – –

XS9F111A2L01M8 (4) XS9E111A2L01M12 (4) XS9C111A2L01M12 (4) XS9D111A2M12 – – –

10...36 10...36 10...36 10...36 10…38 10…38 10…38

–––––––

± 1 V for 0…10 V version / ± 2 mA for 4…20 mA version

–––––––

2000 1000 1000 100 1500 500 300

(1) 6...150 and 6000 impulses/min for XSAV11373 and XSAV11801 (slow version); 120...3000 and 48000 impulses/min for XSAV12373 and XSAV12801 (fast version).

(2) For these sensors without short-circuit protection, it is essential to connect a 0.4 A quick-blow fuse in series with the load.

(3) Flying lead (L = 0.15 m) with end mounted remote control incorporating M12 connector.

(4) Flying lead (L = 0.15 m) with end connector.

(5) Flying lead (L = 0.15 m) with end mounted remote control incorporating 1/2"-20 UNF connector.

Analogue (Position control)

Accessories

Pre-wired connectors M8 (3 pin) 1/2" M12 (4 pin)

Straight Elbowed Straight Elbowed

Straight Elbowed Elbowed PNP LED

2 m XZCP0566L2 XZCP0666L2 2 m XZCP1865L2 XZCP1965L2 2 m XZCP1141L2 XZCP1241L2 XZCP1340L2

5 m XZCP0566L5 XZCP0666L5 5 m XZCP1865L5 XZCP1965L5 5 m XZCP1141L5 XZCP1241L5 XZCP1340L5

10 m XZCP0566L10 XZCP0666L10 10 m XZCP1865L10 XZCP1965L10 10 m XZCP1141L10 XZCP1241L10 XZCP1340L10

Suitable female plug-in connectors

M8 Straight Elbowed

Steel ring XZCC8FDM30S XZCC8FCM30S

M12 (4 pin)

Steel ring XZCC12FDM40B XZCC12FCM40B

Plastic ring XZCC12FDP40B XZCC12FCP40B

Straight Elbowed

1/27

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Inductive proximity sensors - Application

Food and beverage processing

Type M12 M18 Ø 18 plain M30

Nominal sensing distance Sn 7 mm 12 mm 12 mm 22 mm

Operating zone (mm) 0 …5.6 0 … 9.6 0 … 9.6 0 … 17.6

Suitability for ﬂush mounting (metal environment) non ﬂush mountable

Case M (metal) (1) M stainless steel 316 L

Product certiﬁcation CE - UL - CSA - CCC - C-TICK

Temperature range (°C) - 25…+ 85

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) pre-cabled: IP 68 (with connector: IP 67) and IP 69K conforming to DIN 40050

Sensors for DC applications (solid-state output: transistor)

Connection Pre-cabled, non poisonous PVC (2 m)

Dimensions (mm) M12 x 55 M18 x 60 Ø 18 x 60 M30 x 62

3-wire PNP NO function XS212SAPAL2 XS218SAPAL2 XS2L2SAPAL2 XS230SAPAL2

NPN NO function XS212SANAL2 XS218SANAL2 XS2L2SANAL2 XS230SANAL2

Connection M12 connector

Dimensions (mm) M12 x 61 M18 x 70 Ø 18 x 70 M30 x 70

3-wire PNP NO function XS212SAPAM12 XS218SAPAM12 XS2L2SAPAM12 XS230SAPAM12

NPN NO function XS212SANAM12 XS218SANAM12 XS2L2SANAM12 XS230SANAM12

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 10…36

Switching capacity, max. (mA) ≤ 200

Switching frequency (Hz) 2500 1000 1000 500

Short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator (⊗)g / ⊗g / ⊗g / ⊗g / ⊗

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal ≤ 2

Multi-current/multi-voltage sensors for AC/DC applications

Connection Pre-cabled, non poisonous PVC (2 m)

Dimensions (mm) – M18 x 60 – M30 x 62

2-wire (2) AC/DC NO function – XS218SAMAL2 – XS230SAMAL2

Connection 1/2"-20 UNF connector

Dimensions (mm) – M18 x 72 – M30 x 74

2-wire (2) AC/DC NO function – XS218SAMAU20 – XS230SAMAU20

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) 50-60 HZ – 20 … 264 – 20 … 264

Switching capacity, max. (mA) – 300 AC / 200 DC – 300 AC / 200 DC

Switching frequency (Hz) – 25 AC / 1000 DC – 25 AC / 300 DC

LED output state indicator (⊗)–⊗–⊗

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal –≤ 5.5 –≤ 5.5

Residual current, open state (mA) –≤ 0.8 –≤ 0.8

(1) Plastic range available. M12, M18, M30: (2) For these sensors without short-circuit protection, it is essential to connect a

To order, replace the second letter S in the reference by A 0.4 A quick-blow fuse in series with the load.

(example: XS212SAPAL2 becomes XS212AAPAL2).

Accessories

Fixing clamps M12 pre-wired connector M12 jumper cable

Plastic ﬁxing centres 24.1 mm, with locking screw female, 4-pin, stainless steel clamping ring male, 3-pin, stainless steel clamping ring

for sensor Straight connector 5 m cable XZCPA1141L5 Straight connector 5 m XZCRA151140A5

Ø 18 plain XUZB2005

Stainless steel Elbowed connector 5 m cable XZCPA1241L5 1/2" pre-wired connector

for sensor

Ø 12 XSZBS12 Straight 5 m XZCP1865L5

Ø 18 XUZA118 Elbowed 5 m XZCP1965L5

Ø 30 XSZBS30

OsiSense XS

1/28

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Capacitive proximity sensors

Detection of insulating materials or

conductive materials

Suitability for ﬂush

mtg.

M12 M18 M30 Ø 32 40 x 40 x 117

Nominal sensing distance Sn ﬂush mountable 2 mm 5 mm 10 mm 15 mm 15 mm

non ﬂush mountable –8 mm 15 mm 20 mm –

Operating zone Sa (mm) (2) ﬂush mountable 0…1.44 0…3.6 0…7.2 0…10 0…11

non ﬂush mountable – 0…5.8 0…11 0…15 –

Case M (metal) P (plastic) ﬂush mountable MMM MP

non ﬂush mountable –PP P–

Product certiﬁcation CE CE - UL - CSA

Temperature range (°C) - 25…+ 70

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP 67

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or H x W x D M12 x 70 M18 x 80 M30 x 80 M32 x 80 117 x 40 x 40

Sensors for DC applications

Connection Pre-cabled, PVC (2 m)

3-wire PNP NO function ﬂush mountable XT112S1PAL2 XT118B1PAL2 XT130B1PAL2 – –

non ﬂush mountable – XT218A1PAL2 XT230A1PAL2 – –

NO + NC functions ﬂush mountable XT112S1PCL2 XT118B1PCL2 XT130B1PCL2 – –

non ﬂush mountable ––– ––

NPN NO function ﬂush mountable XT112S1NAL2 XT118B1NAL2 XT130B1NAL2 – –

non ﬂush mountable – XT218A1NAL2 XT230A1NAL2 – –

Connection M12 connector Screw terminals

3-wire PNP NO + NC functions ﬂush mountable XT112S1PCM12 XT118B1PCM12 XT130B1PCM12 – XT7C40PC440 (3)

non ﬂush mountable – XT218A1PCM12 XT230A1PCM12 – –

NPN NO + NC functions ﬂush mountable – – – – XT7C40NC440 (3)

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 10...38 10...58

Switching capacity, max. (mA) 200 200

Short circuit-protection (g) / LED output state indicator (⊗)g / ⊗g / ⊗

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal ≤ 2 ≤ 2

Switching frequency (Hz) 300

100 (XT2) / 200 (XT1) 100 (XT2) / 150 (XT1)

– 100

Multi-current/multi-voltage sensors for AC applications

Connection Pre-cabled, PVC (2 m)

2-wire AC (1) NO function ﬂush mountable – XT118B1FAL2 XT130B1FAL2 XT132B1FAL2 –

non ﬂush mountable – XT218A1FAL2 XT230A1FAL2 XT232A1FAL2 –

NO function ﬂush mountable – XT118B1FBL2 XT130B1FBL2 XT132B1FBL2 –

non ﬂush mountable – – XT230A1FBL2 XT232A1FBL2 –

Connection Screw terminals

2-wire AC (1) NO or NC

programmable

ﬂush mountable – – – – XT7C40FP262

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) 50-60 Hz – 20…264 20…264 20…264 20…264

Switching capacity, max. (mA) – 300 350

LED output state indicator (⊗) / Power on LED (⊗)⊗ / –

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal –≤ 5.5 ≤ 5.5 ≤ 9 ≤ 5.5

Switching frequency (Hz) –25252525

(1) For these sensors without short-circuit protection, it is essential to connect a 0.4 A quick-blow fuse in series with the load.

(2) The operating distance depends on the objet material.

(3) Only for detecting insulating materials.

Accessories

Suitable female plug-in connectors, including pre-wired versions

length 5 m pre-wired, pre-wired, screw terminal

without LED elbowed straight

M12 XZCP1241L5 XZCP1141L5 XZCC12FCM40B

Non ﬂush mountable

(plastic)

Flush mountable

(metal)

OsiSense XT

1/29

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Photo-electric sensors

General Purpose

OsiSense XU

M18 Metal (1) M18 Plastic

Cable M12 connector Cable M12 connector

Diffuse Sensing distance 0.6 m (2) (3) 0.6 m (2) (3)

Output type DC3 NO PNP XUB5BP ANL2 XUB5BP ANM12 XUB5AP A NL2 XUB5AP ANM12

NPN XUB5BNANL2 XUB5BNANM12 XUB5AN ANL2 XUB5AN ANM12

PNP/NPN ––––

AC/DC 1C/O relay ––––

Reﬂ ex Polarised Sensing distance (4) 2 m 2 m

Output type DC3 NO PNP XUB9BP ANL2 XUB9BP ANM12 XUB9AP ANL2 XUB9AP ANM12

NPN XUB9BNANL2 XUB9BNANM12 XUB9AN ANL2 XUB9AN ANM12

PNP/NPN ––––

AC/DC 1C/O relay ––––

Reﬂ ex Sensing distance (4) 4 m 4 m

Output type DC3 NO PNP XUB1BP ANL2 XUB1BP ANM12 XUB1AP ANL2 XUB1AP ANM12

NPN XUB1BNANL2 XUB1BNANM12 XUB1AN ANL2 XUB1AN ANM12

AC/DC 1C/O relay ––––

Thru beam Sensing distance 15 m 15 m

Output type DC3 NO PNP XUB2BP ANL2R XUB2BP ANM12R XUB2AP ANL2R XUB2AP ANM12R

NPN XUB2BNANL2R XUB2BNANM12R XUB2ANANL2R XUB2ANANM12R

PNP/NPN ––––

AC/DC 1C/O relay ––––

Output function NO AAAA

NC BBBB

Thru beam Transmitter DC XUB2BKSNL2T XUB2BKSNM12T XUB2AKSNL2T XUB2AKSNM12T

AC/DC ––––

Multimode Sensing distance Background suppression: 0.12 m - Diffuse: 0.3 m

Reﬂ ex polarised: 2 m - Thru beam: 18 m

Output type DC3 NO/NC PNP XUB0BPSNL2 XUB0BPSNM12 XUB0APSNL2 XUB0APSNM12

NPN XUB0BNSNL2 XUB0BNSNM12 XUB0ANSNL2 XUB0ANSNM12

PNP/NPN ––––

AC/DC 1C/O relay ––––

Thru beam Transmitter DC XUB0BKSNL2T XUB0BKSNM12T XUB0AKSNL2T XUB0AKSNM12T

AC/DC ––––

(1) Brass metal, aivailable also in stainless steel, see page food/beverage processing series

(2) For a sensing distance 0,1 m without sensitivity adjustment, change digit 5 by 4 into the reference (ex: XUB5BPANL2 becomes XUB4BPANL2)

Fixing M18 x1 M18 x1

Dimensions M18 x 64 mm / M18 x 78 mm

Product certiﬁ cations CE, UL, CSA, C-Tick CE, UL, CSA, C-Tick

DC common characteristics

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 10…36 10…36

Switching frequency (Hz) 500 500

Common characteristics for DC versions Switching capacity, max. (mA): 100 / Overload and short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state

AC/DC common characteristics

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple ––

Switching frequency (Hz) ––

LED output state indicator (⊗) / power on LED (⊗)––

NO function: Object present / Output ON

Thru-beam Reﬂ ex Diffuse

(T) (R) (T/R) (T/R)

NC function: No object present / Output ON

Thru-beam Reﬂ ex Diffuse

(T) (R) (T/R) (T/R)

Accessories

Reﬂ ectors

XUZC24 XUZC80 XUZC50

3D ﬁ xings with ball joint

Reﬂ ectors (mm)

Ø 21 XUZC21

24 x 21 XUZC24

11 x 33 XUZC08

Ø 39 XUZC39

Ø 80 XUZC80

50 x 50 XUZC50

100 x 100

XUZC100

Bracket with ball joint

for sensors and

reﬂ ector

XUZC50

for

XUK… XUZK2004

XUX… XUZX2004

for

XUB… XUZB2003

XUM0…

XUZM2003

XUK… XUZK2003

XUX… XUZX2003

XUZ2001

Protective housing

with ball joint

M12 rod for

ball joint

1/30

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

length 5 m

without LED pre-wired, elbowed pre-wired, straight screw terminal

M8 XZCP1041L5 XZCP0941L5 XZCC8FCM40S

M12 XZCP1241L5 XZCP1141L5 XZCC12FCM40B

Suitable female plug-in connectors, including pre-wired versions

XUZ2003

Fixing

support for

M12 rod

Single bracket

for standard with ball joint

XUB... XUZA118

(stnls. steel)

XUZA218 (plastic)

XUM... XUZAM02 –

XUK... XUZA51 –

XUX... XUZX2000 –

Simple ﬁ xings

Miniature Compact 50 x 50 mm Compact 92 x 71 mm

Cable M8 connector Cable M12 connector Screw terminal M12 connector

1 m (3) 1 m (3) 2.1 m (3)

– – XUK5AP ANL2 XUK5AP ANM12 XUX5AP ANT16 XUX5AP ANM12

– – XUK5AN ANL2 XUK5AN ANM12 XUX5AN ANT16 XUX5AN ANM12

XUM5APCNL2 XUM5APCNM8 ––––

– – XUK5ARCNL2 – XUX5ARCNT16 –

5 m (3) 5 m 11 m (3)

– – XUK9AP ANL2 XUK9AP ANM12 XUX9AP ANT16 XUX9AP ANM12

– – XUK9ANANL2 XUK9ANANM12 XUX9AN ANT16 XUX9AN ANM12

XUM9APCNL2 XUM9APCNM8 – – – –

– – XUK9ARCNL2 – XUX9ARCNT16 –

–7 m 14 m (3)

– – XUK1AP ANL2 XUK1AP ANM12 XUX1AP ANT16 XUX1AP ANM12

– – XUK1AN ANL2 XUK1AN ANM12 XUX1AN ANT16 XUX1AN ANM12

– – XUK1ARCNL2 – XUX1ARCNT16 –

15 m (3) 30 m 40 m (3)

– – XUK2AP ANL2R XUK2AP ANM12R XUX2AP ANT16R XUX2AP ANM12R

– – XUK2ANANL2R XUK2ANANM12R XUX2AN ANT16R XUX2AN ANM12R

XUM2APCNL2R XUM2APCNM8R – – – –

– – XUK2ARCNL2R – XUX2ARCNT16R –

NO or NC NO or NC AAAA

BBBB

XUM2AKCNL2T XUM2AKCNM8T XUK2AKSNL2T XUK2AKSNM12T XUX0AKSAT16T XUX0AKSAM12T

– – XUK2ARCNL2T – XUX2ARCTT16T –

Background suppression: 0.1 m - Diffuse: 0.4 m Background suppression: 0.28 m - Diffuse: 0.8 m Background suppression: 1.3 m - Diffuse: 2 m

Reﬂ ex polarised: 3 m - Thru beam: 10 m Reﬂ ex polarised: 4 m - Thru beam: 30 m Reﬂ ex polarised: 11 m - Thru beam: 40 m

XUM0APSAL2 XUM0APSAM8 – – – –

XUM0ANSAL2 XUM0ANSAM8 – – – –

– – XUK0AKSAL2 XUK0AKSAM12 XUX0AKSAT16 XUX0AKSAM12

– – XUK0ARCTL2 – XUX0ARCTT16 –

XUM0AKSAL2T XUM0AKSAM8T XUK0AKSAL2T XUK0AKSAM12T XUX0AKSAT16T XUX0AKSAM12T

– – XUK0ARCTL2T – XUX0ARCTT16T –

(3) With sensitivity adjustment

(4) With reﬂ ector XUZC50

Direct ﬁ xing centres 25.5, M3 screws Direct ﬁ xing centres 40 x 40, M4 screws Direct ﬁ xing centres 30/38 to 40/50/74, M5 screws

12 x 34 x 20 18 x 50 x 50 30 x 92 x 71

CE, UL, CSA, C-Tick CE, UL, CSA, CCC, C-Tick CE, UL, CSA, CCC, C-Tick

10…30 10…30 10…36

1000 500 500

indicator (⊗): yes / power on LED (⊗): yes

– 20…264 20…264

–2020

–⊗ / ⊗ ⊗ / ⊗

1/31

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

System Thru-beam with modular red LED light source

Sensing distance 2…180 mm

Fixing (mm) (see column E below)

Minimum size of objet detected 0,8 mm

Case M (metal) M

Temperature range (°C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

- 10…+ 60 / IP65 & IP67

Product certiﬁcation CE - cULus

Sensors for DC applications (solid-state output: transistor)

Connection M8 connector 3-pin Pre-cabled L = 2 m.

Dimensions (mm) ABCDE ABCDE

Transmitter / Receiver 3 wire NO function PNP XUVR0605P ANM8 50 60 74 77,5 40 XUVR0303PANL2 30 40 54 57,5 30

NPN XUVR0605NANM8

NO function PNP XUVR0608P ANM8 80 60 104 77,5 70

NPN XUVR0608NA NM8

NO function PNP XUVR1212P ANM8 120 120 144 142 100

NPN XUVR1212NANM8

NO function PNP XUVR1218P ANM8 180 120 204 142 152

NPN XUVR1218NANM8

Output function NO A

NC B

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 10…30

Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz) 100/4kHz

Overload and short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator

(⊗)g / ⊗

Photo-electric sensors

Optical forks without setting and frames

New

A CE

OsiSense XU

System Thru-beam with infrared emission

Passageway dimensions 30 x 30 mm 60 x 60 mm 200 x 120 mm 200 x 180 mm 200 x 250 mm

Connection M8 (4 pin) M12 (4 pin)

Minimum size of object to be detected Ø 2 mm XUVF30M8 XUVF60M8 – – –

Ø 4 mm – – XUVF120M12 XUVF180M12 XUVF250M12

Ø 10 mm – – XUYFRS120S XUYFRS180S XUYFRS250S

Type and output function 4-wire, PNP and NPN Output function ON or OFF on passage of object, programmable

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 18…30

Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz) ≤ 100 mA / 500 Hz

Overload and short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator

(⊗)g / ⊗

Accessories

Suitable female pre-wired plug-in connectors

M8 (3 pin) M8 (4 pin) M12 (4 pin)

For optical forks without setting For optical forks and frame with setting For frame with setting

Straight Elbowed Straight Elbowed Straight Elbowed

2 m XZCP0566L2 XZCP0666L2 2 m XZCP0941L2 XZCP1041L2 2 m XZCP1141L2 XZCP1241L2

5 m XZCP0566L5 XZCP0666L5 5 m XZCP0941L5 XZCP1041L5 5 m XZCP1141L5 XZCP1241L5

Straight Elbowed

1/32

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

System, with teach mode Thru-beam Thru-beam laser

Sensing distance 2…120 mm 2…120 mm

Fixing (mm) (see column E below)

Minimum size of objet detected 0,2 mm 0,05 mm

Case M (metal) / Setting-up assistance LEDs ⊗M / ⊗

Temperature range (°C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

- 25…+ 60 / IP 65

Product certiﬁcation CE - cULus

Sensors for DC applications (solid-state output: transistor)

Connection M8 connector - 4 Pin

Type of output 3-wire PNP/NPN programmable NO/NC

Dimensions (mm) ABCDE ABCDE

Transmitter / Receiver XUYFANEP40002 242

32 57 14 XUYFALNEP40002 242

41 57 14

XUYFANEP60002 259 77 XUYFALNEP60002 259 77

XUYFANEP100002 295 110 XUYFALNEP100002 295 110

XUYFANEP40005 542

35 57 14 XUYFALNEP40005 542

44 57 14

XUYFANEP60005 559 77 XUYFALNEP60005 559 77

XUYFANEP100005 595 110 XUYFALNEP100005 595 110

XUYFANEP40015 15 42 45 57 27 XUYFALNEP40015 15 42 54 57 27

XUYFANEP60015 15 59 77 XUYFALNEP60015 15 59 77

XUYFANEP100015 15 95 110 XUYFALNEP100015 15 95 110

XUYFANEP40030 30 42 60 57 42 XUYFALNEP40030 30 42 69 57 42

XUYFANEP60030 30 59 77 XUYFALNEP60030 30 59 77

XUYFANEP100030 30 95 110 XUYFALNEP100030 30 95 110

XUYFANEP40050 50 42 80 57 40 XUYFALNEP40050 50 42 89 57 40

XUYFANEP60050 50 59 77 XUYFALNEP60050 50 59 77

XUYFANEP100050 50 95 110 XUYFALNEP100050 50 95 110

XUYFANEP40080 80 42 110 57 70 XUYFALNEP40080 80 42 119 57 70

XUYFANEP60080 80 59 77 XUYFALNEP60080 80 59 77

XUYFANEP100080 80 95 110 XUYFALNEP100080 80 95 110

XUYFANEP40120 120 42 150 57 110 XUYFALNEP40120 120 42 159 57 110

XUYFANEP60120 120 59 77 XUYFALNEP60120 120 59 77

XUYFANEP100120 120 95 110 XUYFALNEP100120 120 95 110

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 10…30 10…30

Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz) 100/10 kHz 100/10 kHz

Overload and short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator

(⊗)g / ⊗g / ⊗

(1) To order a fork without teach mode, delete A of the reference. Ex: XUYFANEP40002 becomes XUYFNEP40002

System Ultrasonic thru-beam Thru-beam

Special transparent labels For all other opaque labels

Sensing distance 3 mm version XUVU06M3KCNM8 XUYFA983003COS

5 mm version –XUYFA983005COS

Switching frequency (Hz) 500 10 000

Sensitivity adjustment Numerical +/- button Teach button

Connection M8 (4 pin)

Case M (metal) / Setting-up assistance LEDs ⊗M / ⊗

Temperature range (°C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

- 5…+ 55 / IP 65 - 20…+ 60 / IP 65

Product certiﬁcation CE CE - cULus

Laser

class

A CE

Forks with teach mode (1)

1/33

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Laser

class

Laser

class

Laser

class

Photo-electric sensors - Application

Assembly series

Application Robustness and compactness

System Thru-beam Diffuse Diffuse (1) Reﬂ ex Diffuse

contrast

Sensing distance 100 m (2) 0.07 m0.07 m

10…1000 mm (3)

40…150 mm

Fixing (mm) M18 x 1 M8 x 1 Direct, 2 M3 holes,

fxg. ctrs. 20 mm

Direct, 2 M3 holes, ﬁ xing centres 24 mm

Sensitivity adjustment Teach mode – Potentiometer Teach mode

Case M (metal) P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs ⊗P / ⊗M / – M / ⊗P

Temperature range (°C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

- 10…+ 45°C - 25…+ 55

- 25…+ 60

- 20…+ 60°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP 67 IP 67 IP 67,

IP 69K

IP 67

Product certiﬁ cation CE - UL - CSA CE - cULus

CE - cULus - C-TICK

CE - cULus

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or H x W x D Ø 18 x 64 Ø 8 x 40 40.8 x 16.2 x 29.5 35.8 x 12 x 20

Sensors for DC applications (solid-state output: transistor)

Connection Pre-cabled PVR (2 m) PVC (2 m)

Transmitter / Receiver 3-wire PNP NO function – XUAH0515 XUM5BPANL2 ––

Connection Connector M12 M8 4-pin

Transmitter / Receiver 3-wire PNP NO function – XUAH0515S – ––

3-wire PNP

programmable NO / NC

XUBLAPCNM12 – – XUYBCO929LSP XUYPCCO929LSP

3-wire NPN

programmable NO / NC

XUBLANCNM12 – – – –

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 10…30 10…30 10…30 10…30 10…30

Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz) 100 / 1500 100 / 700 100 / 1000 100 / 1000 100 / 1000

Overload and short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator (⊗)

g / ⊗g / ⊗g / ⊗g / ⊗g / ⊗

(1) Reﬂ ex and thru-beam systems also available.

(2) or min. size of object: 0.2 mm

(3) With speciﬁ c reﬂ ector XUY1111, format 50 x 50 mm. To be ordered separately.

OsiSense XU

Accurate detection

or very long sensing

distance

Application

System Polarised reﬂ ex Thru-beam

50 x 50 reﬂ ector included

Sensing distance 1…1.5 m4 m

Fixing (mm) 2 x Ø 3 holes / ﬁ xing centres 9.5 3 x Ø 3 holes / ﬁ xing centres 9.5

Sensitivity adjustment Potentiometer Potentiometer

Case P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs ⊗P / ⊗P / ⊗

Temperature range (°C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

0…+ 50 / IP 65 & IP 67 0…+ 50 / IP 65 & IP 67

Product certiﬁ cation CE - cULus CE - cULus

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 40 x 10 x 13.5 40 x 10 x 13.5

Sensors for DC applications (solid-state output: transistor)

Connection M8 connector (1)

- 4 Pin

PNP NO function XUYBCO989SP XUYRCO989SP (receiver)

NPN NO function XUYBCO989SN XUYRCO989SN (receiver)

PNP/NPN

programmable NO / NC

– XUYECO989 (transmitter)

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 10…30 10…30

Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz) 100 / 500 100 / 500

Overload and short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator (⊗)

g / ⊗g / ⊗

(1) For 2 m pre-cabled version delete CO from the reference. Example: XUYPSCO989SP becomes XUYPS989SP.

Miniature series sensors

C D

A B

1/34

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Laser

class

Laser

class

Laser

class

Accessories

Suitable female pre-wired plug-in connectors Fixing, for XUYPCO925

M8 straight M12 straight M8 elbowed M12 elbowed

2 m XZCP0941L2 XZCP1141L2 XZCP1041L2 XZCP1241L2 With protective cover Simple

5 m XZCP0941L5 XZCP1141L5 XZCP1041L5 XZCP1241L5 XUY 9251-DF525567 XUY 925-DF525568

Materials handing series - Analogue output

Application

System Diffuse Diffuse Thru-beam

Sensing distance 0.20...0.80 m0.05...0.40 m50 m

Fixing (mm) ﬁ xing ctrs: 30 - 11P cable gland M18 x 1 M18 x 1

Sensitivity adjustment – Potentiometer Potentiometer

Case M (metal) P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs ⊗P / ⊗M / ⊗M / ⊗

Temperature range (°C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

- 25…+ 60 / IP 67 - 25…+ 55 / IP 67 - 25…+ 55 / IP 67

Product certiﬁ cation CE - UL - CSA CE - UL - CSA CE - UL - CSA - C-TICK

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or H x W x D 86 x 27 x 83 M18 x 95 M18 x 95

Sensors for DC applications

Connection Screw terminals M12 connector M12 connector

Transmitter / Receiver

analogue 4-20 mA / 0-10 V XUJK803538 (5) ––

analogue 4-20 mA – XU5M18AB20D XU2M18AP20D (5)

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 20…30 10…30 10…30

Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz) max: 20, min: 4 / 10000 max: 20, min: 4 / 20 100 / 30

Overload and short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator (⊗)

g / ⊗g / ⊗g / ⊗

(5) With 3-wire PNP output.

Application

System Diffuse, 0-10 V analogue output Diffuse,

Sensing distance 1 Sensing distance 2 4-20 mA analogue output

Sensing distance 40...60 mm 45...85 mm 80...300 mm

Minimum size of object 1 mm 0.8 mm 1.5 x 3.5 mm

Fixing (mm) direct: 3 M4 holes, ﬁ xing centres 40 mm

Sensitivity adjustment Potentiometer

Case P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs ⊗P / ⊗

Temperature range (°C) 0…+ 45°

Product certiﬁ cation CE - cULus

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 50 x 17 x 50

Sensors for DC applications (solid-state output: transistor)

Connection M12 connector M12 connector M12 connector

Transmitter / Receiver 0…10 V XUYPCO925L1ANSP XUYPCO925L2ANSP XUYPCO925L3ANSP

Supply voltage limits, min./max (V) including ripple 18…28 18…28

Switching capacity, max. 3 mA / 0…10 V analogue output 3 mA / 4…20 mA analogue output

Switching frequency (Hz) 40 40

Overload and short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator

(⊗)g / ⊗g / ⊗

High access gain for resistance

to accumulation of dirt

Analogue output

Position control

F G F G F G

1/35

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Accessories

Suitable female plug-in connectors, including pre-wired versions

L = 5 m, without LED

Wired, elbowed

Wired, straight Screw terminal

M8 (or S) 4 pin XZCP0666L5 XZCP0566L5 XZCC8FCM30S

M12 (or D) 4 pin XZCP1241L5 XZCP1141L5 XZCC12FCM40B

M12 8 pin – XSZMCR03 (3 m) –

Lenses for colour mark

Lens for 18 mm sensing distance Lens for 7 mm sensing distance

XURZ01 XURZ02

Photo-electric sensors - Application

Packaging series

Application

System Diffuse Lum. detection Reﬂex (with teach mode)

(manual) via ﬁbre optics (50 x 50 reﬂector included)

Sensing distance 0.02…0.08 m

dpg. on ﬁbre & ﬁtting

(3) 0…1.4 m (4) 1.5 m

Fixing (mm) M18 x 1 DIN rail M18 x 1

direct: ﬁxing ctrs. 40 x 40

Sensitivity adjustment Potentiometer

+/- numeric potentiometer

Teach button

Case M (metal) P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs ⊗

M / ⊗P / ⊗P / ⊗

Temperature range (°C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

- 25…+ 55 / IP 67 0 … + 60 / IP 65 0…+ 55 / IP 67 - 25…+ 55 / IP 65

Product certiﬁcation CE - CSA - UL CE - cULus CE - UL - CSA - C-TICK

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or H x W x D Ø 18 x 95 30 x 13 x 60 Ø 18 x 64 50 x 18 x 50

Sensors for DC applications (solid-state output: transistor

)

Connection Pre-cabled, PVC (2 m)

Transmitter / Receiver

3-wire PNP

programmable NO / NC

– – XUBTAPSNL2 (5) –

3-wire NPN

programmable NO / NC

– – XUBTANSNL2 (5) –

3-wire PNP / NPN

programmable NO / NC

– – – XUKT1KSML2

Connection

M12 connector M8 connector M12 connector M12 connector

Transmitter / Receiver

3-wire PNP fonction NO XU5M18U1D – – –

3-wire PNP

programmable NO / NC

– – XUBTAPSNM12 (5) –

3-wire NPN

programmable NO / NC

– – XUBTANSNM12 (5) –

3-wire PNP / NPN

programmable NO / NC

– XUYAFLCO966S – XUKT1KSMM12

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 10…30 10…30 10…32 10…30

Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz) 100 / 1000 100 / 5 100 / 1000 100 / 1500

(3) Suitable ﬁbre optics, to be ordered separately (usable

Ø 1 mm):

(L = 10 m: XUFZ910) (L = 20 m: XUFZ920) (L = 50 m: XUFZ950). End ﬁttings see the ﬁbre optic page

(4) 0…0.8 m for versions with 90° head, to order replace the 8

digit N by W. Example XUBTAPSNL2 becomes XUBTAPSWL2

(5) Also available in stainless steel for food and beverage processing applications. To order, replace the letter A by S in the ref. Example: XUBTAPSNL2 becomes XUBTSPSNL2.

Application Contrast sensors

System Diffuse Sensor with Diffuse

(with teach mode) plastic ﬁbre optics (1) (with teach mode)

Sensing distance 19 mm 18 mm 9 mm (2)

Fixing (mm) direct: ﬁxing centres 40 x 40 DIN rail direct: 21 x 28, M5 screws

Sensitivity adjustment Teach button Teach button Teach button

Case M (metal) P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs ⊗

P / ⊗P / ⊗M / ⊗

Temperature range (°C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

- 10…+ 55 / IP 65 0 … + 40 / IP 65 - 10…+ 55 / IP 67

Product certiﬁcation CE - cULus CE - cULus CE

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or H x W x D 50 x 15 x 50 30 x 13 x 60 96 x 31 x 64

Sensors for DC applications (solid-state output: transistor)

Connection

M12 connector

connector M12 connector

Transmitter / Receiver

3-wire PNP NO function XUKR1PSMM12 – –

3-wire NPN NO function XUKR1NSMM12 – –

3-wire PNP / NPN programmable NO / NC – – XURK1KSMM12

NPN NO function XUYDCFCO966S –

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 10…30 10…30 10…30

Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz) 100 / 5000 100 / 20 k 200 / 10000

(1) Suitable ﬁbre optics, to be ordered separately:

Sensing distance: 18 mm (L = 0.6 m: XUYFPDC61),

60 mm (L = 1 m: XUYFPDC101)

18 mm (L = 0.6 m / M8: XUYFPDCM861),

60 mm (L = 1 m / M8: XUYFPDCM8101).

(2) 7 mm with XURZ02; 18 mm with XURZ01.

OsiSense XU

H H

I J

Luminescence sensors Detection of transparent materials

I J

1/36

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Application Colour sensors

Detection of aqueous liquids

System Diffuse Diffuse Thru-beam

(with integral ampliﬁ er) infrared

Sensing distance 0.02 m0.040...0.060 m0.2 m (1)

Fixing (mm) direct: ﬁ xing ctrs. 40x40

drct: fxg ctrs. 68x42, M5 screws

direct: ﬁ xing ctrs. 20

Sensitivity adjustment Teach button Teach button Potentiometer

Case M (metal) P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs ⊗

P / ⊗M / ⊗P / ⊗

Temperature range (°C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

- 10…+ 55 / IP 65 - 10…+ 55 / IP 67 0…+ 40 / IP 65

Product certiﬁ cation CE - cULus CE CE

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or H x W x D 50 x 25 x 50 80 x 30 x 57 47 x 13 x 33

Sensors for DC applications (solid-state output: transistor

)

Connection M12 connector - 8 pin Pre-cabled (2 m) Pre-cabled (2 m)

Transmitter / Receiver 3-wire PNP NO function XUKC1PSMM12 XURC3PPML2 –

3-wire NPN NO function XUKC1NSMM12 XURC3NPML2 –

3-wire PNP / NPN

programmable NO / NC

– – XUMW1KSNL2

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 10…30 10…30 10.8…26.4

Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz) 100 / 1500 100 / 1200 100 / 1000

(1) Nominal sensing distance 50 m. Use between 10 and 20 cm, depending on application.

Stainless steel version for resistance to harsh agents

System Multimode (3) Polarised relex (2) Diffuse (2) Thru-beam (2)

Sensing distance (4) 3 / 2 m0.15 / 0.10 m20 / 15 m

Fixing (mm) M18 x 1 M18 x 1 M18 x 1 M18 x 1

Case M (metal)

M (stainless steel) M (stainless steel) M (stainless steel) M (stainless steel)

Temperature range (°C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

- 25…+ 55 / IP 67 - 25…+ 55 / IP 67 - 25…+ 55 / IP 67

Product certiﬁ cation CE - UL - CSA - C-TICK

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L Ø 18 x 64 Ø 18 x 62 Ø 18 x 62 Ø 18 x 64

Sensors for DC applications (solid-state output: transistor

)

Connection Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

Transmitter / Receiver 3-wire PNP

programmable NO / NC

XUB0SPSNL2 XU9N18PP341 XU5N18PP341 XU2N18PP341

3-wire NPN

programmable NO / NC

XUB0SNSNL2 XU9N18NP341 XU5N18NP341 XU2N18NP341

Connection M12 connector

Transmitter / Receiver 3-wire PNP

programmable NO / NC

XUB0SPSNM12 XU9N18PP341D XU5N18PP341D XU2N18PP341D

3-wire NPN

programmable NO / NC

XUB0SNSNM12 XU9N18NP341D XU5N18NP341D XU2N18NP341D

Thru-beam transmitter accessory pre-cabled (2 m) XUB0SKSNL2T – –

connector XUB0SKSNM12T – –

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 10…36 10…30 10…30

Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz) 100 / 250 100 / 500 100 / 500

(2) Also available with 90° head. To order, add the letter W after the numbers 341 in the reference. Example: XU9N18PP341 becomes XU9N18PP341W or XU9N18PP341DW.

(3) 0…0.8 m for versions with 90° head, to order replace the 8

digit N by W. Example XUB0SPSNL2 becomes XUB0SPSWL2

(4) Background suppression: 0.12 m - Diffuse: 0.3 m - Reﬂ ex polarised: 2 m - Thru beam: 18 m

Food/beverage processing series

Packaging series

1/37

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Laser

class

Laser

class

Laser

class

Application

System Background

suppression

Background

suppression, 2 chnls.

Sensing distance 50…300 mm 50…600 mm

Minimum size of object 0.5 mm –

Fixing (mm) direct: 2 M4 holes, ctrs. 54 mm 2 x Ø 4 holes, ﬁ xing ctrs. 54

Sensitivity adjustment Potentiometer Potentiometer

Case P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs ⊗P / ⊗P / ⊗

Temperature range (°C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

0…+ 50 / IP 65 0…+ 60 / IP 40

Product certiﬁ cation CE - cULus

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 60 x 18 x 60 60 x 18 x 60

Sensors for DC applications (solid-state output: transistor). Sensors with overload and short-circuit protection

Connection M8 connector

Transmitter / Receiver 3-wire PNP / NPN programmable NO / NC XUYPS1LCO965S XUYPS2CO945S

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 10…30 10…30

Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz) 100 / 5000 100 / 370

Accessories

Pre-wired connectors

M8 (4 pin) M12 (4 pin) 7/8" (5 pin)

Straight Elbowed Straight Elbowed Straight

2 m XZCP0941L2 XZCP1041L2 2 m XZCP1141L2 XZCP1241L2 2 m XZCP1764L2

5 m XZCP0941L5 XZCP1041L5 5 m XZCP1141L5 XZCP1241L5 5 m XZCP1764L5

Straight Elbowed

Photo-electric sensors

with background suppression

OsiSense XU

Application

System Background Diffuse with background suppression

suppression Sensing distance 1 Sensing distance 2

Sensing distance 1.5…80 mm 10…60 mm 30…110 mm

Minium size of object – 0.3 mm 0.7 mm

Fixing (mm)

2 x Ø 3 holes / fxg. ctrs. 14.5

direct: 2 M3 holes, ﬁ xing centres 24 mm

Sensitivity adjustment Potentiometer Teach mode

Case P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs ⊗

P / ⊗P

Temperature range (°C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

0…+ 50 / IP 65 & IP 67 - 20…+ 60°C / IP 67

Product certiﬁ cation CE - cULus CE - cULus

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 32 x 13 x 20 35.8 x 12 x 20

Sensors for DC applications (solid-state output: transistor)

Connection M8 connector (1)

- 4 Pin

M8 connector

- 4 Pin

M8 connector

- 4 Pin

Transmitter / Receiver

PNP NO function XUYPSCO989SP – –

NPN NO function XUYPSCO989SN – –

PNP

programmable NO / NC

– XUYPSCO929L1SP XUYPSCO929L2SP

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 10…30 10…30 10…30

Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz) 100 / 500 100 / 1000 100 / 1000

Overload and short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator (⊗)

g / ⊗g / ⊗g / ⊗

(1) For 2 m pre-cabled connection delete CO from the reference. Example: XUYPSCO989SP becomes XUYPS989SP.

P K

1/38

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Application

System Diffuse

with adjustable background suppression

Sensing distance 0…1 m 1.2 m 2 m

Fixing (mm)

direct:

ﬁxing ctrs. 40 x 40

M30 x 1.5 or M5,

ﬁxing

ctrs. 30

direct: ﬁxing ctrs. 30/38

to 40/50/74 M5 screw

Sensitivity adjustment – Potentiometer –

Case P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs ⊗

P / ⊗P / ⊗P / ⊗

Temperature range (°C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

- 25…+ 55 / IP 65

- 25…+ 55 / IP 67, Nema 4X

- 25...+ 55 / IP 67

Product certiﬁcation

CE - UL - CSA CE - UL - CSA CE - UL - CSA

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 50 x 18 x 50 95 x 45 x 44 92 x 30,5 x 71

Sensors for DC applications (solid-state output: transistor). Sensors with overload and short-circuit protection

Connection Pre-cabled, PVC (2 m) Screw terminals

Transmitter / Receiver

3-wire PNP / NPN

programmable NO / NC

XUK8AKSNL2 XUC8AKSNL2 (3) XUX8AKSAT16 (3)

Connection M12 connector

Transmitter / Receiver

3-wire PNP / NPN

programmable NO / NC

XUK8AKSNM12 XUC8AKSNM12 (3) XUX8AKSAM12

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 10…36 10…38 10…36

Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz) 100 / 250 100 / 500 100 / 150

Système Diffuse

with adjustable background suppression

Sensing distance 70…120 mm 1.2 m 2 m

Fixing (mm) M18 x 1 M30 x 1.5 or M5, ﬁxing ctrs. 30 direct: ﬁxing ctrs. 30/38

to 40/50/74 M5 screw

Sensitivity adjustment Potentiometer Potentiometer –

Case M (metal) P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs ⊗M / ⊗P / ⊗P / ⊗

Temperature range (°C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

- 25…+ 55°C / IP 67 - 25…+ 55 / IP 67, Nema 4X - 25...+ 55 / IP 67

Product certiﬁcation CE - UL - CSA CE - UL - CSA CE - UL - CSA

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or H x W x D M18 x 82 95 x 45 x 44 92 x 30,5 x 71

Multi-current/multi-voltage sensors for AC/DC applications

Connection Cable L = 2m Cable 2m / Connector 7/8" Screw terminals

Transmitter / Receiver AC/DC NO function XU8M18MA230 – –

programmable NO / NC

– XUC8ARCTL2 / XUC8ARCTU78 XUX8ARCTT16

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 20…264 20…264 20…264

Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz) 200 / 25 3000 / 20 3000 / 20

Overload and short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator (⊗)

(2) / ⊗––

(2) Sensor not short-circuit protected. Therefore, it is essential to connect a 0.4 A quick-blow fuse in series with the load.

New

Objets sur convoyeur

1/39

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Photo-electric sensors, ﬁbre optic

Ampliﬁer

+/- potentiometer Teach Teach + Timer Teach + Timer

Max. / usable sensing distance Depending on ﬁbre used, plastic only

Fixing (mm) DIN rail or direct: ﬁxing centres 25, M3 screws

Sensitivity adjustment

+/- numeric potentiometer

using teach mode

+/- numeric potentiometer

using teach mode

Case P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs ⊗P / ⊗P / ⊗P / ⊗P / ⊗ and 4-digit display

Temperature range (°C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

0…+ 60 / IP 65 - 10…+ 55 / IP 65 (1) 0…+ 60 / IP 65 - 10…+ 55 / IP 65 (1)

Product certiﬁcation CE - cULus CE - cULus - cURus CE - cULus CE - cULus - cURus

Dimensions (mm) L x H x W 60 x 30 x 13 65 x 40 x 10 60 x 30 x 13 65 x 40 x 10

Sensors for DC applications (solid-state output: transistor)

Connection Pre-cabled, PVC (2 m)

References 3-wire PNP programmable NO / NC – XUDA1PSML2 – XUDA2PSML2

Ampliﬁer 3-wire NPN programmable NO / NC – XUDA1NSML2 – XUDA2NSML2

Connection M8 connector - 4 Pin

References 3-wire PNP programmable NO / NC – XUDA1PSMM8 – XUDA2PSMM8

Ampliﬁer 3-wire NPN programmable NO / NC – XUDA1NSMM8 – XUDA2NSMM8

3-wire PNP/NPN programmable NO / NC XUYAFVCO966S (Glass) –XUYAFVCO946S (Glass) –

XUYAFPCO966S (Plastic) –XUYAFPCO946S (Plastic) –

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 10…30 10.8...26.4 10…30 10.8...26.4

Switching capacity, max. (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz) 100 / 1000 100 / 1000 100 / 1000

time delayable

100 / 1000

time delayable

Overload and short-circuit protection (g) / LED output state indicator (⊗)

g / ⊗g / ⊗g / ⊗g / ⊗

(1) IP 65 with Ø 1 ﬁbre/ IP 64 with Ø 0.5 ﬁbre.

Ecoﬁbre system, assemble your own plastic ﬁbres

End ﬁttings

Sensing distance (mm) 70 200 800 1200 4000 1200

Type with threaded end

with plain end ﬁtting, with plain end ﬁtting,

with threaded end with threaded end 90° mirror, with

ﬁtting Ø 3, L = 9 mm Ø 3, L = 9 mm ﬁtting ﬁtting threaded end ﬁtting

Thread M8 x 1, L = 10 mm – – M6 x 1, L = 10 mm M6 x 1, L = 10 mm

M6 x 1, L = 3 to 10 mm

Lens yes no yes yes yes yes

References XUYA110 XUYA210 XUYA211 XUYA212 XUYA212 XUYA220

Accessories

For thru-beam system plastic ﬁbre optics

Lenses For increasing

sensing distance (pair) XUFZ01

With 90° mirror

(pair) XUFZ02

Fixing clamp with lens (set of 2)

Front screw ﬁxing

for ﬁbre optics

XUFZ920 XUFZ04

For all system plastic ﬁbre optics

Fibre trimmer For trimming ﬁbres to

length (included with

all ﬁbre optics) XUFZ11

Protective metal tubing

Length 1 m, for ﬁbres

with threaded end ﬁttings

For M4 thread XUFZ210

For M6 thread XUFZ310

Plug-in pre-wired female connectors

Cable length 5 m, without LED

pre-wired, elbowed pre-wired, straight

XZCP1041L5 XZCP0941L5

OsiSense XU

Fibre Ø 1 mm Length = 10 m Length = 20 m Length = 50 m

References XUFZ910 XUFZ920 XUFZ950

1/40

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

System Diffuse

Sensing distance (mm) 70 60 60 15

Fibre cross-section

Fibre Ø (mm) Ø 1 Ø 1+16 Ø 0.265 Ø 1 Ø 0.5 + 4 Ø 0.23

Sheath Ø (mm) Ø 2.2 x 2 Ø 2.2 x 2 Ø 2.2 x 2 Ø 1 x 2

Temperature range (°C) - 25...+ 60 - 25...+ 60 - 25...+ 60 - 25...+ 60

References XUFN05321 XUFN05323 XUFN05331 XUFN02323

Fixing M6 x 0.75 M6 x 0.75 / M4 x 0.7 M6 x 0.75 M4 x 0.7

Plastic ﬁbre optic light guides (length 2 m)

Long range ﬁbres

with integrated lens Long range ﬁbres Flexible ﬁbres

M4 / M2.6 (1) M4 / L = 90 mm M3 / M2.6 (1) M8 / L = 20 mm M4 / M2.6 (1) M4 / M2.6 (1)

System Thru-beam

Sensing distance (mm) 200 or 1500 (2) 180 50 or 1000 (2) 2500 300 or 2000 (2) 100 or 750 (2)

Fibre cross-section

Fibre Ø (mm) Ø 1 Ø 1 Ø 0.5 Ø 1 Ø 1.5 Ø 1

Sheath Ø (mm) Ø 2.2 Ø 2.2 Ø 1 Ø 2.2 Ø 2.2 Ø 2.2

Temperature range (°C) - 25...+ 60 - 25...+ 60 - 25...+ 60 - 25...+ 60 - 25...+ 60 - 25...+ 60

References XUFN12301 XUFN12311 XUFN35301 XUFN2L01L2 XUFN2P01L2 XUFN2S01L2

Fixing M4 x 0.7 M4 x 0.7 M3 x 0.5 M8 x 1.25 M2.6 x 0.45 / M4 x 0.7 M2.6 x 0.45 / M4 x 0.7

(1) Can be used with 90° mirror XUFZ02 (see preceding page).

(2) With lens accessory XUFZ01 (see preceding page)

System Diffuse

Sensing distance (mm) 18 18 95

Fibre cross-section

Fibre Ø (mm) Ø 0.5 Ø 0.5 Ø 1.5

Sheath Ø (mm) Ø 1 x 2 Ø 1 x 2 Ø 2.2 x 2

Temperature range (°C) - 25...+ 60 - 25...+ 60 - 25...+ 60

References XUFN01331 XUFN01321 XUFN5P01L2

Fixing M4 x 0.7 M4 x 0.7 M6 x 0.75

M4 M4 / Ø 2.5 x 89 M4 M4 / Ø 2.5 x 89 M4

System Thru-beam Diffuse

Sensing distance (mm) 200 80

Fibre cross- section

End ﬁtting Straight Adaptable Straight Adaptable 90°

Fibre Ø (mm) 1 1

Sheath Ø (mm) 2.2 2.2

Temperature range (°C) PVC sheath: - 25…+ 60 / Metal wound: - 25…+ 120 / Flexible stainless steel: - 25…+ 200

References PVC sheath XUYFVERSD61 XUYFVERSC61 XUYFVPSD61 XUYFVPSC61 XUYFVPSL61

Metal wound XUYFVERMD61 XUYFVERSC61 XUYFVPMD61 XUYFVPMC61 XUYFVPML61

Flexible stnl. steel XUYFVERTD61 XUYFVERTC61 XUYFVPTD61 XUYFVPTC61 XUYFVPTL61

Glass ﬁbre optic light guides (length 0.6 m)

M6 M4 / M6 M6/L = 90 mm M4 / M2.6

Long range ﬁbres

M4 / L = 90 mm M4 / M2.6 M6 / L = 15 mm

1/41

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Ultrasonic sensors

Detection of any material

Mini ﬂ at Flat Combined

multi-ﬁ xing

Nominal sensing distance Sn 10 cm 25 cm 50 cm

Operating zone (cm) 0.62…10.2 5.1…25.4 5.1…50.8

–––

Sensitivity adjustment Fixed Fixed Adjustable using

remote control

Case P (plastic) PPP

Product certiﬁ cation CE CE CE

Temperature range (°C) - 20…+ 65 0…+ 50 - 20…+ 65

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP 67

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or H x W x D 33 x 19 x 7.6 74 x 30 x 16 M 18 / 18 x 33 x 60

Sensors with “Discrete” output for DC applications (24 V)

Connection

M12 on 0.15 m ﬂ ying lead

M12 connector

3-wire PNP NO function XX7F1A2PAL01M12 XX7K1A2PAM12 XX7V1A1PAM12

NPN NO function XX7F1A2NAL01M12 XX7K1A2NAM12 XX7V1A1NAM12

4-wire PNP/NPN NO function –––

PNP NO + NC function –––

NPN NO + NC function –––

Application - monitoring levels

2 emptying levels PNP NO function –––

2 ﬁ lling levels PNP NO function –––

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple 10…28

Switching capacity, max. (mA) <100

Short-circuit protection (g)g

LED output state indicator (⊗) / Power on LED (⊗)⊗ / ⊗

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal <1

Switching frequency (Hz) 100 80 40

Transmission frequency (Hz) 500 500 300

Sensors with “Analogue” output for DC applications (24 V)

Connection –M12 connector

4-wire Analogue 0…10 V output –XX9V1A1F1M12

4…20 mA output –XX9V1A1C2M12

Supply voltage limits, min./max. (V) including ripple – 10…28

Short-circuit protection (g)– g

LED output state indicator (⊗) / Power on LED (⊗)–⊗ / ⊗

Transmission frequency (Hz) – 300

Accessories

Fixings

3D ﬁ xings with ball joint Simple ﬁ xings

Bracket with ball joint for

M12 rod for Fixing support for

90° ﬁ xing brackets Mounting plates for XX7K

cylindrical sensors

ball joint M12 rod

for

for Ø 12 XXZ12

Ø 12 XUZB2012 Ø 18 XUZA118

Ø 18 XUZB2003 Ø 30 XXZ30 ﬂ a t XXZ3074F

3D kit example Ø 30 XUZB2030 XUZ2001 XUZ2003 XX7F XXZ1933 cranked XXZ3074S

OsiSense XX

1/42

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

M12 M18 M30 M30

Long range

5 or 10 cm 15 or 50 cm 1 m1 m2 m8 m

depending on model depending on model

0.64…5.1 (XX512A1…)

1.9…15.2 (XX518A1…) 10…100 5.1…99.1 12…200 20.3…800

0.64…10.2 (XX512A2…)

5.1…50.8 (XX518A3…) – – –

Fixed Adjustable using Adjustable using

remote control teach mode

PP P P

CE CE CE CE

- 20…+ 65 0…+ 50 (XX518A1…) / - 20…+ 65 (XX518A3…) 0…+ 70 0…+ 70 - 20…+ 60

IP 67 IP 67 IP 65

M12 x 50 M18 x 65 M30 x 78 M30 x 85 M30 x 106

M8 connector M12 connector Pre-cabled, PVC (2 m) M12 connector M12 connector

XX512A2PAM8

(10 cm)

XX518A3PAM12

(50 cm)

XX518A3PAL2 XX6V3A1PAM12 – – –

XX512A2NAM8

(10 cm)

XX518A3NAM12

(50 cm)

XX518A3NAL2 XX6V3A1NAM12 – – –

XX512A1KAM8

(5 cm)

XX518A1KAM12

(15 cm)

– – XX630A1KAM12 – –

– – – – XX630A1PCM12 (1) – XX630A3PCM12

– – – – XX630A1NCM12 (1) – XX630A3NCM12

– XX218A3PHM12 (3) – – XX230A10PA00M12 (2) XX230A20PA00M12 (2) –

– XX218A3PFM12 (3) – – XX230A11PA00M12 (2) XX230A21PA00M12 (2) –

10...28

<100

⊗ / ⊗

⊗ / ⊗ except XX518A1.. (- / -)

⊗ / ⊗⊗ / ⊗⊗ / ⊗

125 40 / 80 (XX518A1..) 70 10 2

500 300 180 200 75

M12 connector

– XX918A3F1M12 – XX9V3A1F1M12 XX930A1A1M12 (1) – XX930A3A1M12

– XX918A3C2M12 – XX9V3A1C2M12 XX930A1A2M12 (1) – XX930A3A2M12

– 10…28 – 10…28 10…28 – 10…28

–g–gg–g

–⊗ / ⊗–⊗ / ⊗⊗ / ⊗–⊗ / ⊗

– 300 – 180 200 – 75

(1) Stainless steel 303 version also available. To order, replace the ﬁ rst letter A in the reference by S. Example: XX630A1PCM12 becomes XX630S1PCM12.

(2) 2 NO

(3) 1 NO

Programming Suitable female plug-in connectors

Remote control Pre-wired connectors

Other connectors

teach button for use with elbowed straight screw terminal

sensors XXp18A3ppp,

XXpV1ppp and XXpV3ppp

L = 5 m (without LED)

M8 for XX512A1… XZCP1041L5 XZCP0941L5 XZCC8FCM40V

for XX512A2… XZCP0666L5 XZCP0566L5 XZCC8FCM30V

XXZPB100 M12

for all sensors except XX512...

XZCP1241L5 XZCP1141L5 XZCC12FCM40B

New

1/43

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Opto-electronic rotary encoders

Incremental

Diameter of housing (mm) Ø 40 Ø 40 Ø 58 Ø 58 Ø 58 Ø 90

Parametrable

Shaft Ø (mm) Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 10 Ø 14 (1) Ø 12

Type of shaft (2) solid shaft through shaft solid shaft solid shaft through shaft solid shaft

Maximum rotational speed (rpm) 9000 9000 9000 9000 6000 6000

Maximum frequency (kHz) 100 100 300 300 300 100

Maximum load (daN) 2 2 10 10 5 20

Torque (N.cm) 0.2 0.25 0.4 0.4 0.6 1

Product certiﬁcation CE CE CE CE CE CE

Temperature range (°C) - 20…+ 80 - 20…+ 80 - 30…+ 100 - 30…+ 100 - 30…+ 70 - 20…+ 80

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP 54 IP 52 IP 65 / IP 67 (3) IP 65 / IP 67 (3) IP 65 IP 66

Supply voltage 5 V, RS 422 4.5…5.5 V 4.5…5.5 V 4.75…30 V 4.75…30 V 4.75…30 V 4.5…5.5 V

Push-pull 11…30 V 11…30 V 5…30 V 5…30 V 5…30 V 11…30 V

Connection Pre-cabled (2 m), radial M23 male connector, radial

esolution (Points)

Output stage

100 5 V, RS 422 XCC1406PR01R XCC1406TR01R XCC1506PS01X XCC1510PS01X – XCC1912PS01RN

Push-pull XCC1406PR01K XCC1406TR01K XCC1506PS01Y XCC1510PS01Y – XCC1912PS01KN

360 5 V, RS 422 XCC1406PR03R XCC1406TR03R XCC1506PS03X XCC1510PS03X – XCC1912PS03RN

Push-pull XCC1406PR03K XCC1406TR03K XCC1506PS03Y XCC1510PS03Y – XCC1912PS03KN

500 5 V, RS 422 XCC1406PR05R XCC1406TR05R XCC1506PS05X XCC1510PS05X – XCC1912PS05RN

Push-pull XCC1406PR05K XCC1406TR05K XCC1506PS05Y XCC1510PS05Y – XCC1912PS05KN

1000 5 V, RS 422 XCC1406PR10R XCC1406TR10R XCC1506PS10X XCC1510PS10X – XCC1912PS10RN

Push-pull XCC1406PR10K XCC1406TR10K XCC1506PS10Y XCC1510PS10Y – XCC1912PS10KN

1024 5 V, RS 422 XCC1406PR11R XCC1406TR11R XCC1506PS11X XCC1510PS11X – XCC1912PS11RN

Push-pull XCC1406PR11K XCC1406TR11K XCC1506PS11Y XCC1510PS11Y – XCC1912PS11KN

2500 5 V, RS 422 – – XCC1506PS25X XCC1510PS25X – XCC1912PS25RN

Push-pull – – XCC1506PS25Y XCC1510PS25Y – XCC1912PS25KN

3600 5 V, RS 422 – – – – – XCC1912PS36RN

Push-pull – – – – – XCC1912PS36KN

256…4096 5 V, RS 422 – – – – XCC1514TSM02X –

Push-pull – – – – XCC1514TSM02Y –

5000 5 V, RS 422 – – XCC1506PS50X XCC1510PS50X – XCC1912PS50RN

Push-pull – – XCC1506PS50Y XCC1510PS50Y – XCC1912PS50KN

360…5760 5 V, RS 422 – – – – XCC1514TSM03X –

Push-pull – – – – XCC1514TSM03Y –

500…8000 5 V, RS 422 – – – – XCC1514TSM05X –

Push-pull – – – – XCC1514TSM05Y –

10 000 5 V, RS 422 – – – – – XCC1912PS00RN

Push-pull – – – – – XCC1912PS00KN

1024…16 384 5 V, RS 422 – – – – XCC1514TSM11X –

Push-pull – – – – XCC1514TSM11Y –

5000…80 000 5 V, RS 422 – – – – XCC1514TSM50X –

Push-pull – – – – XCC1514TSM50Y –

Accessories

Shaft couplings Fixing brackets

with spring Bore diameter Bore diameter Reference Plain bracket for Ø 58 mm XCCRE5SN

(encoder side) (machine side) for Ø 90 mm XCCRE9SN

6 mm 6 mm XCCRAR0606

6 mm 8 mm XCCRAR0608

6 mm 10 mm XCCRAR0610

10 mm 10 mm XCCRAR1010 Bracket with play compensator for Ø 58 mm XCCRE5RN

10 mm 12 mm XCCRAR1012 for Ø 90 mm XCCRE9RN

elastic 6 mm 6 mm XCCRAE0606

OsiSense XCC

1/44

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Absolute Absolute Communicating

- single turn - multiturn multiturn absolute

Diameter of housing (mm) Ø 58 Ø 90 Ø 58 Ø 90 Ø 58

CANopen

Ø 58

PROFIBUS-DP

Shaft Ø (mm) Ø 6 Ø 12 Ø 10 Ø 12 Ø 10 Ø 10

Type of shaft (2) solid shaft solid shaft solid shaft solid shaft solid shaft (4) solid shaft (4)

Maximum rotational speed (rpm) 9000 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000

Maximum frequency (kHz) 100 100 (1000 SSI) 100 (500 SSI) 100 (500 SSI) 800 800

Maximum load (daN) 10 20 10 20 11 11

Torque (N.cm) 0.4 1 0.4 1 0.3 0.3

Product certiﬁcation CE CE CE CE CE CE

Temperature range (°C) - 20…+ 90 - 20…+ 85 - 20…+ 85 - 20…+ 85 - 40…+ 85 - 40…+ 85

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP 65 IP 66 IP 65 / IP 67 (3) IP 66 IP 64 IP 64

Supply voltage 11…30 V

Connection M23 male connector, radial 2 x M12 + 1 x Pg 9 3 x Pg 9

Resolution Output stage Code

… 8192 points Push-pull Binary XCC2506PS81KB XCC2912PS81KBN – – – –

Gray XCC2506PS81KGN XCC2912PS81KGN – – – –

SSI, 13-bit Binary XCC2506PS81SBN XCC2912PS81SBN – – – –

Gray XCC2506PS81SGN XCC2912PS81SGN – – – –

4096 points /

8192 turns SSI, 25-bit (5) Gray ––XCC3510PS48SGN – – –

8192 points /

4096 turns

SSI, 25-bit (5) Binary XCC3510PS84SBN XCC3912PS84SBN

Gray – – XCC3510PS84SGN XCC3912PS84SGN

8192 points /

4096 turns

CANopen,

25-bit Binary – – XCC3510PS84CB –

PROFIBUS-DP,

25-bit Binary – – – – – XCC3510PV84FB

(1) Anti-rotation device included with through shaft version encoders. To achieve Ø 6, 8, 10 or 12 mm through shafts, use the reduction collars.

(2) All versions are also available with through shaft and anti-rotation device.

(3) IP 67 with sealed collar XCCRB3.

(4) Versions available with hollow shaft and anti-rotation device.

(5) “Parallel” outputs possible for multiturn absolute encoders using derserialisation jumper cables XCCRM23SUB37pp.

Reduction collars

For Ø 58 mm incremental encoders with through shaft

Ø 14 to Ø 6 mm XCCR158RDA06

Ø 14 to Ø 8 mm XCCR158RDA08

Ø 14 to Ø 10 mm XCCR158RDA10

Ø 14 to Ø 12 mm XCCR158RDA12

IP 67 sealed collar

For encoders XCC1510, 2510, 3510

Ø 58 mm XCCRB3

Pre-wired connectors and jumper cables

Pre-wired M23 female connectors (cable length 5 m)

8-wire for SSI encoders XCCPM23122L5

10-wire for incremental encoders XCCPM23121L5

16-wire for parallel single turn absolute encoders XCCPM23161L5

Deserialisation jumper cables (M23 F - SUB-D37 M) (L = 0.5 m)

SSI Gray - // Gray PNP XCCRM23SUB37PG

SSI binary - // binary NPN XCCRM23SUB37PB

1/45

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Radio frequency identiﬁcation

13.56 MHz RFID

Presentation

OsiSense XG is open to the majority of ISO 18000-3, ISO 15693 and ISO 14443 electronic tags.

OsiSense XG integrates Modbus RTU, Uni-Telway, Modbus TCP/IP (using Ethernet box XGSZ33ETH) and

Proﬁbus DP (with box XGSZ33PDP) protocols.

The OsiSense XG RFID offer comprises:

- 2 models of 13.56 MHz compact stations (read/write)

- 6 models of 13.56 MHz electronic tags

- 1 portable RFID diagnostics terminal

- 3 models of network connection boxes plus connection and mounting accessories.

Setting-up

OsiSense XG compact stations are simple to set-up:

- Integrated RFID and network functions

- No programming

- Automatic detection of the RFID electronic tags (read or write)

- Automatic setting of the communication parameters (speed, format, parity, protocol, etc.)

- Conﬁguration of the network address (1 to 15) using badge included with the station

- Low sensitivity to metal environments.

Installation

OsiSense XG stations easily integrate in ﬂexible manufacturing production lines:

- quick connection using M12 connector

- screw ﬁxing or clip-on mounting.

Compact stations, 13.56 MHz C format D format

Dimensions (mm), W x H x D 40 x 40 x 15 80 x 80 x 26

Nominal sensing distance depending on tag (mm) 18 to 70 20 to 100

Type of associated tag ISO 15693 and ISO 14443 standard tags. Automatic detection of the type of tag.

Display 1 dual colour LED for the communication network, 1 dual colour LED for the RFID communication

Conformity to standards CE, EN 301489-1, EN 301489-3, ETS 300330-1 and ETS 300330-2, FCC part 15 - UL

Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529 IP 67

Serial link Type RS 485

Protocol Modbus and Uni-Telway

Speed (Bauds) 9600…115 200 (automatic detection)

Ambient air temperature (°C) For operation: - 25…+ 70 °C, for storage: - 40…+ 85 °C

Nominal supply voltage 24 VDC PELV (Protective Extra Low Voltage)

Connection

M12, 5-pin male, shielded connector on ﬂying lead. Only for connection to the communication network and the supply

References XGCS4901201 XGCS8901201

Electronic tags C format ISO badge

(1)

Disc E format Cylindrical

Dimensions (mm), W x H x D 40 x 40 x 15 54 x 85.5 x 0.8 Ø 30 x 3 26 x 26 x 13 M18 x 1 x 12

Type of memory EEPROM

Memory capacity (bytes) 3 408 13 632 256 112 256 256

Nominal sensing distance (mm) With station XGCS49

33 30 70 48 40 18

(Read/Write) With station XGCS89

48 40 100 65 55 20

Time (ms) Read

9.25 + 0.375 x n (2)

16.25 + 0.375 x n (2)

12 + 0.825 x n (2)

Write 13 + 0.8 x n (2) 20 + 0.8 x n (2)

20 + 11.8 x n (2)

12 + 5.6 x n (2) 20 + 11.8 x n (2) 19 + 4.1 x n (2)

Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529 IP 68 IP 65 IP 68

Standard supported ISO 14443 ISO 15693

Mounting on metal support Yes No Yes No

References XGHB444345 XGHB445345 XGHB90E340 XGHB320345 XGHB221346 XGHB211345

(1) Customised versions on request. (2) n = number of 16-bit words.

OsiSense XG

1/46

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Connection boxes Ethernet box Proﬁbus box Tap-off box

Dimensions (mm), W x H x D 130 x 80 x 51 130 x 80 x 51

Protocols Modbus TCP/IP Proﬁbus DP Modbus, Uni-Telway

Supply voltage 24 VDC PELV. M12, 4-pin male, A coding, connector

Conformity to standards CE - UL CE CE - UL

Station connection M12, 5-pin female, A coding, connector

Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529 IP 65

References XGSZ33ETH XGSZ33PDP TCSAMT31FP

Terminal Portable 13.56 MHz RFID diagnostics terminal

Dimensions (mm), W x H x P 120 x 250 x 62

Function Read/Write operations on electronic tags and diagnostics on compact stations

Operating system Microsoft® Windows CE.NET Professional® version 4.2

Conformity to standards CE, FCC class A, Part 15225

Display 72 x 54 mm colour touchscreen; QVGA TFT, 320 x 240 pixels resolution

Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529 IP 65

Memory RAM 64 Mb SDRAM

Storage Internal Compact Flash (512 Mb standard, expandable to 128 Mb) + Slot for Compact Flash card

Reference XGSTP401 (Battery, battery charger, carrying case and 3 styluses included with terminal)

Connection accessories

for Modbus network for Proﬁbus for Ethernet

Pre-wired connector

“T” connector

Description Modbus connecting

cable M12 connec-

tors Male / Female

Pre-wired connector

M12 male / Bare

wires

Modbus connecting

cable M12 female /

Mini-DIN 8

Proﬁbus connecting

cables M12 connec-

tors Male / Female

Ethernet ConneXium

connecting cable

M12 male / RJ 45

Pre-wired

supply connector

M12 female

Network M12

“T” connector

1 male / 2 female

Application

RS485 connection

between a compact sta-

tion and a Modbus box or

between 2 Modbus boxes

Connection between

a Modbus box and a

Modbus / Uni-Telway

network

Connection between

a Modbus box and

a PLC

Connection between

Proﬁbus box and

Proﬁbus network

Connection between

an Ethernet box and

the Ethernet network

24 VDC supply to

connection boxes

For RS 485 network

L = 2 m TCSMCN1M1F2 TCSMCN1F2 TCSMCN1F9M2P FTXDP1220 TCSECL1M3M3S2 (3) XGSZ09L2 TCSCTN011M11F

L = 5 m TCSMCN1M1F5 TCSMCN1F5 – FTXDP1250 TCSECL1M3M5S2 XGSZ09L5

(3) L = 3 m

Field expander RS232/RS485 converter Technical documentation

To be associated with a compact station XGCS4901201 for conveying

and handling applications

For connecting a PC to

an OsiSense XG station

OsiSense XG compact

stations guide

50 x 400 mm

XGFEC540

250 x 250 mm

XGFEC2525 XGSZ24 DIA4ED3051001

New

1/47

Rely on the expertise and know-how

of the worldwide leader in operator

dialogue components

Our extensive ranges of Harmony and

Magelis Human/Machine Interfaces

guarantee simple integration and

efﬁcient conﬁguration of your dialogue

applications.

HMI Magelis

A complete, robust and scalable HMI offer

from Panels to Industrial PCs, to answer

your needs in a wide range of applications.

Thanks to its added value capacities, the

Magelis range, ensures the availability of

your installation.

Harmony

Tried-and-tested throughout the entire world and

characterised by extreme robustness, groomed

ergonomics and maximum installation simplicity,

the Harmony control and signalling ranges provide

the ideal solution for your varying application

requirements due to an offer that is unmatched in

its extensiveness.

Operator dialog



This document is a selection of

the top selling products.

2/1

Control and signalling units

Pushbuttons, switches, pilot lights & control stations

Ø 16, plastic bezel, Harmony XB6 .............................................................................. 2/2 to 2/4

Ø 8 & 12, pilot lights, Harmony XVL ..................................................................................... 2/5

Ø 22, metal bezel, Harmony XB4 / Control stations Harmony XAP ........................... 2/6 to 2/9

Ø 22, plastic bezel, Harmony XB5 / Control stations Harmony XAL ..................... 2/10 to 2/13

Ø 22, plastic bezel - Monolithic, Harmony XB7 ....................................................... 2/14 to 2/15

Ø 30, metal and plastic bezel, Harmony 9001K, 9001SK ....................................... 2/16 to 2/19

Cam switches

Harmony K series ................................................................................................... 2/20 to 2/21

Signalling solutions

Ø 40, 60, 100 mm monolithic tower lights, Harmony XVC .................................................. 2/22

Ø 45 mm monolithic beacons and tower lights, accessories, Harmony XVDLS / XVC ....... 2/23

Ø 70 mm modular tower lights (IP 66), Harmony XVB ........................................................ 2/24

Ø 70 mm modular tower lights (up to IP 54), Harmony XVE ............................................... 2/25

Ø 45, 50 mm modular tower lights (up to IP 54), Harmony XVM / XVP .............................. 2/26

Modular tower lights accessories, Harmony XV .................................................................. 2/27

Ø 84, 106, 120, 130 mm rotating mirror beacons, Harmony XVR ....................................... 2/28

Rotating mirrors accessories and sound solutions, Harmony XVR / XVS ........................... 2/29

Components for hoisting applications

Pendant control stations, Harmony XAC ................................................................. 2/30 to 2/31

Human/Machine Interfaces

Display units, terminals, Industrial PCs

Small Panels, Magelis STO/STU, XBT N / R / RT .................................................... 2/32 to 2/34

Advanced Panels, Magelis XBT GT, GK, GTW, GH ................................................ 2/35 to 2/39

HMI Controllers, Compact Magelis XBT GC ........................................................................ 2/40

PC Panels, Magelis Smart, Magelis Compact iPC ............................................................ 2/41

Embedded Box and PC Box, Magelis Smart BOX, Compact BOX & Flex PC BOX .......... 2/42

Front Panels, for Flex PC BOX ............................................................................................. 2/43

Industrial Display, Magelis iDisplay ..................................................................................... 2/43

Conﬁguration software

For Magelis XBT N / R / RT,

Vijeo Designer Lite ....................................................................................................... 2/44

For Magelis STO/STU, XBT GT, GK, GTW, GH, Magelis Smart, Compact iPC, PC BOX,

Vijeo Designer .............................................................................................................. 2/45

Dialog operator for Explosive atmospheres

See Chapter 10 “Explosive atmospheres”

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Illuminated pushbuttons

Type of head Flush push

Shape of head rectangular (2)

Degree of protection IP 65 / Nema 4, 4X, 13 / Class II

Mounting (mm) panel cut-out Ø 16.2

mounting centres 24 x 18 with rectangular head, 18 x 18 with square or circular head

Dimensions (mm) W x H x D (below head) 24 x 18 x 50 with rectangular head, 18 x 18 x 50 with square or circular head

Connection (3) Tags for 2.8 x 0.5 Faston connectors or for soldering

Type of push Spring return

Complete products

12 … 24 V AC/DC

Products for user assembly

References white N/O XB6 DW1B1B ZB6 Ep1B (1) ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DW1

N/C + N/O XB6 DW1B5B ZB6 Ep1B (1) ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DW1

green N/O XB6 DW3B1B ZB6 Ep3B (1) ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DW3

N/C + N/O XB6 DW3B5B ZB6 Ep3B (1) ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DW3

red N/C XB6 DW4B2B ZB6 Ep4B (1) ZB6 Z2B ZB6 DW4

N/C + N/O XB6 DW4B5B ZB6 Ep4B (1) ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DW4

yellow N/O – ZB6 Ep5B (1) ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DW5

N/C + N/O XB6 DW5B5B ZB6 Ep5B (1) ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DW5

Type of push Latching

References white N/O – ZB6 Ep1B (1) ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DF1

N/C + N/O XB6 DF1B5B ZB6 Ep1B (1) ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DF1

green N/O XB6 DF3B1B ZB6 Ep3B (1) ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DF3

N/C + N/O XB6 DF3B5B ZB6 Ep3B (1) ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DF3

red N/C XB6 DF4B2B ZB6 Ep4B (1) ZB6 Z2B ZB6 DF4

N/C + N/O XB6 DF4B5B ZB6 Ep4B (1) ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DF4

yellow N/O – ZB6 Ep5B (1) ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DF5

N/C + N/O – ZB6 Ep5B (1) ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DF5

Pilot lights

Type of head Smooth lens cap

Shape of head rectangular (2)

Complete products Products for user assembly

12 … 24 V AC/DC

References white XB6 DV1BB ZB6 Ep1B (1) ZB6 DV1

green XB6 DV3BB ZB6 Ep3B (1) ZB6 DV3

red XB6 DV4BB ZB6 Ep4B (1) ZB6 DV4

yellow XB6 DV5BB ZB6 Ep5B (1) ZB6 DV5

blue – ZB6 Ep6B (1) ZB6 DV6

(1) Basic reference, to be completed by the letter B, G or M indicating the required voltage. See voltage table above.

(2) For products with a square head, replace the letter D in the reference by the letter C (XB6 DW1B1B becomes XB6 CW1B1B).

For products with a circular head, replace the letter D in the reference by the letter A (XB6 DW1B1B becomes XB6 AW1B1B).

(3) Alternative connection: 1 x 0.5 pins for printed circuit boards.

Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 16

with plastic bezel

Contact functions and light functions

with integral LED

(1):

Voltage Letter (p)

12…24 V AC/DC (15 mA) B

48…120 V AC (25 mA) G

230…240 V AC (25 mA) M

+ 0.2

Harmony

XB6

=++

2/2

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Pushbuttons

Type of head Flush push

Shape of head rectangular (1)

Degree of protection IP 65 / Nema 4, 4X, 13 / Class II

Mounting (mm) panel cut-out Ø 16.2

mounting centres 24 x 18 with rectangular head, 18 x 18 with square or circular head

Dimensions (mm) W x H x D (below head) 24 x 18 x 50 with rectangular head, 18 x 18 x 50 with square or circular head

Connection (2) Tags for 2.8 x 0.5 Faston connectors or for soldering

Type of push Spring return

Complete products Products for user assembly

References white N/O XB6 DA11B ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DA1

N/C + N/O XB6 DA15B ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DA1

black N/O – ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DA2

N/C + N/O XB6 DA25B ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DA2

green N/O XB6 DA31B ZB6 Z2B ZB6 DA3

N/C + N/O XB6 DA35B ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DA3

red N/O – ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DA4

N/C + N/O XB6 DA45B ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DA4

(1) For products with a square head, replace the letter D in the reference by the letter C (XB6 DA11B becomes XB6 CA11B).

For products with a circular head, replace the letter D in the reference by the letter A (XB6 DA11B becomes XB6 AA11B).

(2) Alternative connection: 1 x 0.5 pins for printed circuit boards.

Ø 30 mushroom head Emergency stop pushbuttons (3)

Type of head Trigger action (EN/ISO 13850: 2006)

Shape of head cylindrical

Type of push Turn to release

Complete products Products for user assembly

References red 2 N/C + 1 N/O XB6 AS8349B ZB6 E2B ZB6 Z5B ZB6 AS834

Type of push Key release, Ronis 200

References red 2 N/C + 1 N/O XB6 AS9349B ZB6 E2B ZB6 Z5B ZB6 AS934

(3) Emergency stop trigger action and mechanical latching pushbuttons conform to standards EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850: 2006, to Machinery Directive 98/37/EC and to

standard EN/IEC 60947-5-5. Please consult your Regional Sales Ofﬁce for a full explanation of these standards and directives.

+ 0.2

Contact functions

=+ +

2/3

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Selector switches and key switches

Type of head Black handle

Shape of head rectangular (2)

Degree of protection IP 66 / Nema 4, 4X, 13 / Class II

Mounting (mm) panel cut-out Ø 16.2

mounting centres 24 x 18 with rectangular head, 18 x 18 with square or circular head

Dimensions (mm) W x H x D (below head) 24 x 18 x 50 with rectangular head, 18 x 18 x 50 with square or circular head

Connection (3) Tags for 2.8 x 0.5 Faston connectors or for soldering

Type of operator Black handle

Complete products Products for user assembly

Number and type of positions 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions

stay put stay put spring return to centre

References N/O XB6 DD221B ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DD22 ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DD24

N/C + N/O XB6 DD225B ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DD22 ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DD24

Number and type of positions 3 positions 3 positions 3 positions

stay put stay put spring return to centre

References N/O XB6 DD235B ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DD23 ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DD25

Type of operator Ronis key, n° 200

Complete products Products for user assembly

Number and type of positions 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions

stay put stay put spring return to centre

References N/C + N/O XB6 DGC5B ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DGC ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DGB

Number and type of positions 3 positions 3 positions 3 positions

stay put stay put spring return to centre

References N/C + N/O XB6 DGH5B ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DGH ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DGS

Illuminated selector switches

Type of operator Coloured handle

Products for user assembly

Number and type of positions 2 positions 3 positions

stay put stay put

References white N/C + N/O

ZB6 Ep1B (1)

ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DD02 ZB6 DD03 ZB6 YK1

green N/C + N/O

ZB6 Ep3B (1)

ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DD02 ZB6 DD03 ZB6 YK3

red N/C + N/O

ZB6 Ep4B (1)

ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DD02 ZB6 DD03 ZB6 YK4

(1) Basic reference, to be completed by the letter B, G or M indicating the required voltage. See voltage table above.

(2) For products with a square head, replace the letter D in the reference by the letter C (XB6 DD221B becomes XB6 CD221B).

For products with a circular head, replace the letter D in the reference by the letter A (XB6 DD221B becomes XB6 AD221B).

(3) Alternative connection: 1 x 0.5 pins for printed circuit boards.

(1):

Voltage Letter (p)

12…24 V AC/DC (15 mA) B

48…120 V AC (25 mA) G

230…240 V AC (25 mA) M

+ 0.2

Harmony

XB6

60° 45°

60°

60° 45°

60°60° 45°

60°

70° 45°70°

70° 45°70°70° 45°70°

60° 60° 60°

Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 16

with plastic bezel

Contact functions and light functions

with integral LED

=++

2/4

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

LED pilot lights With black bezel With integral lens cap

Type of head Protruding LED, Ø 8 mm Covered LED, Ø 8 mm Covered LED, Ø 12 mm

Degree of protection IP 40, IP 65 with seal (2)

Mounting (mm) panel cut-out Ø 8.2 mm Ø 8.2 mm Ø 12.2 mm

mounting centres 12.5 x 12.5 mm 10.5 x 10.5 mm 16.5 x 16.5 mm

Dimensions (mm) Ø x Depth (below head) Ø 12 x 32 Ø 10 x 34 Ø 16 x 45

Connection Tags (3) Tags (3) Threaded connectors

References (1) green XVL A1p3 XVL A2p3 XVL A3p3

red XVL A1p4 XVL A2p4 XVL A3p4

yellow XVL A1p5 XVL A2p5 XVL A3p5

Tightening key For Ø 8 mm pilot lights For Ø 12 mm pilot lights

References XVL X08 XVL X12

(1) Basic reference, to be completed by the number 1, 2, 3 or 4 indicating the required voltage. See voltage table above.

(2) For an IP 65 degree of protection, include the seals: XVL Z911 for pilot lights XVL A1pp and XVL A2pp; XVL Z912 for pilot lights XVL A3pp.

(3) Tags for 2.8 x 0.5 Faston connectors or for soldering.

Sub-assemblies & accessories for Ø 16

plastic bezel control and signalling units

Sub-assemblies Bodies for pushbuttons and

selector switches

Bodies for pilot lights

Rated operational characteristics, AC-15: Ue = 240 V and Ie = 1.5 A or Ue = 120 V and Ie = 3 A Consumption

Positive operation of contacts conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1: N/C contacts with positive opening operation, 15 mA 12…24 V AC/DC

positive opening force 20 N 25 mA 48…120 V AC

25 mA 230…240 V AC

Type of Fixing collar Contacts Pilot light 12 … 24 V 48 … 120 V 230 … 240 V

contact + contacts bodies

References N/O ZB6 Z1B ZB6 E1B White ZB6 EB1B ZB6 EG1B ZB6 EM1B

N/C ZB6 Z2B ZB6 E2B Green ZB6 EB3B ZB6 EG3B ZB6 EM3B

2 N/O ZB6 Z3B – Red ZB6 EB4B ZB6 EG4B ZB6 EM4B

2 N/C ZB6 Z4B – Yellow ZB6 EB5B ZB6 EG5B ZB6 EM5B

N/O + N/C ZB6 Z5B – Blue ZB6 EB6B ZB6 EG6B ZB6 EM6B

LED pilot lights Ø 8 and 12

(1):

Voltage

Number

(p)

5 V (25 mA) 1

12 V (18 mA) 2

24 V (18 mA) 3

48 V (10 mA) 4

Accessories

Legend holders 24 x 28 mm (8 x 21 mm legend) 24 x 36 mm (16 x 21 mm legend)

Blank legend Background colour without legend yellow or white black or red without legend yellow or white black or red

References (10)* ZB6 YD20 ZB6 YD21 ZB6 YD22 ZB6 YD30 ZB6 YD31 ZB6 YD32

Blank legends for legend holders 8 x 21 mm (24 x 28 mm legend holder) 16 x 21 mm (24 x 36 mm legend holder)

Background colour – yellow or white black or red – yellow or white black or red

References (20)* –ZB6 Y1001 ZB6 Y2001 – ZB6 Y4001 ZB6 Y3001

Ø 45 mm yellow legend for mushroom head Emergency stop pushbutton

Marking Blank, for engraving EMERGENCY STOP ARRET D’URGENCE

References ZB6 Y7001 ZB6 Y7330 ZB6 Y7130

Body/ﬁxing collar Plate Tightening tool Dismantling tool

anti-rotation and slackening, for ﬁxing nut for removal of contact blocks

References ZB6 Y009 (10)* ZB6 Y003 (10)* ZB6 Y905 (2)* ZB6 Y018 (5)*

Protective shutter for pushbuttons and switches Connector Blanking plug

for rectangular heads for circular and square heads Faston, female IP 65

References ZB6 YD001 ZB6 YA001 ZB6 Y004 (100)* ZB6 Y005 (10)*

* sold in lots of

2/5

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Pushbuttons, spring return

Type of head Chromium plated circular bezel

Degree of protection IP 66 / Nema 4X, 13 / Class I

Mounting (mm) panel cut-out Ø 22.5 (22.4 recommended)

mounting centres 30 (horizontal) x 40 (vertical)

Depth (mm) below head 43

Connection (1) Screw clamp terminals

Type of push Flush Flush, booted

Unmarked Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly

References black N/O XB4 BA21 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BA2 XB4 BP21 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BP2

green N/O XB4 BA31 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BA3 XB4 BP31 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BP3

red N/C XB4 BA42 ZB4 BZ102 ZB4 BA4 XB4 BP42 ZB4 BZ102 ZB4 BP4

yellow N/O XB4 BA51 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BA5 XB4 BP51 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BP5

blue N/O XB4 BA61 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BA6 XB4 BP61 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BP6

Type of push Flush

With international marking Products Complete For user assembly

References green N/O XB4 BA3311 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BA331 – – –

red N/C XB4 BA4322 ZB4 BZ102 ZB4 BA432 – – –

white N/O XB4 BA3341 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BA334 –––

black N/O XB4 BA3351 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BA335 ___

Type of push Projecting Mushroom head, Ø 40 mm

Unmarked Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly

References black N/O – – – XB4 BC21 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BC2

red N/C XB4 BL42 ZB4 BZ102 ZB4 BL4 – – –

Type of push Double-headed pushbuttons Triple-headed pushbuttons

Degree of protection IP 66 - IP 69K IP 66 - IP 69K

With international marking Products

Complete

For user assembly

Complete

For user assembly

(A) (B)

References (A) “N/C” + “N/O” XB4 BL73415 ZB4 BZ105 ZB4 BL7341 – – –

(B)

“N/O” + “N/C” + “N/O”

––– XB4 BA711237 ZB4 BZ103 +

ZBE 102

ZB4 BA71123

(1) Alternative connections: plug-in connector,

Faston connectors (6.35 and 2 x 2.8).

Ø 40 mm mushroom head Emergency stop pushbuttons (2)

Trigger action (EN/ISO 13850: 2006)

Type of push Push-pull (N/C + N/O)

Unmarked Products Complete For user assembly

References red N/C or N/C + N/O XB4 BT845 ZB4 BZ105 ZB4 BT84

Type of push Turn to release (N/C + N/O)

References red N/C or N/C + N/O XB4 BS8445 ZB4 BZ105 ZB4 BS844

Type of push Key release (N/C + N/O)

References red N/C or N/C + N/O XB4 BS9445 ZB4 BZ105 ZB4 BS944

(2) Emergency stop trigger action and mechanical latching pushbuttons conform to standards EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850: 2006, to Machinery Directive 98/37/EC and to

standard EN/IEC 60947-5-5. Please consult your Regional Sales Ofﬁce for a full explanation of these standards and directives.

Harmony

XB4

+ 0.4

Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 22

with metal bezel

Contact functions

2/6

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Contact functions

Selector switches and key switches

Type of head Chromium plated circular bezel

Degree of protection IP 66 / Nema 4X, 13 / Class I

Mounting (mm) panel cut-out Ø 22.5 (22.4 recommended)

mounting centres 30 (horizontal) x 40 (vertical)

Depth (mm) below head 43

Connection (1) Screw clamp terminals

Type of operator Key, n° 455

Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly

Number and type of positions (2) 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions

stay put stay put stay put stay put

References black N/O XB4 BG21 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BG2 XB4 BG41 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BG4

Number and type of positions 2 positions 2 positions 3 positions 3 positions

spring return to left spring return to left stay put stay put

References black N/O XB4 BG61 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BG6 – – –

black N/O + N/O – – – XB4 BG33 ZB4 BZ103 ZB4 BG3

Electrical blocks

Single contact blocks Screw clamp terminals Spring clamp terminal

Rated operational characteristics AC-15, 240 V - 3 A

Positive operation of contacts conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 All functions incorporating a N/C contact are positive opening operation

References (5)* N/O ZBE 101 ZBE 1015

N/C ZBE 102 ZBE 1025

(1) Alternative connections: plug-in connector, Faston connectors (6.35 and 2 x 2.8), spring clamp terminal.

(2) The symbol indicates key withdrawal position.

* sold

lots of

+ 0.4

Type of operator Handle

Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly

Number and type of positions 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions

stay put stay put spring return to left spring return to left

References black N/O XB4 BD21 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BD2 XB4 BD41 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BD4

Number and type of positions 3 positions 3 positions 3 positions 3 positions

stay put stay put spring return to centre spring return to centre

References black N/O + N/O XB4 BD33 ZB4 BZ103 ZB4 BD3 XB4 BD53 ZB4 BZ103 ZB4 BD5

Separate components

2/7

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Type

Double-headed pushbuttons with LED pilot light

Illuminated selector switches

(1 ﬂush green push, 1 projecting red push) (2 position stay put)

Degree of protection IP 66 - IP 69K IP 66

Light source Integral LED Integral LED

Products Complete Complete

Supply voltage

24 V AC/DC 48…120 V AC

230…240 V AC

24 V AC/DC 48…120 V AC 230…240 V AC

References green N/C + N/O – – – XB4 BK123B5 XB4 BK123G5 XB4 BK123M5

red N/C + N/O –– – XB4 BK124B5 XB4 BK124G5 XB4 BK124M5

orange N/C + N/O – – – XB4 BK125B5 XB4 BK125G5 XB4 BK125M5

White N/C + N/O

XB4 BW73731B5 XB4 BW73731G5 XB4 BW73731M5

–––

(1) Alternative connections: plug-in connector, Faston connectors (6.35 and 2 x 2.8), spring clamp terminal.

Harmony

XB4

Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 22

with metal bezel

Light functions

Pilot lights

Type of head Circular bezel

Smooth lens cap

Degree of protection IP 66 / Nema 4X, 13 / Class I

Mounting (mm) panel cut-out Ø 22.5 (22.4 recommended)

mounting centres 30 (horizontal) x 40 (vertical)

Depth below head 43

Connection (1) Screw clamp terminals

Light source Integral LED Direct supply for BA 9s bulb (not included)

Products Complete Complete For user assembly

Supply voltage 24 V AC/DC 48…120 V AC

230…240 V AC

250 V max., 2.4 W max.

References white XB4 BVB1 XB4 BVG1 XB4 BVM1 XB4 BV61 ZB4 BV6 ZB4 BV01

green XB4 BVB3 XB4 BVG3 XB4 BVM3 XB4 BV63 ZB4 BV6 ZB4 BV03

red XB4 BVB4 XB4 BVG4 XB4 BVM4 XB4 BV64 ZB4 BV6 ZB4 BV04

yellow XB4 BVB5 XB4 BVG5 XB4 BVM5 XB4 BV65 ZB4 BV6 ZB4 BV05

blue XB4 BVB6 XB4 BVG6 XB4 BVM6 –––

+ 0.4

Illuminated pushbuttons and selector switches

Type Flush push, spring return, illuminated pushbuttons

Light source Integral LED Direct supply for BA 9s bulb (not included)

Products Complete Complete For user assembly

Supply voltage 24 V AC/DC 48…120 V AC

230…240 V AC

250 V max., 2.4 W max.

References white N/C + N/O XB4 BW31B5 XB4 BW31G5 XB4 BW31M5 XB4 BW3165 ZB4 BW065 ZB4 BW31

green N/C + N/O XB4 BW33B5 XB4 BW33G5 XB4 BW33M5 XB4 BW3365 ZB4 BW065 ZB4 BW33

red N/C + N/O XB4 BW34B5 XB4 BW34G5 XB4 BW34M5 XB4 BW3465 ZB4 BW065 ZB4 BW34

orange N/C + N/O XB4 BW35B5 XB4 BW35G5 XB4 BW35M5 XB4 BW3565 ZB4 BW065 ZB4 BW35

blue N/C + N/O XB4 BW36B5 XB4 BW36G5 XB4 BW36M5 – ––

2/8

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Separate components and accessories

Electrical blocks (1)

Single contact blocks Light blocks with integral LED Light block, direct supply

Rated operational characteristics AC-15, 240 V - 3 A Consumption

18 mA 24 V AC/DC

Positive operation of contacts N/C contacts with positive 14 mA 120 V AC

conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 opening operation 14 mA 240 V AC

To combine with heads for integral LED For BA 9s bulb (not included)

24 V AC/DC 48…120 V AC 230…240 V AC 250 V max., 2.4 W max.

References (5)* N/O ZBE 101 white ZBV B1 ZBV G1 ZBV M1 ZBV 6

N/C ZBE 102 green ZBV B3 ZBV G3 ZBV M3 Colour provided by lens

red ZBV B4 ZBV G4 ZBV M4

orange ZBV B5 ZBV G5 ZBV M5

blue ZBV B6 ZBV G6 ZBV M6

Diecast metal enclosures

(Zinc alloy, usable depth 49 mm) 1 vertical row 2 vertical rows

Number of cut-outs Front face dimensions 1 2 3 4 2 4 6

References 80 x 80 mm XAP M1201 – – – XAP M1202 – –

80 x 130 mm – XAP M2202 XAP M2203 – – XAP M2204 –

80 x 175 mm – – XAP M3203 XAP M3204 – – XAP M3206

Accessories

Legend holders, 30 x 40 mm, for 8 x 27 mm legends

Marking Background colour: black or red white or yellow

References (10)* Blank ZBY 2101 ZBY 4101

International 0 (red background) ZBY 2931 I ZBY 2147 AUTO ZBY 2115 STOP ZBY 2304 –

English OFF ZBY 2312 ON ZBY 2311 START ZBY 2303 – –

French

ARRET (red b/grnd)

ZBY 2104 ARRET-MARCHE ZBY 2166 MARCHE ZBY 2103 – –

German AUS ZBY 2204 AUS-EIN ZBY 2266 EIN ZBY 2203 – –

Spanish

PARADA (red b/grnd)

ZBY 2404 PARADA-MARCHA ZBY 2466 MARCHA ZBY 2403 – –

Legend holders, 30 x 50 mm, for 18 x 27 mm legends

Background colour black or red white or yellow

References (10)* Blank ZBY 6101 ZBY 6102

Ø 60 mm legend for mushroom head Emergency stop pushbutton

Background colour yellow

Marking Blank EMERGENCY STOP ARRET D’URGENCE NOT HALT PARADA DE EMERGENCIA

References ZBY 9140 ZBY 9330 ZBY 9130 ZBY 9230 ZBY 9430

(1) Alternative connections: plug-in connector, Faston connectors (6.35 and 2 x 2.8), spring clamp terminal.

* sold in lots of

2/9

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Type of push Double-headed pushbuttons Triple-headed pushbuttons

Degree of protection IP 66 - IP 69K IP 66 - IP 69K

With international marking Products

Complete

(A)

For user assembly

Complete

(B)

For user assembly

References (A) N/C + N/O XB5 AL73415 ZB5 AZ105 ZB5 AL7341 – – –

(B) N/O + N/C + N/O – – – XB5 AA711237 ZB5 AZ103 +

ZBE 102

ZB5 AA71123

(1) Alternative connections: plug-in connector,

Faston connectors (6.35 and 2 x 2.8).

Harmony

XB5

Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 22

with plastic bezel

Contact functions

Pushbuttons, spring return

Type of head Circular bezel

Degree of protection IP 66 / Nema 4X, 13 / Class II

Mounting (mm) panel cut-out Ø 22.5 (22.4 recommended)

mounting centres 30 (horizontal) x 40 (vertical)

Depth (mm) below head 43

Connection (1) Screw clamp terminals

+ 0.4

Type of push Flush Flush, booted

Unmarked Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly

References black N/O XB5 AA21 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AA2 XB5 AP21 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AP2

green N/O XB5 AA31 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AA3 XB5 AP31 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AP3

red N/C XB5 AA42 ZB5 AZ102 ZB5 AA4 XB5 AP42 ZB5 AZ102 ZB5 AP4

yellow N/O XB5 AA51 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AA5 XB5 AP51 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AP5

blue N/O XB5 AA61 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AA6 XB5 AP61 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AP6

Type of push Flush

With international marking Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly

References green N/O XB5 AA3311 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AA3311 – – –

red N/C XB5 AA4322 ZB5 AZ102 ZB5 AA4322 – – –

white N/O XB5 AA3341 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AA334 – – –

black N/O XB5 AA3351 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AA335 – – –

Type of push Projecting Mushroom head, Ø 40 mm

Unmarked Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly

References black N/O – – – XB5 AC21 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AC2

red N/C XB5 AL42 ZB5 AZ102 ZB5 AL4 – – –

Ø 40 mm mushroom head Emergency stop pushbuttons (2)

Trigger action (EN/ISO 13850: 2006)

Type of push Push-pull (N/C + N/O)

Unmarked Products Complete For user assembly

References red N/C or N/C + N/O XB5 AT845 ZB5 AZ105 ZB5 AT84

Type of push

Turn to release (N/C + N/O)

References red N/C or N/C + N/O XB5 AS8445 ZB5 AZ105 ZB5 AS844

Type of push Key release (N/C + N/O)

References red N/C or N/C + N/O XB5 AS9445 ZB5 AZ105 ZB5 AS944

(2) Emergency stop trigger action and mechanical latching pushbuttons conform to standards EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850: 2006, to Machinery Directive 98/37/EC and to

standard EN/IEC 60947-5-5. Please consult your Regional Sales Ofﬁce for a full explanation of these standards and directives.

2/10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Separate components and accessories

Contact functions

Selector switches and key switches

Type of head Circular bezel

Degree of protection IP 66 / Nema 4X, 13 / Class II

Mounting (mm) panel cut-out Ø 22.5 (22.4 recommended)

mounting centres 30 (horizontal) x 40 (vertical)

Depth (mm) below head 43

Connection (1) Screw clamp terminals

Type of operator Handle

Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly

Number and type of positions 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions

stay put stay put spring return to left spring return to left

References black N/O XB5 AD21 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AD2 XB5 AD41 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AD4

Number and type of positions 3 positions 3 positions 3 positions 3 positions

stay put stay put spring return to centre spring return to centre

References black N/O + N/O XB5 AD33 ZB5 AZ103 ZB5 AD3 XB5 AD53 ZB5 AZ103 ZB5 AD5

Type of operator Key, n° 455

Number and type of positions (2) 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions

stay put stay put stay put stay put

References black N/O XB5 AG21 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AG2 XB5 AG41 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AG4

(2) The symbol indicates key withdrawal position.

Electrical blocks (1)

Single contact blocks Light blocks with integral LED Light block, direct supply

To combine with heads for integral LED For BA 9s bulb (not included)

24 V AC/DC 48…120 V AC

230…240 V AC

250 V max., 2.4 W max.

References (5)* N/O ZBE 101 white ZBV B1 ZBV G1 ZBV M1 ZBV6

N/C ZBE 102 green ZBV B3 ZBV G3 ZBV M3 Colour provided by lens

red ZBV B4 ZBV G4 ZBV M4

orange

ZBV B5 ZBV G5 ZBV M5

blue ZBV B6 ZBV G6 ZBV M6

Accessories

Legend holders, 30 x 40 mm, for 8 x 27 mm legends

Marking Background colour: black or red white or yellow

References (10)*

Blank

ZBY 2101 ZBY 4101

References International 0 (red background) ZBY 2931 IZBY 2147 AUTO ZBY 2115 STOP ZBY 2304

–

English OFF ZBY 2312 ON ZBY 2311 START ZBY 2303

––

French

ARRET (red b/grnd)

ZBY 2104 ARRET-MARCHE ZBY 2166 MARCHE ZBY 2103

––

German AUS ZBY 2204 AUS-EIN ZBY 2266 EIN ZBY 2203

––

Spanish

PARADA (red b/grnd)

ZBY 2404 PARADA-MARCHA ZBY 2466 MARCHA ZBY 2403

––

Legend holders, 30 x 50 mm, for 18 x 27 mm legends

Background colour black or red white or yellow

References (10)* Blank ZBY 6101 ZBY 6102

Ø 60 mm legend for mushroom head Emergency stop pushbutton

Background colour yellow

Marking Blank EMERGENCY STOP ARRET D’URGENCE NOT HALT PARADA DE EMERGENCIA

References ZBY 9140 ZBY 9330 ZBY 9130 ZBY 9230 ZBY 9430

Body/ﬁxing collar Fixing nut Bezel tool Plate

for electrical block (contact or light) for head for tightening ﬁxing nut ZB5 AZ901 anti-rotation

References ZB5 AZ009 (10)* ZB5 AZ901 (10)* ZB5 AZ905 ZB5 AZ902

(1) Alternative connections: plug-in connector, Faston connectors (6.35 and 2 x 2.8), spring clamp terminal.

* sold in lots of

+ 0.4

2/11

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Harmony

XB5

Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 22

with plastic bezel

Light functions

Pilot lights

Type of head Circular bezel

Smooth lens cap

Degree of protection IP 66 / Nema 4X, 13 / Class II

Mounting (mm) panel cut-out Ø 22.5 (22.4 recommended)

mounting centres 30 (horizontal) x 40 (vertical)

Depth below head 43

Connection (1) Screw clamp terminals

Light source Integral LED

Direct supply for BA 9s bulb (not included)

Products Complete Complete For user assembly

Supply voltage 24 V AC/DC 48…120 V AC

230…240 V AC

250 V max., 2.4 W max.

References white XB5 AVB1 XB5 AVG1 XB5 AVM1 XB5 AV61 ZB5 AV6 ZB5 AV01

green XB5 AVB3 XB5 AVG3 XB5 AVM3 XB5 AV63 ZB5 AV6 ZB5 AV03

red XB5 AVB4 XB5 AVG4 XB5 AVM4 XB5 AV64 ZB5 AV6 ZB5 AV04

orange XB5 AVB5 XB5 AVG5 XB5 AVM5 XB5 AV65 ZB5 AV6 ZB5 AV05

blue XB5 AVB6 XB5 AVG6 XB5 AVM6 –––

Illuminated pushbuttons and selector switches

Type Flush push, spring return, illuminated pushbuttons

Light source Integral LED Direct supply for BA 9s bulb (not included)

Products Complete Complete For user assembly

Supply voltage 24 V AC/DC 48…120 V AC

230…240 V AC

250 V max., 2.4 W max.

References white N/C + N/O XB5 AW31B5 XB5 AW31G5 XB5 AW31M5 XB5 AW3165 ZB5 AW065 ZB5 AW31

green N/C + N/O XB5 AW33B5 XB5 AW33G5 XB5 AW33M5 XB5 AW3365 ZB5 AW065 ZB5 AW33

red N/C + N/O XB5 AW34B5 XB5 AW34G5 XB5 AW34M5 XB5 AW3465 ZB5 AW065 ZB5 AW34

orange N/C + N/O XB5 AW35B5 XB5 AW35G5 XB5 AW35M5 XB5 AW3565 ZB5 AW065 ZB5 AW35

blue N/C + N/O XB5 AW36B5 XB5 AW36G5 XB5 AW36M5 –––

Type

Double-headed pushbuttons with LED pilot light

Illuminated selector switches

(1 ﬂush green push, 1 projecting red push) (2 position stay put)

Degree of protection IP 66 - IP 69K IP 66

Light source Integral LED Integral LED

Products Complete Complete

Supply voltage

24 V AC/DC 48…120 V AC 230…240 V AC 24 V AC/DC 48…120 V AC 230…240 V AC

References green N/C + N/O – – – XB5 AK123B5 XB5 AK123G5 XB5 AK123M5

red N/C + N/O – – – XB5 AK124B5 XB5 AK124G5 XB5 AK124M5

orange N/C + N/O – – – XB5 AK125B5 XB5 AK125G5 XB5 AK125M5

white N/C + N/O

XB5 AW73731B5 XB5 AW73731G5 XB5 AW73731M5

–– –

(1) Alternative connections: plug-in connector, Faston connectors (6.35 and 2 x 2.8), spring clamp terminal.

Separate components and accessories: see previous page.

+ 0.4

2/12

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Control stations

For XB5 pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights

Ø 22 with plastic bezel

Harmony

XAL

(1) Empty enclosures:

Basic reference: XAL K0p, replace the p

by the number of cut-outs required (see

cut-out table above)

(1):

Number of cut-outs Number (p)

Complete stations with 1 pushbutton, selector switch or key switch

(light grey RAL 7035 base with dark grey RAL 7016 lid)

Degree of protection IP 65 / Nema 4X and 13 / Class II

Dimensions (mm) W x H x D 68 x 68 x 113 max. (with key release Ø 40 mushroom head pushbutton)

Fixing (mm) 2 x Ø 4.3 on 54 mm centres

Function 1 Start or Stop function 1 Start-Stop function

Marking On spring return push On legend holder and legend below head

Number and type of pushbutton/selector switch/key switch

1 ﬂush green p/b

1 ﬂush red p/b

1 projecting red p/b

1 2 position stay

put selector switch or key switch

Black handle

Key n° 455 (key withdrawal LH pos.)

References N/O I XAL D102 –– ––

Start XAL D103 –– ––

O - I –––XAL D134 XAL D144

N/C O–XAL D112 XAL D115 ––

Function Emergency stop (2) (light grey RAL 7035 base with yellow RAL 1012 lid)

Number and type of mushroom head pushbutton 1 red Ø 40 head, turn to release 1 red Ø 40 head, key release

Latching mechanism Trigger action (EN/ISO 13850: 2006) Trigger action (EN/ISO 13850: 2006)

References N/C XAL K178 XAL K188

N/C + N/C XAL K178F XAL K188F

N/C + N/O XAL K178E XAL K188E

N/C + N/C + N/O XAL K178G XAL K188G

(2) Emergency stop trigger action and mechanical latching pushbuttons conform to standards EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850: 2006, to Machinery Directive 98/37/EC and to

standard EN/IEC 60947-5-5. Please consult your Regional Sales Ofﬁce for a full explanation of these standards and directives.

(1) Empty enclosures:

Basic reference: XAL D0p, replace the p

by the number of cut-outs required (see

cut-out table above)

Complete stations with 2 and 3 pushbuttons or 2 pushbuttons + 1 pilot light

(light grey RAL 7035 base with dark grey RAL 7016 lid)

Dimensions (mm) W x H x D 2-way control stations: 68 x 106 x 62; 3-way control stations: 68 x 136 x 87

Fixing (mm) 2-way control stations: 2 x Ø 4.3 on 54 x 68 centres; 3-way control stations: 2 x Ø 4.3 on 54 x 98 centres

Function Start-Stop functions 2 functions 3 functions

Marking On spring return push

Number and type of pushbutton/pilot light

1 ﬂush green p/b

1 ﬂush green pushbutton

1 ﬂush white p/b 1 ﬂush white p/b 1 ﬂush white p/b

1 ﬂush red p/b

1 ﬂush red pushbutton

1 ﬂush black p/b 1 ﬂush red p/b 1 Ø 30 red mush-

1 red pilot light with integral LED

1 ﬂush black p/b room head p/b

1 ﬂush black p/b

24 V AC/DC 230 V AC

References N/O + N/C I - O XAL D213 XAL D363B XAL D363M –––

Start - Stop XAL D215 –– – – –

N/O + N/O – – – XAL D222 ––

N/O + N/C + N/O – – – – XAL D324 XAL D328

Accessories Standard contact blocks Light blocks with integral LED, colour red

Description N/O contact N/C contact 24 V AC/DC 230 V AC

References ZEN L1111 ZEN L1121 ZAL VB4 ZAL VM4

2/13

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Pushbuttons

Type of head Flush or projecting push

circular

Degree of protection IP 54, class II

Mounting (mm) panel cut-out Ø 22.4 (0 +0.1)

mounting centres 30 (horizontal) x 40 (vertical)

Dimensions (mm) Ø x Depth (below head) Ø 29 x 41.5 (Ø 40 x 41.5 for Emergency stop)

Connection (1) Screw clamp terminals, 1 x 0.34 mm

to 1 x 1.5 mm

Type of push Flush, spring return Flush, push and push-to-release

References (10)* black N/O XB7 EA21P XB7 EH21P

C/O XB7 EA25P XB7 EH25P

green N/O XB7 EA31P XB7 EH31P

C/O XB7 EA35P XB7 EH35P

red N/C XB7 EA42P –

C/O XB7 EA45P –

yellow N/O XB7 EA51P –

Type of push Flush, spring return Projecting, spring return

References green N/O XB7 EA3131P –

red N/C – XB7 EL4232P

white N/O + C/O XB7 EA11341P –

black N/O + C/O XB7 EA21341 –

(1) Alternative connection: 1 x 6.35 and 2 x 2.8 mm Faston connectors.

Selector switches and key switches

Type of operator Black handle Ronis key, n° 455

Number and

type of positions

2 positions 3 positions 2 positions 3 positions

stay put stay put stay put stay put

References (10*) N/O XB7 ED21P –XB7 EG21P –

N/C + N/O XB7 ED25P – – –

2 N/O – XB7 ED33P – XB7 EG33P

Ø 40 mushroom head pushbuttons (2)

Type of push Turn to release Key release, Ronis 455

References (10)* red N/C XB7 ES542P XB7 ES142P

red N/C + N/O XB7 ES545P XB7 ES145P

(2) Mushroom head switching off mechanical latching pushbuttons conform to standard IEC 60364-5-53 and EN/IEC 60947-5-5. For mushroom trigger action and mechanical

latching head Emergency stop pushbuttons conforming to standard EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850: 2006, to Machinery directive 98/37/EC and standard EN/IEC 60947-5-5,

use an Emergency stop type XB5 Ap8ppp or XB5 AS9ppp from the Harmony® range. See page 2/10.

* sold in lots of 10

Harmony

XB7

Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 22

with plastic bezel - Monolithic

Contact functions

2/14

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Illuminated pushbuttons

Type of head Projecting push

circular

Degree of protection IP 54, class II

Mounting (mm) panel cut-out Ø 22.4 (0 +0.1)

mounting centres 30 (horizontal) x 40 (vertical)

Dimensions (mm) Ø x Depth (below head) Ø 29 x 41.5, (Ø 40 x 41.5 for Emergency stop)

Connection (2) Screw clamp terminals, 1 x 0.34 mm

to 1 x 1.5 mm

Type of push Spring return

Light source Integral LED Incandescent bulb

direct supply (bulb not included)

Supply voltage 24 V DC or 230 V AC 6 or 24 V DC, or 130 V AC

References (10)* green N/O XB7 EW33p1P (1) XB7 EW3361P

red N/O XB7 EW34p1P (1) XB7 EW3461P

N/C XB7 EW34p2P (1) –

yellow N/O XB7 EW35p1P (1) XB7 EW3561P

Type of push Push and push-to-release

Light source Integral LED Incandescent bulb

direct supply (bulb not included)

Supply voltage 24 V DC or 230 V AC 6 or 24 V DC, or 130 V AC

References (10)* green N/O XB7 EH03p1P (1) XB7 EH0361P

red N/O XB7 EH04p1P (1) XB7 EH0461P

N/C XB7 EH04p2P (1) –

yellow N/O XB7 EH05p1P (1) XB7 EH0561P

Pilot lights

Light source Integral LED Incandescent bulb Incandescent bulb

direct supply direct through resistor

(bulb not included) (bulb included)

Supply voltage

24VAC/DC or 120VAC or 230…240VAC

6 or 24 V DC, or 130 V AC 230 V AC

References (10)* white XB7 EV01pP (1) XB7 EV61P XB7 EV71P

green XB7 EV03pP (1) XB7 EV63P XB7 EV73P

red XB7 EV04pP (1) XB7 EV64P XB7 EV74P

yellow XB7 EV05pP (1) XB7 EV65P XB7 EV75P

blue XB7 EV06pP (1) XB7 EV66P XB7 EV76P

orange XB7 EV08pP (1) XB7 EV68P XB7 EV78P

Incandescent bulbs, long life

BA 9s base ﬁtting, Ø 11 mm max., length 28 mm max.

6 V (1.2 W) 24 V (2 W) 130 V (2.4 W)

References DL1 CB006 DL1 CE024 DL1 CE130

(1) Basic reference, to be completed by the letter B, G or M indicating the required voltage. See voltage table above.

(2) Alternative connection: 1 x 6.35 and 2 x 2.8 mm Faston connectors.

* sold in lots of 10

Contact functions and light functions

(1):

Voltage Letter (p)

24 V AC/DC B

120 V AC G

230 V AC M

2/15

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Pushbuttons, spring return

Type of push Flush Projecting Projecting (high guard)

Colour of push Multi-colour (set of 7 clip-in coloured caps)

Degree of protection IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13 / Class II

Mounting (mm) panel cut-out Ø 31

mounting centres 57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp), 57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp)

Depth below head (mm) 42

Connection Screw clamp terminals

References C/O 9001KR1UH13 9001KR3UH13 9001KR2UH13

N/O 9001KR1UH5 9001KR3UH5 9001KR2UH5

Mushroom head pushbuttons, latching (1) Emergency switching off Emergency stop

Type of push Push-pull Turn-to-Release, trigger action

Ø 41 mushroom head Ø 35 mushroom head Ø 40 red mushroom head

Degree of protection IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13 / Class II

IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13 / Class III

Mounting (mm) panel cut-out Ø 31

mounting centres 57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp),

57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp)

57,2 x 44,5 (without legend plate),

100 x 100 ((with legend plate 9001KN8330) (2)

Depth below head (mm) 42 60

Connection Screw clamp terminals

References – – – 9001KR16

C/O 9001KR9R94H13 9001KR9R20H13 –

N/C 9001KR9RH6 9001KR9R20H6 –

2“N/O” + 2“N/C”

––9001KR16H2

“N/O” – – 9001KR16H13

(1) Mushroom head switching off mechanical latching pushbuttons conform to standard IEC 60364-5-53 and EN/IEC 60947-5-5. Mushroom trigger action and mechanical

latching head Emergency stop pushbuttons conforming to standard EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850: 2006, to Machinery directive 98/37/EC and standard EN/IEC 60947-5-5.

(2) For yellow circular Emergency Stop legend plates: see page 2/19

Selector switches and key switches

Type of operator Long black handle Key, n° 455

positions (2) 3 - spring return 2 - stay put 2 - spring return 3 - stay put 2 - stay put

Number and type

of positions

Degree of protection IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13 / Class II

Mounting (mm) panel cut-out Ø 31

mounting centres 57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp), 57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp)

Depth below head (mm) 42

Connection Screw clamp terminals

References N/O – 9001KS11FBH5 9001KS34FBH5 ––

C/O 9001KS53FBH1 –– 9001KS43FBH1 9001KS11K1RH1

(2) The symbol indicates key withdrawal position.

Harmony

9001K/SK

Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 30

with metal bezel

Contact functions

2/16

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Pilot lights

Type of head Smooth lens cap

Degree of protection IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13 / Class II

Mounting (mm) panel cut-out Ø 31

mounting centres 57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp), 57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp)

Depth below head (mm) 42

Connection Screw clamp terminals

Type of light block With high luminosity LED (included) Incandescent BA 9s bulb

(included)

24 V AC/DC 48 V AC/DC 120 V AC/DC 230 V AC

References green 9001KP35LGG9 9001KP36LGG9 9001KP38LGG9 9001KP7G9

red 9001KP35LRR9 9001KP36LRR9 9001KP38LRR9 9001KP7R9

yellow 9001KP35LYA9 9001KP36LYA9 9001KP38LYA9 9001KP7A9

Illuminated pushbuttons, spring return

Type of head Spring return ﬂush push

Degree of protection IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13 / Class II

Mounting (mm) panel cut-out Ø 31

mounting centres 57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp), 57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp)

Depth below head (mm) 42

Connection Screw clamp terminals

Type of light block With high luminosity LED (included) Incandescent BA 9s bulb

(included)

24 V AC/DC 48 V AC/DC 120 V AC/DC 230 V AC

References green C/O 9001K3L35LGGH13 9001K3L36LGGH13 9001K3L38LGGH13 9001K2L7RH13

red C/O 9001K3L35LRRH13 9001K3L36LRRH13 9001K3L38LRRH13 9001K2L7GH13

yellow C/O 9001K3L35LYAH13 9001K3L36LYAH13 9001K3L38LYAH13 9001K2L7AH13

Illuminated Ø 41 mushroom head pushbuttons, latching, high luminosity LED

Degree of protection IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13 / Class II

Mounting (mm) panel cut-out Ø 31

mounting centres 57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp), 57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp)

Depth below head (mm) 42

Connection Screw clamp terminals

Type of light block With high luminosity LED (included) Incandescent BA 9s bulb

(included)

24 V AC/DC 48 V AC/DC 120 V AC/DC 230 V AC/DC

Type of head 2 position, push-pull

References red C/O 9001KR9P35RH13 9001KR9P36RH13 9001KR9P38RH13 9001KR9P7RH13

Type of head 3 position, push-pull (pull: spring return, centre: stay put, push: spring return)

References red N/C + N/C

late break

9001KR8P35RH25 9001KR8P36RH25 9001KR8P38RH25 9001KR8P7RH25

Light functions

2/17

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Pushbuttons, spring return

Type of push Flush Projecting Projecting (high guard)

Colour of push Multi-colour (set of 7 clip-in coloured caps)

Degree of protection IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13 / Class II

Mounting (mm) panel cut-out Ø 31

mounting centres 57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp), 57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp)

Depth below head (mm) 42

Connection Screw clamp terminals

References C/O 9001SKR1UH13 9001SKR3UH13 9001SKR2UH13

N/O 9001SKR1UH5 9001SKR3UH5 9001SKR2UH5

Type Selector switches Mushroom head pushbuttons (1)

Emergency stop

Type of operator Long black handle Turn-to-Release, trigger action

positions 2 - stay put 2 - spring return 3 - stay put Ø 40 red mushroom head

Number and type

of positions

Degree of protection IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13 / Class II

IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13 / Class III

Mounting (mm) panel cut-out Ø 31

mounting centres 57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp),

57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp)

57,2 x 44,5 (without legend plate),

100 x 100 ((with legend plate 9001KN8330) (2)

Depth below head (mm) 42 60

Connection Screw clamp terminals

References – – – – 9001SKR16

N/O 9001SKS11FBH5 9001SKS34FBH5 –9001SKR16H13

C/O – –

9001SKS43FBH1

–

2“N/O” + 2“N/C”

–––9001SKR16H2

(1) Mushroom trigger action and mechanical latching head Emergency stop pushbuttons conforming to standard EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850: 2006, to Machinery directive

98/37/EC and standard EN/IEC 60947-5-5.

(2) For yellow circular Emergency Stop legend plates: see page 2/19

Pilot lights

Type of head Smooth lens cap

Degree of protection IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13 / Class II

Mounting (mm) panel cut-out Ø 31

mounting centres 57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp), 57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp)

Depth below head (mm) 42

Connection Screw clamp terminals

Type of light block With high luminosity LED (included) Incandescent BA 9s bulb

(included)

24 V AC/DC 48 V AC/DC 120 V AC/DC 230 V AC

References green 9001SKP35LGG9 9001SKP36LGG9 9001SKP38LGG9 9001SKP7G9

red 9001SKP35LRR9 9001SKP36LRR9 9001SKP38LRR9 9001SKP7R9

yellow 9001SKP35LYA9 9001SKP36LYA9 9001SKP38LYA9 9001SKP7A9

Harmony

9001K/SK

Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 30

with plastic bezel

Contact functions and light functions

2/18

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Contact blocks with protected terminals

Type of contact Single contact blocks

Connection Screw clamp terminals

References C/O 9001KA1

N/O 9001KA2

N/C 9001KA3

C/O, late break 9001KA4

N/C, late break 9001KA5

N/O, early make 9001KA6

Enclosures

Type Number of Ø 30 mm cut-outs NEMA ratings Reference

Aluminium 1 1, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13 9001KY1

2 1, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13 9001KY2

3 1, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13 9001KY3

4 1, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13 9001KY4

Stainless steel 1 1, 3, 4, 4X, 13 9001KYSS1

2 1, 3, 4, 4X, 13 9001KYSS2

3 1, 3, 4, 4X, 13 9001KYSS3

Legends

44 x 43 mm 57 x 57 mm Ø 60 Ø 90

Type Aluminium Plastic Plastic

Colour of legend black background white background Yellow background

Marking Blank 9001KN200 9001KN100WP 9001KN9100 9001KN8100

START 9001KN201 9001KN101WP – –

STOP (red background) 9001KN202 9001KN102RP – –

FORWARD 9001KN206 9001KN106WP – –

REVERSE 9001KN207 9001KN107WP – –

RESET 9001KN223 9001KN123WP –

PULL TO START/ 9001KN379 9001KN179WP – –

PUSH TO STOP

EMERGENCY STOP – – 9001KN9330 9001KN8330

ARRET D’URGENCE – – 9001KN9330F 9001KN8330F

PARADA DE EMERGENCIA – – 9001KN9330S 9001KN8330S

Accessories

2/19

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Cam switches

12 and 20 A ratings

Harmony

K series

positions (°)

Cam switches, K1 / K2 series

Function Switches ON-OFF switches Stepping switches

45° switching angle 90° switching angle with “0” position

Degree of protection front face IP 65 (1) IP 65 (1) IP 65 (1)

Conventional thermal current (Ith) 12 A 20 A 12 A 20 A 12 A 20 A

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) conforming to IEC60947-1 690 V 690 V 690 V

Number of positions 2 2 2 + “0” position

Number of poles 222

Dimensions of front plate (mm) 45 x 45 45 x 45 45 x 45

Front mounting method Multiﬁxing plate, 45 x 45 mm K1B 002ALH K2B 002ALH K1B 1002HLH K2B 1002HLH K1D 012QLH K2D 012QLH

Plastic mounting plate for Ø 22 mm hole K1B 002ACH K2B 002ACH K1B 1002HCH K2B 1002HCH K1D 012QCH K2D 012QCH

positions (°)

Cam switches, K1 / K2 series

Function Changeover switches Ammeter switches Voltmeter switches

Degree of protection front face IP 65 (1) IP 65 (1) IP 65 (1)

Conventional thermal current (Ith) 12 A 20 A 12 A 20 A 12 A 20 A

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) conforming to IEC60947-1 690 V 690 V 690 V

Number of positions 2 + “0” position 3 + “0” position 6 + “0” position (measurements

(3 circuits + “0” position) between 3 phases & N + “0” pos.)

Number of poles 247

Dimensions of front plate (mm) 45 x 45 45 x 45 45 x 45

Front mounting method Multiﬁxing plate, 45 x 45 mm K1D 002ULH K2D 002ULH K1F 003MLH to be compiled * K1F 027MLH to be compiled *

Plastic mounting plate for Ø 22 mm hole K1D 002UCH K2D 002UCH K1F 003MCH to be compiled * K1F 027MCH to be compiled *

(1) With seal KZ73 for switch with Multiﬁxing plate, with seal KZ65 for Ø 22 mm hole mounting switches. Seal to be ordered separately.

(*) Please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

positions (°)

Cam switches with key operated lock, K1 series

Function Stepping switches Run switches Changeover switches + “0” pos.

Degree of protection front face IP 65 IP 65 IP 65

Conventional thermal current (Ith) 12 A 12 A 12 A

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) conforming to IEC60947-1 690 V 690 V 690 V

Number of positions 2 + “0” position 3 + “0” position 2 + “0” position

Number of poles 322

Dimensions of front plate (mm) 55 x 100 55 x 100 55 x 100

Colour of handle red black red black red black

Front mounting method Ø 22 mm hole + Ø 43.5 mm hole K1F 022QZ2 K1F 022QZ4 K1G 043RZ2 K1G 043RZ4 K1D 002UZ2 K1D 002UZ4

450

1-pole

2-pole

450

1-pole

2-pole

900

2-pole

900

2-pole

450

135 180 225

2-pole

450

135 180 225

2-pole

0315

1-pole

2-pole

0315

1-pole

2-pole

180

900 270

180

900 270

315270

225

45 90

1350

315270

225

45 90

135

60 1200

60 120 1

120 180060

300

060300

060

2/20

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

10 to 150 A ratings

positions (°)

Cam switches, K10 series

Function Switches Changeover switches Ammeter Voltmeter

60° switching angle with “0” position switches switches

Degree of protection front face IP 65 IP 65 IP 65 IP 65

Conventional thermal current (Ith) 10 A 10 A 10 A 10 A

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) conforming to IEC60947-1 440 V 440 V 440 V 440 V

Number of positions 2 2 + “0” position

3 + “0” pos. (1)

6 + “0” pos. (2)

Number of poles 1 23233 3

Dimensions of front plate (mm) 30 x 30 30 x 30 30 x 30 30 x 30

Front mounting method By Ø 16 mm or 22 mm hole

K10 A001ACH K10 B002ACH K10 C003ACH K10 D002UCH K10F003UCH K10 F003MCH K10 F027MCH

(1) (3 circuits + “0” position).

(2) (Measurements between 3 phases and N + “0” position).

positions (°)

Cam switches, K30 series

Function Switches Switches Changeover Starting Starting Reversing

ON-OFF

with “0” position

star-delta 2-speed

Degree of protection front face IP 40 IP 40 IP 40 IP 40 IP 40 IP 40

Conventional thermal current (Ith) 32 A 32 A 32 A 32 A 32 A 32 A

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) conforming to IEC60947-1 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V

Number of positions 22 3333

Number of poles 3344333

Dimensions of front plate (mm) 64 x 64 64 x 64 64 x 64 64 x 64 64 x 64 64 x 64

Front mounting method Multiﬁxing

K30 C003AP

(3)

K30 C003HP

(3)

K30 D004HP

(3)

K30 H004UP

(3)

K30 H001YP

(3)

K30 H004PP

(3)

K30 E003WP

(3)

(3) To order switches with other thermal current ratings (50, 63, 115, 150 A): replace the number 30 in the reference by 50, 63, 115 or 150 respectively.

Example: a switch with a 32 A current rating, for example K30 C003AP, becomes K50 C003AP for a current rating of 50 A.

Accessories for cam switches K1/K2

Rubber seals

for IP 65 degree of protection

For use with heads with 45 x 45 mm front plate with 60 x 60 mm front plate with 45 x 45 mm front plate

Ø 22 mm hole or 4 hole front mtg. Ø 22 mm hole or 4 hole front mtg. multiﬁxing

References (5)* KZ 65 KZ 66 KZ 73

* sold in lots of

1-pole

2-pole

3-pole

1-pole

2-pole

3-pole

300

1-pole

2-pole

3-pole

300

1-pole

2-pole

3-pole

180

0 270

180

0 270

300 1

330

270 0 30 60 90

300 1

330

270 0 30 60 90

1-pole

2-pole

3-pole

1-pole

2-pole

3-pole

1-pole

2-pole

1-pole

2-pole

300

1-pole

2-pole

3-pole

4-pole

300

1-pole

2-pole

3-pole

4-pole

300

2/21

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Monolithic tower lights

Ø 40, Ø 60, Ø 100 mm, complete, pre-wired

tower lights

Harmony

XVC

Ø 40 mm / Up to IP54

Complete, pre-wired tower lights Steady light Steady / Flashing light (1)

Light source (included)

LEDs LEDs

Base mount

Base mounting Support tube mounting, 17 mm Support tube mounting, 17 mm

Buzzer

Without buzzer With buzzer + ﬂashing light

Degree of protection

up to IP54 up to IP54

Voltage

24V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 100-240V AC 24V AC/DC 100 - 240V AC

References (2)

Red

XVC4B1K XVC4B1 XVC4M1 XVC4B15S XVC4M15S

Red / orange

XVC4B2K XVC4B2 XVC4M2 XVC4B25S XVC4M25S

Red / Orange / green

XVC4B3K XVC4B3 XVC4M3 XVC4B35S XVC4M35S

red / orange / green / blue

XVC4B4K XVC4B4 XVC4M4 XVC4B45S XVC4M45S

red / orange / green / blue / Clear

XVC4B5K XVC4B5 XVC4M5 XVC4B55S XVC4M55S

Ø 60 mm / Up to IP54

Complete, pre-wired tower lights Steady light Steady / Flashing light (1)

Light source (included) LEDs LEDs

Base mount Base mounting Support tube mounting, 22 mm Support tube mounting, 22 mm Base mounting

Buzzer Without buzzer With buzzer + ﬂashing light

Degree of protection up to IP54 up to IP54

Voltage 24V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 100-240V AC 24V AC/DC 100 - 240V AC

References (2) Red XVC6B1K XVC6B1

XVC6M1

(3)

XVC6B15S

(3)

XVC6M15S XVC6M15SK

Red / orange XVC6B2K XVC6B2 XVC6M2

(3)

XVC6B25S

(3)

XVC6M25S XVC6M25SK

Red / Orange / green XVC6B3K XVC6B3 XVC6M3

(3)

XVC6B35S

(3)

XVC6M35S XVC6M35SK

red / orange / green / blue XVC6B4K XVC6B4 XVC6M4

(3)

XVC6B45S

(3)

XVC6M45S XVC6M45SK

red / orange / green / blue / Clear XVC6B5K XVC6B5 XVC6M5

(3)

XVC6B55S

(3)

XVC6M55S XVC6M55SK

(3) To order products for base mounting, add the letter K to the end of the reference (ex. XVC6M1K)

Ø 100 mm / Up to IP54

Complete, pre-wired tower lights Steady / Flashing light (1)

Light source (included) LEDs

Base mount Base mounting

Buzzer Without buzzer With buzzer + ﬂashing light

Degree of protection up to IP54 up to IP54

Voltage 24V DC 100-240V AC 24V DC 100-240V AC 24V DC 100 - 240V AC

References (2) Red XVC1B1K XVC1M1K XVC1B1SK XVC1M1SK XVC1B1HK XVC1M1HK

Red / orange XVC1B2K XVC1M2K XVC1B2SK XVC1M2SK XVC1B2HK XVC1M2HK

Red / Orange / green XVC1B3K XVC1M3K XVC1B3SK XVC1M3SK XVC1B3HK XVC1M3HK

red / orange / green / blue XVC1B4K XVC1M4K XVC1B4SK XVC1M4SK - -

red / orange / green / blue / Clear XVC1B5K XVC1M5K XVC1B5SK XVC1M5SK - -

(1) Flashing function can be simply selected/programmed by wiring

(2) The colours are listed in the same order as the mounting order of the illuminated units (from top to bottom)

2/22

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Monolithic tower lights and accessories

Ø 45 mm, complete illuminated beacons

Harmony

XVDLS / XVC

Ø 45 mm / IP40

Illuminated beacons XVDLS Steady light Flashing light

Light source Incandescent BA 15d bulb, 5 W max. (not included) “Flash” discharge tube, 0.5 J

Degree of protection IP 40

References (1) 24…230 V AC/DC XVDLS3p–

24 V AC/DC – XVDLS6Bp

120 V AC – XVDLS6Gp

230 V AC – XVDLS6Mp

(1) To obtain the complete reference, replace the p by the number designating the colour as follow: 3 = green , 4 = red , 5 = orange, 6 = blue, 7 = clear, 8 = yellow.

Accessories

XVDLS

Incandescent bulbs, with BA 15d base Beacons XVDLS

Description 24 V, 4 W 120 V, 5 W 230 V, 5 W

References DL1BEBS DL1BEGS DL1BEMS

XVC4 / XVC6

Mounting accessories Tower lights Ø 40 mm, XVC4 Tower lights Ø 60 mm, XVC6

Description Support tube mounting Support tube

mounting

Base mounting Support tube

mounting

Diameter (mm) Ø 90 Ø 84 – Ø 100 Ø 84 –

For use with – – – XVC6ppand

XVC6pp5S

XVC6ppK and

XVC6pp5SK

XVC6Bpand

XVC6Bpp5S,

XVC6Mpand

XVC6M

Height to be added (mm) 32 24,5 82 30 21,6 82

References Metal ﬁxing plate XVCZ11 – – XVCZ02 XVCZ12 –

Plastic ﬁxing plate – XVCZ01 – – – –

Wall mounting bracket – – XVCZ31 – – XVCZ32

XVC1

Mounting accessories Tower lights Ø 100 mm, XVC1

Description Vertical support

Diameter (mm) Ø 140 Ø 140 – –

For use with XVC1ppK

and

XVC1ppSK

XVC1ppHK (with siren) XVC1ppK and XVC1ppSK

XVC1

(with siren)

Height to be added (mm) 300 306 – –

References Metal ﬁxing plate (2) XVCZ13 XVCZ14 – –

Metal ﬁxing bracket – – XVCZ23 XVCZ24

(2) Chromium plated-steel extension tube

2/23

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Modular tower lights

Ø 70 mm, for customer assembly

Harmony

XVB

Ø 70 mm / Up to IP66

Illuminated beacons XVBL Steady light Flashing light

Light source

Incandescent BA 15d bulb,

Protected BA 15d LED Protected BA 15d LED “Flash” discharge tube

10 W max. (not included) (included) (included) 5 J (2)

Degree of protection IP 66

References (1) 12…250 V AC/DC XVBL3p–––

24 V AC/DC – XVBL0BpXVBL1BpXVBL6Bp

120 V AC – XVBL0GpXVBL1GpXVBL6Gp

230 V AC – XVBL0MpXVBL1MpXVBL6Mp

Ø 70 mm / Up to IP66

Tower lights XVBC

comprising 2 to 5 signalling units (3)

Base units Steady light Flashing

light

“Flash”

light

Audible

units (90 db

at 1 m)

Light source – Incandescent Integral Integral “Flash” –

BA 15d bulb, 10 W

protected LED protected LED discharge tube

max. (not included)

5 J (2)

Degree of protection IP 66

Base unit references with cover XVBC21 (4) – – – – –

without cover XVBC07 (5) – – – – –

References (2) 12… 230 V AC/DC – XVBC3p––––

24 V AC/DC – – XVBC2BpXVBC5BpXVBC6Bp–

120 V AC – – XVBC2GpXVBC5GpXVBC6Gp–

230 V AC – – XVBC2MpXVBC5MpXVBC6Mp–

Audible unit references 12…48 V AC/DC – – – – – XVBC9B

unidirectional 120…230 V AC – – – – – XVBC9M

(1) To obtain the complete reference, replace thep by the number designating the colour as follow: 3 = green , 4 = red , 5 = orange, 6 = blue, 7 = clear, 8 = yellow.

(2) To order a lens unit with a 10 J discharge tube, replace the number 6 by 8 in the reference (example: XVBL6Bp becomes XVBL8Bp).

(3) A tower light comprises: 1 base unit + 1 to 5 signalling units maximum.

(4) For connection on AS-Interface, order base unit XVBC21A (side cable entry) or XVBC21B (bottom cable entry with M12 connector on ﬂying lead).

(5) For indicator banks with “ﬂash” discharge tube unit.

2/24

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Modular tower lights

Ø 70 mm, for customer assembly

Harmony

XVE

Ø 70 mm / Up to IP54

Illuminated beacons XVEL Steady light Flashing light

Light source Incandescent Integral “Flash” discharge tube, 1 J

BA 15d bulb, 5 W max. LED

(not included)

Degree of protection IP 42/IP 54 (with sealing kit)

References (1) 24… 240 V AC/DC XVEL3p–

24 V AC/DC – XVEL2BpXVEL6Bp

120 V AC – XVEL2GpXVEL6Gp

230 V AC – XVEL2MpXVEL6Mp

Ø 70 mm / Up to IP54

Indicator banks XVEC

comprising 2 to 5 signalling units (2)

Base units Steady light Flashing

light

“Flash”

light

Audible

units (85 db

at 1 m)

Light source – Incandescent Integral Integral “Flash” –

BA 15d bulb, 5 W

LED LED discharge tube

max. (not included)

1 J

Degree of protection IP 42/IP 54 (with sealing kit)

Base unit references IP 42 XVEC21 – – – – –

IP 54 XVEC21P – – – – –

Lens unit references (1) 24…230 V AC/DC – XVEC3p–

24 V AC/DC – – XVEC2BpXVEC5BpXVEC6BpXVEC9B

120 V AC – – XVEC2GpXVEC5GpXVEC6GpXVEC9G

230 V AC – – XVEC2MpXVEC5MpXVEC6MpXVEC9M

(1) To obtain the complete reference, replace thep by the number designating the colour as follow: 3 = green , 4 = red , 5 = orange, 6 = blue, 7 = clear, 8 = yellow.

(2) A tower light comprises: 1 base unit + 1 to 5 signalling units maximum.

2/25

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Modular tower lights

Ø 45, Ø 50 mm, complete or

for customer assembly

Harmony

XVM / XVP

Ø 45 mm / IP42

Complete, pre-wired tower light XVM (1)

2 s

g. units + integral buzzer (2)

Steady light

3 signalling units + integral buzzer (2)

Steady light

Steady light + “ﬂash”

(3)

Light source (included) Incandescent BA 15d Incandescent BA 15d Incandescent BA 15d

BA 15d bulb, 5 W

“Super bright”

LED

BA 15d bulb, 5 W

“Super bright”

LED

BA 15d bulb, 5 W

“Super bright”

LED

max. max. max.

Degree of protection IP 54

Signalling colours Red - Green Red - Orange - Green

References 24 V AC/DC

XVMB1RGS XVMB2RGSSB XVMB1RAGS XVMB2RAGSSB

XVMB1R6AGS

XVMB2R6AGSSB

120 V AC/DC (bulb) - 120 V AC (LED)

XVMG1RGS XVMG2RGSSB XVMG1RAGS XVMG2RAGSSB

XVMG1R6AGS

XVMG2R6AGSSB

30 V AC/DC (bulb) - 230 V AC (LED)

XVMM1RGS XVMM2RGSSB XVMM1RAGS XVMM2RAGSSB

XVMM1RA6GS

XVMM2R6AGSSB

(1) Tower lights XVM are also available as separate components for customised assembly by the user: please refer to www.schneider-electric.com.

(2) To order products without an integral buzzer, delete the letter S at the end of the reference (example: XVMB2RGS becomes XVMB2RG).

(3) Flash signalling colour: red - 0.8 J.

Ø 50 mm / IP65

Tower lights XVP

comprising 2 to 5 signalling units (4),

black clamping ring (5)

Base unit Steady or

ﬂashing light

signalling

“Flash” light signalling Audible units

(55…85 dB

at 1 m)

Light source – Incandescent “Flash” “Flash” –

BA 15d bulb, 7 W discharge tube discharge tube

max. (not included) 0.3 J 0.6 J

Degree of protection IP 65

Base unit with cover XVPC21 –– ––

References (6) 250 V max. – XVPC3p–––

24 V AC/DC (ﬂash) - 24 V DC (buzzer)

––XVPC6Bp–XVPC09B

120 V AC – – – XVPC6GpXVPC09G

230 V AC – – – XVPC6MpXVPC09M

(4) A tower light comprises: 1 base unit + 1 to 5 signalling units maximum.

(5) To order products with a cream clamping ring, add the letter W to the end of the reference (example: base unit + green lens unit: XVPC21W + XVPC33W etc.).

(6) To obtain the complete reference, replace thep by the number designating the colour as follow: 3 = green , 4 = red , 5 = orange, 6 = blue, 7 = clear, 8 = yellow.

2/26

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Bulbs Beacons and tower lights

XVB / XVP (1)

Type of light source Incandescent Incandescent LED (2) Flashing

BA 15d base BA 15d base BA 15d base LED (2)

7 W 10 W (not XVP) BA 15d base

References 12 V DL1BEJ DL1BLJ – –

24 V DL1BEB DL1BLB DL1BDBpDL1BKBp

48 V DL1BEE DL1BLE – –

120 V DL1BEG DL1BLG DL1BDGpDL1BKGp

230 V DL1BEM DL1BLM DL1BDMpDL1BKMp

(1) Tower lights XVP can be ﬁtted with 5 W incandescent bulbs: see beacons XVDLS / XVE.

(2) To obtain the complete reference, replace the p by the number designating the colour as follow: 1 = white, 3 = green , 4 = red , 5 = orange, 6 = blue, 8 = yellow.

Bulbs Tower lights

XVM / XVE

Type of light source Incandescent LED (3) Flashing “Flash” discharge

BA 15d base BA 15d base LED (3) tube, 0.8 Joule

5 W BA 15d base BA 15d base

References 24 V DL1EDBS DL2EDBpDL1EKBpDL6BB

120 V DL1EDGS DL2EDGpDL1EKGpDL6BG

230 V DL1EDMS DL2EDMpDL1EKMpDL6BM

(3) To obtain the complete reference, replace the p by the number designating the colour as follows: 1 = white, 3 = green , 4 = red , 6 = blue, 8 = orange.

Mounting accessories Beacons and

tower lights

XVB / XVE

Tower lights Tower lights

XVP XVM

Description

Aluminium tube Plastic tube Aluminium tube Aluminium tube Aluminium tube Aluminium tube

with integral black with integral black with integral black with steel ﬁxing

with integral cream

with steel ﬁxing

plastic ﬁxing base plastic ﬁxing base plastic ﬁxing base bracket plastic ﬁxing base bracket

Diameter (mm) Ø 25 Ø 25 Ø 20 Ø 20 Ø 20 Ø 20

Support tubes 60 mm XVEZ13

–––––

100 mm

–– –

XVPC02T XVMZ02 XVMZ02T

112 mm

––

XVPC02 (4)

–––

120 mm XVBZ02

–––––

140 mm

–

XVDC02

–– ––

250 mm

–– –

XVPC03T XVMZ03 XVMZ03T

260 mm

––

XVPC03 (4)

–––

400 mm

–– –

XVPC04T XVMZ04 XVMZ04T

410 mm

––

XVPC04 (4)

–––

420 mm XVBZ03

–––––

820 mm XVBZ04

–––––

Fixing plates, for vertical support XVBC12 XVPC12 (4)

–

for horizontal support XVBZ01

–

XVMZ06

(4) To order an aluminium support tube with integral cream ﬁxing base, add the letter W to the end of the reference (example: XVPC02W).

Modular tower lights accessories

For XVB, XVP, XVE, XVM

Harmony

2/27

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Rotating mirror beacons

Ø 84, 106, 120, 130 mm rotating mirror beacons

Harmony

XVR

Ø 84 / 106 mm

Complete, pre-wired rotating mirror beacons Ø 84 mm Ø 106 mm

Light source (included) “ Super bright “ LEDs

Base mount 3 x Ø 05

Buzzer Without buzzer

Degree of protection IP23 (IP 65 with accessories) IP23 (IP 65 with accessories)

Voltage 12V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 12V AC/DC

References Red XVR08J04 XVR08B04 XVR10J04 XVR10B04

Orange XVR08J05 XVR08B05 XVR10J05 XVR10B05

Green XVR08J03 XVR08B03 XVR10J03 XVR10B03

Blue XVR08J06 XVR08B06 XVR10J06 XVR10B06

Ø 120 mm

Complete, pre-wired rotating mirror beacons Ø 120 mm

Light source (included) “ Super bright “ LEDs

Base mount 3 x M5

Buzzer Without buzzer With buzzer

Degree of protection IP23

Voltage 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC

References Red XVR12J04 XVR12B04 XVR12J04S XVR12B04S

Orange XVR12J05 XVR12B05 XVR12J05S XVR12B05S

Green XVR12J03 XVR12B03 XVR12J03S XVR12B03S

Blue XVR12J06 XVR12B06 XVR12J06S XVR12B06S

Ø 130 mm

Complete, pre-wired rotating mirror beacons Ø 130 mm

Light source (included) “ Super bright “ LEDs

Base mount 3 x Ø 09

Buzzer Without buzzer

Degree of protection IP66 - Resistant to vibration IP66 and IP67

Voltage 12V DC 24V DC 24V AC/DC 120V AC 230V AC

References Red XVR13J04 XVR13B04 XVR13B04L XVR13G04L XVR13M04L

Orange XVR13J05 XVR13B05 XVR13B05L XVR13G05L XVR13M05L

2/28

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Accesories for rotating mirrors Reﬂecting prism Rubber base Metal angle

bracket

Metal ﬁxing plate

To be used for/with – Increasing the IP degree Horizontal support Horizontal support

Height (mm) – – – 300

References Ø 84 mm XVRZR1 XVRZ081 XVCZ23 –

Ø 106 mm XVRZR2 XVRZ082 XVCZ23 XVCZ13

Ø 120 mm XVRZR3 – XVCZ23 XVCZ13

Ø 130 mm XVRZR3 – XVR012L –

Electronic alarms and multisound sirens

Sirens and electronic alarms Sirens Multisound

sirens

pre-wired

Electronic alarms

Panel Mount DIN72

Electronic alarms

Panel Mount DIN96

Sound level 106 dB 105 dB 90 dB 96 dB

Tones 24316 16

Channels –84 4

Degree of protection IP 65 IP53 IP 54 IP 54

Colors White White Black White Black White

References 12/24V AC/DC XVS10BMW – XVS72BMBp (1)

XVS72BMW

(1)

XVS96BMBp

(1) XVS96BMW

(1)

12/24V DC – XVS14BMW – – – –

120V AC XVS10GMW XVS14GMW – – – –

230V AC XVS10MMW XVS14MMW – – – –

(1) To obtain a complete reference, replace the p by the letter as follow: P = PNP, N = NPN (ex. XVS72BMBP)

Rotating mirror beacons accessories

and sound solutions

Accessories for rotating mirror beacons

Harmony

XVR / XVS

2/29

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Type XAC A “Pistol grip”

Degree of protection IP 65 / Nema 4, 4X / Class II

Rated operational characteristics AC 15 (240 V 3 A), DC 13

Conventional thermal current Ithe 10 A

Connection Screw clamp terminals, 1 x 2.5 mm

or 2 x 1.5 mm

For control of single-speed motors 2-speed motors

Dimensions (mm) W x H x D 52 x 295 x 71 (x 85 with ZA2 BS834) 52 x 295 x 71 (x 85 with ZA2 BS834)

Number of operators mechanically interlocked 22

Emergency stop without ZA2 BS834 without ZA2 BS834

References XAC A201 XAC A2014 XAC A207 XAC A2074

Type XAC A

For control of single-speed motors

Dimensions (mm) W x H x D 80 x 314 x 70 (x 90 with ZA2 BS834) 80 x 440 x 70 (x 90 with ZA2 BS844)

Number of operators

mechanically interlocked between pairs

Emergency stop without ZA2 BS834 without ZA2 BS844

References XAC A271 XAC A2714 XAC A471 XAC A4714

For control of single-speed motors + I / O

Dimensions (mm) W x H x D 80 x 500 x 70 (x 90 with ZA2 BS844) 80 x 560 x 70

Number of operators

mechanically interlocked between pairs

Emergency stop without ZA2 BS844 without

References XAC A671 XAC A6714 XAC A871

Empty enclosures type XAC A

Number of ways 2 3 456812

References XAC A02 XAC A03 XAC A04 XAC A05 XAC A06 XAC A08 XAC A12

Pendant control stations

for control circuits

Ready to use

Harmony

XAC

2/30

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

(1) Trigger action mechanically latching Emergency stop pushbuttons conform to standards EN/IEC 60204-32, EN/ISO 13850: 2006, Machinery directive 98/37/EC and standard

EN/IEC 60947-5-5.

Legends, 30 x 40 mm With symbols conforming to NF E 52-124 With text

References ZB2 BY4901 ZB2 BY4903 ZB2 BY4907 ZB2 BY4909 ZB2 BY4913 ZB2 BY4915 ZB2 BY4930 ZB2 BY2303 ZB2 BY2304

References ZB2 BY2904 ZB2 BY2906 ZB2 BY2910 ZB2 BY2912 ZB2 BY2916 ZB2 BY2918 ZB2 BY2931 ZB2BY1W140

blank

white or yellow

background

Separate components (for mounting in enclosures XAC A)

Booted operators

white XAC A9411

black XAC A9412

Mushroom head, latching, trigger action (1)

turn to release Ø 40 ZA2 BS844

Ø 30 ZA2 BS834

Mushroom head, latching, trigger action (1)

key release Ø 40 ZA2 BS944

Ø 30 ZA2 BS934

Selector switch

2 pos. stay put ZA2 BD2

3 pos. stay put ZA2 BD3

Key switch

key n° 455 2 pos. stay put ZA2 BG4

3 pos. stay put ZA2 BG5

Blanking plug

with seal and ZB2SZ3

ﬁxing nut

Pilot light heads

white ZA2 BV01

green ZA2 BV03

red ZA2 BV04

yellow ZA2 BV05

Pilot light bodies

direct supply ZB2 BV006

direct supply, through resistor ZB2 BV007

Protective guard (for base mounted units)

For selector switch XAC A982/983

For emergency stop pushbutton XAC A984

Contact blocks

Single-speed N/O ZB2 BE101

Single-speed N/C ZB2 BE102

Contacts blocks for XAC A941p

Single-speed N/C + N/O XEN G1491

2-speed N/C + N/O + N/O XEN G1191

Contact blocks (for mounting in enclosure base)

N/O XAC S101

N/C + N/O XAC S105

Isolating switch, slow break, for front mounting

Emergency stop «N/C+N/C+N/C»

with positive opening operation

XEN T1192

Double blocks latching, slow break

Single-speed N/O + N/O

XEN G3781

Single-speed N/O + N/C

XEN G3791

2/31

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Type Characteristics

Display LCD screen size / Resolution 3.4” / monochrome (200 X 80 pixels) 3.5” / QVGA (320 X 240 pixels)

Type Green, orange, red White, pink, red TFT 65 536 colours

Functions Representation of variables Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, button, light, clock, ﬂ ashing light, keypad

Curves / Alarm logs Yes, with log / Yes, incorporated

Communication Serial link 1 RJ45 (RS 232 - RS 485)

Networks – – Ethernet, IEEE 802.3

10/100 BASE-T, RJ45

Downloadable protocols Mitsubishi (Melsec), Omron (Sysmac), Rockwell Automation (Allen Bradley), Siemens (Simatic)

Uni-TE, Modbus, Modbus TCP

Development software Vijeo Designer VJDpppTGpVppM (on Windows XP, Vista and 7) or Vijeo Designer Limited Edition

Dimensions W x D x H 113×28×78mm Front : 98×16×81mm

Rear : 118×30×98mm

Compatibility with PLCs Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum, Modicon M340

«Compact Flash» card slot No

USB port 1 Host type A + 1 Device type miniB

Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP No No Yes

Supply voltage 24 VDC

References HMI STO511 HMI STO512 HMI STU655

Magelis Small Panels

Magelis STO/STU

with graphic screen

2/32

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Magelis Small Panel

Magelis XBT N

with matrix, semi-graphic screen (1)

Type Characteristics

Display Capacity

2 lines, 20 characters

1 to 4 lines, 5 to 20 characters

Type Back-lit LCD Back-lit LCD

green 3 colours

green, orange, red

Data entry Via keypad with 8 keys (4 customizable keys)

Function Representation of variables Alphanumeric Alphanumeric, bargraph, curves, button and light

Alarm log No Yes Yes Yes

Communication Serial link 1 RJ45 (RS 232 - RS 485) 1 Sub-D25 (RS 232 - RS 485) + 1 miniDin RS232 (2)

Downloadable protocols Uni-TE, Modbus Master Uni-TE, Modbus Master, Siemens,

Rockwell,Omron, Mitsubishi, Zelio (2)

Development software Vijeo Designer Lite (on Windows XP and Vista)

Dimensions W x D x H 132 x 37 x 74 mm

Compatibility with PLCs Twido, Modicon TSX Micro,

Modicon Premium, Modicon M340

Twido, Modicon TSX Micro,

Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum, Modicon

Momentum, Modicon M340, Zelio (2)

Supply voltages 5 VDC or PLC power supply 24 VDC

References XBTN200 XBTN400 XBTN410 XBTN401

(1) Except XBTN200: alphanumeric screen.

(2) For XBTN401 only

Type Characteristics

Display Capacity 1 to 4 lines, 5 to 20 characters

Type Back-lit LCD Back-lit LCD

green 3 colours (green, orange, red)

Data entry Via keypad with 8 keys

Function Representation of variables Alphanumeric, bargraph, curves, button and light

Alarm log Yes

Communication Serial link 1 Sub-D25 1 miniDin RS232 + 1 Sub-D25

Downloadable protocols Modbus Zelio

Development software Vijeo Designer Lite (on Windows XP and Vista)

Dimensions W x D x H 132 x 37 x 74 mm

Compatibility with PLCs Motor starter

Tesys Model U

Zelio

(including connection cable)

Supply voltages 24 VDC

References XBTNU400 XBTNSR2 (3)

(3) Including : 1 XBTN401 + 1 cable SR2CBL08 for Zelio

Magelis XBT N

with matrix, semi-graphic screen, dedicated

2/33

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Magelis

Type Characteristics

Display Capacity 4 lines, 20 characters

Type Back-lit LCD

green

Back-lit LCD, 3 colours

green, orange, red

Data entry Via keypad with 20 keys (12 customizable keys)

Function Representation of variables Alphanumeric, bargraph, curves, button and light

Alarm log Yes Yes Yes

Communication Serial link 1 RJ45 (RS 232 - RS 485) 1 Sub-D25 (RS 232 - RS 485) + 1 miniDin (RS232)

Downloadable protocols Uni-TE, Modbus Master Uni-TE,Modbus Master/Slave (1), Siemens, Rockwell,

Omron, Mitsubishi, Zelio (1)

Development software Vijeo Designer Lite (on Windows XP and Vista)

Dimensions W x D x H 137 x 37 x 118 mm

Compatibility with PLCs Twido, Modicon TSX Micro,

Modicon Premium, Modicon M340

Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum,

Modicon Momentum, Modicon M340, Zelio (1)

Supply voltages 5 VDC or PLC power supply 24 VDC

References XBTR400 XBTR410 XBTR411

(1) For XBTR411 only

Magelis XBT RT

with semi-graphic and touchscreen

Type Characteristics

Display Capacity 10 lines, 33 characters

Type Back-lit LCD green Back-lit LCD green, orange, red

Data entry Via keypad with 12 keys (10 customizable keys) or touchscreen

Functions Representation of variables Alphanumeric, bargraph, curves, button and light

Alarm log Yes Yes

Communication Serial link 1 RJ45 (RS 232 - RS 485) + 1 miniDin (RS232) (2)

Downloadable protocols Uni-TE, Modbus Master, Siemens, Rockwell,Omron, Mitsubishi

Development software Vijeo Designer Lite (on Windows XP and Vista)

Dimensions W x D x H 137 x 37 x 118 mm

Compatibility with PLCs Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon M340, Modicon Quantum, Zelio (2)

Supply voltages 5 VDC or PLC power supply 24 VDC

References XBTRT500 XBTRT511

(2) For XBTRT511 only

Small Panel

Magelis XBT R

with matrix, semi-graphic screen (1)

2/34

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Magelis Advanced Panel

Magelis XBT GT

with 3.8” touchscreen

Type Characteristics

Display LCD screen size / Resolution 3.8” / QVGA

Type STN monochrome, amber or red TFT 256 colour

Functions Representation of variables Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, button, light, clock, ﬂashing light, keypad

Curves / Alarm logs Yes, with log / Yes, incorporated

Communication Serial link 1 RJ45 (RS 232 - RS 485)

Networks – Ethernet, IEEE 802.3

10/100 BASE-T, RJ45

Downloadable protocols Mitsubishi (Melsec), Omron (Sysmac), Rockwell Automation (Allen Bradley), Siemens (Simatic)

Uni-TE, Modbus, Modbus TCP

Development software Vijeo Designer VJDpppTGpVppM (on Windows XP, Vista and 7)

Dimensions W x D x H 130x41x104mm

Compatibility with PLCs Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum, Modicon M340

«Compact Flash» card slot No

USB port Host type A 1 1 1

Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP No Yes

Supply voltage 24 VDC

References XBTGT1105 XBTGT1135 XBTGT1335

Magelis XBT GT

with 5.7” touchscreen

Type

Type Characteristics

Display LCD screen size / Resolution 5.7” / QVGA 5.7” / VGA

Type STN Monochrome STN, colour TFT, colour 65536 colours

Blue

backlighting

Black and White

backlighting

4096 colours

High brightness

backlighting

Functions Representation of variables Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, button, light, clock, ﬂashing light, keypad

Curves / Alarm logs Yes, with log / Yes, incorporated

Communication Serial link 1 Sub-D9 (RS 232/RS 422 - RS 485) + 1 RJ45 (RS 485)

Networks

–

Ethernet, IEEE 802.3

–

Ethernet, IEEE 802.3 Ethernet Ethernet, IEEE 802.3

10/100 BASE-T, RJ45 10/100 BASE-T, RJ45 10/100 BASE-T 10/100 BASE-T, RJ45

Downloadable protocols Mitsubishi (Melsec), Omron (Sysmac), Rockwell Automation (Allen Bradley), Siemens (Simatic)

Uni-TE, Modbus, Modbus TCP/IP

Development software Vijeo Designer VJDpppTGpVppM (on Windows XP, Vista and 7)

Dimensions W x D x H 167.5x60x135mm

Compatibility with PLCs Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum, Modicon M340, Modicon Momentum

«Compact Flash» card slot No Yes

USB port Host type A 1 2

Video in No

Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP No No Yes No Yes Yes Yes

Supply voltage 24 VDC

References XBTGT2110 XBTGT2120 XBTGT2130 XBTGT2220 XBTGT2330 XBTGT2930 XBTGT2430

2/35

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Magelis Advanced Panel

Magelis XBT GT

with 7.5” and 10.4” touchscreen

Type Characteristics

Display LCD screen size / Resolution 7.5” / VGA 10.4” / VGA 10,4” / SVGA

Type (colour) STN TFT TFT STN TFT TFT TFT

Number of colours 4096 65536 65536 4096 65536 65536 65536

Functions Representation of variables Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, button, light, clock, ﬂashing light, keypad

Curves / Alarm logs Yes, with log / Yes, incorporated

Communication Serial link 1 Sub-D9 (RS 232/RS 422 - RS 485) + 1 RJ45 (RS 485)

Networks Ethernet, IEEE 802.3 10/100 BASE-T, RJ 45

Downloadable protocols Mitsubishi (Melsec), Omron (Sysmac), Rockwell Automation (Allen Bradley), Siemens (Simatic)

Uni-TE, Modbus, Modbus TCP/IP

Development software Vijeo Designer VJDpppTGpVppM (on Windows XP, Vista and 7)

Dimensions W x D x H (mm) 215x60x170 313x56x239 271x57x213

Compatibility with PLCs Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum, Modicon M340

«Compact Flash» card slot Yes

USB port Host type A 1112222

Video in No No Yes No No Yes No

Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP Yes

Supply voltage 24 VDC

References XBTGT4230 XBTGT4330 XBTGT4340 XBTGT5230 XBTGT5330 XBTGT5340 XBTGT5430

Magelis XBT GT

with 12.1” and 15” touchscreen

Type Characteristics

Display LCD screen size / Resolution 12,1” / SVGA 15” / XGA

Type (colour) TFT TFT TFT

Number of colours 65536 65536 65536

Functions Representation of variables Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, button, light, clock, ﬂashing light, keypad

Curves / Alarm logs Yes, with log / Yes, incorporated

Communication Serial link 1 Sub-D9 (RS 232/RS 422 - RS 485) + 1 RJ45 (RS 485)

Networks Ethernet, IEEE 802.3 10/100 BASE-T, RJ 45BASE-T, RJ 45

Downloadable protocols Mitsubishi (Melsec), Omron (Sysmac), Rockwell Automation (Allen Bradley), Siemens (Simatic)

Uni-TE, Modbus, Modbus TCP/IP

Development software Vijeo Designer VJDpppTGpVppM (on Windows XP, Vista and 7)

Dimensions W x D x H (mm) 313x56x239 395x60x294

Compatibility with PLCs Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum, Modicon M340

«Compact Flash» card slot Yes

USB port Host type A 2

Video in No Yes Yes

Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP Yes

Supply voltage 24 VDC

References XBTGT6330 XBTGT6340 XBTGT7340

New

2/36

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Magelis

Type Characteristics

Pre-installed Software

OS: Windows XP Embedded, Internet Explorer, Ofﬁce & Acrobat Reader, .NET, Vijeo Designer Run Time unlimited

– Vijeo Citect Web Client

Touchscreen 8.4 LCD TFT 12 LCD TFT 15 LCD TFT

Resolution SVGA 800 x 600 SVGA 800 x 600 XGA 1024 x 768

Font panel ports – 1 x USB 1 x USB

Processor Celeron M @ 600 MHz Celeron M @ 1 GHz Celeron M @ 600 MHz

RAM 512MB ► 1024MB 512MB ► 1024MB 512MB ► 1024MB

Storage CF 1GB expandable to 4GB CF 2GB expandable to 4GB CF 2GB expandable to 4GB

Extension – 1 x PCMCIA slot

(for 1 type II card)

1 PCMCIA slot (for 1 type III card

or 2 type I cards)

Ethernet ports 2 (10/100/1G + 10/100) 2 (10/100/1G + 10/100) 2 (10/100/1G + 10/100)

Ports I/O 4 x USB, 2 x RS232 4 x USB, 1 x RS232 4 x USB, 2 x RS232

Power supply 24 VDC 24 VDC 24 VDC

Dimension 230 x 177 x 65 313 x 239 x 60 395 x 294 x 65

References XBTGTW450 XBTGTW652 XBTGTW750

Advanced Panel

Magelis XBT GK

with touchscreen and keypad

Magelis XBT GTW

with 8.4”, 12”, 15” touchscreen

Type Characteristics

Display Screen size / Resolution 5.7” / QVGA 10.4” / VGA

Type STN monochrome

black and white

TFT Colour

65536 colours

Data entry Soft function keys with LED 14 18

Static function keys with LED 10 + legends 12 + legends

Service keys / Alphanumeric keys 8 / 12

Touchscreen and industrial pointer Yes

Functions Representation of variables Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, button, light, clock, ﬂashing light, keypad

Curves Yes, with log

Alarm logs Yes

Communication Serial link 1 Sub-D9 (RS 232/RS 422 - RS 485) + 1 RJ45 (RS 485)

Networks – Ethernet, IEEE 802.3 10/100 BASE-T, RJ 45

Downloadable protocols Mitsubishi (Melsec), Omron (Sysmac), Rockwell Automation (Allen Bradley), Siemens (Simatic)

Uni-TE, Modbus, Modbus TCP/IP

Development software Vijeo Designer VJDpppTGpVppM (on Windows XP, Vista and 7)

«Compact Flash» card slot Yes

Dimensions W x D x H 220,3x88x265mm 296x91x332mm 197x92,6x147mm

Compatibility with PLCs Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum, Modicon M340

USB port 112

Video in No No No

Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP No Yes

Supply voltage 24 VDC

References XBTGK2120 XBTGK2330 XBTGK5330

2/37

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Magelis

Type

Characteristics

Screen

Display screen size / Resolution

5,7" / VGA

Type (colour)

TFT

Number of colours

65 536

Data entry Function keys 11 + label

Operaton key 1 with LED (validation touchscreen)

Safety components Key Switch Yes for ON/OFF

3 positions Enable switch Yes, OK signal in intermediate position only

Emergency stop Yes, red with 2 safe contacts and one auxiliary contact

Functions Representation of variables Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, button, light, clock, ﬂ ashing light, keypad

Curves / Alarm historic Yes, with log / Yes, incorporated

Connection 24-pins connector (communication, alimentation, I/O)

Downloadable protocols Mitsubishi (Melsec), Omron (Sysmac), Rockwell Automation (Allen Bradley), Siemens (Simatic)

Uni-TE, Modbus, Modbus TCP/IP

Development software Vijeo Designer VJDpppTGpVppM (on Windows XP, Vista and 7)

«Compact Flash» card slot

Yes

Dimensions W x D x H (mm)

224 x 174 x 87,1

USB port

Supply voltage

24 VDC

Reference

XBT GH2460

+Cable interface connection with junction box

Type of connector 2 x 24-pins speed connectors

Length 3 m 10 m

Reference XBTZGHL3 XBTZGHL10

+Junction box connection with PLCs

Communcation Serial link 1 SubD9 (RS232 / RS422 - RS 425)

Network 1 Ethernet RJ45 IEEE 802.3 10/100 T-BASE,

Connection 24 pins connector Interface cable 3 or 10 m

Screw terminals blocks For alimentation 24 VDC, state of I/O safety components

Reference XBTZGJBOX

Advanced Panel

Magelis XBT GH

with 5.7” touchscreen

2/38

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Magelis

All in One

Advanced Panel

Accessories

Connection cables PC to Magelis transfer cables

2.5 m 2 m 1,8 m

Application PC to

XBTN / R / RT

PC to

XBTGT / GK / GTW

PC to HMI STO/STU

Type of connector RJ45/RJ45 USB/USB

Physical link RS 485 –

References XBTZ925 (1) XBTZG935 BMXXCAUSBH018

(1) Adaptor TSXCUSB485 for linking USB port of PC, to be used with connecting cables XBTZ925

Cards and gateways for ﬁeldbus Modbus Plus FIPWAY / FIPIO Proﬁbus DP Device Net

Application XBTGT/GK

References XBTZGUMP TSXCUSBFIP XBTZGPDP XBTZGDVN

Connection cables PLC connection cables (2.5 m)

Application XBTN401,

XBTR411,

XBTRT511,

Zelio

XBTGT, GK, N200, N400, R400

XBTGT,GK,GTW

XBT N410, N401, R410, R411

RT, HMI STO/STU to: to:

Modicon M340 Twido,

Modicon Quantum

Twido

Modicon Quantum

Modicon M340

Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon TSX Micro,

Modicon Premium Modicon Premium

Type of connector

miniDin, Zelio port

RJ45/RJ45 RJ45 / MiniDin

SUB D 9 / SUB D 9 MiniDin / SUB D 25

SUB D 9 / SUB D 25

RJ45 / SUB D 25

Physical link RS 232 RS 485 RS 485 RS 232 RS 485 RS 232 RS 485

References SR2CBL08 XBTZ9980 XBTZ9780 990NAA26320 XBTZ968 XBTZ9710 XBTZ938

«Compact Flash» card

Memory 128 Mo 256 Mo 512 Mo 1 Go 2 Go 4 Go

Application XBT GT / GK / GH / GTW

References XBTZGM128 XBTZGM256 MPCYN00CFE00N MPCYN00CF100N MPCYN00CF200N MPCYN00CF400N

Connection cables off-set USB

Application XBT GT / GC / GK / GTW and HMI STO / STU HMI STO/STU

Type of connector USB A / USB A USB miniB / USB miniB

Reference XBTZGUSB HMIZSUSBB

Certiﬁcations Magelis XBT range: Depending on model*

* For more information, consult your HMI catalog.

2/39

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Magelis

All in One

HMI Controllers

Magelis XBT GC

Compact HMI Controller

Type Characteristics

Display LCD screen size / Resolution 3,8” / QVGA 5,7” / QVGA

Type STN monochrome, amber or red STN monochrome, gray STN 4096 colours

Functions Representation of variables Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, button, light, clock, ﬂashing light, keypad

Curves / Alarm logs Yes, with log / Yes, incorporated

Control 5 languages IEC

Communication Serial link – 1 Sub9 (RS 232/RS 422 - RS 485)

Networks – –

Ethernet, IEEE 802.3

10/100 BASE-T, RJ45

Downloadable protocols Mitsubishi (Melsec), Omron (Sysmac), Rockwell Automation (Allen Bradley), Siemens (Simatic)

Uni-TE, Modbus, Modbus TCP

Development software SoMachine (on Windows XP and Vista)

Dimensions W x D x H 130x76x104mm 207x76x157mm

Compatibility with PLCs Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum, Modicon M340

«Compact Flash» card slot No

USB port Host type A 111

Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP No No Yes

Integrated I/O 12I/6O 24 VDC 16I/16O 24 VDC

Extensions 2 modules TM2

or CANopen module

3 modules TM2

or CANopen module

Supply voltage 24 VDC

References

Source Output

XBTGC1100T XBTGC2120T XBTGC2230T

Sink Output

XBTGC1100U XBTGC2120U XBTGC2230U

Extensions

Type of module CANopen Master

Characteristics Class M10 limited 16 slaves, Standard DS301 V4.O2

References XBTZGCCAN

Type of module Digitals Inputs / Outputs

Characteristics 8I

24 VDC

Screw terminal

16I

24 VDC

Screw terminal

16I

24 VDC

HE10

32I

24 VDC

HE10

120 VAC

Screw terminal

4I 24 VDC

4O Relays

Screw terminal

16I 24 VDC

8O Relays

Screw terminal

References TM2DDI8DT TM2DDI16DT TM2DDI16DK TM2DDI32DK TM2DAI8DT TM2DMM8DRT

TM2DMM24DRF

Type of module Digitals Inputs / Outputs

Characteristics 8O Transistor

24 VDC

Screw terminal

16O Transistor

24 VDC

HE10

32O Transistor

24 VDC

HE10

8O Relays

230 VAC 30 VDC

Screw terminal

16O Relays

230 VAC 30 VDC

Screw terminal

References

Source Output

TM2DD08TT TM2DD016TK TM2DD032TK TM2DRA8RT TM2DRA16RT

Sink Output

TM2DD08UT TM2DD016UK TM2DD032UK ––

Type of module Analog Inputs / Outputs

Characteristics 2I Current/Voltage 2I Thermocouple 4I Current/Voltage

Temperature

8I Current/Voltage 8I Temperature 8I PTC

References TM2AMI2HT TM2AMI2LT TM2AMI4LT TM2AMI8HT TM2ARI8LRJ

TM2ARI8LT

TM2ARI8HT

Type of module Analog Inputs / Outputs

Characteristics 1O Current/Voltage 2O Voltage 2I Current/Voltage

1O Current/Voltage

2I Temperature

1O Current/Voltage

4I Current/Voltage

2O Current/Voltage

References TM2AMO1HT TM2AVO2HT TM2AMM3HT TM2ALM3LT TM2AMM6HT

2/40

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Magelis

All in One

Compact Compact Compact

iPC 8.4” iPC 12” iPC 15”

Pre-installed Software

Windows XP PRO, Vijeo Designer Run Time Demo

Touch screen

8.4” LCD TFT 12” LCD TFT 15” LCD TFT

Resolution

SVGA 800x600 XGA 1024x768 XGA 1024x768

Front side port

– 1 x USB 1 x USB

Processor

Celeron M@1GHz Celeron M@1.5 GHz Pentium M@1.6GHz

RAM

512MB ► 1024MB 512MB ► 1024MB 512MB ► 2GB

1,5GB ► 2GB

Drive devices – – DVD writer

Storage

HDD ≥ 80 GB

HDD ≥ 160 GB or

Flash

disk

15 GB

HDD ≥ 80 GB or

Flash

disk

15 GB

Extension

–

1 PCMCIA slot

(for 1 type II card)

1 PCMCIA slot (for 1 type III card or 2 type I card)

Ethernet ports

2 (10/100/1G + 10/100) 2 (10/100/1G + 10/100) 2 (10/100/1G + 10/100)

I/O ports

4 x USB, 2 x RS 232 4 x USB, 1 x RS 232 4 x USB, 4 x RS 232

Certiﬁcation

UL508, CSA

UL508, CSA, UL1604 (Haz-Loc Class 1, Div 2)

Dimensions 230 x 177 x 120 313 x 239 x 100 395 x 294 x 100

General Purpose

License VJDSNRTMPC for Vijeo

Designer Run Time ≥ 5.1,

unlimited,

to be ordered separately.

AC MPCKT12NAX00N

MPCKT22NAX20N

MPCKT55NAX20N –

(Hard Drive) DC – – MPCKT55NDX20N –

Heavy Duty

AC – MPCKT22MAX20N MPCKT55MAX20N –

(

Flash disk

)SCADA Edition (Vijeo Citect)

Vijeo Citect Lite 1200 I/O

–––

MPCKT55MAX20L

Vijeo Citect Full 500 I/O

–––

MPCKT55MAX20V

Magelis Compact iPC

with 8.4”, 12”, 15” touchscreen

Smart 8.4 Smart 12 Smart 15

Pre-installed Software

OS: Windows XP Embedded, Internet Explorer, Ofﬁce & Acrobat Reader, .NET

– Vijeo Designer Runtime demo, Vijeo Citect Web Client

Touch screen

8.4” LCD TFT 12” LCD TFT 15” LCD TFT

Resolution SVGA 800x600 SVGA 800x600 XGA 1024x768

Front side port

– 1 x USB 1 x USB

Processor Celeron M@600MHz Celeron M@1GHz Celeron M@600MHz

RAM 512MB ► 1024MB 512MB ► 1024MB 512MB ► 1024MB

Storage

CF 1GB expandable to 4GB CF 2GB expandable to 4GB CF 2GB expandable to 4GB

Extension – 1 x PCMCIA slot

(for 1 type II card)

1 PCMCIA slot (for 1 type III card

or 2 type I cards)

Ethernet ports

2 (10/100/1G + 10/100) 2 (10/100/1G + 10/100) 2 (10/100/1G + 10/100)

I/O ports

4 x USB, 2 x RS 232 4 x USB, RS 232 4 x USB, RS 232

Certiﬁcation UL 508, CSA 142, Marine (1) UL 508, CSA 142

UL1604 (Haz-Loc Class 1 Div 2)

(1)

Dimensions 230 x 177 x 65 313 x 239 x 60 395 x 294 x 65

iPC without maintenance License VJDSNRTMPC for Vijeo

Designer Run Time ≥ 5.1,

unlimited,

to be ordered separately.

AC MPCST11NAJ00T MPCST21NAJ20T MPCST52NAJ20T

(

Compact Flash disk

)DC MPCST11NDJ00T MPCST21NDJ20T MPCST52NDJ20T

(1) DC version, only

PC Panels

Magelis Smart

with 8.4”, 12”, 15” touchscreen

2/41

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Magelis

BOX

Embedded BOX and PC BOX

Magelis Smart BOX,

Magelis Compact PC BOX

Smart BOX Compact PC BOX

Pre-installed Software

Windows XP PRO, Vijeo Designer Run Time Demo

Processor Celeron M@600MHz Celeron M@1GHz

RAM Default ► Max 256MB ► 1024MB 512MB ► 1024MB

Storage CF 1 GB HDD ≥ 80 GB

Drives ––

Extension – 1 x PCI

Video ports 1 x RGB 1 x RGB

Ethernet ports 2 (10/100/1G + 10/100) 2 (10/100/1G + 10/100)

I/O ports 4 x USB, 2 x RS 232 4 x USB, 2 x RS 232

Certiﬁcation UL508, CSA, UL1604 (Haz-Loc Class 1 Div 2),

ATEX2-22, Marine DNV (1)

UL508, CSA

Connection for iDisplay Ye s Ye s

for Front Panel No No

Dimensions 218 x 165 x 65 218 x 165 x 115

iPC General Purpose License VJDSNRTMPC for Vijeo

Designer Run Time ≥ 5.1,

unlimited,

to be ordered separately.

AC – MPCKN02NAX00N

(Hard Drive)

iPC without maintenance License VJDSNRTMPC for Vijeo

Designer Run Time ≥ 5.1,

unlimited,

to be ordered separately.

AC MPCSN01NAJ00T (2) –

(Compact Flash disk) DC MPCSN01NDJ00T –

(1) Marine DNV and Atex 2-22 on DC version only

(2) With delivered external alimentation adaptator

Flex PC BOX F Flex PC BOX H

Pre-installed Software

Windows XP PRO, Vijeo Designer Run Time Demo

Processor Celeron

M1,86Ghz

Core Duo 2Ghz Celeron

M1,86Ghz

Core Duo 2Ghz

RAM Default ► Max 512MB>2GB 1GB>2GB 2GB 512MB>2GB 1GB>2GB 2GB

Storage HDD ≥ 160GB with option RAID

or Flash Disk 15GB

HDD ≥ 160GB with option RAID

or Flash Disk 15GB

Drives Reader DVD Engraver DVD Reader DVD

Extension 2PCI 4PCI

Video ports 1 x DVI-I (RGB)

Ethernet ports 2 (10/100/1 G + 10/100)

I/O ports 4 x USB, 4 x RS 232

Certiﬁcation UL508, cUL, UL1604 (Haz-Loc Class 1 Div 2), ATEX2-22 (1)

Connection for iDisplay Yes

for Front Panel Yes

Dimensions 243 x 160 x 289 243 x 205 x 289

iPC General Purpose License VJDSNRTMPC for Vijeo

Designer Run Time ≥ 5.1,

unlimited,

to be ordered separately.

MPCFN02NAX00N MPCFN05NAX00N

–

MPCHN02NAX00N MPCHN05NAX00N

–

(Hard Drive) DC

MPCFN02NDX00N MPCFN05NDX00N

–

MPCHN02NDX00N MPCHN05NDX00N

–

Heavy Duty (Flash disk) AC

–

MPCFN05MAX00N

––

MPCHN05MAX00N

–

Heavy Duty (Flash disk) Vijeo Citect full 500 I/O AC

––

MPCFN05MAX00V

––

MPCHN05MAX00V

(1) Atex 2/22 for DC version only

Magelis Flex PC BOX

2/42

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Front Panel

Magelis iPC

To be connected only with Magelis Flex PC BOX

”

touch & keypad 15

”

touch 19

”

touch

Touchscreen

15” LCD TFT 15” LCD TFT 19” LCD TFT

Resolution XGA 1024x768 XGA 1024x768 SXGA 1280x1024

Front side port

1 x USB 1 x USB 1 x USB

Video ports

1 x VGA & 1 x DVI 1 x VGA & 1 x DVI 1 x VGA & 1 x DVI

Touchscreen ports

1 x USB & 1 x RS 232 1 x USB & 1 x RS 232 1 x USB & 1 x RS 232

Power supply 100…240VAC 100…240VAC 100…240VAC

Certiﬁcation UL508, CSA UL508, CSA UL508, CSA

Dimensions 483 x 365 x 65 395 x 294 x 60 460 x 390 x 65

References MPCNB50NAN00N MPCYT50NAN00N MPCYT90NAN00N

Magelis

Front Panel

12” touch & keypad 15” touch & keypad

”

touch 19

”

touch

Touchscreen

12” LCD TFT 15” LCD TFT 15” LCD TFT 19” LCD TFT

Resolution SVGA 800x600 XGA 1024x768 XGA 1024x768 SXGA 1280x1024

Front side port

1 x USB 1 x USB 1 x USB 1 x USB

Dimensions 420 x 320 x 31 483 x 365 x 31 420 x 320 x 31 460 x 390 x 44

References MPCYB20NNN00N MPCYB50NNN00N MPCYT50NNN00N MPCYT90NNN00N

Industrial Display

Magelis iDisplay

with 15”, 19” touchscreen

2/43

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Vijeo Designer Lite

Selection guide

Number of licenses Composition References

Single (1) Without cable VJDSNDTMSVppM

With USB cable VJDSUDTMSVppM

Conﬁguration software

Magelis XBT N, R, RT

Vijeo Designer Lite conﬁguration software enables the creation of simple operator dialogue applications

on Magelis XBT N, R and RT Small Panel ranges.

It also enables transparent recovery of all applications for Magelis XBT N and R produced using its

predecessor: XBT L1000.

For simpliﬁed installation and improved consistency, Vijeo Designer Lite retains the main characteristics

of Vijeo Designer software (ergonomics, interface ...) which has become the reference in the HMI ﬁeld.

Conﬁguration

Vijeo Designer Lite software enables fast and easy creation of different types of pages (application page,

alarm pages, help pages...) and the installation of navigation between pages.

It offers:

- Graphic objects developed for Magelis XBT RT (bar charts, trend curves...)

- Character fonts Byzantine, simpliﬁed Chinese, Cyrillic, Japanese

- Project reports

- Application simulation on PC

- Six languages : English, French, German, Italian, Spanish and Chinese.

Software is delivered on CD-ROM and can be executed under Windows 2000, XP and Vista.

pp represents version number.

These references are downlodable on Schneider-Electric.com

2/44

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Conﬁguration software

Magelis STO/STU, XBT GT, GK, GTW, GH

Magelis Smart, Compact iPC and PC BOX*

Vijeo Designer

Vijeo Designer conﬁguration software enables creation of automated system control operator dialogue

applications for Magelis STO/STU, XBT GT, GK, GTW, GH terminals and Smart & Compact iPC and

PC BOX. It also enables management of the multimedia functions of XBT GTW and Smart & Compact

iPC (video and audio) and offers users of Ethernet terminals and iPC remote access via a Web browser

(WEB Gate function).

Conﬁguration

Vijeo Designer conﬁguration software enables fast, simple processing of operator dialogue projects

thanks to its ergonomics, developed around 6 conﬁgurable windows.

It also offers comprehensive application management tools:

. Project creation; projects comprising one or several targets (terminal or iPC).

. Recipe editor (32 groups of 256 recipes of max. 1024 ingredients).

. User action list (eg. script) for application adaptability.

. Application variable cross-referencing.

. Vectorial graphic library for more attractive graphic screens.

. Application block diagram documentation.

. Simulation mode for simple design ofﬁce application testing.

. High-performance graphic editor for simple block diagram creation (over 30 animated preconﬁgured generic

objects).

. Support of layers and masks for faster development.

. Data sharing (up to 300 variables on 8 terminals).

. Management of 40 alphabet (including simpliﬁed Chinese, Korean, Arabic and Hebrew) with the

opportunity to have 15 languages per application and dynamic change.

. Programmable controller database sharing (Unity Pro, PL7, Concept, TwidoSoft, ProWORX, ModSoft),

process variables or operators actions

. Advanced traceability function (periodic, at event or on request).

. Project backup on terminal for simple maintenance.

. User-friendly data recovery tool.

. Support of standard USB peripherals (USB key up to 4 GB).

. Support of external USB keyboards and mice.

. Integration with Schneider Electric equipment (buffer diag., variables access, Unity DDT and unlocated

variables.)

. Event-triggered e-mail funtion

. Over 35 third party protocols

. Multilingual software : English, French, German, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese and Simpliﬁed Chinese.

. Printing function

The Vijeo Designer Limited Edition, downloadable or free access allows you to conﬁgure the Magelis

STO/STU.

* Available with Vijeo Designer ≥ 5.0

Navigator Application

Property

Inspector

Feedback zone Animated

graphical

objects

library

Selection guide

The software is supplied on DVD and runs under Windows XP, Windows Vista and Windows 7.

pp represent the version number.

Number of licences Composition References

Single (1) Without cable VJDSNDTGSVppM

With USB cable VJDSUDTGSVppM

Group (3) Without cable VJDGNDTGSVppM

Team (10) Without cable VJDTNDTGSVppM

Facility (Unlimited) Without cable VJDFNDTGSVppM

Runtime pour Magelis iPC Composition References

Single (1) Without cable VJDSNRTMPC

2/45

Today automation is everywhere.

To answer your needs Schneider Electric

provides a very complete offer of

automation products, in a wide range

of applications.

Beneﬁt from competitive and efﬁcient

products tailor-made to reduce your

energy consumption and increase the

safety of personnel and equipment while

protecting the environment.

Zelio

Intended for all automation applications using

cabled logic and for complementing PLCs using

simple functions (counting, monitoring and

measurement…), the Zelio relay offer assures

optimum results due to its single-function

products.

Modicon

Increase productivity, optimize ﬂexibility, and

ensure the safety of humans and machines are

the main objectives in industrial competition

today.

The Modicon automation platforms incorporate

the latest performing technology, in conformity

with the international standards. They are easy

to use and ready to integrate your automated

systems.

Automation



This document is a selection of

the top selling products.

3/1

Relays

Electromechanical plug-in relays, Zelio Relay .................................................................. 3/2 to 3/4

Solid-state relays, Zelio Relay .................................................................................................... 3/5

Control and measurement relays, Zelio Control ............................................................ 3/6 to 3/10

Counters, Zelio Count ...............................................................................................................3/11

Timing relays, Zelio Time .............................................................................................. 3/12 to 3/13

Analog interface, Zelio analog ...................................................................................... 3/14 to 3/15

Smart relays, Zelio Logic .............................................................................................. 3/16 to 3/17

Programmable controllers

Programmable controllers, Twido ................................................................................. 3/18 to 3/21

Programmable Automation Controllers

Programmable Automation Controllers, Modicon M340 ............................................... 3/22 to 3/29

Programmable Automation Controllers, Modicon Premium ......................................... 3/30 to 3/37

Programmable Automation Controllers, Modicon Quantum ........................................ 3/38 to 3/45

Software

Programming software, Zelio Soft 2 ......................................................................................... 3/17

Programming software, Twido Suite ......................................................................................... 3/20

Conﬁguration software, Unity Pro ................................................................................. 3/46 to 3/47

Programming software, PL7, Concept, ProWORX32 .................................................. 3/48 to 3/49

SCADA software, Vijeo Citect .................................................................................................. 3/50

Reporting software, Vijeo Historian ......................................................................................... 3/51

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Electromechanical plug-in relays

Interface and miniature relays

Type of relay Interface relays Miniature relays

RSB RXM

Contact characteristics

Thermal current Ith in A (temperature ≤ 55°C) 81216121063

Number of contacts 2 “C/O” 1 “C/O” 1 “C/O” 2 “C/O” 3 “C/O” 4 “C/O” 4 “C/O”

Contact material AgNi AgNi AgNi AgNi AgNi AgNi AgAu

Switching voltage, min. / max. 5 / 250 VAC/DC 12 / 250 VAC/DC

Switching capacity, min. / max. (mA / VA) 5 / 2000 5 / 3000 5 / 4000 10 / 3000 10 / 2500 10 / 1500 2 / 1500

Coil characteristics

Average consumption, inrush, 0.75 VA / 0.45 W 1.2 VA / 0.9 W

Permissible voltage variation 0.8/0.85…1.1 Un (50/ 60Hz or =) 0.8…1.1 Un (50 / 60Hz or =)

References (1) (1) (1) (2) (2) (2)

Coil supply voltage 6 VDC

RSB2A080RD RSB1A120RD RSB1A160RD

––––

on DC 12 VDC

RSB2A080JD RSB1A120JD RSB1A160JD RXM2AB2JD RXM3AB2JD RXM4AB2JD RXM4GB2JD

24 VDC

B2A080BD RSB1A120BD RSB1A160BD RXM2AB2BD RXM3AB2BD RXM4AB2BD RXM4GB2BD

48 VDC

RSB2A080ED RSB1A120ED RSB1A160ED RXM2AB2ED RXM3AB2ED RXM4AB2ED RXM4GB2ED

60 VDC

RSB2A080ND RSB1A120ND RSB1A160ND

––––

110 VDC

RSB2A080FD RSB1A120FD RSB1A160FD RXM2AB2FD RXM3AB2ED RXM4AB2ED RXM4GB2ED

Coil supply voltage 24 VAC

RSB2A080B7 RSB1A120B7 RSB1A160B7 RXM2AB2B7 RXM3AB2B7 RXM4AB2B7 RXM4GB2B7

on AC 48 VAC

RSB2A080E7 RSB1A120E7 RSB1A160E7 RXM2AB2E7 RXM3AB2E7 RXM4AB2E7 RXM4GB2E7

120 VAC

RSB2A080F7 RSB1A120F7 RSB1A160F7 RXM2AB2F7 RXM3AB2F7 RXM4AB2F7 RXM4GB2F7

220 VAC

RSB2A080M7 RSB1A120M7 RSB1A160M7

––––

230 VAC

RSB2A080P7 RSB1A120P7 RSB1A160P7 RXM2AB2P7 RXM3AB2P7 RXM4AB2P7 RXM4GB2P7

240 VAC

RSB2A080U7 RSB1A120U7 RSB1A160U7

–––RXM4GB2U7

Sockets for relays

Type of socket For interface relays RSB For miniature relays RXM

Mixed input/output type sockets with location for protection module

–––

RXZE2M114(5)

–RXZE2M114 RXZE2M114

–––

RXZE2M114M(5)

–

RXZE2M114M RXZE2M114M

Separate input/output type sockets with location for protection module

RSZE1S48M RSZE1S35M

RSZE1S48M(3)

RXZE2S108M RXZE2S111M RXZE2S114M RXZE2S114M

Protection modules

Diode 6…230 VDC RZM040W RXM040W

RC circuit 24…60 VAC RZM041BN7 RXM041BN7

110…240 VAC RZM041FU7 RXM041FU7

Varistor 6…24 VDC or AC RZM021RB (6) RXM021RB

24…60 VDC or AC RZM021BN (6) RXM021BN

110…230 VDC or AC RZM021FP (6) RXM021FP

24 VDC or AC ––

240 VDC or AC ––

Multifunction timer module 24…230 VDC or AC ––

Accessories

Plastic maintaining clamp RSZR215 RXZR335

Metal maintaining clamp –RXZ400

Label for socket RSZL300 RXZL420 (except RXZE2M114)

Bus jumper 2 poles – RXZS2

DIN rail adapter –RXZE2DA

Panel mounting adapter –RXZE2FA

(1)

References for relays without socket, for relays with socket, add the letter S to the end of the selected reference. (Example: RSB2A080B7 becomes RSB2A080B7S).

(2) References for relays with LED, for relays without LED, replace the number 1 in the reference by 2. (Example: RXM2AB2JD becomes RXM2AB1JD)

(3) To use RSB 1A160 pp relay with socket, terminals must be interconnected

Zelio Relay

3/2

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Universal and power relays

Universal relays Power relays

RUM RPM RPF

Cylindrics Faston

10 10 3 10 10 15 15 15 15 30 (4) 30 (4)

2 “C/O” 3 “C/O” 3 “C/O” 2 “C/O” 3 “C/O” 1 “C/O” 2 “C/O” 3 “C/O” 4 “C/O” 2 “N/O” 2 “C/O”

AgNi AgNi AgAu AgNi AgNi AgNi AgNi AgNi AgNi AgSnO

AgSnO

12 / 250 VAC/DC 12 / 250 VAC/DC 12 / 250 VAC/DC

10 / 2500 10 / 2500 3 / 750 10 / 2500 10 / 2500 100 / 3750 100 / 3750 100 / 3750 100 / 3750 100 / 7200 100 / 7200

2…3 VA / 1.4 W 0.9 VA / 0.7 W 1.2 VA / 0.9 W 1.5 VA / 1.7 W 1.5 VA / 2 W 4 VA / 1.7 W

(2) (2) – (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) – –

–––––––––––

RUMC2AB2JD RUMC3AB2JD –RUMF2AB2JD RUMF3AB2JD RPM12JD RPM22JD RPM32JD RPM42JD RPF2AJD RPF2BJD

RUMC2AB2BD RUMC3AB2BD RUMC3GB2BD RUMF2AB2BD RUMF3AB2BD RPM12BD RPM22BD RPM32BD RPM42BD RPF2ABD RPF2BBD

RUMC2AB2ED RUMC3AB2ED RUMC3GB2ED RUMF2AB2ED RUMF3AB2ED RPM12ED RPM22ED RPM32ED RPM42ED

––

–––––––––––

RUMC2AB2FD RUMC3AB2FD –RUMF2AB2FD RUMF3AB2FD RPM12FD RPM22FD RPM32FD RPM42FD RPF2AFD RPF2BFD

RUMC2AB2B7 RUMC3AB2B7 RUMC3GB2B7 RUMF2AB2B7 RUMF3AB2B7 RPM12B7 RPM22B7 RPM32B7 RPM42B7 RPF2AB7 RPF2BB7

RUMC2AB2E7 RUMC3AB2E7 RUMC3GB2E7 RUMF2AB2E7 RUMF3AB2E7 RPM12E7 RPM22E7 RPM32E7 RPM42E7

––

RUMC2AB2F7 RUMC3AB2F7 RUMC3GB2F7 RUMF2AB2F7 RUMF3AB2F7 RPM12F7 RPM22F7 RPM32F7 RPM42F7 RPF2AF7 RPF2BF7

–––––––––––

RUMC2AB2P7 RUMC3AB2P7 RUMC3GB2P7 RUMF2AB2P7 RUMF3AB2P7 RPM12P7 RPM22P7 RPM32P7 RPM42P7 RPF2AP7 RPF2BP7

–––––––––––

For universal relays RUM For power relays RPM For power relays

RPF

RUZC2M RUZC3M RUZC3M ––RPZF1 RPZF2 RPZF3 RPZF4 –

––––––––––

RUZSC2M RUZSC3M RUZSC3M RUZSF3M RUZSF3M –––––

1 and 2 poles 3 and 4 poles

RUW240BD RXM040W RUW240BD –

–RXM041BN7 ––

RUW241P7 RXM041FU7 RUW241P7 –

–RXM021RB ––

–RXM021BN ––

–RXM021FP ––

RUW242B7 RUW242B7 ––

RUW242P7 – RUW242P7 –

RUW101MW –RUW101MW –

–––

RUZC200 RPZF1 (for 1 pole relays) –

RUZL420 ––

RUZS2 ––

–RPZ1DA RXZE2DA RPZ3DA RPZ4DA –

–RPZ1FA RXZE2FA RPZ3FA RPZ4FA –

(4) 30A with 13 mm space between relays; 25 A when relay mounting side by side

(5) Max 10 A operating

(6) With LED

3/3

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Electromechanical plug-in relays

RSL relays mounted on sockets

Zelio Relay

Type of relay Pre-assembled equipped with LED and protection circuit

Sold in lots of 10

Contact characteristics

Thermal current Ith in A 6

Number of contacts 1 C/O

Contact material AgSnO2

Switching voltage, min/max 12 / 300 V AC/DC

Switching capacity min/max (mA /VA) 100 / 1500

Coil characteristics

Average consumption, inrush 0.17 W

permissible voltage variation -10% / +15%

Socket connexion Screw connector Spring terminal

Socket supply voltage Coil supply voltage

References 12 V AC/DC 12 V DC RSL1PVJU RSL1PRJU

24 V AC/DC 24 V DC RSL1PVBU RSL1PRBU

48 V AC/DC 48 V DC RSL1PVEU RSL1PREU

110 V AC/DC 60 V DC RSL1PVFU RSL1PRFU

230 V AC/DC 60 V DC RSL1PVPU RSL1PRPU

RSL relays

Type of relay Relay for customer assembly

Sold in lots of 10

Number of contacts 1 C/O

Coil supply voltage

References 12 V DC RSL1AB4JD

24 V DC RSL1AB4BD

48 V DC RSL1AB4ED

60 V DC RSL1AB4ND

Sockets

Type of socket Sockets for customer assembly with LED and protection circuit

Sold in lots of 10

Socket connection Screw connector Spring terminal

Socket supply voltage

References 12 and 24 V AC/DC RSLZVA1 RSLZRA1

48 and 60 V AC/DC RSLZVA2 RSLZRA2

110 V AC/DC RSLZVA3 RSLZRA3

230 V AC/DC RSLZVA4 RSLZRA4

3/4

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Solid-state relays

SSRP relays

Zelio Relay

Type of relay Panel mounted

without heat sink and thermal interface

Contact characteristics

Thermal current Ith in A 10 25 50 75 90 125

Number of contacts 1 NO

Type if switching Zero voltage switching

Output SPST contact

Connection Screw connector

Control voltage range 3…32 V DC 4…32 V DC

Operating voltage 24…280 VAC 48…530 V AC 48…660 V AC

References

SSRPCDS10A1 SSRPCDS25A1 SSRPCDS50A1 SSRPCDS75A2 SSRPCDS90A3

SSRPCDS125A3

Control voltage range 90…280 V AC

Operating voltage 24…280 VAC 80…530 V AC 48…660 V AC

References

SSRPP8S10A1 SSRPP8S25A1 SSRPP8S50A1 SSRPP8S75A2 SSRPP8S90A3 SSRPP8S125A3

SSRD relays

Type of relay Rail DIN mounted

With integrated heat sink

Contact characteristics

Thermal current Ith in A 10 20 30 45

Number of contacts 1 NO

Type if switching Zero voltage switching

Output SPST contact

Connection Screw connector

Control voltage range 4…32 V DC 3…32 V DC

Operating voltage 24…280 VAC

References

SSRDCDS10A1 SSRDCDS20A1 SSRDCDS30A1 SSRDCDS45A1

Control voltage range 90…280 V AC 90…140 V AC

Operating voltage 24…280 VAC

References

SSRDP8S10A1 SSRDP8S20A1 SSRDP8S30A1 SSRDP8S45A1

Accessories

Type of accessory Heat sink Thermal interface

For relay SSRP

References SSRAH1 SSRAT1

3/5

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Relays

3-phase monitoring relays

Zelio Control

Function presence of phase

+phase sequence +phase sequence, +regeneration

+phase unbalance, +under/over voltage

Monitoring voltage range 208…480 VAC 208…440 VAC 208…480 VAC 220 … 440 VAC

Outputs 1 C/O 2 C/O 1 C/O 2 C/O

References RM17TG00 RM17TG20 RM17TE00 RM35TF30

Function presence of phase

+under/over voltage +presence of neutral

+under/over voltage

Monitoring voltage range 208…480 VAC 220…480 VAC 120…277 VAC (phase-neutral)

Outputs 1 C/O 2 C/O 2 C/O

References RM17UB310 RM35UB330 RM35UB3N30

Level / Speed monitoring relays

Function

Conductive liquid Non-conductive material Over/under

level monitoring level monitoring Speed monitoring

Power supply 24…240 VAC/DC

Monitoring range 0,25…5 KΩInput of sensor : Interval between pulses:

5…100 KΩContact / PNP / NPN 0.05…0.5 s, 0.1…1 s, 0.5…5 s

0,05…1 MΩ1…10 s, 0.1…1 mn, 0.5…5 mn

1…10 mn

Output 2 C/O 1 C/O 1 C/O

Reference RM35LM33MW RM35LV14MW RM35S0MW

3/6

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Current / Voltage /Frequency monitoring relays

Function Voltage Monitoring

Under or Over Voltage

Power Supply 24…240 VAC/DC 50/60Hz

Monitoring range 0.05…0.5 V 1…10 V 15…150 V

0.3…3 V 5…50 V 30…300 V

0.5…5 V 10…100 V 60…600 V

Outputs 2 C/O 2 C/O 2 C/O

References RM35UA11MW RM35UA12MW RM35UA13MW

Function Voltage Monitoring

Under or Over Voltage Under and Over Voltage

Power Supply self powered self powered

Monitoring range 9…15 VDC 20…80 VAC/DC 65…260 VAC/DC 20…80 VAC/DC 65…260 VAC/DC

Outputs 1 C/O 1 C/O 1 C/O 1 C/O 1 C/O

References RM17UAS14 RM17UAS16 RM17UAS15 RM17UBE16 RM17UBE15

Function

Current Monitoring

Frequency Monitoring

Over or under frequency

over curent over or under current

Power supply 24…240 VAC/DC 24…240 VAC/DC 50/60 Hz 120…277 VAC 50/60 Hz

Monitoring range 2…20 A 2…20 mA 0.15…1.5 A 50 Hz ± 10 Hz

built-in CT 10…100 mA 0.5…5 A or

50…500 mA 1.5…15 A 60 Hz ± 10Hz

Output 1 C/O 2 C/O 2 C/O 2 C/O

Reference RM17JC00MW RM35JA31MW RM35JA32MW RM35HZ21FM

3/7

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Relays

Lift / Pump / Motor monitoring relays

Zelio Control

Function Lift motor room temperature monitoring

+phase presence

+phase sequence

Power supply 24…240 VAC/DC 50/60Hz

Monitoring range input PT100 3 wires 208…480 VAC 50/60Hz

Under -1…+11 °C input PT100 3 wires

Over +34…+46 °C Under -1…+11 °C

Over +34…+46 °C

Output 1 C/O 2 NO 2 C/O

Reference RM35ATL0MW RM35ATR5MW RM35ATW5MW

Function Pump protection Motor Protection

Winding Temperature monitor

+3 phase monitor

Current monitor

+3 phase monitor

Power supply self powered 24…240 VAC/DC

(single phase :230 VAC 50/60 Hz)

Monitoring range Current: 0.1…10 A Winding Temperature: PTC sensor

Voltage (three phase): Three phase voltage: 208…480 VAC 50/60Hz

208…480 VAC 50/60Hz

Output 1 C/O 2 NO 2 NO

Reference RM35BA10 RM35TM50MW RM35TM250MW

3/8

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Control relays for 3-phase supplies

Function Rotational direction and presence of phases

+ Undervoltage

+ Over and undervoltage + Asymmetry

Adjustable time delay without without 0.1…10 s 0.1…10 s ﬁxed, 0.5 s 0.1…10 s

Supply voltage 220…440V 380…440V 400V 380…440V 380…440V 380…440V

Output 2 C/O 2 C/O 2 C/O 2 C/O 1 C/O 2 C/O

References RM4TG20 RM4TU02 RM4TR34 (1) RM4TR32 (2) RM4TA02 RM4TA32

(1) Relay with ﬁxed voltage thresholds.

(2) Relay with adjustable voltage thresholds.

Current and voltage measurement relays

Function Detection of

over and undercurrent over and undercurrent

Measuring range 3…30 mA 0.3…1.5 A 0.05 …0.5 V 1…10 V 30…300 V 180…270 V

10…100 mA 1…5 A 0.3 …3 V 5…50 V 50…500 V

0.1…1 A 3…15 A 0.5…5 V 10…100 V

Adjustable time delay 0.05…30 s 0.05…30 s 0.05…30 s 0.05…30 s 0.05…30 s 0.1…10 s

Output 2 C/O 2 C/O 2 C/O 2 C/O 2 C/O 2 C/O

References RM4JA31•• (3) RM4JA32•• (3) RM4UA31•• (3) RM4UA32•• (3) RM4UA33•• (3) RM4UB35

Liquid level control relays

Control relays Empty or ﬁll

Sensitivity scale 5 ... 100 kΩ0.25 ... 5 kΩ

2.5 ... 50 kΩ

25 ... 500 kΩ

Time delay without adjustable, 0.1 to 10 s

Output 1 C/O 2 C/O

References RM4LG01• (4) RM4LA32•• (4)

Liquid level control probe type Measuring electrode and

reference electrode

1 simple stainless steel electrode

in PVC protective casing

Mounting suspended suspended

Maximum operating temperature 100°C 100°C

References LA9RM201 RM79696043

(4) Basic reference. To be completed with the letters

indicating the required voltage, as shown below:

RM4-LG01 RM4-LA32

Voltage VAC, 50/60 Hz VAC, 50/60 Hz VDC

24 V BB –

24…240 V –MWMW

110…130 V FF –

220…240 V MM –

380…415 V QQ –

(3) Basic reference. To be completed with the letters

indicating the required voltage, as shown below:

Voltage VAC, 50/60 Hz VDC

24…240 V MW MW

110…130 V F–

220…240 V M–

380…415 V Q–

3/9

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Measurement and control relays

REG temperature control relays

Zelio Control

Type of relay Size 24 x 48 mm - 1/32 DIN

Input type Thermocouple PT100 probe Voltage/Current 1...5 V / 4…20 mA

Integrated functions Hysteresis, PID, auto-tuning, fuzzy logic, rampe 8 steps, automatic operating mode

Alarm output –1––

Communication ModBus – ModBus ModBus

Supply voltage 100...240 VAC 24 V AC/DC 100...240 VAC 24 V AC/DC

References Number/Output type 1/relay REG24PTP1RHU REG24PTP1ARHU REG24PTP1RLU REG24PUJ1RHU REG24PUJ1RLU

1/solid-state REG24PTP1LHU REG24PTP1ALHU REG24PTP1LLU REG24PUJ1LHU REG24PUJ1LLU

1/4-20 mA REG24PTP1JHU –REG24PTP1JLU ––

Type of relay Format 48 x 48 mm - 1/16 DIN

Input type Universal

Integrated functions Hysteresis, PID, auto-tuning, fuzzy logic, rampe 16 steps, automatic and manual operating mode

Alarm output 2

Communication ModBus – ModBus

Supply voltage 100...240 VAC 24 V AC/DC

References Number/Output type 1/relay REG48PUN1RHU REG48PUNL1ARHU REG48PUN1RLU

2/relay REG48PUN2RHU –REG48PUN2RLU

1/solid-state REG48PUN1LHU REG48PUNL1LHU REG48PUN1LLU

1 + 1 solid-state REG48PUN2RLHU –REG48PUN2RLLU

1/4-20 mA REG48PUN1JHU –REG48PUN1JLU

1/solid-state + 1/4-20 mA

REG48PUN2LJHU –REG48PUN2LJLU

Type of relay Size 96 x 48 mm - 1/8 DIN

Input type Universal

Integrated functions Hysteresis, PID, auto-tuning, fuzzy logic, rampe 16 steps, automatic and manual operating mode

Alarm output 3

Communication ModBus – ModBus

Supply voltage 100...240 VAC 24 V AC/DC

References Number/Output type 1/relay REG96PUN1RHU REG96PUNL1RHU REG96PUN1RLU

2/relay REG96PUN2RHU –REG96PUN2RLU

1/solid-state REG96PUN1LHU REG96PUNL1LHU REG96PUN1LLU

1 + 1 solid-state REG96PUN2RLHU –REG96PUN2RLLU

1/4-20 mA REG96PUN1JHU –REG96PUN1JLU

1/solid-state + 1/4-20 mA

REG96PUN2LJHU –REG96PUN2LJLU

3/10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Display Mechanical

LCD

Supply voltage 24 VDC Battery

Number of digits displayed 56 6 88

Counting frequency 20 Hz 10 Hz 25 Hz 25 Hz 7.5 kHz

Type of zero reset Manual Without Manual Without Manual

(1)

Front face dimensions, W x H 41.5 x 31 mm 30 x 20 mm 60 x 50 mm 60 x 50 mm 48 x 24 mm

References XBKT50000U10M XBKT60000U00M XBKT60000U10M XBKT80000U00M XBKT81030U33E

(1) With electrical interlocking.

Compteurs horaires

Display Mechanical LCD

Supply voltage 24 VAC 230 VAC Battery

Number of digits / display 7 (99,999.99 h) 7 (99,999.99 h) 8 (999,999.99 h)

Supply frequency 50 Hz 50 Hz Mode: 1/100 hour

Type of zero reset Without Without Manual (1)

Front face dimensions, W x H 48 x 48 mm 48 x 48 mm 48 x 24 mm

References XBKH70000004M XBKH70000002M XBKH81000033E

Totalisers

Display LCD LED

Number of digits displayed 6

Counting frequency 5 kHz

Type of reset Manual, electric and automaticn

Front face dimensions, W x H 48 x 48 mm

Preselection number 1212

References Supply voltage 24 VDC XBKP61130G30E XBKP61230G30E XBKP62130G30E XBKP62230G30E

115 VAC XBKP61130G31E XBKP61230G31E – –

230 VAC XBKP61130G32E XBKP61230G32E XBKP62130G32E XBKP62230G32E

Counters

Multifunction counters

Zelio Count

3/11

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Type of modular timer

width 17.5 mm, relay output

On-delay Multifunction

External control no – –

Supply voltage 24 VDC - 24 ...240 VAC 24 VDC - 24 ...240 VAC 12 ... 240VAC/DC

Timing range 0.1 s…100 h 0.1 s…100 h 0.1 s…10 h 0.1 s…100 h

Output 1 C/O 1 C/O 1 C/O 1 C/O

References RE11RAMU RE11RMMU (1) RE11RMEMU (2) RE11RMMW (1)

(1) Multifunction: On-delay, Off-delay, Totaliser, Symmetrical ﬂashing, Chronometer, Pulse on energisation, Pulse output, Timing after closing/opening of control contact.

(2) Multifunction: On-delay, Off-delay, Totaliser, Symmetrical ﬂashing, Chronometer, Pulse on energisation.

Type of modular timer

width 17.5 mm, relay output

Asymmetrical

ﬂashing

Pulse on

energisation

Off delay Timing on

impulse

External control ––– –

Supply voltage 24 VDC - 24…240 VAC 24 VDC - 24…240 VAC 24 VDC - 24…240 VAC 24 VDC - 24…240 VAC

Timing range 0.1 s…100 h 0.1 s…100 h 0.1 s…100 h 0.1 s…100 h

Output 1 C/O 1 C/O 1 C/O 1 C/O

References RE11RLMU RE11RHMU RE11RCMU RE11RBMU

Type of modular timer

width 17.5 mm, solid-state output

On-delay Off-delay Multifunction (3)

Supply voltage 24…240 VAC/DC 24…240 VAC 24…240 VAC

Timing range 0.1 s…100 h 0.1 s…100 h 0.1 s…100 h

Output solid-state solid-state solid-state

References RE11LAMW RE11LCBM RE11LMBM

(3) Multifunction: On-delay, Off-delay, Totaliser, Symmetrical ﬂashing, Chronometer, Pulse on energisation, Pulse output, Timing after closing/opening of control contact.

Panel-mounted relays Timer on-delay Asymmetrical

ﬂasher

Multifunction (4) Multifunction (5)

Power supply 24…240 VAC/DC

Time range 0,02 s…300 h

Output 2 relay 5 A

Reference RE48ATM12MW RE48ACV12MW RE48AMH13MW (6) RE48AML12MW

Back panel mounting socket RUZC2M RUZC3M RUZC2M RUZC3M

Front panel mounting socket RE48ASOC8SOLD RE48ASOC11SOLD RE48ASOC8SOLD RE48ASOC11SOLD

(4) Timer on-delay / pulse on energization

(5) Timer on-delay / calibrator / timer off-delay / symmetrical ﬂasher

(6) 1 selectable in instantaneous

Timing relays

Modular timers

Zelio Time

3/12

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Industrial timers

Type of single function relay

width 22.5 mm, relay output

On-delay

Off-delay

External control no yes no yes yes

Supply voltage 24 VAC/DC 24 VAC/DC 24...240 VAC/DC 24 VAC/DC 24 VAC/DC

110…240 VAC 42…48 VAC/DC 42…48 VAC/DC 42…48 VAC/DC

110…240 VAC 110…240 VAC 110…240 VAC

Timing range 0.05 s...300 h 0.05 s...300 h 0.05 s...10 mn 0.05 s...300 h 0.05 s...300 h

Output 1 C/O 2 C/O

(1)

1 C/O 2 C/O (1) 1 C/O

References RE7TL11BU RE7TP13BU RE7RB11MW RE7RL13BU RE7RM11BU

(1) 1 selectable in instantaneous mode.

Type of relay

width 22.5 mm, relay output

Single function Multifunction

Asymmetrical ﬂashing Pulse on energisation 6 functions (2) 8 functions (3)

External control yes no – –

Supply voltage 24 VAC/DC 24 VAC/DC 24 VAC/DC 24 VAC/DC

42…48 VAC/DC 110…240 VAC 42…48 VAC/DC 110…240 VAC

110…240 VAC 110…240 VAC

Timing range 0.05 s...300 h 0.05 s...300 h 0.05 s...300 h 0.05 s...300 h

Output 1 C/O 1 C/O 1 C/O 2 C/O (4)

References RE7CV11BU RE7PE11BU RE7ML11BU RE7MY13BU

(2) RE7ML11BU functions: On-delay, Off-delay, Pulse on energisation with start on energisation, Pulse on energisation with start on opening of remote control contact, Flashing with

start during the OFF period, Flashing with start during the ON period.

(3)

REMY13BU functions: On-delay, Off-delay, Pulse on energisation with start on energisation, Pulse on energisation with start on opening of remote control contact, Flashing with

start during the OFF period, Flashing with start during the ON period, Star-delta starting with double On-delay timing, Star-delta starting with contact for switching to star connection.

(4) 1 selectable in instantaneous mode

Miniature plug-in relays, relay output

Functions

Timing ranges 7 switchable ranges 0.1 s…1 s - 1 s…10 s - 0.1 min…1 min - 1 min…10 min - 0.1 h…1 h - 1 h…10 h - 10 h…100 h

Relay output 4 timed C/O contacts 2 timed C/O contacts

Rated current 3 AC 5 A AC 5 A

Voltages 24 VDC RE XL4TMBD RE XL2TMBD

24 VAC 50/60 Hz RE XL4TMB7 RE XL2TMB7

120 VAC 50/60 Hz RE XL4TMF7 RE XL2TMF7

230 VAC 50/6 0 Hz RE XL4TMP7 RE XL2TMP7

Socket with mixed contact terminals

With screw clamp RXZE2M114 RXZE2M114

With connector RXZE2M114M RXZE2M114M

3/13

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Analog Interface

Universal Thermocouple

Type Thermocouple

Temperature range 0…150 °C 0…300 °C 0…600 °C 0…600 °C 0…1200 °C

32…302 °F 32…572 °F 32…1112 °F 32…1112 °F 32…2192 °F

Output range 0…10 V / 0…20 mA - 4…20 mA Switchable

Dimensions H x W x D 80 x 22,5 x 80 mm

Voltage 24 VDC - Non isolated

References

RMTJ40BD RMTJ60BD RMTJ80BD RMTK80BD RMTK90BD

Universal PT 100

Type PT 100

Temperature range -40…40 °C -100…100 °C 0…100 °C 0…250 °C 0…500 °C

-40…104 °F -148…212 °F 32…212 °F 32…482 °F 32…932 °F

Output range 0…10 V / 0…20 mA - 4…20 mA Switchable

Dimensions H x W x D 80 x 22,5 x 80 mm

Voltage 24 VDC - Non isolated

References

RMPT10BD RMPT20BD RMPT30BD RMPT50BD RMPT70BD

Zelio Analog

3/14

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Type PT 100

Temperature range -40…40 °C -100…100 °C 0…100 °C 0…250 °C 0…500 °C

-40…104 °F -148…212 °F 32…212 °F 32…482 °F 32…932 °F

Output range 0…10 V

Dimensions H x W x D 80 x 22,5 x 80 mm

Voltage 24 VDC - Non isolated

References

RMPT13BD RMPT23BD RMPT33BD RMPT53BD RMPT73BD

Universal Analog Converter

Type Analog Converter

Input range 0…10 V or 4…20 mA 0…10 V / -10…+10 V 0…50 V / 0…300 V 0…1,5 A / 0…5 A

0…20 mA 0…500 V 0…15 A

4…20 mA

Output range 0…10 V or 4…20 mA 0…10 V / -10…+10 V 0…10 V 0…10 V or 0…20 mA

0…20 mA 0…20 mA ou 4…20 mA

4…20 mA Switchable 4…20 mA Switchable

Dimensions H x W x D 80 x 22,5 x 80 mm 80 x 45 x 80 mm

Voltage 24 VDC - Non isolated 24 VDC - Isolated 24 VDC - Isolated 24 VDC - Isolated

References

RMCN22BD RMCL55BD RMCV60BD RMCA61BD

Optimum PT 100

3/15

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Smart relays

Compact, SR2

Compact smart relays With display, a.c. power supply

Supply voltage 24 VAC 48 VAC 100…240 VAC

Number of inputs/outputs 12 20 20 10 12 20 20

Number of inputs Discrete inputs 8 12 12 6 8 12 12

Number of outputs 4 relay 8 relay 8 relay 4 relay 4 relay 8 relay 8 relay

Dimensions, W x D x H (mm)

71.2x59.5x107.6

124.6x59.5x107.6 71.2x59.5x107.6 124.6x59.5x107.6

Clock yes yes no no yes no yes

References

SR2B121B SR2B201B

SR2A201E

SR2A101FU (1)

SR2B121FU

SR2A201FU (1)

SR2B201FU

(1) Programming on smart relay in LADDER language only

Compact smart relays With display, d.c. power supply

Supply voltage 12 VDC 24 VDC

Number of inputs/outputs 12 20 10 12 20 20

Number of inputs Discrete inputs 8 12 6 8 12 12

including 0-10 V analogue inputs 46 - 42 6

Number of outputs 4 relay 8 relay 4 relay 4 8 relay 8

Dimensions, W x D x H (mm)

71.2x59.5x107.6 124.6x59.5x107.6 71.2x59.5x107.6 124.6x59.5x107.6

Clock yes yes no yes no yes

References

SR2B121JD SR2B201JD SR2A101BD (1) SR2B12pBD (2) SR2A201BD (1) SR2B20pBD (2)

(1) Programming on smart relay in LADDER language only

(2) Replace the

by number 1 to order a smart relay with relay output or by 2 for a smart relay with transistor output (Example: SR2B121BD)

Compact smart relays Without display and without buttons

Supply voltage 100…240 VAC 24 VDC

Number of discrete inputs/outputs 10 12 20 10 12 20

Number of inputs Discrete inputs 6 8 12 6 8 12

including 0-10 V analogue inputs ––––46

Number of outputs 4 relay 4 relay 8 relay 4 relay 4 relay 8 relay

Dimensions, W x D x H (mm)

71.2x59.5x107.6 124.6x59.5x107.6 71.2x59.5x107.6

124.6x59.5x107.6

Clock no yes yes no yes yes

References SR2D101FU (1) SR2E121FU SR2E201FU SR2D101BD (1) SR2E121BD (3) SR2E201BD (3)

(1) Programming on smart relay in LADDER language only

(3) To order a smart relay for a 24 VAC supply (no analogue inputs), delete the letter D from the end of the reference (SR2E121B and SR2E201B)

Zelio Logic

3/16

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Modular, SR3

Modular smart relays* With display

Supply voltage 24 VAC 100…240 VAC 12 VDC 24 VDC

Number of inputs/outputs 10 26 10 26 26 10 26

Number of inputs Discrete inputs 6 16 6 16 16 6 16

including 0-10 V analogue inputs ––––646

Number of outputs 4 relay 10 relay 4 relay 10 relay 10 relay 4 10

Dimensions, W x D x H (mm)

71.2x59.5x107.6 124.6x59.5x107.6 71.2x59.5x107.6 124.6x59.5x107.6 124.6x59.5x107.6 71.2x59.5x107.6 124.6x59.5x107.6

Clock yes yes yes yes yes yes yes

References

SR3B101B SR3B261B SR3B101FU SR3B261FU SR3B261JD

SR3B10pBD (1)

SR3B26pBD(1)

*The modular base can be ﬁtted with one I/O extension module. The 24 VDC modular base can be ﬁtted with one communication module and/or one I/O extension module

(1) Replace the

by number 1 to order a smart relay with relay output (SR3B101BD) or by 2 for a smart relay with transistor output (SR3B102BD)

Extension modules for Zelio Logic SR3Bppppp (2) Communication

Discrete Inputs/Outputs Analogue

Inputs/Output

Network Modbus Ethernet ––

Number of inputs/outputs ––6 10144

Number of inputs Discrete – – 468–

Analogue (0…10 V, 0…20 mA, PT100) –––––

(1 PT100 max.)

Number of outputs Relay – – 2 relay 4 relay 6 relay –

Analogue (0…10 V) –––––2

Dimensions, W x D x H (mm) 35.5x59.5x107.6 35.5x59.5x107.6 72x59.5x107.6 35.5x59.5x107.6

References 24 VAC – – SR3XT61B SR3XT101B SR3XT141B –

100…240 VAC ––SR3XT61FU SR3XT101FU SR3XT141FU –

12 VDC ––SR3XT61JD SR3XT101JD SR3XT141JD –

24 VDC SR3MBU01BD SR3NET01BD SR3XT61BD SR3XT101BD SR3XT141BD SR3XT43BD

(2) The power supply of the extension modules is provided via the Zelio Logic modular relays

Zelio Soft 2 software and programming tools

Zelio Soft 2 software, connecting cables,

wireless connecting, memory

Multilingual

programming software

Connecting cables

Wireless

connection

Back-up

memory

Description CD ROM PC (Windows 98,

NT, 2000, XP, Vista available

quarter 2010) (3)

Serial

PC/Smart

relay

USB

PC/Smart

relay

XBT N/R

Interface

Bluetooth

interface

EEPROM

References SR2SFT01 SR2CBL01 SR2USB01 SR2CBL08 SR2BTC01 SR2MEM02

(3) CD-ROM including Zelio Soft 2 programming software, an application library, a self-training manual, installation instructions and a user’s manual

Communication interface for SR2/SR3

Interface, modems, Zelio Logic Alarm software

Communication

interface

Modems (4) Alarm management software

Supply voltage 12…24 VDC 12…24 VDC 12…24 VDC –

Description – Analogue modem GSM modem PC CD-ROM (Windows 98, NT, 2000, XP)

Dimensions, W x D x H (mm) 72x59.5x107.6 120.7x35x80.5 111x 25.5x54.5 –

References SR2COM01 SR2MOD01 SR2MOD02 SR2SFT02

(4) Must be used in conjunction with communication interface SR2COM01

3/17

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Programmable controllers

Bases

Twido

Type of base Compact

Number of digital i/O 10 16 24 40

Number of digital inputs (24 VDC) 6 sink/source 9 sink/source 14 sink/source 24 sink/source

Number of digital outputs 4 relay (2 A) 7 relay (2 A) 10 relay (2 A) 14 relay (2 A),

2 solid-state (1 A)

Type of connection Screw terminals (non removable)

Possible I/O expansion modules ––47

Counting 3 x 5 kHz, 1 x 20 kHz

PWM positioning – 2 x 7 kHz

Serial ports 1 x RS 485 1 x RS 485; option: 1 x RS 232C or RS 485

Protocol Modbus master/slave, ASCII, I/O relocation

Ethernet port – – – RJ45 Ethernet

Dimensions, W x D x H 80 x 70 x 90 mm 80 x 70 x 90 mm 95 x 70 x 90 mm 157 x 70 x 90 mm

References Supply voltage 100…240 VAC TWDLCAA10DRF TWDLCAA16DRF TWDLCAA24DRF TWDLCAE40DRF (1)

Supply voltage 19.2…30 VDC TWDLCDA10DRF TWDLCDA16DRF TWDLCDA24DRF TWDLCDE40DRF (1)

Real-time clock (option) TWDXCPRTC

Display unit (option) TWDXCPODC

Memory cartridge (option) TWDXCPMFK32 (3) TWDXCPMFK64 (4)

(1) 40 I/O version without Ethernet also available: TWDLCAA40DRF and TWDLCDA40DRF

Type of base Modular

Number of digital i/O 20 40

Number of digital inputs (24 VDC) 12 sink/source 12 sink/source 24 sink/source

Number of digital outputs 8 transistor, source (0.3 A)

6 relay (2 A) & 2 trans., source (0.3 A)

16 transistor, source (0.3 A)

Type of connection HE10 connector Removable screw terminals HE10 connector

Possible I/O expansion modules 47 7

Supply voltage 24 VDC

Counting 2 x 5 kHz, 2 x 20 kHz

PLS/PWM positioning 2 x 7 kHz

Serial ports 1 x RS 485; option: 1 x RS 232C or RS 485

Protocol Modbus master/slave, ASCII, I/O relocation

Dimensions, W x D x H 35.4 x 70 x 90 mm 47.5 x 70 x 90 mm 47.5 x 70 x 90 mm

References TWDLMDA20DTK (2) TWDLMDA20DRT TWDLMDA40DTK (2)

Real-time clock (option) TWDXCPRTC

Display unit (option) TWDXCPODM

Memory cartridge (option) TWDXCPMFK32 (3) TWDXCPMFK64 (4)

(2) Sink version transistor outputs also available: TWDLMDA20DUK and TWDLMDA40DUK

(3) Application backup, program transfer

(4) Memory expansion, application backup, program transfer

3/18

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Programmable controllers

I/O modules

Type of module Analogue inputs

Number of inputs 2 I 2 I 4 I 8 I 8 I 8 I 8 I

Connection Removable screw terminals RJ11

Inputs Range

Thermocouples

0…10 V (1) 0…10 V (1) 0…10 V (1) PTC/NTC Thermo probe

Pt100 / Pt1000

- 200...+ 600 °C

type K, J, T 4…20 mA (2) 0…20 mA (2) 0…20 mA (2)

θ °C

Resolution 12 bits (4096 points) 10 bits (1024 points) 12 bits (4096 points)

Supply voltage 24 VDC

Dimensions, W x D x H 23.5 x 70 x 90 mm 39.1x70x90 mm

References TM2AMI2LT TM2AMI2HT TM2AMI4LT TM2AMI8HT TM2ARI8HT TM2ARI8LT TM2ARI8LRJ

(1) Non differential

(2) Differential

Type of module Analogue Outputs, Inputs/Outputs (mixed)

Number of inputs and/or outputs 1 O 2 O 2 I / 1 O 2 I / 1 O 4 I / 2 O

Connection Removable screw terminals

Inputs Range – – 0…10 V (1)

Thermocouple type K, J & T

0…10 V (1)

4…20 mA (2)

3-wire Pt 100 thermal probe

4…20 mA (2)

Resolution – – 12 bits (4096 points) 12 bits (4096 points) 12 bits (4096 points)

Outputs Range 0…10 V (1) ± 10 V 0…10 V (1) 0…10 V (1) 0…10 V (1)

4…20 mA (2) 4…20 mA (2) 4…20 mA (2) 4…20 mA (2)

Resolution 12 bits 11 bits + sign 12 bits 12 bits 12 bits

Supply voltage 24 VDC

Dimensions, W X D x H 23.5 x 70 x 90 mm

References TM2AMO1HT TM2AVO2HT TM2AMM3HT TM2ALM3LT TM2AMM6HT

(1) Non differential

(2) Differential

Type of module Digital Inputs/Outputs

Number of inputs and/or outputs 8 16 16 32 4 I / 4 O 16 I / 8 O

Connection Removable screw terminals HE10 connectors Removable

Spring terminals

screw terminals

(non removable)

References Inputs 24 VDC sink TM2DDI8DT –––––

24 VDC sink/source – TM2DDI16DT TM2DDI16DK TM2DDI32DK

120 V sink TM2DAI8DT –––––

Outputs Relay (2 A) TM2DRA8RT TM2DRA16RT –––

Transistor, source 0.5 A TM2DD08TT –––––

Transistor, source 0.4 A – – TM2DD016TK TM2DD032TK ––

Transistor, sink 0.1 A TM2DDO8UT –TM2DDO16UK TM2DDO32UK ––

Inputs, 24 VDC + Outputs, Relais 2 A

––––TM2DMM8DRT

TM2DMM24DRF

New

Range

3/19

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Type of module Serial interface Serial interface adaptor

Physical layer (non isolated) RS 232C RS 485 RS 232C RS 485

Connection Mini-DIN connector

Screw terminals

Mini-DIN connector

Screw terminals

Protocol Modbus master/slave, ASCII, I/O relocation

Twido base compatibility Modular base TWDLMDA Compact base TWDLCAA16/24DRF

Modular base via integrated display module TWDXCPODM

References TWDNOZ232D TWDNOZ485D TWDNOZ485T TWDNAC232D TWDNAC485D TWDNAC485T

Type of module Modem for

Twido

CANopen

expansion

Ethernet

interface

Modbus

isolation

module

Modbus

junction

module

AS-Inter-

face

master

Number of modules –11––2 (1)

Connection – SUB-D9 RJ45 RJ45 RJ45 Removable

screw terminals

Twido base compatibility – 20, 24 or 40 I/O

base

All models All models All models 20, 24 or 40 I/O

base

References SR2MOD03 TWDNCO1M 499TWD01100 TWDXCAISO TWDXCAT3RJ TWDNOI10M3

(1) 2 modules max., 62 digital slaves max., 7 analogue slaves max., AS-Interface/M3, V 2.11 (proﬁle S.7.4 not supported)

Programming software

Software, connecting cables, interfaces TwidoSuite

software

EN/FR

Connecting cables Bluetooth®

USB adaptor

Bluetooth®

gateway

Application

PC with Windows

XP or Vista

Twido/PC

USB port

Twido/PC

serial port

For PC not ﬁtted

with Bluetooth®

For Twido

controller

References TWDBTFU10M TSXCUSB485 +

TSXCRJMD25

TSXPCX1031 (2)

VW3A8115 VW3A8114

(2) For Twido Extreme: order the reference VW3A8106

Programmable controllers

Communication modules for

Twido Compact and Modular bases

Twido

3/20

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Type of base Twido Extreme

Number of I/O 41

Degree of protection IP67

Temperature -40…+110°C, storage -55…+155°C

Relative humidity 90% without condensation

Number of inputs Digital 13 (short-circuit protected)

Analogue 8 (including 1 input conﬁgurable to PWM)

PWM 1

Number of outputs Digital 16* (short-circuit protected)

PWM or PLS 3

Supply voltage 12 or 24 VDC

Counting 1 x 10 kHz

Communication ports RS 485, CAN J1939, CANopen master

Serial link protocols Modbus RTU master/slave, ASCII

Dimensions, W x D x H 165.51 x 45.70 x 225 mm

References TWDLEDCK1

* 16 outputs in 12 VDC. Limited to 8 outputs in 24 VDC.

Fixing and connection Fixing kit 70-pin connector Pre-wired 70-pin

connector

Details 4 spacers, 80 pins, Pre-wired with 1.5 m long cable,

8 washers, 80 blanking plugs, free wires other end

8 shock mounts 1 cover

Degree of protection – IP67 IP67

References TWDXMTK4 TWDFCNK70 TWDFCWK70L015

Separate components Crimping tool RJ45 programming

connector

Application Crimping wires onto pins

of 70-pin connector

Connecting Twido Extreme

to a programming PC

References TWDXMTCT TWDNAK70P

Programmable controllers

Bases

3/21

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Programmable Automation Controller

Processor modules

Modicon M340

Type of processor Standard High-performance

Number of racks 2 (4, 6, 8 or 12 slots) 4 (4, 6, 8 or 12 slots)

Maximum conﬁ guration

Maximum 24 slots for processor and

modules (excluding power supply module)

Maximum 48 slots for processor and

modules (excluding power supply module)

Functions Max. no. (1) Discrete I/O 512 1024

Analog I/O 128 256

Control channels Programmable loops (via CONT-CTL process control EFB library)

Counter channels 20 36

Motion control – Independent axes

on CANopen bus

(via MFB library)

– Independent axes

on CANopen bus

(via MFB library)

Integrated

connections

Ethernet TCP/IP –

1 RJ45 port, 10/100 MBps, with Transparent

Ready class B10 standard web server

CANopen master bus

Integrated port – 1 (SUB-D9) – 1 (SUB-D9)

Serial link 1 RJ45 port, Modbus master/slave RTU/ASCII or character mode –

(non isolated RS 232C/RS 485), 0.3...19.2 kBps

USB port 1 port, 12 MBps

Communication Ethernet TCP/IP 1 RJ45 port, 10/100 MBps with:

module - Transparent Ready class B30 standard web server with BMX NOE 0100 module

- Transparent Ready class C30 conﬁ guration web server with BMX NOE 0110 module

Internal user Total capacity 2048 Kb 4096 Kb

RAM Program, constants and symbols 1792 Kb 3584 Kb

Data 128 Kb 256 Kb

Execution time for

Boolean 0.18 µs 0.12 µs

one instruction

On words or ﬁ xed point

Single-length words 0.38 µs 0.25 µs

arithmetic Double-length words 0.26 µs 0.17 µs

On ﬂ oating points 1.74 µs 1.16 µs

No. of K instructions

100% Boolean 5.4 Kinst/ms 8.1 Kinst/ms

executed per ms

65% Boolean and 35% ﬁ xed arithmetic 4.2 Kinst/ms 6.4 Kinst/ms

System Master task 1.05 ms 0.70 ms

overhead Fast task 0.20 ms 0.13 ms

References BMX P341000 BMX P342000 BMX P3420102 BMX P342020 BMX P3420302

(1) Only affects in-rack modules. The remote I/O on the CANopen bus are not included in these maximum numbers.

Memory cards

Type of card 8 MB memory card 8 MB memory card

+ 8 MB ﬁ les

8 MB memory card

+ 128 MB ﬁ les

Use Supplied as standard with each

processor. Used for:

As replacement for the memory card supplied as

standard with each processor, used for:

Backup of program, constants, symbols and data

– File storage, 8 MB File storage, 128 MB

Activation of class B10 web server

Compatibility BMX P34 1000/20... BMX P34 20...

References BMX RMS 008MP BMX RMS 008MPF BMX RMS 0128MFP

3/22

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Programmable Automation Controller

Communication modules

Modicon M340

Type of module Ethernet TCP/IP network

Speed 10/100 MBps

Standard services Modbus TCP/IP

messaging

TCP/IP

(Uni-TE, Modbus)

Conformity class Transparent Ready class B30

Communication service I/O Scanning service Yes

Transparent Ready FDR service Yes (client/server)

SNMP network management service

Yes

Global Data service Yes

SOAP/XML Web service No Server

Bandwidth management Yes

References BMX NOE 0100 BMX NOE 0110

Memory card Use Provides services conforming to Transparent Ready:

Class B Class C

32 MB available for

user web pages

References BMX RWS B000M BMX RWS FC032M

Type of module PROFIBUS DP V1

Designation PROFIBUS Remote Master (Ethernet Modbus TCP/PROFIBUS DP V1) compatible with all

programmable automation under UNITY and supporting the I/O scanning service

Standard version 0…65° Hardened version -25…70°, varnished

Speed 9.6 Kb…12 Mb

Interface RS485 isolated (Sub-D 9 pin female connector)

PROFIBUS Services Master Class 1 and 2, support for 125 slaves, Sync & Freeze, Extended diagnostics.

Delivered with communication DTM allowing any FDT tool to access the PROFIBUS slaves from the

Ethernet network by way of the PROFIBUS Remote Master

References TCSEGPA23F14F TCSEGPA23F14FK

Type of module Serial link

(1)

AS-Interface

(1)

Number of interfaces 21

Speed 115 Kbits/s –

Proﬁle – M4 (AS-i V3)

References BMX NOM 0200 BMX EIA 0100

(1) For BMX NOC 0400 (Ethernet IP), Proﬁbus DP Gateway TSX EGPA23F14F, Modbus Plus Gateway TCS EGDB23F24FA: Available 1Q 2010

3/23

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Programmable Automation Controller

Power supply modules

Modicon M340

Type of module Power supply modules

Voltage 24 VDC isolated

24…48 VDC isolated

100…240 VAC

Nominal input current 1A at 24 VDC

1.65 A at 24 VDC

0.61 A at 115 VAC 1.04 A at 0.52 A 100...150 VDC

0.83 A at 48 VDC

0.31 A at 220 VDC

Micro-break duration ≤ 1

Integrated protection Via internal fuse (not accessible)

Max. useful power 17W 32 W 20 W 36 W

Max. dissipated power 8.5 W

Removable connectors

(set of 2)

supplied as standard BMX XTS CPS10 (cage clamp)

to be ordered separately BMX XTS CPS20 (spring-type)

References BMX CPS 2010 BMX CPS 3020 BMX CPS 2000 BMX CPS 3500 BMX CPS 3504 (1)

(1) Available 1Q 2010

Racks

Designation Racks

Type of modules to be installed

BMX CPS power supply, BMX P34 processor, I/O modules and application-speciﬁ c modules (counter, communication)

No. of slots

46812

References

BMX XBP 0400 BMX XBP 0600 BMX XBP 0800 BMX XBP 1200

Rack extensions

Designation Rack extension module Kit for rack extension

Standard module to interconnect rack A complete assembly kit for to racks distant from

0.8 m or less

References

BMX XBE 1000 BMX XBE 2005

3/24

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Programmable Automation Controller

Discrete I/O modules

Type of module DC input modules

Number of inputs 16 16 32 64 16 16

Connection Screw or spring-type 1 connector 2 connectors Screw or spring-type

20-way removable

terminal block

20-way removable 40-way 40-way

terminal block

Nominal input values Voltage 24 V 48 V 24 V 125 VDC

Current 3.5 mA 2.5 mA 1 mA 3 mA

Logic Positive (sink) Negative (source)

Input limit values At state 1 Voltage ≥11 V ≥34 V ≥11 V ≥15 V ≥14 V

Current > 2 mA > 2 mA > 2 mA > 1 mA > 2 mA

(for U ≥11 V) (for U ≥34 V) (for U ≥11 V) (for U ≥5 V) (for U ≥15 V)

At state 0 Voltage < 5 V < 10 V < 5 V

Current ≥1.5 mA ≥0.5 mA ≥1.5 mA ≥0.5 mA

References BMX DDI 1602 BMX DDI 1603 BMX DDI 3202K BMX DDI 6402K BMX DAI 1602

BMX DDI 1604 (1)

(1) Available 1Q 2010

Type of module AC input modules

Number of inputs 16 8

Connection Screw or spring-type 20-way removable terminal block

Nominal input values Voltage 24 VAC 48 AC 100…120 VAC 200...240 VAC

Current 3 mA 10.4 mA

Frequency 50/60 Hz

Input limit values At state 1 Voltage ≥15 V ≥34 V ≥74 V ≥159 V

Current ≥2 mA ≥2.5 mA ≥6 mA

At state 0 Voltage ≤5 V ≤10 V ≤20 V ≤40 V

Current ≤1 mA ≤4 mA

References BMX DAI 1602 BMX DAI 1603 BMX DAI 1604 BMX DAI 0805 (2)

(2) Available 1Q 2010

Type of module DC solid state output modules

Number of inputs 16 16 32 64

Connection Screw or spring-type 20-way removable terminal block One 40-way connector Two 40-way connectors

Nominal output values Voltage 24 VDC

Current 0.5 V 0.1 V

Logic Positive (source) Negative (sink) Positive (source)

Output limit values Voltage (ripple included) 19…30 (possible up to 34 V, limited to 1 hour in every 24 hours)

Current per channel 0.625 A 0.125 A

Current per module

Maximum dissipated power 4 2.26 3.6 6.85

References BMX DDO 1602 BMX DDO 1612 BMX DDO 3202K BMX DDO 6402K

Modicon M340

3/25

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Programmable Automation Controller

Discrete I/O modules

Type of module Triac output modules

Number of inputs 16

Connection Screw or spring-type 20-way removable terminal block

Operating voltage Nominal 100…240 VAC

Limit 85…288 VAC

Currents Maximum 0.6 per channel, 2.4 per common, 4.8 for all 4 commons.

Minimum 25 mA at 100 V a, 25 mA at 240 V a.

Maximum inrush current ≤ 20/cycle

Reference BMX DAO1605

Type of module Relay output modules

Number of inputs 8168

Connection Screw or spring-type 20-way removable terminal block

Max. operating voltage DC 10…34 VDC 24…125 VDC (resistive load)

AC 10…264 VAC 200…264 VAC (Cosϕ = 1) 100...150 VDC

Response time Activation < 10 ms

Deactivation < 8 ms < 12 ms

Dissipated power 2.7 W max 3 W

References BMX DRA 0805 BMX DRA 1605 BMX DRA 0804 (1)

(1) Available 1Q 2010

Type of module 24 VDC mixed I/O modules

Inputs Solid state outputs Inputs Solid state outputs

Number of I/O 8 8 16 16

Connection

Screw or spring-type 20-way removable terminal block

One 40-way connector

Input limit values At state 1 Voltage ≥11V ≥11V

Current ≥3 mA (for U ≥11) ≥2 mA (for U ≥11)

At state 0 Voltage 5 V 5 V

Current ≤1.5 mA ≤1.5 mA

Sensor power supply (ripple included)

19…30 V (possible up to 30 V, limited to 1 hour in every 24 hours)

Output limit values Voltage (ripple included) 19…30 (possible up to 30 V, limited to 1 hour in every 24 hours)

Current per channel 0.625 A 0.125 A

per module 5 A 3.2 A

Maximum dissipated power 3.7 W 4 W

References BMX DDM 16022 BMX DDM 3202K

Modicon M340

3/26

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Type of module Mixed input/relay output modules

24 VDC inputs 24 VDC or 24…240 VAC relay outputs

Number of I/O 88

Connection Screw or spring-type 20-way removable terminal block

Nominal values Inputs Voltage 24 VDC (positive logic)

Current 3.5 mA

Outputs DC voltage 24 VDC

DC 2 (resistive load)

AC voltage 220 VAC, Cosϕ = 1

AC 2 A

Input limit values At state 1 Voltage ≥11V

Current ≥2 mA (for U ≥ 11 V)

At state 0 Voltage 5 V

Current ≤1.5 mA

Sensor power supply (ripple included)

19…30 V (possible up to 30 V, limited to 1 hour in every 24 hours)

Maximum dissipated power 3.1 W

Reference BMX DDM 16025

Programmable Automation Controller

Discrete I/O modules

Modicon M340

3/27

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Programmable Automation Controller

Analog I/O modules

Type of module Analog input module

Input type Isolated high-level

inputs

Isolated high-level

inputs

Non isolated

high-level inputs

Isolated inputs, low-level voltage, resis-

tors, temperature probes, thermocouples

Number of channels 48848

Nature of inputs ± 10 V, ± 5 V, 0…5 V, 0…10 V, 1…5 V

0…20 mA, 4…20 mA , ± 20 mA

±40 mV, ±80 mV, ±160 mV, ±320 mV,

±640 mV, ±1.28 V

Resolution 0.35 mV/0.92 µA 15 mV + sign

Reference BMX AMI 0410 BMX AMI 0810 (1) BMX AMI 0800 (1) BMX ART 0414 BMX ART 0814

(1) Available 1Q 2010

Type of module Analog output module

Output type Isolated high-level outputs Non isolated high-level outputs

Number of channels 248

Range Voltage ± 10 V –

Current 0…20 mA and 4…20 mA –

Resolution 15 bits + sign

Reference BMX AMO 0210 BMX AMO 0410 (1) BMX AMO 0802 (1)

(1) Available 1Q 2010

Type of module Mixed analog I/O module

Channel type Non-isolated high-level inputs Non-isolated high-level outputs

Number of channels 42

Ranges ±10 V, 0…5 V, 0…10 V, 1…5 V, 0…20 mA, 4…20 mA ±10 V, 0…20 mA, 4…20 mA

Maximum conversion value Voltage ± 11.25 V ± 11.25 V

Current 0…30 0…24 mA

Resolution 14 bits, 12 bits, 13 bits, 12 bits 12 bits, 11 bits

Reference BMX AMM 0600

Counter and motion control modules

Type of module Counter module Motion Control

Module

32 bits 16 bits 32 bits

Modularity 2 channels 8 channels 4 channels 4 channels

No. of sensor inputs 6 per channel 2 per channel 3 per channel 4 auxiliary inputs

No. of actuator outputs 2 per channel 2 auxiliary outputs

Module cycle time 1 ms 5 ms –

Applications Upcounting, downcounting,

measurement, frequency meter,

frequency generator, axis following

Upcounting, downcounting,

measurement

Frequency generator, Move,

set position

References BMX EHC 0200 BMX EHC 0800 BMX MSP 0200

Modicon M340

3/28

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Programmable Automation Controller

Connection accessories

Modicon M340

Removable terminal blocks 20-way 28-way

For use with modules BMX AMI 0410 - BMX AM0 0210 - BMX AMM 0600 - BMX EHC 0800 BMX MSP 200,

BMX AMI 0800 / AMI 0810

For use with TOR modules All 8 and 16 channel modules

Composition Cage clamp Screw clamp Spring-type

Reference BMX FTB 2000 BMX FTB 2010 BMX FTB 2020 BMX FTB 2820

Some racks, power supply, communication modules and speciﬁc modules, plus all the analog

modules are now available in «ruggedized version». The references of these products end by a H.

New

3/29

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Programmable Automation Controller

Processors under Unity Pro software

Type of processor TSX 5710

4 racks max.

TSX 5720

16 racks max.

TSX 5730

16 racks max.

Number of I/O Discrete 512 1024 1024

in racks Analog 24 80 128

Integrated process control No / Yes 30 loops / Yes 45 loops / Yes

Application-speciﬁc channels (counter, position control, weighing) 8 24 32

Bus AS-Interface cabling system 2 4 8

CANopen machine bus 1 1 1

INTERBUS, Proﬁbus DP ﬁeldbus – 1 3

Networks (Ethernet, Modbus Plus, Fipway) 1 2 3

Memory capacity Without PCMCIA extension 96 Kb data/prog. 160/192 Kb data/prog. (1) 192/208 Kb data/prog. (1)

With PCMCIA extension 96 Kb data/224 Kb prog. 160/192 Kb data (1)/768 Kb prog. 192/208 Kb data (1)/1,75 MB prog.

Execution time for one Boolean 0.19 µs 0.19 µs 0.12 µs

instruction without ext. PCMCIA On word or arithmetic 0.25 µs 0.25 µs 0.17 µs

Reference Without integrated port TSXP57104M (6) TSXP57204M (6) TSXP57304M (6)

Integrated Ethernet TSXP571634M (2) (6) TSXP572634M (6) TSXP573634M (6)

Integrated CANopen –––

Integrated Fipio TSXP57154M (6) TSXP57254M (6) TSXP57354M (6)

Processors under PL7 software

Type of processor TSX 5710

4 racks max.

TSX 5720

16 racks max.

TSX 5730

16 racks max.

Number of I/O Discrete 512 1024 1024

in racks Analog 24 80 128

Integrated process control No 30 loops 45 loops

Application-speciﬁc channels (counter, position control, weighing) 8 24 32

Bus AS-Interface cabling system 2 4 8

CANopen machine bus 1 (with TSXP57103M) 1 1

INTERBUS, Proﬁbus DP ﬁeldbus – 1 2

Networks (Ethernet, Modbus Plus, Fipway) 1 1 3

Memory capacity Without PCMCIA extension 32 K words data/prog. 48 K words data/prog. (4) 64/80 K words data/prog. (4)

With PCMCIA extension

32 K words data/64 K words prog.

32 K words data (4)/160 K words prog.

80/96 K words data (4)/384 K words prog.

Execution time for one Boolean 0.19 µs 0.19 µs 0.12 µs

instruction without ext. PCMCIA On word or arithmetic 0.25 µs 0.25 µs 0.17 µs

Reference Without integrated port TSXP57103M (6) TSXP57203M (6) TSXP57303AM (6)

Integrated Ethernet – TSXP572623M (6) TSXP573623AM (6)

Integrated Fipio TSXP57153M (6) TSXP57253M (6) TSXP57353AM (6)

Integrated Ethernet and Fipio – TSXP572823M (6) –

(1) The second value corresponds to the integrated memory capacity when the processor is equipped with a Fipio manager integrated link

(2) Processor with double format

(3) PC format card on PCI bus

(4) The second value corresponds to the processor with integrated Fipio bus manager link.

(5) with PL7 V4.4 min.

(6) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example TSXP571634M becomes TSXP571634MC

Modicon Premium

3/30

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

TSX 5740

16 racks max.

TSX 5750

16 racks max.

TSX 5760

16 racks

TSXH5724M

16 racks

TSXH5744M

16 racks

2048 2048 2048 512 512

256 512 512 80 128

60 loops / Yes 90 loops / Yes 90 loops / Yes 30 loops / Yes 60 loops / Yes

64 64 64 16 (serial communication) 16 (serial communication)

88800

11100

45500

44424

320 Kb data/prog. 1024 Kb data/prog. 2048 Kb data/prog. 192 Kb 440 Kb

440 Kb data/2 MB prog. 1024 Kb data/7 MB prog. 2048 Kb data/7 MB prog. 192 Kb data/768 Kb prog. 440 Ko data/2 MB prog.

0.06 µs 0.037 µs 0,037 µs 0,039 µs 0,039 µs

0.07 µs 0.045 µs 0,045 µs 0,054 µs 0,054 µs

– – – TSXH5724M (6) TSXH5744M (6)

TSXP574634M (6) TSXP575634M (6) TSXP576634M (6)

–––

TSXP57454M (6) TSXP57554M (6) –

Atrium slot-PLCs under Unity Pro software

TSX 5740

16 racks max.

PCI 5720

16 racks max.

PCI 5730

16 racks max.

2048 1024 1024

256 80 128

60 loops 30 loops / Yes 45 loops / Yes

64 24 32

84 8

11 1

21 3

4 3 (6) 4

96 K words data/prog. 160 Kb data/prog. (1) 208 Kb data/prog. (1)

176 K words data/992 K words prog. (5) 160 Kb data/768 Kb prog.

208 Kb data (1)/1,75 MB prog.

0.06 µs 0.19 µs 0.12 µs

0.08 µs 0.25 µs 0.17 µs

– TSXPCI57204M (3) –

–– –

TSXP57453AM (6) ––

TSXP574823AM (6) – TSXPCI57354M (3)

HotStandBy offer

3/31

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Programmable Automation Controller

Memory extensions for Unity Pro processors

Type of PCMCIA card Application Additional data

Technology SRAM Flash EPROM only SRAM

Memory size 96 Kb – TSXMFPB096K (3) –

128 Kb TSXMRPP128K TSXMFPP128K –

224 Kb TSXMRPP224K / TSXMCPC224K TSXMFPP224K –

384 Kb TSXMRPP384K TSXMFPP384K –

448 Kb TSXMRPC448K (1) – –

512 Kb –

TSXMCPC512K (2) / TSXMFPP512K

–

768 Kb TSXMRPC768K (1) – –

1 MB TSXMRPC001M (1) (6) TSXMFPP001M –

1.7 MB TSXMRPC01M7 ––

2 MB TSXMRPC002M (1)

TSXMCPC002M

(2) /

TSXMFPPC002M

–

3 MB TSXMRPC003M (1) (6) – –

4 MB – TSXMFPP004M TSXMRPF004M

7 MB TSXMRPC007M (1) (6) – –

8 MB – – TSXMRPF008M

(1) By conﬁguration, the user can reserve part of the memory space for data storage (recipes, production data) on request.

(2) These cards have an additional SRAM area for storing data (recipes, production data).

(3) Backup cartridge of the program when this one reside entirely in PLC internal memory.

Memory extensions for PL7 processors

Type of PCMCIA card Application Additional data

Technology SRAM Flash EPROM only SRAM

Memory size (4) 32 K words TSXMRPP128K TSXMFPP128K –

64 K words TSXMRPP224K TSXMFPP224K –

64 K words/128 K words TSXMRPP384K TSXMCPC224K –

96 K words – TSXMFPB096K –

128 K words TSXMRPC448K TSXMFPP384K –

128 K words/128 K words TSXMRPC768K (5) – –

256 K words TSXMRPC001M (6) – –

256 K words/640 K words TSXMRPC01M7 (5) – –

384 K words/640 K words TSXMRPC002M ––

512 K words TSXMRPC003M (5) (6) – –

992 K words/640 K words TSXMRPC007M (6) – –

2048 K words – – TSXMRPF004M

(4) The 1

value corresponds to the size of the application area, the second to the size of the additional data area for storing data (recipes, production data, etc).

(5) These cards have an additional SRAM area for storing application object symbols.

(6) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example TSXMRPC001M becomes TSXMRPC001MC

Modicon Premium

3/32

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Power supply modules (1)

Type of power supply module for Premium

Atrium (2)

Input voltage 24 VDC 100…240 VAC 100…120/200…240 VAC 24 VDC

Output voltage 5 VDC/24 VDC 5 VDC

Total useful power 26 W 50 W 26 W 50 W 77 W 26 W

Format Standard Double Standard Double Double –

Reference

TSXPSY1610M (4) TSXPSY3610M (4) TSXPSY2600M (4) TSXPSY5500M (4) TSXPSY8500M (4)

TSXPSI2010

(1) Process power supplies see chapter 6 “Power supply”

(2) Only for Atrium slot-PLCs under Unity

Racks

Type of rack Non extendable

Extendable

For conﬁguration Mono-rack Multi-rack (16 max.)

Dimensions WxDxP

Reference 4 positions 188 x 160 x 151,5 mm (3) – TSXRKY4EX (4)

6 positions 261,6 x 160 x 151,5 mm (3) TSXRKY6 (4) TSXRKY6EX (4)

8 positions 335,3 x 160 x 151,5 mm (3) TSXRKY8 (4) TSXRKY8EX (4)

12 positions 482,6 x 160 x 151,5 mm (3) TSXRKY12 (4) TSXRKY12EX (4)

(3) Hight of I/O modules : 151,5 mm with HE 10 or SUB-D connectors, 165 mm with screw terminals

(4) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example TSXPSY1610M becomes TSXPSY1610MC

Connection accessories

Type Bus X daisy chaining cable for

extendable racks

Line terminators and accessories

–Set of 2

Reference –TSXTLYEX

–TSXTVSY100 (2 Bus X Transcient voltage

suppressor) (5)

L = 1 m TSXCBY010K –

L = 3 m TSXCBY030K –

L = 5 m TSXCBY050K –

L = 12 m TSXCBY120K –

L = 18 m TSXCBY180K –

L = 28 m TSXCBY280KT –

L = 38 m TSXCBY380KT –

L = 50 m TSXCBY500KT –

L = 72 m TSXCBY720KT –

L = 100 m TSXCBY1000KT –

(5) Available 1Q 2010.

3/33

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Programmable Automation Controller

Discrete I/O modules

Type of module Discrete inputs

Connection By screw terminals TSXBLY01 (1) By HE 10 connector (2) high density

Number of isolated channels 8 16 16 (3) 32 64

Input voltage 24 VDC TSXDEY08D2 (5) TSXDEY16D2 (5) TSXDEY16FK (5) TSXDEY32D2K (5) TSXDEY64D2K (5)

48 VDC – TSXDEY16D3 (5) – TSXDEY32D3K (5) –

24 VAC –

TSXDEY16A2 (4) (5)

–––

48 VAC – TSXDEY16A3 (5) –––

100…120 VAC – TSXDEY16A4 (5) –––

200…240 VAC – TSXDEY16A5 (5) –––

(1) Terminal block to be ordered separately

(2) For use with Advantys Telefast ABE7 wiring system

(3) Module with high-speed isolated inputs (ﬁltering from 0.1 to 7.5 ms) able to activate the event-triggered task

(4) Module also compatible with 24 VDC negative logic

Type of module Discrete outputs

Solid state Relay Triac

Connection

By screw terminals TSXBLY01 (1)

By HE10 conn. (2) By screw terminals TSXBLY01 (1)

Number of protected channels 8163264816816

Output voltage/current 24 VDC/0,5 A

TSXDSY08T2 (5) TSXDSY16T2 (5)

––––––

24 VDC/2 A

TSXDSY08T22 (5)

–––––––

24 VDC/0.1 A

––

TSXDSY32T2K (5) TSXDSY64T2K (5)

––––

48 VDC/1 A

TSXDSY08T31 (5)

–––––––

48 VDC/0.25 A

–

TSXDSY16T3 (5)

––––––

24…48 VDC-24…240 VAC/5 A Th.c

––––

TSXDSY08R5A (5)

–––

24…120 VAC/5 A Th.c

––––

TSXDSY08R4D (5)

–––

24…120 VAC/1 A

–––––––

TSXDSY16S4 (5)

48…240 VAC/1 A

–––––––

TSXDSY16S5

48…240 VA /2 A

––––––

TSXDSY08S5

–

24 VDC-24…240 VAC/3A

––––

TSXDSY08R5 (5) TSXDSY16R5 (5)

––

(1) Terminal block to be ordered separately

(2) For use with Advantys Telefast ABE7 wiring system

Type of module Discrete I/O

Connection By HE 10 connector (2) high density

Number of inputs 16 high-speed

Number of protected outputs 12 solid state 12 reﬂex or timed

Output voltage/current 24 VDC/0.5 A TSXDMY28FK (5) TSXDMY28RFK (5)

(2) For use with Advantys Telefast ABE7 wiring system

(5) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example

TSXDEY08D2

becomes

TSXDEY08D2

Connection accessories: See www.schneider-electric.com

Modicon Premium

3/34

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Analog I/O modules

Type of module Analog input

High level with common point

High level isolated

Low level isolated

Connection By 25-way SUB-D connector

By terminal block (1)

Number of channels 4 high-speed 8 16 8 16 4

Resolution 16 bits 12 bits 16 bits 16 bits 16 bits

Isolation Between channels Common point Common point Common point ± 200 VDC ± 100 VDC ± 2830 Vrms

Between channels and earth ~ 1000 Vrms ~ 1000 Vrms ~ 1000 Vrms ~ 1000 Vrms ~ 1000 Vrms ~ 1780 Vrms

Reference High level input (2)

TSXAEY420 (7) TSXAEY800 (7) TSYAEY1600 (7)

TSXAEY810 (7) ––

Multi-range

– – – – TSXAEY1614 (3)(7) TSXAEY414 (4) (7)

(1) Screw terminals TSXBLY01 to be ordered separately

(2) ± 10 V, 0…10 V, 0…5 V, 1…5 V, 0…20 mA, 4…20 mA

(3) ± 63 mV thermocouple (B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U)

(4) ± 10 V, ± 5 V, 0…10 V, 0…5 V, 1…5 V, 0…20 mA, 4…20 mA, -13…+63 mV, 0…400 W, 0…3850 W, thermal probe, thermocouple

Type of module Analog output

Isolated With common point

Connection By screw terminals TSXBLY01 (5) By 25-way SUB-D connector

Number of channels 48

Resolution 11 bits + sign 13 bits + sign

Isolation Between channels ~ 1500 Vrms Common point

Between channels and earth ~ 1500 Vrms ~ 1000 Vrms

Reference Input signal (6) TSXASY410 (7) TSXASY800 (7)

(5) Terminal block to be ordered separately

(6) ± 10 V, 0…10 V, 0…20 mA, 4…20 mA.

(7) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example

TSXAEY420

becomes

TSXAEY420

Connection accessories: See www.schneider-electric.com

3/35

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Programmable Automation Controller

Counter modules

Type of module Counter

Counter/measurement

Electronic cam

Type of inputs for Sensors (2) Sensors (2) Incremental encoders (3)

Incremental encoders (3) Encoders (3)(4) Absolute encoders (5)

Counting 40 kHz 500 kHz/200 kHz (5)

Cycle time module 5 ms 10 ms 1 ms –

Number of channels 2 4 2 128 cams

Number of axes –––1

Reference TSXCTY2A (1) TSXCTY4A (1) TSXCTY2C (1) TSXCCY1128 (1)

(1) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example TSXCTY2A becomes TSXCTY2AC

(2) For 2/3-wire PNP/NPN 24 VDC sensors

(3) For 5 VDC RS422, 10…30 VDC Totem Pole incremental encoders

(4) For SSI serial or parallel output absolute encoders

(5) For RS485 serial or parallel output absolute encoders

Module type For translators For analog control servomotors

(ampliﬁer for stepper motor) (for asynchronous and brushless motors)

Control outputs RS 422 +/- 10 V

Compatible with drives Lexium 05, Twin Line Lexium 05 / 15 LP, MP and HP, Twin Line, Lexium 32

Functions Linear axes – Limited Limited or inﬁnite

Limited or inﬁnite(6)

Slave axes – With static ratio With dynamic ratio –

Frequency for each axis 187 kHz 500 kHz with incremental encoder, 200 kHz with absolute encoder (7)

Number of axes 1224243

Reference TSXCFY11 (1) TSXCFY21 (1) TSXCAY21 (1) TSXCAY41 (1) TSXCAY22 (1) TSXCAY42 (1) TSXCAY33 (1)

(6) With linear interpolation on 2 or 3 axes

(7) SSI serial or with parallel outputs

Module type Servomotors with SERCOS® digital ring

(for brushless motors)

Control outputs SERCOS® network ring

Compatible with ranges Lexium 15 LP, MP, HP and Lexium 32 modular drive

Functions Linear or inﬁnite independent axes, slave axes with cam proﬁle or ratio

Processing 4 sets of axes with linear

interpolation from 2 to 8 axes

4 sets of axes with linear and circular

interpolation

from 2 to 3 axes (8)

4 sets of axes with linear

interpolation from 2 to 8 axes

Frequency for each axis 4 MB SERCOS® network ring

Number of axes 8 (9) 8 (9) 16 (10)

Reference TSXCSY84 TSXCSY85 TSXCSY164

(8) TSXCSY85 module supplied with TJE trajectory editor: linear trajectories with links between segments according to polynomial or circular interpolation and circular trajectories.

(9) 8 real axes, 4 imaginary axes and 4 remote axes

(10) 16 axes (real axes, imaginary and remote axes)

Type of module ISP Plus

supplied uncalibrated supplied calibrated and offer

Load cell inputs / outputs 50 measurements (for 1 to 8 load cells) / 2 discrete and 1 RS 485 for display unit

Reference Without display unit TSXISPY101 (1) Please consult your Schneider-electric agency

With display unit TSXXBTN410 TSXISPY121 Please consult your Schneider-electric agency

Connection accessories: See www.schneider-electric.com

Modicon Premium

Weighing modules

Motion control modules

3/36

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Communication modules

Type of module Ethernet TCP/IP Ethernet IP

Speed 10 MBps 10/100 MBps

Standard services

Ethway, TCP/IP

(Uni-TE, Modbus)

TCP/IP

(Uni-TE, Modbus)

IP/CIP IP/CIP

Modbus TCP

Transparent Ready Class C10 B30 B30 C30 D10 – –

Global Data – Yes Yes Yes – – –

I/O Scanning – Yes Yes Yes – Yes Yes

TCP Open Yes – – Yes – – –

Web server Standard services Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

FactoryCast services Yes – – Yes – – –

FactoryCast HMI services – – – – Yes – –

Reference

TSXETY110WS

(4)

TSXP57

(1)

TSXETY4103

(4)

TSXETY5103

(4)

TSXWMY100

(4)

TSXETC100

(2)

TSXETC101

(2)

(1) References: see pages 3/30 and 3/31, Premium processors with integrated Ethernet TCP/IP port

(2) Seamless integration of Modbus and Ethernet/IP environments. Full integration in Unity (FDT/DTM technology). Available in 2010 Unity V5

Proﬁbus DPV1 is available for Modicon Premium Please refer to page 3/23

Type of module AS-Interface

cabling system

CANopen

machine bus

Fipio manager

ﬁeldbus

NTER

ﬁeldbus

Proﬁbus DP

ﬁeldbus

Name and description In-rack PCMCIA Integrated port In-rack In-rack

Speed 167 kBps 20 K…1 MBps 1 MBps 0.5 MBps 9.6 K…12 MBps

Reference TSXSAY1000 (4) TSXCPP110 (4) TSXP57 (2) TSXIBY100 (4) TSXPBY100

(2) References: see pages 3/30 and 3/31, Premium processors with integrated Fipio port

Type of module Serial links

Uni-Telway Modbus ASCII

Name and description Integrated port In-rack PCMCIA In-rack PCMCIA PCMCIA

Speed 19.2 kBps 19.2 kBps 1.2...19.2 kBps 19.2 kBps 1.2...19.2 kBps 1.2...19.2 kBps

Reference With interface RS 485 TSXP57 (1)

TSXSCY21601 (2) (4)

TSXSCP114 (4)

TSXSCY11601 (4)

TSXSCP114 (4)

RS 232D –

–

TSXSCP111 (4)

–

TSXSCP111 (4)

20mA CL –

–

TSXSCP112 (4)

–

TSXSCP112 (4)

(1) References: see pages 3/30 and 3/31, Premium processors with integrated Ethernet TCP/IP port

(2) Also designed for Modbus serial (channel 0).

Type of module Other networks

Modbus Plus Fipway Fipio (agent function)

Name and description PCMCIA card PCMCIA card PCMCIA card

Speed 1 MBps 1 MBps 1 MBps

Reference TSXMBP100 (4) TSXFPP20 (4) TSXFPP10 (4)

(4) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example TSXETY110WS becomes TSXETY110WSC

Connection accessories: See www.schneider-electric.com

3/37

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Programmable Automation Controller

Processors under Unity Pro software

Type of processor Simple applications Simple and medium

complexity applications

Max. number of

discrete I/O (1)

Local Unlimited (27 slots max.)

Remote/distributed 31744 inputs (RIO)/8000 inputs (DIO) and 31744 outputs (RIO)/8000 outputs (DIO)

Max. number of

analog I/O (1)

Local Unlimited (27 slots max.)

Remote/distributed 1984 inputs (RIO)/500 inputs (DIO) and 1984 outputs (RIO)/500 outputs (DIO)

Type of application-speciﬁc I/O Intrinsically safe I/O, counter, motion control, high-speed interrupt inputs,

time-stamp, serial link, AS-Interface sensor/actuator bus

Communication ports (2) Integrated Modbus 2 RS 232/RS 485 2 RS 232

Modbus Plus 1 integrated, 2 in local rack 1 integrated, 6 in local rack

Ethernet TCP/IP 2 in local rack 6 in local rack

Fieldbus Proﬁbus DP: 2 in local rack Proﬁbus DP: 6 in local rack

Memory capacity Internal RAM 548 KB 1056 KB

With PCMCIA extension – –

Data storage – –

Reference 140CPU31110 (4) 140CPU43412U (4)

Processors under Concept/ProWORX software

Type of processor Simple applications

Max. number of

discrete I/O (1)

Local 1024 (27 slots max.)

Decentralized/distributed 31744 inputs (RIO)/8000 inputs (DIO) and 31744 outputs (RIO)/8000 outputs (DIO)

Max. number of

analog I/O (1)

Local Unlimited (27 slots max.)

Decentralized/distributed 1984 inputs (RIO)/500 inputs (DIO) and 1984 outputs (RIO)/500 outputs (DIO)

Type of application-speciﬁc I/O Intrinsically safe I/O, counter, motion control, high-speed interrupt inputs,

time-stamp, serial link, AS-Interface sensor/actuator bus

Communication ports (2) Integrated Modbus 1 RS 232

Modbus Plus 1 integrated, 2 in local rack

Ethernet TCP/IP 2 in local rack

Fieldbus INTERBUS/Proﬁbus DP: 2 in local rack

Memory capacity Internal RAM 109 KB 368 KB

Reference Concept/ProWORX 140CPU11302 (4) 140CPU11303 (4)

(1) The maximum values for the number of discrete or analog I/O are not cumulative

(2) The numbers of communication modules are not cumulative, 2 or 6 in local rack, depending on model

(3) Processor compatible with Unity Pro software after updating its ﬁrmware (via OS-Loader included in Unity Pro)

(4) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example T140CPU31110 becomes 140CPU31110C

(5) Suitable for safety related application up to SIL2 and SIL3

Modicon Quantum

3/38

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Complex applications Hot Standby

redundant applications

Unlimited (26 slots max.) Unlimited (13 slots max.) Unlimited (26 slots max.) Unlimited (13 slots max.)

31744 inputs (RIO)/8000 inputs (DIO) and 31744 outputs (RIO)/8000 outputs (DIO) 31744 inputs and 31744

outputs

31744 inputs (RIO)/8000

inputs (DIO) and 31744 out-

puts (RIO)/8000 outputs (DIO)

31744 inputs and 31744

outputs

Unlimited (27 slots max.) Unlimited (13 slots max.) Unlimited (27 slots max.) Unlimited (13 slots max.)

1984 inputs (RIO)/500 inputs (DIO) and 1984 outputs (RIO)/500 outputs (DIO) 1984 inputs and 1984

outputs

1984 inputs (RIO)/500 inputs

(DIO) and 1984 outputs

(RIO)/500 outputs (DIO)

1984 inputs and 1984

outputs

Intrinsically safe I/O, counter, motion control, high-speed interrupt inputs, time-stamp,

serial link, AS-Interface sensor/actuator bus

––

1 RS 232/485 1 RS 232/485 1 RS 232/485 1 RS 232/485

1 integrated, 6 in local rack 1 integrated 1 integrated, 6 in local rack 1 integrated

1 integrated, 6 in local rack 1 integrated, 6 in local rack 6 in local rack 1 integrated, 6 in local rack

Proﬁbus DP: 6 in local rack – Proﬁbus DP: 6 in local rack –

768 KB 1024 KB 3072 KB 1024 KB 1024 KB 1024 MB

7 MB 7 MB 7 MB 7 MB 7 MB 7 MB

8 MB 8 MB 8 MB – 8 MB –

140CPU65150 (4) 140CPU65160 (4) 140CPU65260 (4) 140CPU65160S (5) 140CPU67160 (4) 140CPU67160S (5)

Simple and medium

complexity applications

Complex applications

1024 (27 slots max.)

31744 inputs (RIO)/8000 inputs (DIO) and 31744 outputs (RIO)/8000 outputs (DIO)

Unlimited (27 slots max.)

1984 inputs (RIO)/500 inputs (DIO) and 1984 outputs (RIO)/500 outputs (DIO)

Intrinsically safe I/O, counter, motion control, high-speed interrupt inputs, time-stamp, serial link, AS-Interface sensor/actuator bus

2 RS 232

1 integrated, 6 in local rack

6 in local rack

INTERBUS/Proﬁbus DP: 6 in local rack

896 KB 2,5 MB

140CPU43412A (3) (4) 140CPU53414B (3) (4)

3/39

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Programmable Automation Controller

Power supply modules (1)

Type of power supply module for Quantum

Input voltage 24 VDC 48…60 VDC 100…150 VDC 120…130 VAC 115/230 VAC

Output current 8 A/3 A (5) 8 A 8 A/3 A 8 A/3 A 11 A

Reference Type Standalone (2) 140CPS21100 (6) – 140CPS51100 (6) 140CPS11100 (6) –

Summable 140CPS21400 (6) 140CPS41400 (6) – – 140CPS11420 (6)

Redundant 140CPS22400 (6) 140CPS42400 (6) 140CPS52400 (6) – 140CPS12420 (6)

(1) Process power supplies see chapter 6 “Power supply”

(2) The output current for the standalone power supply modules is 3 A

PCMCIA memory extensions

Type of PCMCIA card

for Unity processors 140CPU65/67

Application Additional data

Technology SRAM Flash EPROM SRAM

Memory size 512 Kb/512 Kb (4) – TSXMCPC512K (3) –

1 MB (5) TSXMRPC001M (6) TSXMFPP001M –

2 MB (5) TSXMRPC002M TSXMFPP002M –

2 MB/1 MB (4) – TSXMCPC002M –

3 MB (5) TSXMRPC003M (6) ––

4 MB – TSXMFPP004M TSXMRPF004M

7 MB (5) TSXMRPC007M (6) ––

8 MB – – TSXMRPF008M

(3) These cards have an additional SRAM area for storing data (recipes, production data).

(4) The 1

value corresponds to the size of the application area, the second to the size of the additional data area for storing data (recipes, production data, etc)

(5) By conﬁguration the user can reserve part of the memory space for data storage (recipes, production data, etc)

(6) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example TSXMRPC001M becomes TSXMRPC001MC

Modicon Quantum

3/40

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Type Racks

Dimensions WxDxH

References 2 slots 104x104x290 mm 140XBP00200 (2)

3 slots 143x104x290 mm 140XBP00300 (2)

4 slots 184x104x290 mm 140XBP00400 (2)

6 slots 265x104x290 mm 140XBP00600 (2)

10 slots 428x104x290 mm 140XBP01000 (2)

16 slots 671x104x290 mm 140XBP01600 (2)

Rack extension module 140XBE10000 (1) (2)

(1) Local extension module, to be placed in main rack and secondary rack.

(2) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example 140XBP00200 becomes 140XBP00200C

Connection accessories (3)

Type Cable for extension racks (main and secondary)

References L = 1 m 140XCA71703

L = 2 m 140XCA71706

L = 3 m 140XCA71709

(3) Other accessories: See www.schneider-electric.com

Racks

3/41

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Programmable Automation Controller

Discrete I/O modules

Modicon Quantum

Type of module (5) Discrete inputs

Connection By screw terminals 140XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Number of isolated channels 16 4 groups of 8 3 groups of 8 2 groups of 8 6 groups of 16 8 groups of 2

Input voltage 5 VDC TTL (negative logic) – 140DDI15310 ––––

24 VDC –

140DDI35300

(1)(2)

––140DDI36400 –

10…60 VDC –140DDI85300 –––140DDI84100

20…30 VDC – 140DSI35300

(1)

––––

125 VDC –– 140DDI67300 –––

24 VAC 140DAI34000 140DAI35300 ––––

48 VAC 140DAI44000 140DAI45300 ––––

115 VAC 140DAI54000 140DAI55300 –140DAI54300 ––

230 VAC 140DAI74000 140DAI75300 ––––

(1) For negative logic, replace 00 at the end of the reference with 10, for example 140DDI35300 becomes 140DDI35310.

(2) Non-interfering module in safety related application

Type of module (5) Discrete outputs

Solid state

Connection By screw terminals 140XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Number of protected channels 16 4 groups of 8 4 groups of 4 2 groups of 8 6 groups of 16 2 groups of 6

Output voltage/current 5 VDC TTL/0.075 A (3) –

140DDO15310

––––

24 VDC/0.5 A –

140DDO35301(1)

140DDO35300(2)

––––

10…30 VDC/0.5 A (4) –140DVO85300 ––––

19.2…30 VDC/0.5 A –– – –140DDO36400 –

10…60 VDC/2 A –– – 140DDO84300 ––

24...125 VDC/0.75 A –– – –– 140DDO88500

24…48 VAC/4 A – – 140DAO84220 –––

24…115 VAC/4 A

140DAO84010

–––––

24…230 VAC/ 4-3 A

140DAO84000

140DAO85300 ––––

100...230 VAC/4-3 A –– 140DAO84210 –––

(1) For negative logic, replace 01 at the end of the reference with 10, for example 140DDO35301 becomes 140DDO35310.

(2) Non-interfering module in safety related application

(3) Negative logic

(4) Controlled outputs

Type of module (5) Discrete I/O Discrete outputs

Solid state Relay

Connection By screw terminals 140XTS00200 (to be ordered separately) –

Number of I/O 2 groups of 8/2 groups of 4 1 group of 4/

4 isolated

–/16 NO –/8 NO/NC

Input voltage 24 VDC 115 VAC 125 VDC – –

Output voltage/current 24 VDC / 4 A 115 VAC / 8 A 24...125 VDC / 16 A 2 A 5 A

Reference 140DDM39000 140DAM59000 140DDM69000 140DRA84000 140DRC83000

(5) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example 140DDI15310 becomes 140DDI15310 C

Connection accessories: See www.schneider-electric.com

3/42

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Analog I/O modules

Type of module (4) Analog inputs

Connection By screw terminals 140XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Number of channels 8168

Input signal 4…20 mA 0…25/20 mA (1) Thermal probe Thermocouple

1…5 V 4…20 mA Pt, Ni (2)

Resolution 12 bits 0…25000 points 16 bits 12 bits + sign 16 bits

Reference 140ACI03000 140ACI04000 (3) 140AVI03000 140ARI03010 140ATI03000

(1) 0…25 mA, ± 20 mA, 4…20 mA, 0…10 V, ± 10 V, 0…5 V, ± 5 V, 1…5 V.

(2) Type B, E, J, K, R, S, T, mV

(3) Non-interfering module in safety related application

Type of module (4) Analog output

Connection By screw terminals 140XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Number of channels 48 4

Input signal 4…20 mA 0…25/20 mA 0…10 V, ± 10 V

4…20 mA 0…5 V, ± 5 V

Resolution 12 bits 0…25000 points 12 bits

Reference 140ACO02000 (3) 140ACO13000 140AVO02000

(3) Non-interfering module in safety related application

Type of module (4) Analog I/O

Connection By screw terminals 140XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Number of inputs 4

Number of outputs 2

Input signal 0…20 mA, ± 20 mA, 4…20 mA, 0…10 V, ± 10 V, 0…5 V, ± 5 V, 1…5 V.

Resolution Inputs 16 bits, outputs 12 bits

Reference 140AMM09000

(4) For coated version add C at the end of the reference: example 140ACI03000 becomes 140ACI03000C

Connection accessories: See www.schneider-electric.com

3/43

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Programmable Automation Controller

Intrinsically safe I/O modules

Type of module I/O

Discrete Analog

Connection By screw terminal 140XTS33200 (to be ordered separately)

Number of inputs 8–8 –

Number of outputs –8– 8

Input signal – – Thermal probe 0…25/20 mA

Thermocouple (1) 4…25 mA

Resolution – – 12 bits + sign 0…25000 points 15 bits

Reference 140DII33000 140DIO33000 140AII33000 140AII33010 140AIO33000

(1) Type J, K, E, T, S, R, B, mV

Counter and special purpose modules

Type of module High-speed counter

High-speed inputs

with

interrupt

Time-stamp

system

Type of inputs for Incremental encoders Discrete 24 VDC (2) Discrete

24…125 VDC

Counting frequency 100 kHz 500 kHz – –

Number of channels 521632

Reference 140EHC10500 140EHC20200 140HLI34000 140ERT85410 (4)

(2) 3 operating modes: Interrupt, latch, high-speed inputs, on rising or falling edge.

Safety I/O modules

Type of modules Analog Discrete

Connection Screw terminal

Number of inputs 8 analog inputs 16 discrete inputs –

Number of outputs – – 16 discrete outputs

Input signal 4…20mA 24VDC –

Output voltage – – 24VDC

Resolution 16 bits – –

Certiﬁcation Suitable for safety related application up to SIL2 and SIL3, UL, CE, CSA, Haz-loc

Reference 140SAI94000S 140SDI95300S 140SDO95300S

Connection accessories: See www.schneider-electric.com

Modicon Quantum

3/44

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Communication modules

Type of module Ethernet TCP/IP network Ethernet IP

Speed

10/100 MBps

Standard services TCP/IP(Modbus)

SNMP

BootP/server

DHCP

Transparent Ready Class B30 B30 C30 D10

Global Data Yes Yes Yes –

I/O Scanning Yes Yes Yes –

FDR server Yes Yes Yes –

SNMP protocol Yes Yes Yes Yes

Web server Standard services Yes Yes Yes Yes

FactoryCast services – – Yes Yes

FactoryCast HMI services – – – Yes

Reference 140CPU651* 140NOE77101 140NOE77111 140NWM10000 140NOC77100

* 140 CPU 651 50, 140 CPU 651 60, 140 CPU 652 60, 140 CPU 671 60

Proﬁbus DPV1 is available for Modicon Quantum Please refer to page 3/23

Type of module Modbus Plus

network

AS-Interface

cabling system

Fieldbus

NTER

Proﬁbus DP Master V1 (1)

Modnet ﬁelbus

Name and description Integrated link In-rack In-rack In-rack In-rack

Speed 1 MBps 167 kBps 0,5 MBps to 12 MBps 375 Kbit/s

Reference 140CPU* 140EIA92100 140NOA62200 PTQ PDP MV1 140NOG11100

(1) from your partner Prosoft, www.prosoft-technology.com

* 140 CPU 311 10, 140 CPU 434 12U, 140 CPU 651 50, 140 CPU 651 60, 140 CPU 652 60, 140 CPU 671 60

Type of module Serial link

Modbus ASCII

Name and description Integrated link In-rack

Speed 19.2 kBps 19.2 kBps

Reference 140CPU* (2) 140ESI06210

(2) RS 232/RS 485 on 140CPU651pp and 140CPU67160 processors and RS 232 on 140CPU31110, 140CPU43412A, 140CPU53414A processors.

* 140 CPU 311 10, 140 CPU 434 12U, 140 CPU 651 50, 140 CPU 651 60, 140 CPU 652 60, 140 CPU 671 60

To operate in a corrosive environment, Quantum modules can be ordered with a conformal coating applied to components of the product.

Conformal coating will extend its life and enhance its environmental performance capabilities.

To order conformal coating append a C to the standard catalog number. For example, 140CPS 11420 > 140CPS 114 20C

Connection accessories: See www.schneider-electric.com

3/45

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Unity Pro, a SoCollaborative software

For Modicon M340, Premium, and Quantum

Software type Unity Pro Small version 4.1

License type version 4.1 Single (1 workstation) Group (3 workstations) Team (10 workstations) Site (> 10 workstations)

References Software pack UNYSPUSFUCD41 UNYSPUSFGCD41 UNYSPUSFTCD41 –

Update (1) UNYSPUSZUCD41 UNYSPUSZGCD41 UNYSPUSZTCD41 –

Software type Unity Pro Medium version 4.1

License type version 4.1 Single (1 workstation) Group (3 workstations) Team (10 workstations) Site (> 10 workstations)

References Software pack UNYSPUMFUCD41 UNYSPUMFGCD41 UNYSPUMFTCD41 –

Update (2) UNYSPUMZUCD41 UNYSPUMZGCD41 UNYSPUMZTCD41 –

Software type Unity Pro Large version 4.1

License type version 4.1 Single (1 workstation) Group (3 workstations) Team (10 workstations) Site (> 10 workstations)

References Software pack UNYSPULFUCD41 UNYSPULFGCD41 UNYSPULFTCD41 UNYSPULFFCD41

Update (3) UNYSPULZUCD41 UNYSPULZGCD41 UNYSPULZTCD41 UNYSPULZFCD41

Software type Unity Pro Extra Large version 4.1

License type version 4.1 Single (1 workstation) Group (3 workstations) Team (10 workstations) Site (> 10 workstations)

References Software pack UNYSPUEFUCD41 UNYSPUEFGCD41 UNYSPUEFTCD41 UNYSPUEFFCD41

Update (4) UNYSPUEZUCD41 UNYSPUEZGCD41 UNYSPUEZTCD41 UNYSPUEZFCD41

(1) From Concept S, PL7 Micro, ProWORX NxT Lite and ProWORX 32 Lite

(2) From Concept S/M, PL7 M/J, ProWORX NxT Lite and ProWORX 32 Lite

(3) From Concept S /M, PL7 M/J/P, ProWORX NxT Lite and ProWORX 32 Lite

(4) From all models Concept, PL7, ProWORX NxT and ProWORX 32

Unity Pro, a SoCollaborative software, is common programming software for debugging and opera-

tion of Modicon M340, Premium, and Quantum programmable controller ranges. Unity Pro takes the

recognized usage values of PL7 and Concept software and offers a complete set of new functions for

improved productivity and opening to other software.

Five IEC61131-3 languages are supported as standard in Unity Pro with all debugging functions, either

on the simulator or directly online with the programmable controller.

Thanks to symbolic variables independent of memory, structured data and user function blocks,

application objects are a direct reﬂection of the automated process application components.

Unity Pro operator screens are user-conﬁgured in the application from graphic libraries. Operator

accesses are simple and direct.

Unity V 5.0 (Unity V5.0 available 2Q 2010) integrates the PLCopen standard MFB (Motion Function

Block) library, simplifying

installation of motion controllers on CANopen machine buses: Altivar 31, Altivar 71, Lexium 05,

Lexium 15 LP, MP and HP, IclA.

Debugging and maintenance are simpliﬁed by animated graphic objects.

For diagnostics, a window clearly and chronologically displays all system and application faults with

timestamping at source.

The fault cause search navigation function enables precise location of the source of missing conditions.

XML format, the Web standard for data exchange, has been adopted as Unity application source

format. By simple import/export, all or part of the application can be exchanged with other project

software.

Finally, the converters integrated in Unity Pro automatically convert PL7 and Concept IEC 61131-3

standards and applications.

Automation systems

3/46

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Unity software

Specialized software

Integrator system dedicated software

Software type Unity Pro XL Alliance V3.0

License type version 3.0 Single (1 workstation) Team (10 workstations)

References Software pack UNYSPUEFUAL30 UNYSPUEFTAL30

Old generation upgrade (1) UNYSPUEZUAL30 UNYSPUSZTCD30

Unity update UNYSPUQZUAL30 UNYSPUQZTAL30

Software type PLC Suite Alliance V3.0

License type version 3.0 Single (1 workstation) Team (10 workstations)

References Pack (1) UNYSPUQFUAL30 UNYSPUQFTAL30

(1) Including Unity Pro XL Alliance, Concept, PL7, ProWORX

Unity Pro application comparison software

Software type Unity Dif

License type version 2.1 Single (1 workstation), French and English languages (software and documentation)

Reference Software extension (1) UNYSDUDFUCD20

(1) Requires version Unity Pro XL >/ V2.1

PLC application and Modicon M340 embedded software update

Software type Unity Loader

License type version 2.1 Single (1 workstation)

Reference Software pack (1) UNYSMUZUCD21

(1) This software is also included in all Unity Pro software packs

SFC View application diagnostic and monitoring software

Software type Unity SFC View

License type version 2.0 Single (1 workstation)

References Software pack UNYSDUMFUCD20

EF/EFB function development software in C language

Software type Unity EFB Toolkit

License type version 3.1 Single (1 workstation), English language (software and documentation)

References Software pack UNYSPUZFUCD31E

Renewal UNYCSPSPUZBU

Process application design and generation software

Software type Unity UAG (Unity Application Generator)

License type version 3.2 Single (1 workstation) Site (> 10 workstations)

References Software pack UAGSEWLFUCD32 UAGSEWLFFCD23

Speciﬁc Unity Pro solution design software pack

Software type Unity UDE (Unity Developer’s Edition)

License type Single (1 workstation), English language (software and documentation)

Reference Software pack UNYUDEVFUCD21E

Speciﬁc libraries according to the software used

Library type Control Libraries

Designation Predictive Control

Library (for Unity

Pro and Concept)

Fuzzy Control

Library (for Unity

Pro)

TeSys Library (for

Unity Pro)

HVAC Library (for

Unity Pro)

Flow Calculation

Library (for Unity

Pro)

License type Single License (1 work station)

Reference UNYLPCZAUCD10 UNYLFZZAUWB12 UNYLTSZAUWB10 UNYLHVZAUWB10 UNYLAGZAUWB10

Library type System Libraries

Designation Device and Process Library (for UAG) Process Application Library (for UAG)

License type Single License (1 workstation)

Reference UAGSBTDFUWB10 UAGSBTXFUWB20

*Includes Process Application Library (PAL) V2.0 and Device and Process Library (DPL) V1.0

3/47

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Programming software

For Modicon Premium slot-PLCs

PL7 is the common programming, debugging and operating software for the TSX Micro and Premium

ranges of PLCs as well as Atrium coprocessors (see pages 3/12, 3/18 and 3/26).

PL7 offers 4 IEC languages: Instruction List (IL), Ladder Diagram (LD), Structured Text (ST) and

Sequential Function Chart (SFC). You can use the most suitable language for each function in your

application, making use of the multi-tasking structure of the processors.

For using application-speciﬁc functions, PL7 directly integrates the application-speciﬁc screens

required for conﬁguration and adjustment as well as supervisory and diagnostics activities.

Type of software PL7 Micro for TSX Micro platform

Type of license version 4.5 Single (1 station) Single with SyCon V2.8 Group (3 stations) Open Team (10 stations)

Reference Software package TLXCDPL7MP45 TLXCDPL7MPC45 TLXCD3PL7MP45 TLXOTPL7MP45M

Update (1) TLXRCDPL7MP45M TLXRCDPL7MPC45M TLXRCD3PL7MP45M –

PL7 Junior for TSX Micro/Premium and Atrium coprocessor platforms

Type of license version 4.5 Single (1 station) Group (3 stations)

Reference Software package TLXCDPL7JP45 TLXCD3PL7JP45

Update (1) TLXRCDPL7JP45M TLXRC3DPL7JP45M

Upgrade (2) TLXUCDPL7JP45M TLXUCD3PL7JP45M

PL7 Pro for TSX Micro/Premium and Atrium coprocessor platforms

Type of license version 4.5 Single (1 station) Group (3 stations) Open Team (10 stations) Open Site

Reference Software package TLXCDPL7PP45 TLXCD3PL7PP45 TLXOTPL7PP45M TLXOSPL7PP45M

Update (1) TLXRCDPL7PP45M TLXRCD3PL7PP45M – –

Upgrade (2) TLXUCDPL7PP45M TLXUCD3PL7PP45M – –

(1) From the previous software version.

(2) From lower level, earlier version software.

Specialist tools

EF function development software in C language

Type of software PL7 SDKC for EF function development software in C language

PL7 SDKC software extension For PL7 Micro/Junior/Pro

Reference TLXLSDKCPL741M

Development of applications in C language

Type of software PL7 FUZ for processing process applications using fuzzy logic

PL7 FUZ software extension For PL7 Micro/Junior/Pro, TSX Micro/Premium

Reference TLXLPL7FUZ34M

Comparison of PL7 applications

Type of software PL7 DIF for comparison of applications

PL7 DIF software extension For PL7 Pro, TSX Micro/Premium

Type of license Single (1 station) Site (> 10 stations)

Reference TLXCDPL7DIF42 TLXOSPL7DIF42

Availability of control systems based on Premium platforms

Type of software Warm Standby redundant

Warm Standby software extension For PL7 Junior/Pro

Type of license Single (1 station)

Reference TLXCDWSBYP40F / E

Automation

3/48

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Programming software

For Modicon Quantum, Momentum

Concept is the IEC programming software for the Momentum and Quantum range of PLCs. It provides

advanced Microsoft Windows based tools that deliver a multi-language development environment for

control system programming.

Uses familiar, standardized editors, bundled in a single application to create and integrate PLC control,

communication and diagnostic logic.

Five IEC editors give users the freedom to choose the programming language that ﬁts their application

requirements: Function Block Diagram (FBD), Ladder Diagram (LD), Sequential Function Chart (SFC),

Structured Text (ST) and Instruction List (IL).

Type of software Concept for Quantum/Momentum platforms

Type of license version 2.6 Single (1 station) Group (3 stations) 10 users (10 stations) Site

Software references Concept S 372SPU47101V26 – – –

Concept M 372SPU47201V26 – – –

Concept XL 372SPU47401V26 372SPU47411V26 372SPU47421V26 372SPU47431V26

Update references Concept S (3) 372ESS47101 – – –

Concept M (3) 372ESS47201 – – –

Concept XL (3) 372ESS47401 372ESS47403 372ESS47410 372ESS47400

(3) From an earlier software version.

Specialist tools

EF/EFB function development software in C language

Type of software Concept EFB Toolkit

Type of license Version 2.6 Upgrade version 2.6

Reference Software package 332SPU47001V26 372ESS47001

Concept service version limited to application loading

Type of software Concept Application Loader

Type of license Version 2.6

Reference Software package 372SPU47701V26

Software for designing and generating batch/process applications

Type of software Unity UAG (Unity Application Generator)

Type of license version 3.0 Single (1 station) Site

Reference Medium Software package UAGSEWMFUCD22 UAGSEWMFFCD22

Large Software package UAGSEWLFUCD22 UAGSEWLFFCD22

ProWORX for Modicon Quantum, Momentum

ProWORX 32 is the ﬂexible, easy-to-use cross-platform LL984-programming software for Modicon range

PLCs. It gives you the power to program your Modicon controllers online or ofﬂine, manage your I/O

subsystems, and analyze your plant’s activity in real-time, all in a familiar Windows environment.

ProWORX 32 provides client/server capabilities to organize user-groups and -rights, store projects at a

central location and realize ofﬁce-plant ﬂoor bridging.

The project emulator provides the ability to test projects prior to running them in the PLC run-time

environment to ensure your system will run at peak efﬁciency.

Type of software ProWORX for Quantum/Momentum platforms

Type of license version 2.1 Single (1 station) Group (3 stations) Multi-user (10 stations) Site

Software references ProWORX 32 Server 372SPU78001PSEV – – –

ProWORX 32 Suite 372SPU78001PSSV – – –

ProWORX 32 Client, Full Dev. 372SPU78001PDEV 372SPU78001PSTH 372SPU78001PSTE 372SPU78001SITE

ProWORX 32 Online 372SPU78101PONL – – –

ProWORX 32 Lite 372SPU71001PLDV 372SPU71001PLTH 372SPU71001PLTE –

Upgrade to ProWORX 32references (4) 372SPU78401LPUP 372SPU78401LPTH 372SPU78401LPTE –

(4) Only possible for customers, who are “up-to-date” with CSP (continuing support program)

3/49

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Vijeo Citect

Twido Modicon M340Modicon Premium Modicon Quantum

Magelis Smart & Compact iPCMagelis Compact & iPC

Modular iPC

Magelis XBT GT

Vijeo Designer

Vijeo Historian





a SoCollaborative software – (SCADA)

Vijeo Citect

Type Supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) software

Compatibility All Schneider Electric automation platforms and third party devices

Operating system Windows XP, Windows Vista and Windows server 2003 & 2005

Versions The development licence (without network connectivity) allows free communication with PLCs for 10

minutes at a time.

Vijeo Citect full server licences are available in 75 points, 150 points, 500 points, 1500 points, 5000

points, 15000 points and unlimited points

Vijeo Citect Lite (without network connectivity) is available in 100 - 1200 points

References Please contact your local sales representative

Vijeo Citect is a SoCollaborative software for operating and monitoring. With its powerful visualisation capabilities and operational features, it delivers actionable insight faster,

enabling operators to respond quickly to process disturbances, thereby increasing their effectiveness. Its easy-to-use conﬁguration tools and powerful features enable you to

quickly develop and deploy solutions for any size application.

Beneﬁts at a glance:

• Full-redundancy for reliable architecture: Vijeo Citect’s in-built redundancy greatly reduces lost data and downtime, tolerating failure anywhere in your system.

• Powerful graphics: Vijeo Citect lets you develop true colour, easy-to-use graphics that provide the operator with an intuitive, consistent user interface.

• Intuitive Process Analysis tool: Vijeo Citect Process Analyst is an intuitive process analysis tool that sits directly in the SCADA system, providing a complete story of

your plant and delivering actionable insight to the operators faster, thereby improving their efﬁciency and productivity.

• Object-based conﬁguration for rapid development: Developing your control system is made quick and easy by Vijeo Citect’s object-based conﬁguration tools such

as page templates, Genies, Super Genies, and SpeedLink.

• Engineering with ease: Vijeo Citect offers ﬂexible and targeted system engineering tools to help you be more efﬁcient. It accelerates your control system conﬁguration

process, signiﬁcantly reducing your engineering time and costs and minimising your project risk.

Vijeo Suite; The best HMI/SCADA offer.

Designed to offer optimum integration

with Schneider Electric equipment.

3/50

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.





MES Process A

nalyst Microsoft SQL Server

2005 Re

ortin

vic

Hist

orian Reports

ployment

Manager

jeo His

orian

Excel Client

Vijeo His

Web Client

CADA Sy s em

Historian

OPC

MS SQL Server/Oracle

Vijeo Historian Server

Vijeo Historian a SoCollaborative software

Type Historian software

Compatibility All Schneider Electric automation platforms and third party devices

Operating system Windows XP, Windows Vista and Windows server 2003 & 2005

References CD-ROM PC Please contact your local sales representative

Vijeo Historian is a SoCollaborative software for the information management. It comprises the historian and portal functionalities of the solution, enabling you to accurately store

data for long-term reporting while connecting your production and business systems through its active data transfers and simple, easy-to-use reporting.

Beneﬁts at a glance:

• Business systems integration: Vijeo Historian reduces the complexity and cost of bridging the divide between senior management and plant operations through its simple,

easy-to-use interface and its active data transfers that push data from the control systems up to the business systems.

• An open data store: Vijeo Historian utilises 100% Microsoft SQL Server 2005 as its embedded historical data store. Its open, industry-standard technology and trusted secu-

rity integrate effortlessly into your business in a way that lowers your total cost of ownership.

• Enterprise-wide reporting: A range of reports can be produced using a convenient built-in historian in the familiar, open Microsoft user interface. Vijeo Historian also comes

with a standard set of pre-conﬁgured reports, simplifying basic alarm and tag reporting.

• Alarm management: Pre-conﬁgured alarm reports based on the EEMUA (Engineering Equipment & Materials Users Association) 191 alarm management guidelines.

• Going ‘green’ with the energy reports: Energy reports help you perform a comprehensive energy assessment of your plant to determine how much energy is being consu-

med and how much could potentially be saved.

3/51

Improve machine efﬁ ciency, reduce

energy consumption and optimise

dynamics with the Altistart, Altivar

and Lexium ranges. Easy to install and

offering intuitive programming and

extensive communication options, they

can be integrated seamlessly into your

control system architectures.

Altistart and Altivar

Start your motors smoothly and protect your installation's

mechanics using Altistart soft starters and Altivar variable

speed drives.

Lexium

Motion controllers, drives, motors and

linear motion axes - Schneider Electric

offers a complete range of motion

products and solutions for your speciﬁ c

applications. All our motion products

are designed for maximum ease

over the entire machine lifecycle to

reduce costs and make your machine

processes even more productive.

Motion control



This document is a selection of

the top selling products.

4/1

Soft starters and variable speed drives

Selection guide ......................................................................................................... 4/3 and 4/7

Starters

Altistart 01 .................................................................................................................. 4/8 and 4/9

Altistart 22 ...............................................................................................................4/10 and 4/11

Altistart 48 .............................................................................................................. 4/12 and 4/13

Drives

Altivar 12 ............................................................................................................................... 4/14

Altivar 21 ............................................................................................................................... 4/15

Altivar 312 ............................................................................................................................. 4/16

Altivar 31C ............................................................................................................................. 4/17

Altivar 32 ................................................................................................................ 4/18 and 4/19

Altivar 61 ................................................................................................................... 4/20 to 4/27

Altivar 71 ................................................................................................................... 4/28 to 4/36

Dialogue and communication ........................................................................... 4/37 to 4/39

Controllers, drives, motors and linear motion axes

Selection Guide ....................................................................................................... 4/40 to 4/42

Lexium Motion Controller ............................................................................................... 4/43

Lexium Servo Drives and Motors ..................................................................... 4/44 to 4/51

Lexium 32 servo drives

Lexium BMH and Lexium BSH servo motors

Lexium Stepper Drives and Motors ............................................................................ 4/52

Lexium SD2/Lexium SD3 stepper drives

Lexium BRS2/Lexium BRS3 stepper motors

Lexium Integrated Drives .................................................................................... 4/53 to 4/55

Lexium ILA/ILE/ILS/ILT/ILP

Lexium Linear Motion ........................................................................................ 4/56 and 4/57

Lexium PAS/CAS/TAS/MAX

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁ ce.

New products

Altivar 32

So slim, So smart!

More innovations

> Slim shape product (45 mm wide)

> Circuit-breaker connected directly to the product

> Mounting can be vertical or on the side

> Integrated safety functions

> Integrated programmable logic functions

> Built-in Bluetooth®: remote adjustment and parameter

setting via mobile phone or PC

> Conﬁ guration with the power off in its original packaging

More openness

> Application-oriented: predeﬁ ned settings and

combinations of functions

> Modbus and CANopen integrated as standard

> Access to the majority of industrial communication

networks

> Tools adapted to each stage in the product lifecycle

More energy savings

> New control proﬁ le for synchronous motors in speed

control mode

> Control proﬁ les to optimise energy

Altistart 22

Cut your costs with an integrated bypass function*

More innovative

More economical

Safer

> Reduction in your operating costs

> Simpliﬁ ed wiring

> Protection of your electrical installation

> Space savings with a fully equipped product

* bypass = shunt

4/2

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁ ce.

Selection guide

Starters - Low voltage

Simple machines

Complex machines/

Special machines

CApplications:

Compressors, fans,

pumps, conveyors, car

wash gantries, etc.

CApplications:

Pumps, fans, turbines,

compressors, conveyors,

conveyor belts, lifting

screws, escalators, etc.

CApplications:

Pumps, high inertia

fans and machines,

compressors, conveyors,

agitators, mixers,

escalators, etc.

Altistart 01 Altistart 22 Altistart 48

Soft start units and soft start/soft

stop units

Soft start/soft stop units Soft start/soft stop units

Description Compact

Simple: easy mounting,

wiring and adjustment

Efﬁ cient: limiting of current

peaks on starting, reduction of

mechanical shocks, increased

service life for your machines.

Energy saving

• Innovative with its integrated

Bypass

• Cost-effective

• Compact dimensions

• Quick setup

• Protection of motor and

starter

• Energy saving

Torque control system:

controlled torque, prevention of

pressure surges and limiting of

temperature rises

Simple: quick setup

Protection of motor and starter:

thermal protection, phase loss

detection, locked rotor detection

Energy saving

Technical information Power range for

50…60 Hz supply

0.37...15 kW 4... 400 kW 4...1200 kW

Voltage Single-phase 110…480 V Three-phase 208…600 V Three-phase 208…690 V

Three-phase 110…480 V Three-phase 230…440 V

Drive/Output frequency – – –

Motor type Asynchronous Yes Yes Yes

Synchronous No No No

Communication Integrated – Modbus Modbus

As an option Can be used with TeSys U

motor starter-controller to

create a complete motor

starter solution

– DeviceNet, Fipio, PROFIBUS DP

Standards and certiﬁ cations IEC/EN 60947-4-2, C-Tick, CSA,

UL, CE

IEC/EN 60947-4-2, C-Tick, CSA,

UL, CE, GOST, CCC

Class A EMC

IEC/EN 60947-4-2, C-Tick, CSA,

UL, CE, DNV, GOST, CCC, NOM,

SEPRO and TCF

Classes A and B EMC

Intended use Building, simple machines. Machines, infrastructures and buildings

4/3

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁce.

Selection guide

Standard drives - Low voltage

Simple machines

CApplications:

• Simple machines for

industry (small handling

applications, packaging,

pumps, fans, etc.)

• Simple consumer

machines (access barriers,

rotating advertising

hoardings, medical beds,

treadmills, dough mixers,

etc.)

• Other types of application:

- Mobile machines and

small appliances equipped

with a power socket

- Applications which

traditionally use other

solutions (2-speed DC

motors, mechanical drives,

etc.).

C Applications:

Simple industrial machines

(material handling

and packaging, textile

machines, special

machines, pumps and

fans).

C Applications:

Simple industrial machines

(material handling and

packaging, textile machines,

special machines, pumps

and fans).

Altivar 12 Altivar 312 Altivar 31C IP54

Variable speed drives for small

machines with 240 V three-phase

asynchronous motor

Variable speed drives for three-

phase asynchronous motors

Variable speed drives for three-

phase asynchronous motors for

machines in harsh environments.

Description • Compact

• Easy to set up

(Plug & Play)

• Reliable, cost-effective

solution for compact machines

• Open: large number of

communication cards available

as options

• User-friendly: simpliﬁed

interface

• Autotuning:

maximum performance

• Rugged even in the most hostile

environments:

- Installed as close as possible to the

motor

- Integrated functions for applications

requiring IP54 degree of protection

- Modbus and CANopen

communication protocols

• Flexibility to adapt to each machine:

- Customisable depending on the

model

- Easy conﬁguration

Technical information Power range for

50…60 Hz supply

0.18...4 kW 0.18...15 kW 0.18...15 kW

Voltage Single-phase 100…240 V Single-phase 200…240 V Single-phase 200…240 V

Three-phase 200…240 V Three-phase 200…600 V Three-phase 380…500 V

Drive/Output frequency

0.5…400 Hz 0.5…500 Hz 0.5…500 Hz

Motor type Asynchronous Yes Yes Yes

Synchronous No No No

Communication Integrated Modbus Modbus and CANopen Modbus and CANopen

As an option – CANopen Daisy chain,

DeviceNet, PROFIBUS DP,

Modbus TCP, Fipio

DeviceNet, Ethernet TCP/IP, Fipio,

Proﬁbus DP

Standards and certiﬁcations IEC/EN 61800-5-1, IEC/EN 61800-3 (environments 1 and 2,

categories C1 to C3)

CE, UL, CSA, C-Tick, GOST, NOM

IEC/EN 61800-5-1, IEC/EN 61800-

3 (environments 1 and 2, categories

C1 to C3)

CE, UL, CSA, C-Tick, GOST

Intended use Machines

4/4

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁ ce.

Complex machines

Complex machines/

Special machines

HVAC Pumps and

Fans

Lifts

C Applications:

Industrial machines:

hoisting, packaging,

material handling, textile

machines, special

machines (wood-

working machines, metal

processing machinery,

etc.).

C Applications:

High performance

applications:

• Material handling

• Hoisting

• Wood-working machines

• Process machinery

• Textile machines

• Packaging

C Applications:

Range speciﬁ cally for

HVAC applications

(heating, ventilation, air

conditioning) in buildings.

C Applications:

Range speciﬁ cally for high

performance pumps and

fans for the industrial and

building markets.

C Applications:

Lifts

Altivar 32 Altivar 71 Altivar 21 Altivar 61 Altivar Lift

Variable speed drives for

asynchronous motors and

open-loop synchronous motors

For three-phase synchronous and

asynchronous motors.

Constant torque applications.

Variable speed drives for three-

phase asynchronous motors.

Variable torque building HVAC

applications.

Variable speed drives for three-

phase asynchronous motors.

Variable torque applications.

Variable speed drives for lifts and

hoists.

• Compact: "Book" format

• Integrated safety functions

• Open: communication cards

available as options

• Integrated programmable

logic functions

• Simple setup

• Wide range

• Quick start-up and easy

diagnostics: multi-language

graphic display terminal

• Open to most industrial

communication buses

• Integrated safety functions

• Motor control: high-

performance in open-loop and

closed loop mode

• Compact size: side-by-side

mounting

• Simple: "plug&drive" function and

"local remote" key

• Open communication:

communication cards speciﬁ cally

for building applications

• EMC ﬁ lters built-in

• Reduction of the total

harmonic distortion THDI<30%

• Wide range

• Easy setup and diagnostics

with the multi-language graphic

display terminal

• Open to the main

communication buses

• Quick start-up and

easy diagnostics with the multi-

language graphic display terminal

• Speciﬁ cally designed for lift

applications for greater comfort

and safety

• High-performance motor

control in open-loop and closed

loop mode

0.18...15 kW 0.37...630 kW 0.75...75 kW 0.37...800 kW 4...22 kW

Single-phase 200…240 V Single-phase 200…240 V Three-phase 200…480 V Single-phase 200…240 V Single-phase 200…240 V

Three-phase 380…480 V Three-phase 200…690 V Three-phase 200…690 V Three-phase 200…480 V

0.5…800 Hz 0.5…1600 Hz up to 37 kW

0.5…500 Hz from 45…630 kW

0.5…200 Hz 0.5…1600 Hz up to 37 kW

0.5…500 Hz from 45…800 kW

0.5…1600 Hz

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes No Yes No

Modbus and CANopen Modbus and CANopen Modbus Modbus and CANopen Modbus and CANopen

EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP,

PROFIBUS DP V1, PROFIBUS

DP V0, DeviceNet

Modbus TCP, Fipio,

Modbus/Uni-Telway, Modbus

Plus, EtherNet/IP, DeviceNet,

PROFIBUS DP, PROFIBUS DP

V1, INTERBUS S, CC-Link,

Lonworks, METASYS N2,

APOGEE FLN, BACnet

Modbus TCP, Fipio, Modbus/Uni-

Telway, Modbus Plus, EtherNet/IP,

DeviceNet, PROFIBUS DP,

PROFIBUS DP V1, INTERBUS

S, CC-Link, Lonworks, METASYS

N2, APOGEE FLN, BACnet

Modbus TCP, Fipio, Modbus/Uni-

Telway, Modbus Plus,EtherNet/IP,

DeviceNet, PROFIBUS DP,

PROFIBUS DP V1, INTERBUS S,

CC-Link

IEC/EN 61800-5-1, IEC/EN 61800-3

(environments 1 and 2, Categories

C2 and C3), UL508C, EN 954-1

Category 3, ISO/EN 13849-1/- 2

Category 3 (PLd), IEC 61800-5-2, IEC

61508 (parts 1&2) level SIL1 SIL2 SIL3,

draft standard EN 50495E, CE, UL,

CSA, C-Tick, GOST, NOM.

IEC/EN 61800-3, EN 55011,

EN 55022, CSA, UL, C-TICK,

CE, NOM, DNV, GOST

IEC/EN 61800-3, EN 55011,

EN 55022, CSA, UL, C-TICK,

CE, NOM

IEC/EN 61800-3, EN 55011,

EN 55022, CSA, UL, C-TICK,

CE, NOM, DNV, GOST

IEC/EN 61800-3, EN55011,

EN 55022, CSA, UL, C-TICK,

CE, NOM

Machines Machines, industrial processes

and infrastructures

Buildings Buildings and infrastructures Machines

4/5

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁ ce.

Selection guide

Integrated variable speed control solutions

Pumps and Fans

Low voltage

Pumps and Fans

High voltage

C Applications:

• Fans

• Pumps

• Compressors

• Screw feeders

C Applications:

• Energy: fans, pumps, turbine starters

• Oil and gas: pumps, compressors,

aerators, extruders

• Mines and Minerals: conveyors,

crushers, fans, pumps

• Water treatment: pumps, aerators.

Altivar 61 Plus Altivar 1100

High power low voltage variable speed drives for

buildings and infrastructures.

Variable torque

Medium power variable speed drives for

asynchronous motors (request quotation)

Description A simple, open range:

• Greater ﬂ exibility: numerous possible options and

communication on most industrial networks

• Easy conﬁ guration

• Ready to use

Maximum safety: the Altivar Plus range has a

cooling system and components that have been

tested in extreme conditions.

Time savings on:

• Devising quotes

• Placing orders

• Installation and start-up

Environmentally-friendly and Cost-effective:

• Perfect integration in the line supply

• No disturbance of the motor and the driven load

• High efﬁ ciency

Easy to install and set up

Compact

Technical information Power range for

50…60 Hz supply

90…2400 kW 0.3…10 MW

Voltage Three-phase 380…690 V 3.3 kV

6.6 kV

10 kV

Drive/Output frequency

0.5…500 Hz Standard: 0.2…60 Hz

Option: 0.2…120 Hz

Number of quadrants 2 and 4 2 and 4 (optional)

Cooling system Air or water cooled Air or water cooled

Protection class IP23/IP54

IP55 (water cooled)

IP31

IP41 (optional)

Motor type Asynchronous Yes Yes

Synchronous Yes No

Communication Integrated Modbus and CANopen Proﬁ bus, Modbus

As an option Modbus TCP, Fipio, Modbus/Uni-Telway, Modbus

Plus, EtherNet/IP, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS DP,

PROFIBUS DP V1, INTERBUS S, CC-Link,

Lonworks, METASYS N2, APOGEE FLN, BACnet

Ethernet, Devicenet, CANopen

Standards and certiﬁ cations IEC/EN 61800-5-1, IEC/EN 61800-3

(environments 1 and 2), IEC/EN 61000-4-2, -4-3,

-4-5, -4-6 (level 3), IEC/EN 61000-4-4 (level 4),

IEC/EN 60529, IEC 60721-3-3 class 3C2 and 3S2,

CE. DNV, GOST

IEC/EN 61800-5-1, IEC/EN 61800-4,

IEC/EN 61800-3 (environments 1 and 2,

categories C1 to C3), IEEE 519

Intended use Buildings and infrastructures Infrastructures

4/6

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁ ce.

Complex machines/Special machines

Low voltage

Complex machines/Special machines

Medium voltage

C Applications:

• Fans

• Pumps

• Compressors

• Screw feeders

C Applications:

• Energy: fans, pumps, turbine starters

• Oil and gas: pumps, compressors, aerators, extruders

• Mines and Minerals: conveyors, crushers, fans, pumps

• Water treatment: pumps, aerators.

Altivar 71 Plus Altivar 1000

High power low voltage variable speed drives for industry.

Constant torque

Medium power variable speed drives for asynchronous motors

(request quotation)

A simple, open range:

• Greater ﬂ exibility: numerous possible options and communication on most industrial

networks

• Easy conﬁ guration

• Ready to use

Maximum safety: the Altivar Plus range has a cooling system and components that

have been tested in extreme conditions.

Time savings on:

• Devising quotes

• Placing orders

• Installation and start-up

High efﬁ ciency

For use in harsh environments

Open to all communication networks

90…2400 kW 0.5…10 MW

Three-phase 380…690 V 2.4 kV

3.3 kV

0.5…500 Hz Standard: 5…670 Hz

Option: 5…140 Hz

2 and 4 2 and 4

Air or water cooled Air or water cooled

IP23/IP54

IP55 (water cooled)

IP41 (air cooled)

IP54 (water cooled)

Yes Yes

Yes No

Modbus and CANopen Ethernet, Proﬁ bus, Modbus

Modbus TCP, Fipio, Modbus/Uni-Telway, Modbus Plus, EtherNet/IP, DeviceNet,

PROFIBUS DP, PROFIBUS DP V1, INTERBUS S, CC-Link

Devicenet, CANopen

IEC/EN 61800-5-1, IEC/EN 61800-3 (environments 1 and 2), IEC/EN 61000-4-2,

-4-3, -4-5, -4-6 (level 3), IEC/EN 61000-4-4 (level 4), IEC/EN 60529, IEC 60721-3-3

class 3C2 and 3S2, CE. DNV and GOST

IEC/EN 61800-5-1, IEC/EN 61800-4,

IEC/EN 61800-3 (environments 1 and 2,

categories C1 to C3), CE

Machines, industrial processes and infrastructures Machines, industrial processes and infrastructures

4/7

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁce.

Type Soft start units Soft stop units

Motor power 0.37 to 15 kW 0.75 to 15 kW

Degree of protection IP20

Reduction of current peaks 2 controlled phases 2 controlled phases

Adjustable starting time 1…5 s 1…10 s

Adjustable deceleration time No: freewheel stop Yes: 1... 10 s

Adjustable breakaway torque 30…80% of DOL motor starting torque

Logic inputs

–

3 logic inputs (start, stop and startup boost)

Logic outputs – 1 logic output

Relay outputs – 1 relay output

Control supply voltage

110... 220 VAC ± 10%, 24 VDC ± 10%

Built into the starter

Supply voltage

Single-phase 110…230 V

Motor power

230 V Nominal current

kW (IcL)

0.37 3 A ATS01N103FT

0.75 6 A ATS01N106FT

1.1 9 A ATS01N109FT

1.5 12 A ATS01N112FT

2.2 25 A ATS01N125FT

Supply voltage

Three-phase 110…480 V Three-phase 200…240 V Three-phase 380…415 V Three-phase 440…480 V

Motor power

210 V 230 V 400 V 460 V Nominal current

HP kW HP kW HP (IcL)

– 0.37-0.55 0.5/– 1.1 0.5-1.5 3 A ATS01N103FT – – –

0.5 0.75-1.1 1-1.5 2.2-3 2-3 6 A ATS01N106FT ATS01N206LU ATS01N206QN ATS01N206RT

11.5 2 4 5 9 A ATS01N109FT ATS01N209LU ATS01N209QN ATS01N209RT

1.5 2.2 3 5.5 7.5 12 A ATS01N112FT ATS01N212LU ATS01N212QN ATS01N212RT

– 4-5.5 5-7.5 7.5-11 10-15 22 A – ATS01N222LU ATS01N222QN ATS01N222RT

2-3 3-4-5.5 5-7.5

5-9-11

10-15 25A ATS01N125FT – – –

– 7.5 10 15 20 32 A – ATS01N232LU ATS01N232QN ATS01N232RT

Altistart 01

0.37…15 kW

Simple machines

Starters

Dimensions (in mm) width x height x depth

ATS01 N103FT/N106 FT 22.5 x 100 x 100.4

N109FT/N112 FT/N125 FT 45 x 124 x 130.7

N206pp/N209pp/N212pp

N222pp/N232pp 45 x 154 x 130.7

4/8

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁce.

Starters with TeSys model U

Type Soft stop units

Motor power 0.75 to 15 kW

Degree of protection IP20

Reduction of current peaks Yes

Adjustable starting and stopping times 1…10 s

Adjustable breakaway torque 30.... 80% of DOL motor starting torque

Logic inputs 3 logic inputs (start, stop and startup boost)

Logic outputs 1 logic output

Relay outputs 1 relay output

Control supply voltage 24 VDC, 100 mA, ± 10%

References Soft start/soft stop

units

TeSys starter-controller Power connector

model U

Power base Control unit (1) between ATSU and

TeSys model U

Supply voltage Three-phase 200…480 V

Motor power

230 V 400 V 460 V

Nominal

current (IcL)

kW HP kW HP

0.75 1 1.5 2 6 A ATSU01N206LT LUB12 LUCp05BL VW3G4104

1.1 1.5 2.2/3 3 6 A ATSU01N206LT LUB12 LUCp12BL

1.5 2 – 6 9 A ATSU01N209LT LUB12 LUCp12BL VW3G4104

– – 4 – 9 A ATSU01N209LT LUB12 LUCp12BL

2.2 3 5.5 7.5 12 A ATSU01N212LT LUB12 LUCp12BL VW3G4104

3 – – – 12 A ATSU01N212LT LUB32 LUCp18BL

4 5 7.5 10 22 A ATSU01N222LT LUB32 LUCp18BL VW3G4104

5.5 7.5 11 15 22 A ATSU01N222LT LUB32 LUCp32BL

7.5 10 15 20 32 A ATSU01N232LT LUB32 LUCp32BL VW3G4104

(1) To compose your reference, replace p in the reference with: «A» for a standard control unit, «M» for a multifunction unit and «B» for an advanced unit.

Dimensions (in mm) width x height x depth

ATSU01 N206LT/N209LT/N212LT 45 x 124 x 130.7

N222LT/N232LT 45 x 154 x 130.7

4/9

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁ ce.

Altistart 22

4…400 kW

Simple machines

Soft start/soft stop units

Supply voltage Three-phase 208…600 V (1) Three-phase 230…440 V

Protection Degree of protection IP20: for ATS 22D17pppD88 starters

IP00: for ATS 22C11pppC59 starters (protection of terminals available as an option)

Motor thermal protection Class 10, 20 or 30

Drive Number of controlled phases 3

Types of control Conﬁ gurable voltage ramp, torque ramp

Operating cycle Standard

Functions Bypass (integrated)

Number of I/O Analog inputs 1 PTC probe

Logic inputs 3

Logic outputs –

Analog outputs –

Relay outputs 2

Dialogue Integrated display terminal, SoMove Lite setup software

Communication Integrated Modbus

Standards and certiﬁ cations IEC/EN 60947-4-2, class A EMC, CE, UL, CSA, C-Tick, GOST, CCC

Motor connection Possible to connect the starter in the motor delta connection

(1) Possible to connect the starter in the motor delta connection

Dimensions (en mm) width x height x depth

Size A: 130 x 265 x 169

Size B: 145 x 295 x 207

Size C: 150 x 356 x 229

Size D: 206 x 425 x 299

Size E: 304 x 455 x 340

4/10

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁce.

Connection in the motor power supply line Soft start/soft stop unit 230…440 V - 50/60 Hz

Motor

Power indicated on rating plate

230 V 400 V 440 V Nominal current

kW kW kW starter (IcL) Reference Size

4 7.5 7.5 17 ATS 22D17Q Size A

7.5 15 15 32 ATS 22D3Q Size A

11 22 22 47 ATS 22D47Q Size A

15 30 30 62 ATS 22D62Q Size B

18.5 37 37 75 ATS 22D75Q Size B

22 45 45 88 ATS 22D88Q Size B

30 55 55 110 ATS 22C11Q Size C

37 75 75 140 ATS 22C14Q Size C

45 90 90 170 ATS 22C17Q Size C

55 110 110 210 ATS 22C21Q Size D

75 132 132 250 ATS 22C25Q Size D

90 160 160 320 ATS 22C32Q Size D

110 220 220 410 ATS 22C41Q Size E

132 250 250 480 ATS 22C48Q Size E

160 315 355 590 ATS 22C59Q Size E

Connection in the motor power supply line Soft start/soft stop unit 230…440 V - 50/60 Hz

Motor

Power indicated on rating plate

230 V 400 V 440 V 500 V Nominal current

kW kW kW kW starter (IcL) Reference Size

4 7.5 7.5 9 17 ATS 22D17S6 Size A

7.5 15 15 18.5 32 ATS 22D32S6 Size A

11 22 22 30 47 ATS 22D47S6 Size A

15 30 30 37 62 ATS 22D62S6 Size B

18.5 37 37 45 75 ATS 22D75S6 Size B

22 45 45 55 88 ATS 22D88S6 Size B

30 55 55 75 110 ATS 22C11S6 Size C

37 75 75 90 140 ATS 22C14S6 Size C

45 90 90 110 170 ATS 22C17S6 Size C

55 110 110 132 210 ATS 22C21S6 Size D

75 132 132 160 250 ATS 22C25S6 Size D

90 160 160 220 320 ATS 22C32S6 Size D

110 220 220 250 410 ATS 22C41S6 Size E

132 250 250 315 480 ATS 22C48S6 Size E

160 315 355 400 590 ATS 22C59S6 Size E

The Altistart 22 soft start/soft stop unit is also available with a 110 VDC control power supply, reference ATS 22…S6U

4/11

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁce.

Altistart 48

4…1200 kW

Pumping and ventilation machines

Soft start/soft stop units

Supply voltage Three-phase 230…415 V (1)

Type of application Standard Severe (2)

Starter control supply voltage 220…415 V

Protection Degree of protection IP20: ATS48D17p to ATS48C11p starters

IP00: ATS48C14p to ATS48M12p starters

Motor thermal protection Class 10 Class 20 and 30

EMC Class A On all starters

Class B On all starters up to 170 A

Starting mode Torque control (patented TCS: Torque Control System)

I/O Analog inputs 1 PTC probe

Logic inputs 4 logic inputs, 2 of which are conﬁgurable

Logic outputs 2 conﬁgurable logic outputs

Analog outputs 1 analog output

Relay outputs 3 relay outputs, 2 of which are conﬁgurable

Dialogue Integrated or remote display terminal (in option), PowerSuite software workshop

Communication Integrated Modbus

As an option DeviceNet, Ethernet TCP/IP, Fipio, Proﬁbus DP

Motor power

230 V 400 V Nominal current

kW kW (IcL)

3 5.5 12 A – ATS48D17Q Size A

4 7.5 17 A ATS48D17Q Size A ATS48D22Q Size A

5.5 11 22 A ATS48D22Q Size A ATS48D32Q Size A

7.5 15 32 A ATS48D32Q Size A ATS48D38Q Size A

9 18.5 38 A ATS48D38Q Size A ATS48D47Q Size A

11 22 47 A ATS48D47Q Size A ATS48D62Q Size B

15 30 62 A ATS48D62Q Size B ATS48D75Q Size B

18.5 37 75 A ATS48D75Q Size B ATS48D88Q Size B

22 45 88 A ATS48D88Q Size B ATS48C11Q Size B

30 55 110 A ATS48C11Q Size B ATS48C14Q Size C

37 75 140 A ATS48C14Q Size C ATS48C17Q Size C

45 90 170 A ATS48C17Q Size C ATS48C21Q Size D

55 110 210 A ATS48C21Q Size D ATS48C25Q Size D

75 132 250 A ATS48C25Q Size D ATS48C32Q Size D

90 160 320 A ATS48C32Q Size D ATS48C41Q Size E

110 220 410 A ATS48C41Q Size E ATS48C48Q Size E

132 250 480 A ATS48C48Q Size E ATS48C59Q Size E

160 315 590 A ATS48C59Q Size E ATS48C66Q Size E

– 355 660 A ATS48C66Q Size E ATS48C79Q Size F

220 400 790 A ATS48C79Q Size F ATS48M10Q Size F

250 500 1000 A ATS48M10Q Size F ATS48M12Q Size F

355 630 1200 A ATS48M12Q Size F –

(1) Possible to connect the starter in the motor delta connection

(2) Starting time greater than 30 seconds (fans, high inertia machines and compressors)

Dimensions (in mm) width x height x depth

ATS48 D17Q to D47Q Size A: 160 x 275 x 190

D62Q to C11Q Size B: 190 x 290 x 235

C14Q to C17Q Size C: 200 x 340 x 265

C21Q to C32Q Size D: 320 x 380 x 265

C41Q to C66Q Size E: 400 x 670 x 300

C79Q to M12Q Size F: 770 x 890 x 315

4/12

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁce.

Soft start/soft stop units

Supply voltage Three-phase 208…690 V (1)

Type of application Standard Severe (2)

Starter control supply voltage 110…230 V

Characteristics Identical to 230…415 V starters

Motor power

Nominal

current

(IcL)

208 V 230 V 460 V 575 V 230 V 400 V 440 V 500 V 525 V 660 V 690 V

HP kW

2 3 7.5 10 3 5.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 9 11 12 A – ATS48D17Y Size A

3 5 10 15 4 7.5 7.5 9 9 11 15 17 A ATS48D17Y Size A ATS48D22Y Size A

5 7.5 15 20 5.5 11 11 11 11 15 18.5 22 A ATS48D22Y Size A ATS48D32Y Size A

7.5 10 20 25 7.5 15 15 18.5 18.5 22 22 32 A ATS48D32Y Size A ATS48D38Y Size A

10 – 25 30 9 18.5 18.5 22 22 30 30 38 A ATS48D38Y Size A ATS48D47Y Size A

–1530401122223030373747 AATS48D47Y Size A ATS48D62Y Size B

15 20 40 50 15 30 30 37 37 45 45 62 A ATS48D62Y Size B ATS48D75Y Size B

20 25 50 60 18.5 37 37 45 45 55 55 75 A ATS48D75Y Size B ATS48D88Y Size B

25 30 60 75 22 45 45 55 55 75 75 88 A ATS48D88Y Size B ATS48C11Y Size B

30 40 75 100 30 55 55 75 75 90 90 110 A ATS48C11Y Size B ATS48C14Y Size C

40 50 100 125 37 75 75 90 90 110 110 140 A ATS48C14Y Size C ATS48C17Y Size C

50 60 125 150 45 90 90 110 110 132 160 170 A ATS48C17Y Size C ATS48C21Y Size D

60 75 150 200 55 110 110 132 132 160 200 210 A ATS48C21Y Size D ATS48C25Y Size D

75 100 200 250 75 132 132 160 160 220 250 250 A ATS48C25Y Size D ATS48C32Y Size D

100 125 250 300 90 160 160 220 220 250 315 320 A ATS48C32Y Size D ATS48C41Y Size E

125 150 300 350 110 220 220 250 250 355 400 410 A ATS48C41Y Size E ATS48C48Y Size E

150 – 350 400 132 250 250 315 315 400 500 480 A ATS48C48Y Size E ATS48C59Y Size E

– 200 400 500 160 315 355 400 400 560 560 590 A ATS48C59Y Size E ATS48C66Y Size E

200 250 500 600 – 355 400 – – 630 630 660 A ATS48C66Y Size E ATS48C79Y Size F

250 300 600 800 220 400 500 500 500 710 710 790 A ATS48C79Y Size F ATS48M10Y Size F

350 350 800 1000 250 500 630 630 630 900 900 1000 A ATS48M10Y Size F ATS48M12Y Size F

400 455 1000 1200 355 630 710 800 800 – – 1200 A ATS48M12Y Size F –

(1) Starter connection in the motor delta connection: up to 500 V only, add "S316" at the end of the reference

Accessories and options available

Type of accessory

Description Remote display terminal

DNV kit

Line choke

Reference Please refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue

Dimensions (in mm) width x height x depth

ATS48 D17Y to D47Y Size A: 160 x 275 x 190

D62Y to C11Y Size B: 190 x 290 x 235

C14Y to C17Y Size C: 200 x 340 x 265

C21Y to C32Y Size D: 320 x 380 x 265

C41Y to C66Y Size E: 400 x 670 x 300

C79Y to M12Y Size F: 770 x 890 x 315

4/13

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁce.

Altivar 12

0.18…4 kW

Simple machines

Ultra-compact drives

Type of drive Single-phase Single-phase Three-phase

Supply voltage 120 V 240 V 240 V

Degree of protection IP20

Drive Output frequency 0.5… 400 Hz

Type of control Asynchronous motor U/F, sensorless ﬂux vector control, quadratic U/F

Transient overtorque 150…170

Speed range 1 to 20

Functions Number of functions 40

Number of preset speeds 8

Number of I/O Analog inputs 1 conﬁgurable analog input

Logic inputs 4 assignable logic inputs

Analog outputs 1 conﬁgurable analog output

Relay outputs 1 protected relay logic output

Dialogue

Integrated or remote display terminal, SoMove software workshop, or mobile phone via Bluetooth©

Communication Integrated Modbus

Cards (available as an option)

Reduction of current harmonics

EMC ﬁlter Integrated C1 EMC

As an option

Motor power kW/HP 0.18/0.25 ATV12H018F1 (1) 1C1 ATV12H018M2 (1) (2) 1C2 ATV12H018M3 (1) 1C3

0.37/0.5 ATV12H037F1 1C1 ATV12H037M2 (2) 1C1 ATV12H037M3 1C3

0.55/0.75 – ATV12H055M2 (2) 1C2 –

0.75/1 ATV12H075F1 2C1 ATV12H075M2 (2) 1C2 ATV12H075M3 1C3

1.5/2 – ATV12HU15M2 (2) 2C2 ATV12H015M3 2F3

2.2/3 – ATV12HU22M2 (2) 2C2 ATV12H022M3 2F3

3/3 – – ATV12H030M3 3F3

4/5 – – ATV12H040M3 3F3

(1) Because of the poor heat dissipation, the ATV12H018.. is only supplied on a base plate

(2) Also exists as a multipack

Accessories and options available

Type of accessory

Description Remote display terminal

Multi-Loader, Simple Loader

Additional EMC input ﬁlter

Plates

Braking resistors and braking unit

Line chokes

Ferrite suppressors for downstream contactor opening

Reference Please refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue

Dimensions (in mm) width x height x depth

1C1: 72 x 143 x 102.2 2F3: 105 x 143 x 131.2

1C2: 72 x 143 x 102.2 3F3: 140 x 184 x 141.2

1C3: 72 x 143 x 121.2

2C1: 105 x 142 x 156.2

2C2: 105 x 142 x 156.2

4/14

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁ ce.

Altivar 21

0.75…75 kW

Building

Drives for HVAC applications

Type of drive IP20 IP54

380…480 V

Supply voltage Three-phase 200…240 V 380…480 V

Degree of protection IP21 and IP41 on the upper part

IP54 drive available in two manufacturing variants,

ATV21W…N4 C1 EMC or ATV21W…N4C C2 EMC

Output frequency 0.5…200 Hz

Type of control

Kn2 quadratic ratio, sensorless ﬂ ux vector control, voltage/frequency ratio (2 points), energy saving ratio

Speed range 1 to 10

I/O Analog inputs 1 switch-conﬁ gurable current or voltage analog input and 1 voltage analog input, conﬁ gurable as a PTC

probe input

Logic inputs 3 programmable logic inputs

Analog outputs 1 switch-conﬁ gurable current or voltage analog output

Relay outputs 2 relay logic outputs

Dialogue

Integrated display terminal with local controls (1) or remote display terminal or PC software (3)

Communication

(see page 4/11)

Integrated Modbus RTU

As an option HVAC protocols: LonWorks, METASYS N2, APOGEE FLN, BACnet

EMC ﬁ lter Integrated – C2 EMC C2 EMC C1 EMC

Available as an option C2 EMC C1 EMC – –

Motor power kW/HP 0.75/1 ATV21H075M3X T1A ATV21H075N4 T1A ATV21W075N4 T1 ATV21W075N4C T1

1.5/2 ATV21HU15M3X T1A ATV21HU15N4 T1A ATV21WU15N4 T1 ATV21WU15N4C T1

2.2/3 ATV21HU22M3X T1A ATV21HU22N4 T1A ATV21WU22N4 T1 ATV21WU22N4C T1

3/– ATV21HU30M3X T2A ATV21HU30N4 T2A ATV21WU30N4 T2 ATV21WU30N4C T2

4/5 ATV21HU40M3X T2A ATV21HU40N4 T2A ATV21WU40N4 T2 ATV21WU40N4C T2

5.5/7.5 ATV21HU55M3X T3A ATV21HU55N4 T2A ATV21WU55N4 T2 ATV21WU55N4C T2

7.5/10 ATV21HU75M3X T3A ATV21HU75N4 T3A

ATV21WU75N4

T2 ATV21WU75N4C T2

11/15 ATV21HD11M3X T4A ATV21HD11N4 T3A

ATV21WD11N4

T3 ATV21WD11N4C T3

15/20 ATV21HD15M3X T4A ATV21HD15N4 T4A

ATV21WD15N4

T3 ATV21WD15N4C T3

18.5/25 ATV21HD18M3X T4A ATV21HD18N4 T4A

ATV21WD18N4

T4 ATV21WD18N4C T4

22/30 ATV21HD22M3X T5A ATV21HD22N4 (2) T5A

ATV21WD22N4

T5 ATV21WD22N4C T5

30/40 ATV21HD30M3X T6A ATV21HD30N4 (2) T5A

ATV21WD30N4

T5 ATV21WD30N4C T5

37/50 – ATV21HD37N4 T7A ATV21WD37N4 T6 ATV21WD37N4C T6

45/60 – ATV21HD45N4 T7A ATV21WD45N4 T6 ATV21WD45N4C T6

55/75 – ATV21HD55N4 T8A ATV21WD55N4 T7 ATV21WD55N4C T7

75/100 – ATV21HD75N4 T8A ATV21WD75N4 T7 ATV21WD75N4C T7

(1) Drive with local controls, Run/Stop, Loc/Rem. keys

(2) For references ATV21HD22N4 and ATV21HD30N4, please refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue.

(3) Refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue.

Accessories and options available

Type of accessory

Description Remote display terminal

Additional EMC input ﬁ lters

Communication cards

Connection accessories

PC software for Altivar 21 drive

Reference Please refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue

Dimensions (in mm) width x height x depth

IP20 IP54

T1A: 107 x 143 x 150 T1: 215 x 297 x 192

T2A: 142 x 184 x 150 T2: 230 x 340 x 208

T3A: 180 x 232 x 170 T3: 290 x 560 x 315

T4A: 245 x 329.5 x 190 T4: 310 x 665 x 315

T5A: 240 x 420 x 210 T5: 284 x 720 x 315

T6A: 320 x 630 x 290 T5: 284 x 880 x 343

T7A: 240 x 550 x 266 T5: 362 x 1000 x 364

T8A: 320 x 630 x 290

4/15

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁce.

Altivar 312

0.18…15 kW

Simple industrial machines

High performance drives

Dimensions (in mm) width x height x depth

T 1: 72 X 145 X 122 T 6: 107 X 143 X 152

T 2: 72 X 145 X 132 T 7: 142 X 184 X 152

T 3: 72 X 145 X 132 T 8: 180 X 232 X 172

T 4: 72 X 145 X 142 T 9: 245 X 330 X 192

T 5: 105 X 143 X 132

Type of drive Single-phase 240 V Three-phase 240 V Three-phase 500V Three-phase 600V

Supply voltage

with integrated EMC ﬁlters

without EMC ﬁlter

with integrated EMC ﬁlters

without EMC ﬁlter

Degree of protection IP20

Drive Output frequency 0.5…500 Hz

Type of control Asynchronous motor Standard (voltage / frequency) - Performance (sensorless ﬂux vector control)

Energy saving ratio

Transient overtorque 170 ... 200% of the nominal motor torque

Speed range 1 to 50

Functions Number of functions 50

Number of preset speeds 16

Number of I/O Analog inputs 3

Logic inputs 6

Analog outputs 1

Logic outputs –

Relay outputs 2

Dialogue Integrated 4-digit display, remote terminals (IP54 or IP65), Altivar 61/71 remote graphic display terminal

Communication Integrated Modbus and CANopen

As an option CANopen Daisy chain, Modbus TCP, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS DP, Fipio

Reduction of current harmonics

EMC ﬁlter Integrated C2 EMC

External as an option

Integrated C2(1) or C3 EMC

External as an option

As an option C1 EMC – – –

Motor power kW/HP 0.18/0.25 ATV312H018M2 T3 ATV312H018M3 T1 – –

0.37/0.5 ATV312H037M2T3ATV312H037M3 T1 ATV312H037N4 T5 –

0.55/0.75 ATV312H055M2 T4 ATV312H055M3 T2 ATV312H055N4 T5 –

0.75/1 ATV312H075M2 T4 ATV312H075M3 T2 ATV312H075N4 T6 ATV312H075S6 T6

1.1/1.5 ATV312HU11M2 T6 ATV312HU11M3 T5 ATV312HU11N4 T6 –

1.5/2 ATV312HU15M2 T6 ATV312HU15M3 T5 ATV312HU15N4 T6 ATV312HU15S6 T6

2.2/3 ATV312HU22M2

(2)

T7 ATV312HU22M3 T6 ATV312HU22N4 T7 ATV312HU22S6 T7

3/- – ATV312HU30M3 T7 ATV312HU30N4 T7 –

4/5 – ATV312HU40M3 T7 ATV312HU40N4 T7 ATV312HU40S6 T7

5.5/7.5 – ATV312HU55M3 T8 ATV312HU55N4 T8 ATV312HU55S6 T8

7.5/10 – ATV312HU75M3 T8 ATV312HU75N4 T8 ATV312HU75S6 T8

11/15 – ATV312HD11M3 T9 ATV312HD11N4 T9 ATV312HD11S6 T9

15/20 – ATV312HD15M3 T9 ATV312HD15N4 T9 ATV312HD15S6 T9

(1) C2 up to 4 kW

(2) Supplied with integrated C3 EMC ﬁlter

Accessories and options available

Type of accessory

Description Remote graphic display terminal

Multi-Loader, Simple Loader

Additional EMC input ﬁlter

Plates

Braking resistors and braking unit

Line chokes

Ferrite suppressors for downstream contactor opening

Reference Please refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue

4/16

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁce.

Supply voltage Single-phase 200…240 V Three-phase 380…500 V

Degree of protection IP54

Description Enclosure equipped with an ATV31 drive with external heatsink. Removable covers for adding 1 switch-

disconnector or 1 circuit-breaker, 3 buttons and/or LEDs, 1 potentiometer

Motor power kW/HP 0.18/0.25 ATV31C018M2 Size 1 –

0.37/0.5 ATV31C037M2 Size 1 ATV31C037N4 Size 2

0.55/0.75 ATV31C055M2 Size 1 ATV31C055N4 Size 2

0.75/1 ATV31C075M2 Size 1 ATV31C075N4 Size 2

1.1/1.5 ATV31CU11M2 Size 2 ATV31CU11N4 Size 2

1.5/2 ATV31CU15M2 Size 2 ATV31CU15N4 Size 2

2.2/3 ATV31CU22M2 Size 3 ATV31CU22N4 Size 3

3/– – ATV31CU30N4 Size 3

4/5 – ATV31CU40N4 Size 3

5.5/7.5 – ATV31CU55N4 (1) Size 4

7.5/10 – ATV31CU75N4 (1) Size 4

11/15 – ATV31CD11N4 (1) Size 5

15/20 – ATV31CD15N4 (1) Size 5

(1) Drive in metal enclosure without cover.

Accessories and options available

Type of accessory

Description Additional EMC input ﬁlters

Line chokes

Reference Please refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue

Dimensions (in mm) width x height x depth

Size 1: 210 x 240 x 163 / Size 2: 215 x 297 x 192

Size 3: 230 x 340 x 208 / Size 4: 320 x 512 x 282

Size 5: 440 x 625 x 282

Altivar 31C

0.18…15 kW

Simple machines

Enclosed drives

4/17

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁ ce.

Type of drive Single-phase Three-phase

240 V with integrated EMC ﬁ lter 500 V with integrated EMC ﬁ lter

Degree of protection IP20

Drive Output frequency 0.5…599 Hz

Type of control Asynchronous motor Standard (voltage/frequency)

Performance (sensorless ﬂ ux vector control)

Pump/fan (Kn² quadratic ratio)

Energy saving ratio

Synchronous motor Proﬁ le for open loop synchronous motor

Transient overtorque 170...200% of the nominal motor torque

Speed range 1 to 50

Functions Number of functions 150

Number of I/O Analog inputs 3

Logic inputs 6

Analog outputs 1

Logic outputs 1: conﬁ gurable as voltage (0-10 V) or current (0-20 mA)

Relay outputs 2

Dialogue 4-digit display, remote display terminal (IP54 or IP55), remote graphic display terminal.

Communication Integrated Modbus and CANopen - Bluetooth® link

As an option DeviceNet, PROFIBUS DP V1, EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP, EtherCat

Reduction of current harmonics

EMC ﬁ lter Integrated C2 EMC

As an option C1 EMC

Motor power kW/HP 0.18/1/4 ATV32H018M2 T1 –

0.37/1/2 ATV32H037M2 T1 ATV32H037N4 T1

0.55/3/4 ATV32H055M2 T1 ATV32H055N4 T1

0.75/1 ATV32H075M2 T1 ATV32H075N4 T1

1.1/11/2 ATV32HU11M2 T2 ATV32HU11N4 T1

1.5/2 ATV32HU15M2 T2 ATV32HU15N4 T1

2.2/3 ATV32HU22M2 T2 ATV32HU22N4 T2

3/- – ATV32HU30N4 T2

4/5 – ATV32HU40N4 T2

5.5/71/2 – ATV32HU55N4 T4

7.5/10 – ATV32HU75N4 T4

11/15 – ATV32HD11N4 T5

15/20 – ATV32HD15N4 T5

Dimensions (in mm) width x height x depth

T1: 45 x 317 x 245

T2: 60 x 317 x 245

T4: 150 x 308 x 232 (EMC plate installed)

T4: 150 x 232 x 232 (EMC plate not installed)

T5: 180 x 404 x 232 (EMC plate installed)

T5: 180 x 330 x 232 (EMC plate not installed)

Altivar 32

0.18…15 kW

Complex machines

Compact drives

4/18

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁce.

Accessories and options available

Type of accessory

Description Panel cut-out adaptor for mounting control unit at 90°

Mechanical base kit for mounting GV2 circuit-breaker

IP54 remote display terminal

IP65 remote display terminal

Remote graphic display terminal

Simple Loader tool

Multi-Loader tool

USB/RJ45 cable for programming via SoMove software

EMC ﬁlters

Motor chokes

Braking resistors

Communication modules

DC bus cable

Reference Please refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue

4/19

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁ ce.

Pumping and ventilation machines

Drives for industry and infrastructure

Altivar 61

0.37…800 kW

Type of drive

Supply voltage

Single-phase

200…240 V

Three-phase

200…240 V

Three-phase

380…480 V

Degree of protection IP20 for unprotected drives and IP41 on the upper part

Drive Output frequency 0.5…1600 Hz up to 37 kW; 0.5…500 Hz from 45 to 800 kW

Type of control Asynchronous motor

Kn2 quadratic ratio, ﬂ ux vector control with or without sensor, voltage/frequency ratio (2 or 5 points), energy saving ratio

Synchronous motor Vector control without speed feedback

Transient overtorque 120…130% of the nominal drive current for 60 seconds

Speed range 1…100 in open loop mode

Functions Number of functions > 150

Number of preset speeds 16

Number of I/O Analog inputs 2…4/Logic inputs 6…20

Analog outputs 1…3/Logic outputs 0…8

Relay outputs 2…4

Safety input 1

Dialogue Remote graphic display terminal or SoMove software workshop

Communication Integrated Modbus and CANopen

As an option HVAC protocols: LonWorks, BACnet, METASYS N2, APOGEE FLN

Industrial: Modbus TCP, Modbus/Uni-Telway, Fipio, Modbus Plus, Proﬁ bus DP, PROFIBUS DPV1,

DeviceNet, Ethernet IP, CC-Link, INTERBUS

Cards (available as an option) Multi-pump cards, I/O extension cards, “Controller Inside” programmable card

Reduction of current harmonics DC choke integrated or supplied with the drive

EMC ﬁ lter Integrated C2 EMC C2 EMC up to 7.5 kW C2 EMC up to 4 kW

C3 EMC from 5.5 to 630 kW

As an option C1 EMC C1 EMC C1 EMC

from 0.75 to 630 kW

Motor power kW/HP 0.37/0.5 ATV61H075M3 T2 – –

0.75/1 ATV61HU15M3 T2 ATV61H075M3 T2 ATV61H075N4

1.5/2 ATV61HU22M3 T3 ATV61HU15M3 T2 ATV61HU15N4

2.2/3 ATV61HU30M3 T3 ATV61HU22M3 T3 ATV61HU22N4

3/– ATV61HU40M3 (1) T3 ATV61HU30M3 T3 ATV61HU30N4

4/5 ATV61HU55M3 (1) T4 ATV61HU40M3 T3 ATV61HU40N4

5.5/7.5 ATV61HU75M3 (1) T5A ATV61HU55M3 T4 ATV61HU55N4

7.5/10 – ATV61HU75M3 T5A ATV61HU75N4

11/15 – ATV61HD11M3X

(2)

T5B ATV61HD11N4

T5A

15/20 – ATV61HD15M3X

(2)

T5B ATV61HD15N4

T5B

18.5/25 – ATV61HD18M3X

(2)

T6 ATV61HD18N4

T5A

22/30 – ATV61HD22M3X

(2)

T6 ATV61HD22N4

30/40 – ATV61HD30M3X

(2)

T7B ATV61HD30N4

T7A

37/50 – ATV61HD37M3X

(2)

T7B ATV61HD37N4

T7A

45/60 – ATV61HD45M3X

(2)

T7B ATV61HD45N4

55/75 – ATV61HD55M3X

(2)

T9 ATV61HD55N4

75/100 – ATV61HD75M3X

(2)

T9 ATV61HD75N4

90/125 – ATV61HD90M3X

(2)

T10 ATV61HD90N4

110/150 – – ATV61HC11N4

132/200 – – ATV61HC13N4

T10

160/250 – – ATV61HC16N4

T11

200/300 – – ATV61HC20N4

T12

220/350 – – ATV61HC22N4

T12

250/400 – – ATV61HC25N4

T13

280/450 – – ATV61HC28N4

T13

315/500 – – ATV61HC31N4

T13

400/600 – – ATV61HC40N4

T14

500/700 – – ATV61HC50N4

T14

630/900 – – ATV61HC63N4

T15

(1) Must be used with a line choke, refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue.

(2) Drive supplied without EMC ﬁ lter

For all other variants, please refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue.

Dimensions (in mm) width x height x depth

T2 : 130 x 230 x 175 T3 : 155 x 260 x 187

T4 : 175 x 295 x 187 T5A : 210 x 295 x 213

T5B : 230 x 400 x 213 T6 : 240 x 420 x 236

T7A : 240 x 550 x 266 T7B : 320 x 550 x 266

T8 : 320 x 630 x 290 T9 : 320 x 920 x 377

T10 : 360 x 1022 x 377 T11 : 340 x 1190 x 377

T12 : 440 x 1190 x 377 T13 : 595 x 1190 x 377

T14 : 890 x 1390 x 377 T15 : 1120 x 1390 x 377

4/20

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁ ce.

Pumping and ventilation machines

Drives for industry and infrastructure

Altivar 61

0.37…800 kW

Type of drive

Supply voltage

Three-phase

500...690 V

Degree of protection IP20 and IP41 on the upper part

Drive Output frequency 0.5…1600 Hz up to 37 kW; 0.5…500 Hz from 45 to 800 kW

Type of control Asynchronous motor

Kn2 quadratic ratio, ﬂ ux vector control with or without sensor, voltage/frequency ratio (2 or 5 points), energy saving ratio

Synchronous motor Vector control without speed feedback

Transient overtorque 120…130% of the nominal drive current for 60 seconds

Speed range 1…100 in open loop mode

Functions Number of functions > 150

Number of preset speeds 16

Number of I/O Analog inputs 2…4/Logic inputs 6…20

Analog outputs 1…3/Logic outputs 0…8

Relay outputs 2…4

Safety input 1

Dialogue Remote graphic display terminal or SoMove software workshop

Communication Integrated Modbus and CANopen

As an option HVAC protocols: LonWorks, BACnet, METASYS N2, APOGEE FLN

Industrial: Modbus TCP, Modbus/Uni-Telway, Fipio, Modbus Plus, Proﬁ bus DP, PROFIBUS DPV1,

DeviceNet, Ethernet IP, CC-Link, INTERBUS

Cards (available as an option) Multi-pump cards, I/O extension cards, “Controller Inside” programmable card

Reduction of current harmonics DC choke integrated or supplied with the product

EMC ﬁ lter Integrated C3 EMC

Motor power kW/HP 500 V 575 V 690 V

kW HP kW

2.2 3 3 ATV61HU30Y T6

3–4ATV61HU40Y T6

4 5 5.5 ATV61HU55Y T6

5.5 7.5 7.5 ATV61HU75Y T6

7.5 10 11 ATV61HD11Y T6

11 15 15 ATV61HD15Y T6

15 20 18.5 ATV61HD18Y T6

18.5 25 22 ATV61HD22Y T6

22 30 30 ATV61HD30Y T6

30 40 37 ATV61HD37Y T8

37 50 45 ATV61HD45Y T8

45 60 55 ATV61HD55Y T8

55 75 75 ATV61HD75Y T8

75 100 90 ATV61HD90Y T8

90 125 110 ATV61HC11Y T11

110 150 132 ATV61HC13Y T11

132 – 160 ATV61HC16Y T11

160 200 200 ATV61HC20Y T11

200 250 250 ATV61HC25Y T13

250 350 315 ATV61HC31Y T13

315 450 400 ATV61HC40Y T13

400 550 500 ATV61HC50Y T15

500 700 630 ATV61HC63Y T15

630 800 800 ATV61HC80Y T15

For all other variants, please refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue.

Dimensions (in mm) width x height x depth

T6 : 240 x 420 x 236

T8 : 320 x 630 x 290

T11 : 340 x 1190 x 377

T13 : 595 x 1190 x 377

T15 : 1120 x 1390 x 377

4/21

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁ ce.

Type of drive Three-phase 380…480 V

Degree of protection Type 12 (1) / IP54

Drive Output frequency 0.5…1600 Hz up to 37 kW; 0.5…500 Hz from 45 to 800 kW

Type of control Asynchronous motor

Kn2 quadratic ratio, ﬂ ux vector control with or without sensor, voltage/frequency ratio (2 or 5 points), energy saving ratio

Synchronous motor Vector control without speed feedback

Transient overtorque 120…130% of the nominal drive current for 60 seconds

Speed range 1…100 in open loop mode

Functions Number of functions > 150

Number of preset speeds 16

Number of I/O Analog inputs 2…4/Logic inputs 6…20

Analog outputs 1…3/Logic outputs 0…8

Relay outputs 2…4

Safety input 1

Dialogue Remote graphic display terminal or SoMove software workshop

Communication Integrated Modbus and CANopen

As an option HVAC protocols: LonWorks, BACnet, METASYS N2, APOGEE P1

Industrial: Modbus TCP, Modbus/Uni-Telway, Fipio, Modbus Plus, Proﬁ bus DP, Proﬁ bus DPv1,

DeviceNet, Ethernet IP, CC-Link INTERBUS

Cards (available as an option) Multi-pump cards, I/O extension cards, “Controller Inside” programmable card

Reduction of current harmonics Integrated DC choke

EMC ﬁ lter Integrated C2 EMC

As an option – –

Motor power kW/HP 0.75/1 ATV61W075N4 TA2 ATV61E5075N4 TA2

1.5/2 ATV61WU15N4 TA2 ATV61E5U15N4 TA2

2.2/3 ATV61WU22N4 TA2 ATV61E5U22N4 TA2

3/– ATV61WU30N4 TA3 ATV61E5U30N4 TA3

4/5 ATV61WU40N4 TA3 ATV61E5U40N4 TA3

5.5/7.5 ATV61WU55N4 TB ATV61E5U55N4 TB

7.5/10 ATV61WU75N4 TB ATV61E5U75N4 TB

11/15 ATV61WD11N4 TC ATV61E5D11N4 TC

15/20 ATV61WD15N4 TD ATV61E5D15N4 TD

18.5/25 ATV61WD18N4 TD ATV61E5D18N4 TD

22/30 ATV61WD22N4 TE ATV61E5D22N4 TE

30/40 ATV61WD30N4 TF ATV61E5D30N4 TF

37/50 ATV61WD37N4 TF ATV61E5D37N4 TF

45/60 ATV61WD45N4 TG ATV61E5D45N4 TG

55/75 ATV61WD55N4 TG ATV61E5D55N4 TG

75/100 ATV61WD75N4 TG ATV61E5D75N4 TG

90/125 ATV61WD90N4 TG ATV61E5D90N4 TG

Drive with integrated C1 ﬁ lter: add the letter C at the end of the reference For example, ATV61W075N4 becomes ATV61W075N4C

For other variants, please refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue.

(1) For ATV61W... range only.

Dimensions (in mm) width x height x depth

ATV61W…

TA2

235 x 490 x 272 TD

310 x 665 x 315

TA3

235 x 490 x 286 TE

284 x 720 x 315

255 x 525 x 286 TF

284 x 880 x 343

290 x 560 x 315 TG

362 x 1000 x 364

Pumping and ventilation machines

IP54 drives

Altivar 61

0.37…800 kW

4/22

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁ ce.

Pumping and ventilation machines

IP54 Altivar 61 kit with preassembled enclosure

Altivar 61

0.37…2400 kW

Drive Kit

ATV61HC11N4 VW3A9541

ATV61HC13N4 VW3A9542

ATV61HC16N4 VW3A9543

ATV61HC22N4 VW3A9544

ATV61HC25N4 VW3A9545

ATV61HC31N4

ATV61HC25N4 VW3A9546

ATV61HC31N4

ATV61HC40N4 VW3A9547

ATV61HC50N4

ATV61HC63N4 VW3A9548

VW3A7102 braking unit VW3A9549

Additional empty enclosure (600 mm)

VW3A9550

Additional empty enclosure (800 mm)

VW3A9551

4/23

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁ ce.

Enclosure types Three-phase 380…480 V - 500 V - 690 V

(1)

Degree of protection

Drive Output frequency 0.5…1600 Hz up to 37 kW; 0.5…500 Hz from 45…2400 kW

Type of control Asynchronous motor

Kn2 quadratic ratio, ﬂ ux vector control with or without sensor, voltage/frequency ratio (2 or 5 points), energy saving ratio

Synchronous motor Vector control without speed feedback

Transient overtorque 120…130% of the nominal drive current for 60 seconds

Speed range 1…100 in open loop mode

Functions Number of functions > 150

Number of preset speeds 16

Number of I/O Analog inputs 2…4/Logic inputs 6…20

Analog outputs 1…3/Logic outputs 0…8

Relay outputs 2…4

Safety input 1

Dialogue Remote graphic display terminal or SoMove software workshop

Communication Integrated Modbus and CANopen

As an option HVAC protocols: LonWorks, BACnet, METASYS N2, APOGEE P1

Industrial: Modbus TCP, Modbus/Uni-Telway, Fipio, Modbus Plus, Proﬁ bus DPv1, DeviceNet, INTERBUS

Cards (available as an option) Multi-pump cards, I/O extension cards, “Controller Inside” programmable card

Reduction of current harmonics Integrated DC choke

EMC ﬁ lter Integrated C2 EMC

Equipment A wide range of options listed in the catalogue provides add-ons for the standard offer as required.

As well as the options listed in the catalogue, it is possible to customise the equipment. Just contact our

teams of experts direct.

- Water cooling solution

- Integration of speciﬁ c options

IP23 Three-phase

380…415 V

Three-phase

500 V

Three-phase

690 V

kW/HP Dimensions kW Dimensions kW Dimensions

– 90 ATV61 EXC2D90N E1 –

110/150 ATV61EXC2C11N4 E1 110 ATV61 EXC2C11N E1 110 ATV61 EXC2C11Y E1

132/200 ATV61EXC2C13N4 E1 132 ATV61 EXC2C13N E1 132 ATV61 EXC2C13Y E1

160/250 ATV61EXC2C16N4 E1 160 ATV61 EXC2C16N E1 160 ATV61 EXC2C16Y E1

220/350 ATV61EXC2C22N4 E1 200 ATV61 EXC2C20N E2 200 ATV61 EXC2C20Y E1

250/400 ATV61EXC2C25N4 E2 250 ATV61 EXC2C25N E2 250 ATV61 EXC2C25Y E2

315/500 ATV61EXC2C31N4 E2 315 ATV61 EXC2C31N E2 315 ATV61 EXC2C31Y E2

400/600 ATV61EXC2C40N4 E3 400 ATV61 EXC2C40N E4 400 ATV61 EXC2C40Y E2

500/700 ATV61EXC2C50N4 E3 500 ATV61 EXC2C50N E4 500 ATV61 EXC2C50Y E4

630/900 ATV61EXC2C63N4 E4 630 ATV61 EXC2C63N E4 630 ATV61 EXC2C63Y E4

800 ATV61 EXC2C80Y E4

(1) The Altivar 61 range in ready-assembled enclosure consists of:

– An ATV61H… drive

– A switch and fast-acting fuses

– An IP65 remote mounting kit for graphic display terminal

IP23 offer available up to 2400 kW. For ratings above 800 kW, please consult your Regional Sales Ofﬁ ce.

Dimensions (in mm) width x height x depth

ATV61EXC2C…

616 x 2159 x 659

816 x 2159 x 659

1016 x 2159 x 659

1220 x 2159 x 659

Pumping and ventilation machines

Solutions in IP23 and IP54 ready-assembled enclosures

Altivar 61 Plus

90…2400 kW

4/24

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁce.

IP54 Three-phase

380…415 V

Three-phase

500 V

Three-phase

690 V

Compact ﬂoor-standing enclosure

kW/HP Dimensions kW Dimensions kW Dimensions

– 90 ATV61EXC5D90N E5 –

110/150 ATV61EXC5C11N4 E5 110 ATV61EXC5C11N E5 110 ATV61EXC5C11Y E5

132/200 ATV61EXC5C1 3N4 E5 132 ATV61EXC5C13N E5 132 ATV61EXC5C13Y E5

160/250 ATV61EXC5C16N4 E5 160 ATV61EXC5C16N E5 160 ATV61EXC5C16Y E5

220/350 ATV61EXC5C22N4 E5 200 ATV61EXC5C20N E6 200 ATV61EXC5C20Y E5

250/400 ATV61EXC5C25N4 E6 250 ATV61EXC5C25N E6 250 ATV61EXC5C25Y E6

315/500 ATV61EXC5C31N4 E6 315 ATV61EXC5C31N E6 315 ATV61EXC5C31Y E6

400/600 ATV61EXC5C40N4 E7 400 ATV61EXC5C40N E8 400 ATV61EXC5C40Y E6

500/700 ATV61EXC5C50N4 E7 500 ATV61EXC5C50N E8 500 ATV61EXC5C50Y E8

630/900 ATV61EXC5C63N4 E8 630 ATV61EXC5C63N E8 630 ATV61EXC5C63Y E8

800 ATV61EXC5C80Y E8

IP54 Three-phase

380…415 V

Three-phase

500 V

Three-phase

690 V

Separate air ﬂow kW/HP Dimensions kW Dimensions kW Dimensions

– 90 ATV61EXS5D90N E11 –

110/150 ATV61EXS5C11N4 E9 110 ATV61EXS5C11N E11 110 ATV61EXS5C11Y E11

132/200 ATV61EXS5C13N4 E9 132 ATV61EXS5C13N E11 132 ATV61EXS5C13Y E11

160/250 ATV61EXS5C16N4 E9 160 ATV61EXS5C16N E11 160 ATV61EXS5C16Y E11

220/350 ATV61EXS5C22N4 E9 200 ATV61EXS5C20N E12 200 ATV61EXS5C20Y E11

250/400 ATV61EXS5C25N4 E10 250 ATV61EXS5C25N E12 250 ATV61EXS5C25Y E12

315/500 ATV61EXS5C31N4 E10 315 ATV61EXS5C31N E12 315 ATV61EXS5C31Y E12

400/600 ATV61EXS5C40N4 E13 400 ATV61EXS5C40N E14 400 ATV61EXS5C40Y E12

500/700 ATV61EXS5C50N4 E13 500 ATV61EXS5C50N E14 500 ATV61EXS5C50Y E14

630/900 ATV61EXS5C63N4 E14 630 ATV61EXS5C63N E14 630 ATV61EXS5C63Y E14

800 ATV61EXS5C80Y E14

Dimensions (in mm) width x height x depth

ATV61EX…

E5 : 616 x 2264 x 659 E9 : 616 x 2359 x 659

E6 : 816 x 2264 x 659 E10 : 816 x 2359 x 659

E7 : 1016 x 2264 x 659 E11 : 608 x 2359 x 659

E8 : 1216 x 2264 x 659 E12 : 808 x 2359 x 6590

E13 : 1008 x 2359 x 659

E14 : 1208 x 2359 x 659

Pumping and ventilation machines

Solutions in IP23 and IP54 ready-assembled enclosures

Altivar 61 Plus

90…2400 kW

4/25

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁce.

Altivar 61

0.37…2400 kW

Pumping and ventilation machines

I/O extension and speciﬁc cards

Type of card I/O extension

Logic Extended

Description 1 relay logic output (“C/O” contact)

4 x 24 VDC positive or negative logic inputs

2 x 24 VDC open collector positive or negative logic

outputs

1 input for PTC probes

1 x 0…20 mA differential current analog input

1 software-conﬁgurable voltage (0…10 VDC) or

current (0…20 mA) analog input

2 software-conﬁgurable voltage (±10V, 0…10 VDC)

or current (0…20 mA) analog inputs

1 relay logic output (“C/O” contact)

4 x 24 VDC positive or negative logic inputs

2 x 24 VDC open collector positive or negative logic

outputs

1 input for PTC probes

1 frequency control input

Reference VW3A3201 VW3A3202

"Controller Inside" programmable card

Type of card Programmable “Controller Inside”

Description

10 logic inputs, 2 of which can be used for 2 counters or 4 of which can be used for 2 incremental encoders

2 analog inputs, 6 logic outputs, 2 analog outputs, a master port for the CANopen bus, a PC port for

programming with the PS 1131 software workshop.

Reference VW3A3501

Multi-pump cards

Type of card Multi-pump

Description The pump switching card ensures compatibility of

applications developed on the Altivar 38.

This card is speciﬁc to pump switching.

It ensures optimum ﬂow for an impeccable quality of service.

Its algorithm both saves energy and prolongs equipment service life.

Reference VW3A3502

Description The VWA3503 “Water Solution” card can be used

to support all multi-pump applications.

This card offers all the functions needed to manage a pumping, booster, irrigation station, etc with the

operational safety of a control and monitoring system.

Reference VW3A3503

4/26

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁce.

Accessories and options

Braking resistors

The network braking unit can be used to restore the following to the

line supply:

p The energy from the motor

p The energy from the motors controlled by several drives connected

on the same DC bus

Type of drive Three-phase

Supply voltage 200…240 V 50/60 Hz 380…480 V 50/60 Hz

ATV61H075M3 VW3A7701 –

ATV61HU15M3, HU22M3 VW3A7702 –

ATV61HU30M3, HU40M3 VW3A7703 –

ATV61HU55M3, HU75M3 VW3A7704 –

ATV61HD11M3X VW3A7705 –

ATV61HD15M3X VW3A7706 –

ATV61HD18M3X, HD22M3X VW3A7707 –

ATV61HD30M3X VW3A7708 –

ATV61HD37M3X, HD45M3X VW3A7709 –

ATV61HD55M3X, HD75M3X VW3A7713 –

ATV61HD90M3X VW3A7714 –

ATV61H075N4…HU40N4, ATV61W075N4…WU55N4, – VW3A7701

ATV61W075N4C…WU55N4C

ATV61HU55N4, HU75N4, ATV61WU75N4, WD11N4, – VW3A7702

ATV61WU75N4C, WD11N4C

ATV61HD11N4, HD15N4, ATV61WD15N4, WD18N4, – VW3A7703

ATV61WD15N4C, WD18N4C

ATV61HD18N4…HD30N4, ATV61WD22N4…WD37N4, – VW3A7704

ATV61WD22N4C…WD37N4C

ATV61HD37N4, ATV61WD45N4, WD45N4C – VW3A7705

ATV61WD55N4…WD90N4, ATV61WD55N4C…WD90N4C – VW3A7706

ATV61HD45N4…HD75N4 – VW3A7707

ATV61HD90N4, HC11N4 – VW3A7710

ATV61HC13N4, HC16N4, E5C16N4 – VW3A7711

ATV61HC22N4 – VW3A7712

ATV61HC25N4 – VW3A7715

ATV61HC31N4 – VW3A7716

ATV61HC40N4, HC50N4, E5C50N4 – VW3A7717

ATV61HC63N4 – VW3A7718

Other accessories (see references in the Schneider Electric Catalogue)

> Resistance braking units (integrated in ATV61 drives up to 220 kW)

> Additional EMC input ﬁlters

> AC line chokes

> Optional DC chokes

> Passive ﬁlters

> Sinus ﬁlters

> Motor chokes

4/27

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁ ce.

Complex, high-power machines

High performance drives

Type of drive Single-phase Three-phase Three-phase

Supply voltage 200…240 V (3) (4) 200…240 V (3) (4) 380…480 V (3)

Degree of protection IP20 for unprotected drives and IP41 on the upper part

Drive Output frequency 0.1…1600 Hz up to 37 kW, 0.1…500 Hz from 45 to 500 kW

Type of control Asynchronous motor Flux vector control with or without sensor, voltage/frequency ratio (2 or 5 points), ENA System

Synchronous motor Vector control with and without speed feedback (…383)

Transient overtorque 220% of nominal motor torque for 2 seconds, and 170% for 60 seconds

Speed range 1…1000 in closed loop mode with encoder feedback, 1…100 in open loop mode

Functions Number of functions > 150

Number of preset speeds 16

Number of I/O Analog inputs 2…4

Logic inputs 6…20

Analog outputs 1…3

Logic outputs 0…8

Relay outputs 2…4

Safety input 1

Dialogue Remote graphic display terminal or SoMove software workshop

Communication Integrated Modbus and CANopen

As an option Modbus TCP, Modbus/Uni-Telway, Fipio, Modbus Plus, Proﬁ bus DP, PROFIBUS DPV1, DeviceNet,

Ethernet IP, CC-Link, INTERBUS

Cards (available as an option)

Encoder interface cards, I/O extension cards, “Controller Inside” programmable card, “Crane” card

Reduction of current harmonics DC choke integrated or supplied with the product

EMC ﬁ lter Integrated C2 EMC up to 4 kW

As an option External C2 EMC from 5.5 kW

Motor power kW/HP 0.37/0.5

ATV71H075M3 T2 ATV71H037M3 T2 –

0.75/1

ATV71HU15M3 T2 ATV71H075M3 T2 ATV71H075N4 T2

1.5/2

ATV71HU22M3 T3 ATV71HU15M3 T2 ATV71HU15N4 T2

2.2/3

ATV71HU30M3 T3 ATV71HU22M3 T3 ATV71HU22N4 T2

3/–

ATV71HU40M3 (1) T3 ATV71HU30M3 T3 ATV71HU30N4 T3

4/5

ATV71HU55M3 (1) T4 ATV71HU40M3 T3 ATV71HU40N4 T3

5.5/7.5

ATV71HU75M3 (1) T5A ATV71HU55M3 T4 ATV71HU55N4 T4

7.5/10

–ATV71HU75M3 T5A ATV71HU75N4 T4

11/15

–ATV71HD11M3X (2) T5B ATV71HD11N4 T5A

15/20

–ATV71HD15M3X (2) T5B ATV71HD15N4 T5B

18.5/25

–ATV71HD18M3X (2) T6 ATV71HD18N4 T5B

22/30

–ATV71HD22M3X (2) T6 ATV71HD22N4 T6

30/40

–ATV71HD30M3X (2) T7B ATV71HD30N4 T7A

37/50

–ATV71HD37M3X (2) T7B ATV71HD37N4 T7A

45/60

–ATV71HD45M3X (2) T7B ATV71HD45N4 T8

55/75

–ATV71HD55M3X (2) T9 ATV71HD55N4 T8

75/100

–ATV71HD75M3X (2) T10 ATV71HD75N4 T8

90/125

––ATV71HD90N4 T9

110/150

––ATV71HC11N4 T10

132/200

––ATV71HC13N4 T11

160/250

––ATV71HC16N4 T12

200/300

––ATV71HC20N4 T13

220/350

––ATV71HC25N4 T13

280/450

––ATV71HC28N4 T13

315/500

––ATV71HC31N4 T14

355/–

––ATV71HC40N4 T14

500/700

––ATV71HC50N4 T15

(1) Must be used with a line choke, Refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue.

(2) Drive supplied without EMC ﬁ lter.

(3) A three-phase 380...480 V range on base plate is available from 0.75 to 11 kW. Please refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue.

Dimensions (in mm) width x height x depth

T2 : 130 x 230 x 175 T3 : 155 x 260 x 187

T4 : 175 x 295 x 187 T5A : 210 x 295 x 213

T5B : 230 x 400 x 213 T6 : 240 x 420 x 236

T7A : 240 x 550 x 266 T7B : 320 x 550 x 266

T8 : 320 x 630 x 290 T9 : 320 x 920 x 377

T10 : 360 x 1022 x 377 T11 : 340 x 1190 x 377

T12 : 440 x 1190 x 377 T13 : 595 x 1190 x 377

T14 : 890 x 1390 x 377 T15 : 1120 x 1390 x 377

Altivar 71

0.37…630 kW

4/28

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁ ce.

Complex, high-power machines

High performance drives

Type of drive Three-phase

Supply voltage 500... 690 V

Degree of protection IP20 for unprotected drives and IP41 on the upper part

Drive Output frequency 0.1…1600 Hz up to 37 kW, 0.1…500 Hz from 45 to 630 kW

Type of control Asynchronous motor Flux vector control with or without sensor, voltage/frequency ratio (2 or 5 points), ENA System

Synchronous motor Vector control with and without speed feedback (…383)

Transient overtorque 220% of nominal motor torque for 2 seconds, and 170% for 60 seconds

Speed range 1…1000 in closed loop mode with encoder feedback, 1…100 in open loop mode

Functions Number of functions > 150

Number of preset speeds 16

Number of I/O Analog inputs 2…4

Logic inputs 6…20

Analog outputs 1…3

Logic outputs 0…8

Relay outputs 2…4

Safety input 1

Dialogue Remote graphic display terminal or SoMove software workshop

Communication Integrated Modbus and CANopen

As an option Modbus TCP, Modbus/Uni-Telway, Fipio, Modbus Plus, Proﬁ bus DP, PROFIBUS DPV1, DeviceNet, Ethernet

IP, CC-Link, INTERBUS

Cards (available as an option)

Encoder interface cards, I/O extension cards, “Controller Inside” programmable card, “Crane” card

Reduction of current harmonics DC choke integrated or supplied with the drive

EMC ﬁ lter Integrated C3 EMC

Motor power kW/HP 500 V 575 V 690 V

kW HP kW

1.5 2 2.2 ATV71HU22Y T6

2.2 3 3 ATV71HU30Y T6

3 – 4 ATV71HU40Y T6

4 5 5.5 ATV71HU55Y T6

5.5 7.5 7.5 ATV71HU75Y T6

7.5 10 11 ATV71HD11Y T6

11 15 15 ATV71HD15Y T6

15 20 18.5 ATV71HD18Y T6

18.5 25 22 ATV71HD22Y T6

22 30 30 ATV71HD30Y T6

30 40 37 ATV71HD37Y T8

37 50 45 ATV71HD45Y T8

45 60 55 ATV71HD55Y T8

55 75 75 ATV71HD75Y T8

75 100 90 ATV71HD90Y T8

90 125 110 ATV71HC11Y T11

110 150 132 ATV71HC13Y T11

132 – 160 ATV71HC16Y T11

160 200 200 ATV71HC20Y T13

200 250 250 ATV71HC25Y T13

250 350 315 ATV71HC31Y T13

315 450 400 ATV71HC40Y T15

400 550 500 ATV71HC50Y T15

500 700 630 ATV71HC63Y T15

For all other variants, please refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue.

Dimensions (in mm) width x height x depth

T2 : 130 x 230 x 175 T3 : 155 x 260 x 187

T4 : 175 x 295 x 187 T5A : 210 x 295 x 213

T5B : 230 x 400 x 213 T6 : 240 x 420 x 236

T7A : 240 x 550 x 266 T7B : 320 x 550 x 266

T8 : 320 x 630 x 290 T9 : 320 x 920 x 377

T10 : 360 x 1022 x 377 T11 : 340 x 1190 x 377

T12 : 440 x 1190 x 377 T13 : 595 x 1190 x 377

T14 : 890 x 1390 x 377 T15 : 1120 x 1390 x 377

Altivar 71

0.37…630 kW

4/29

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁ ce.

Type of drive Three-phase 380…480 V

(3) With switch

Degree of protection UL Type 12 (1) / IP54

Drive Output frequency 0.1…1600 Hz up to 37 kW, 0.1…500 Hz from 45…75 kW

Type of control Asynchronous motor Flux vector control with or without sensor, voltage/frequency ratio (2 or 5 points), ENA System

Synchronous motor Vector control without speed feedback

Transient overtorque 220% of nominal motor torque for 2 seconds, and 170% for 60 seconds

Speed range 1…1000 in closed loop mode with encoder feedback, 1…100 in open loop mode

Functions Number of functions > 150

Number of preset speeds 16

Number of I/O Analog inputs 2…4

Logic inputs 6…20

Analog outputs 1…3

Logic outputs 0…8

Relay outputs 2…4

Safety input 1

Dialogue Remote graphic display terminal or SoMove software workshop

Communication Integrated Modbus and CANopen

As an option Modbus TCP, Modbus/Uni-Telway, Fipio, Modbus Plus, Proﬁ bus DP, Proﬁ bus DPv1, DeviceNet, INTERBUS,

CC-Link, Ethernet IP

Cards (available as an option) Encoder interface cards, I/O extension cards, “Controller Inside” programmable card,

“Crane” card

Reduction of current harmonics Optional chokes and passive ﬁ lters

EMC ﬁ lter Integrated C2 EMC

As an option External C1 EMC

Motor power kW/HP 0.75/1 ATV71W075N4 TA2 ATV71E5075N4 TA2

1.5/2 ATV71WU15N4 TA2 ATV71E5U15N4 TA2

2.2/3 ATV71WU22N4 TA2 ATV71E5U22N4 TA2

3/– ATV71WU30N4 TA3 ATV71E5U30N4 TA3

4/5 ATV71WU40N4 TA3 ATV71E5U40N4 TA3

5.5/7.5 ATV71WU55N4 TB ATV71E5U55N4 TB

7.5/10 ATV71WU75N4 TB ATV71E5U75N4 TB

11/15 ATV71WD11N4 TC ATV71E5D11N4 TC

15/20 ATV71WD15N4 TD ATV71E5D15N4 TD

18.5/25 ATV71WD18N4 TD ATV71E5D18N4 TD

22/30 ATV71WD22N4 TD ATV71E5D22N4 TD

30/40 ATV71WD30N4 TF ATV71E5D30N4 TF

37/50 ATV71WD37N4 TF ATV71E5D37N4 TF

45/60 ATV71WD45N4 TG ATV71E5D45N4 TG

55/75 ATV71WD55N4 TG ATV71E5D55N4 TG

75/100 ATV71WD75N4 TG ATV71E5D75N4 TG

(1) For ATV71W... range only.

Dimensions (in mm) width x height x depth

ATV71W…, ATV71E5…

up to 75 kW

TA2

235 x 490 x 272 TD

310 x 665 x 315

TA3

235 x 490 x 286 TE

284 x 720 x 315

255 x 525 x 286 TF

284 x 880 x 343

290 x 560 x 315 TG

362 x 1000 x 364

Complex, high-power machines

IP54 drives

Altivar 71

0.37…630 kW

4/30

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁ ce.

Complex, high-power machines

IP54 Altivar 71 kit with preassembled enclosure

Altivar 71

0.37…500 kW

Drive Kit

ATV71HD90N4 VW3A9541

ATV71HC11N4 VW3A9542

ATV71HC13N4 VW3A9543

ATV71HC16N4 VW3A9544

ATV71HC20N4 VW3A9545

ATV71HC25N4

ATV71HC28N4

ATV71HC20N4 With VW3A7101 braking unit VW3A9546

ATV71HC25N4 With VW3A7101 braking unit

ATV71HC28N4 With VW3A7101 braking unit

ATV71HC31N4 Without braking unit VW3A9547

ATV71HC40N4

ATV71HC50N4 VW3A9548

VW3A7102 braking unit VW3A9549

Additional empty enclosure (600 mm)

VW3A9550

Additional empty enclosure (800 mm)

VW3A9551

4/31

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁce.

Type of drive Three-phase 380…480 V

(1)

Degree of protection

Drive Output frequency 0.1…1600 Hz up to 37 kW, 0.1…500 Hz from 45…2000 kW

Type of control Asynchronous motor Flux vector control with or without sensor, voltage/frequency ratio (2 or 5 points), ENA System

Synchronous motor Vector control without speed feedback

Transient overtorque 220% of nominal motor torque for 2 seconds, and 170% for 60 seconds

Speed range 1…1000 in closed loop mode with encoder feedback, 1…100 in open loop mode

Functions Number of functions > 150

Number of preset speeds 16

Number of I/O Analog inputs 2…4

Logic inputs 6…20

Analog outputs 1…3

Logic outputs 0…8

Relay outputs 2…4

Safety input 1

Dialogue Remote graphic display terminal or SoMove software workshop

Communication Integrated Modbus and CANopen

As an option Modbus TCP, Modbus/Uni-Telway, Fipio, Modbus Plus, Proﬁbus DP, Proﬁbus DPv1, DeviceNet,

INTERBUS, CC-Link, Ethernet IP.

Cards (available as an option) Encoder interface cards, I/O extension cards, “Controller Inside” programmable card,

“Crane” card

Reduction of current harmonics Optional chokes and passive ﬁlters

EMC ﬁlter Integrated C2 EMC

As an option External C1 EMC

Equipment A wide range of options listed in the catalogue provides add-ons for the standard offer as required.

As well as the options listed in the catalogue, it is possible to customise the equipment. Just contact our

teams of experts direct.

- Water cooling solution

- Integration of speciﬁc options

IP23 Three-phase

380…415 V

Three-phase

500 V

Three-phase

690 V

kW/HP Dimensions kW Dimensions kW Dimensions

90/125 ATV71EXC2D90N4 E1 90 ATV71 EXC2D90N E1 –

110/150 ATV71EXC2C11N4 E1 110 ATV71 EXC2C11N E1 110 ATV71 EXC2C11Y E1

132/200 ATV71EXC2C13N4 E1 132 ATV71 EXC2C13N E1 132 ATV71 EXC2C13Y E1

160/250 ATV71EXC2C16N4 E1 160 ATV71 EXC2C16N E2 160 ATV71 EXC2C16Y E1

200/300 ATV71EXC2C20N4 E2 200 ATV71 EXC2C20N E2 200 ATV71 EXC2C20Y E2

250/400 ATV71EXC2C25N4 E2 250 ATV71 EXC2C25N E2 250 ATV71 EXC2C25Y E2

280/450 ATV71EXC2C28N4 E2 – –

315/500 ATV71EXC2C31N4 E3 315 ATV71 EXC2C31N E4 315 ATV71 EXC2C31Y E2

400/600 ATV71EXC2C40N4 E3 400 ATV71 EXC2C40N E4 400 ATV71 EXC2C40Y E4

500/700 ATV71EXC2C50N4 E4 500 ATV71 EXC2C50N E4 500 ATV71 EXC2C50Y E4

(1) The Altivar 71 range in ready-assembled enclosure consists of:

– An ATV71H… drive

– A switch and fast-acting fuses

– An IP65 remote mounting kit for graphic display terminal

IP23 offer available up to 2000 kW. For ratings above 630 kW, please consult your Regional Sales Ofﬁce.

Complex, high-power machines

Solutions in IP23 and IP54 ready-assembled enclosures

Altivar 71 Plus

90…2000 kW

Dimensions (in mm) width x height x depth

ATV71EXC2C…

E1 : 616 x 2159 x 659 E3 : 1016 x 2159 x 659

E2 : 816 x 2159 x 659 E4 : 1216 x 2159 x 659

4/32

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁce.

Complex, high-power machines

Solutions in IP23 and IP54 ready-assembled enclosures

Altivar 71 Plus

90…2000 kW

IP54 Three-phase

380…415 V

Three-phase

500 V

Three-phase

690 V

Compact ﬂoor-standing enclosure

kW/HP Dimensions kW Dimensions kW Dimensions

90/125 ATV71EXC5D90N4 E5 90 ATV71EXC5D90N E5 –

110/150 ATV71EXC5C11N4 E5 110 ATV71EXC5C11N E5 110 ATV71EXC5C11Y E5

132/200 ATV71EXC5C13N4 E5 132 ATV71EXC5C13N E5 132 ATV71EXC5C13Y E5

160/250 ATV71EXC5C16N4 E5 160 ATV71EXC5C16N E6 160 ATV71EXC5C16Y E5

220/350 ATV71EXC5C20N4 E6 200 ATV71EXC5C20N E6 200 ATV71EXC5C20Y E6

250/400 ATV71EXC5C25N4 E6 250 ATV71EXC5C25N E6 250 ATV71EXC5C25Y E6

280/450 ATV71EXC5C28N4 E6 – –

315/500 ATV71EXC5C31N4 E7 315 ATV71EXC5C31N E8 315 ATV71EXC5C31Y E6

400/600 ATV71EXC5C40N4 E7 400 ATV71EXC5C40N E8 400 ATV71EXC5C40Y E8

500/700 ATV71EXC5C50N4 E8 500 ATV71EXC5C50N E8 500 ATV71EXC5C50Y E8

630 ATV71EXC5C63Y E8

IP54 Three-phase

380…415 V

Three-phase

500 V

Three-phase

690 V

Separate air ﬂow kW/HP Dimensions kW Dimensions kW Dimensions

90/125 ATV71EXS5D90N4 E9 90 ATV71EXS5D90N E11 –

110/150 ATV71EXS5C11N4 E9 110 ATV71EXS5C11N E11 110 ATV71EXS5C11Y E11

132/200 ATV71EXS5C13N4 E9 132 ATV71EXS5C13N E11 132 ATV71EXS5C13Y E11

160/250 ATV71EXS5C16N4 E9 160 ATV71EXS5C16N E12 160 ATV71EXS5C16Y E11

220/350 ATV71EXS5C20N4 E10 200 ATV71EXS5C20N E12 200 ATV71EXS5C20Y E12

250/400 ATV71EXS5C25N4 E10 250 ATV71EXS5C25N E12 250 ATV71EXS5C25Y E12

280/450 ATV71EXS5C28N4 E10 – –

315/500 ATV71EXS5C31N4 E13 315 ATV71EXS5C31N E14 315 ATV71EXS5C31Y E12

400/600 ATV71EXS5C40N4 E13 400 ATV71EXS5C40N E14 400 ATV71EXS5C40Y E14

500/700 ATV71EXS5C50N4 E14 500 ATV71EXS5C50N E14 500 ATV71EXS5C50Y E14

630 ATV71EXS5C63Y E14

Dimensions (in mm) width x height x depth

ATV71EX…

E5 : 616 x 2264 x 659 E9 : 616 x 2359 x 659

E6 : 816 x 2264 x 659 E10 : 816 x 2359 x 659

E7 : 1016 x 2264 x 659 E11 : 608 x 2359 x 659

E8 : 1216 x 2264 x 659 E12 : 808 x 2359 x 6590

E13 : 1008 x 2359 x 659

E14 : 1208 x 2359 x 659

4/33

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁ ce.

Complex, high-power machines

Drives for lifts

Type of drive Single-phase

200 V

Three-phase

200 V

Three-phase

380 V

Supply voltage

Degree of protection IP20 for unprotected drives and IP41 on the upper part

Drive Output frequency 0.1…1600 Hz up to 37 kW, 0.1…500 Hz from 45 to 500 kW

Type of control Asynchronous motor Flux vector control with or without sensor, voltage/frequency ratio

Synchronous motor Vector control with and without speed feedback

Transient overtorque 220% of nominal motor torque for 2 seconds, and 170% for 60 seconds

Speed range 1…1000 in closed loop mode with encoder feedback, 1…100 in open loop mode

Functions Number of functions > 150

Number of preset speeds 16

Number of I/O Analog inputs 2…4

Logic inputs 6…20

Analog outputs 1…3

Logic outputs 0…8

Relay outputs 2…4

Safety input 1

Dialogue Remote graphic display terminal or SoMove software workshop

Communication Integrated Modbus and CANopen

As an option Fipio, Ethernet, Modbus Plus, Proﬁ bus DP, DeviceNet, Uni-Telway, InterBus

Cards (available as an option) Encoder interface cards, I/O extension cards, “Controller Inside” programmable card,

Encoder emulation card

Reduction of current harmonics DC choke integrated or supplied with the product

EMC ﬁ lter Integrated C2 EMC up to 5.5 kW

As an option External C2 EMC from 7.5 kW

Motor power kW/HP 1.5/2 ATV71LU22M3Z T3 – –

2.2/3 ATV71LU30M3Z T3 ATV71LU22M3Z T3 –

3/– ATV71LU40M3Z T3 ATV71LU30M3Z T3 ATV71LU30N4Z T3

4/5 ATV71LU55M3Z T4 ATV71LU40M3Z T3 ATV71LU40N4Z T3

5.5/7.5 ATV71LU75M3Z T5A ATV71LU55M3Z T4 ATV71LU55N4Z T4

7.5/10 – ATV71LU75M3Z T5A ATV71LU75N4Z T4

11/15 – ATV71LD11M3XZ T5B ATV71LD11N4Z T5A

15/20 – ATV71LD15M3XZ T5B ATV71LD15N4Z T5B

18.5/25 – ATV71LD18M3XZ T6 ATV71LD18N4Z T5B

22/30 – ATV71LD22M3XZ T6 ATV71LD22N4Z T6

30/40 – ATV71LD30M3XZ T6 ATV71LD30N4Z T7A

37/50 – ATV71LD37M3XZ T7B ATV71LD37N4Z T7A

45/60 – ATV71LD45M3XZ T7B ATV71LD45N4Z T8

55/75 – – ATV71LD55N4Z T8

75/100 – – ATV71LD75N4Z T8

Dimensions (in mm) width x height x depth

130 x 230 x 175 T3

155 x 260 x 187

175 x 295 x 187 T5A

210 x 295 x 213

T5B

230 x 400 x 213 T6

240 x 420 x 236

T7A

240 x 550 x 266 T7B

320 x 550 x 266

320 x 630 x 290

Altivar 71 Lift

2.2…75 kW

4/34

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁce.

Altivar 71

0.37…2000 kW

Complex, high-power machines

I/O extension and speciﬁc cards

Type of card I/O extension

Logic Extended

Description 1 relay logic output (“C/O” contact)

4 x 24 VDC positive or negative logic inputs

2 x 24 VDC open collector positive or negative logic

outputs

1 input for PTC probes

1 x 0…20 mA differential current analog input

1 software-conﬁgurable voltage (0…10 VDC) or

current (0…20 mA) analog input

2 software-conﬁgurable voltage (±10V, 0…10 VDC)

or current (0…20 mA) analog inputs

1 relay logic output (“C/O” contact)

4 x 24 VDC positive or negative logic inputs

2 x 24 VDC open collector positive or negative logic

outputs, 1 input for PTC probes, 1 frequency control

input

Reference VW3A3201 VW3A3202

"Controller Inside" programmable card

Type of card Programmable “Controller Inside”

Description 10 logic inputs, 2 of which can be used for 2 counters or

4 of which can be used for 2 incremental encoders

2 analog inputs, 6 logic outputs, 2 analog outputs, a master port for the CANopen bus, a PC port for

programming with the PS 1131 software workshop

Reference VW3A3501

“Crane” cards

Type of card “Crane” card for overhead cranes

Description 10 logic inputs, 2 of which can be used for 2 counters or

4 of which can be used for 2 incremental encoders

2 analog inputs, 6 logic outputs, 2 analog outputs, a master port for the CANopen bus

Application-speciﬁc functions

Sensorless:

Management of load sway up to heights of 30 m

Management of the stop and slowdown limit switches on translational and directional movements

References VW3A3510

4/35

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁce.

Complex, high-power machines

Encoder interface cards

Type of card Encoder interface with

Differential outputs (RS422)

Open collector outputs (NPN)

Push-pull outputs

Operating frequency 300 kHz

Reference 5 V VW3A3401 ––

12 V – VW3A3403 VW3A3405

15 V VW3A3402 VW3A3404 VW3A3406

24 V – – VW3A3407

Type of card Resolver Universal Sincos Absolute

Incremental with

emulation

Speed feedback resolution 12 bits 16 bits 16 bits 10,000

Encoder type supported Resolver with

2, 4, 6 or 8 poles

"SinCos,

SinCosHiperface

EnDat, SSI"

Sincos Absolute "Incremental

RS 422 - 5 V or 15 V"

References VW3A3408 VW3A3409 VW3A3410 VW3A3411

Altivar 71

0.37…2000 kW

4/36

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁ ce.

Altivar Accessories and options available

Options

Type of accessory

Description Additional EMC input ﬁ lters

AC line chokes

Optional DC chokes

Passive ﬁ lters

Sinus ﬁ lters

Motor chokes

Braking units

Braking resistors

Reference Please refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue

Communication accessories

Type of accessory Remote graphic display terminal Remote mounting kit (1)

Description

This display terminal is attached to the front of the drive.

It includes the integrated 7-segment display terminal for

drives supplied without a graphic display terminal.

A remote mounting kit for mounting on an enclosure

door with IP54 degree of protection.

It includes:

b All the mechanical ﬁ ttings

b Fixing accessories

References VW3A1101 VW3A1102

(1) Use a VW3A1104Rpp remote-mounting cordset, to be ordered separately (please refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue.)

Other accessories available

Type of accessory

Description Multi-Loader conﬁ guration tool

Simple Loader conﬁ guration tool

Bluetooth adaptor

SoMove multilingual conﬁ guration software workshop for PC

SoMobile software for mobile phones

Connection accessories for CANopen communication bus

(tap junctions, adaptor, connector, cables, etc.)

Modbus connection accessories

(communication module, gateways, splitter boxes, cordsets and cables, etc.)

Reference Please refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue

4/37

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁce.

55 5

Dialogue and communication

Communication modules

Altivar

1 To network

2 Communication modules

3 PLC cables VW3A8 306 Rpp,

VW3 P07 306 R10

4 Modbus splitter box LU9 GC3

5 Modbus drop cables

VW3A8 306 Rpp

6 Line terminator

VW3A8 306 RC

Altistart 48/Altivar 31

starters/drives

Ethernet/

Modbus

DeviceNet/

Modbus

Fipio/Modbus Proﬁbus DP/Modbus

Parameter setting – – – Standard

conﬁgurator

ABC conﬁgurator

program

References Bridge TSXETG100 ––––

Gateway – LUFP9 LUFP1 LA9P307 LUFP7

Cable references L = 0.3 m – VW3A8306R03 VW3A8306R03 – VW3A8306R03

L = 1 m – VW3A8306R10 VW3A8306R10 VW3P07306R10 VW3A8306R10

L = 3 m VW3A8306D30 VW3A8306R30 VW3A8306R30 –VW3A8306R30

4/38

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁce.

Dialogue and communication

Communication cards and modules

Drives

Altivar 61, Altivar 71

Modbus TCP Modbus TCP Daisy

Chain

Modbus/Uni-Telway Fipio

Maximum number of drives controlled ––––

Transmission speed 10/100 Mbps 10/100 Mbps 147/247 Mbps 62 Mbps

References VW3A3310 VW3A3310d VW3A3303 VW3A3311

Drives

Altivar 61, Altivar 71

Modbus Plus Proﬁbus DP Proﬁbus DPv1 I

NTER

Maximum number of drives controlled 64 126 126 64

Transmission speed 1 Mbps 9600 bps...12 Mbps 9600 bps...12 Mbps 1 Mbps

References VW3A3302 VW3A3307 VW3A3307S371 VW3A3304

Drives

Altivar 61, Altivar 71

CC-Link Ethernet/IP DeviceNet

Maximum number of drives controlled 64 – 63

Transmission speed …10 Mbps 10/100 Mbps 125/250/500 Kbps

References VW3A3317 VW3A3316 VW3A3309

Drives

Altivar 61

ORKS

METASYS N2 APOGEE FLN BACnet

Connector

1 removable 3-way screw 1 removable

4-way screw 1 removable 4-way screw 1 removable 4-way screw

terminal block terminal block terminal block terminal block

Transmission speed 78 Kbps – – –

References VW3A3312 VW3A3313 VW3A3314 VW3A3315

For other connection accessories, please refer to the Schneider Electric catalogue.

Altivar

Transparent

Ready

4/39

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁ ce.

Selection guide

C Applications :

Lexium 32 is the perfect drive

system for applications involving

high-precision, dynamic positioning.

C Applications :

Lexium SDx stepper drives and

motors are used for short-distance

positioning applications requiring

maximum accuracy and high torque.

Servo Drives Servo Motors Stepper Drives Stepper Motors

Lexium 32 Lexium BMH Lexium SD2 Lexium BRS2

Lexium BSH Lexium SD3 Lexium BRS3

Machines Packaging machines

Material handling machines

Material working machines

Assembling machines

Printing machines

Labelling machines

Screen printing machines

Description The Lexium 32 servo range consists of three

high-performance book-size servo drive

models – Lexium 32 Compact, Lexium 32

Advanced and Lexium 32 Modular – and

two motor families – the versatile medium-

inertia Lexium BMH and the dynamic low-

inertia Lexium BSH.

The Lexium SDx stepper motor drive range

consists of two high-precision stepper drive

lines – the three-phase stepper drives

Lexium SD3 and the two-phase stepper

drives Lexium SD2. These drive lines are

complemented by two perfectly matched

stepper motor families – Lexium BRS3 three-

phase stepper motors and Lexium BRS2

two-phase stepper motors.

Power range 0.15…7 kW up to 750 W

Voltage range 115…240 VAC, 400…480 VAC 24…48 VDC, 115…240 VAC

Speed up to 8000 rpm up to 1000 rpm

Torque up to 84 Nm up to 16.5 Nm

Communication interfaces CANopen, CANmotion, PROFIBUS DP,

DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP

CANopen, CANmotion, PROFIBUS DP or

Pulse/Direction

Safety function (STO) on board

Enhanced Safety Module (SS1, SS2, SLS,

SOS)

Encoder module for digital and analog

encoders and resolvers

Safety function (STO) on board

(Lexium SD3 28)

4/40

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁ ce.

C Applications :

Lexium Integrated Drives allow for extremely space-saving

decentralised motion solutions.

C Applications :

The Lexium Linear Motion products are designed

for maximum ﬂ exibility, performance and

cost-effectiveness. This range offers products

for all linear movements in the automation

industry from single-axis to multi-axis systems.

Integrated Drives Linear Motion

Lexium ILA Lexium ILE Lexium ILS Lexium PAS Lexium CAS

Lexium ILP / ILT Lexium TAS Lexium MAX

Format adjustment

Printing machines

Material handling machines

Material working machines

On-the-ﬂ y working machines

Assembling machines

The Lexium ILx Integrated Drives comprise motor, positioning controller,

power electronics, ﬁ eldbus and “Safe Torque Off” safety function in an

extremely compact single device. Lexium ILx Integrated Drives are available

with all important motor technologies (servo, brushless DC, stepper).

Lexium Linear Motion is a comprehensive linear motion range

comprising Lexium PAS portal axes, Lexium TAS linear tables,

Lexium CAS cantilever and telescopic axes and Lexium MAX

multi-axis systems.

100…370 W Single axes:

24…48 VDC, 115 to 240 VAC Stroke up to 5.5 m

up to 9000 rpm Load up to 150 kg

up to 12 Nm Speed up to 8 m/s

RS485, CANopen, PROFIBUS DP, DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP, EtherCAT,

Ethernet POWERLINK, Modbus TCP, Pulse/Direction

Multi axes:

Stroke up to 5.5 m

Load up to 300 kg

Safety function (STO) on board

(Lexium ILA, Lexium ILE, Lexium ILS)

Stand-alone device with controller inside (Lexium ILP)

Speed up to 8 m/s

Available as individual components or completely

pre-assembled, customised systems with drives and motors

4/41

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁce.

Selection guide

C Applications :

Lexium Motion Controllers can be used as a stand-alone motion and

automation controllers for machines without a PLC or as pure motion

controllers for machines in which a PLC takes care of automation control.

Axis controller

Lexium Motion Controllers

Machines Packaging machines

Material handling machines

Material working machines

Assembling machines

Description The compact LMC Lexium Motion Controllers are used to control multiple synchronised

axes via a motion bus and feature high performance coupled with economy.

Technical information Synchronisation of up to 4 axes in 2 ms

Synchronisation of up to 8 axes in 4 ms

PLCopen function blocks single / multi axis control

Application function blocks (Rotary knife, Flying shear, Clamping, Grouping/Ungrouping)

Communication interfaces Modbus, CANmotion, Proﬁbus DP, DeviceNet, Ethernet TCP/IP (for programming)

4/42

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁce.

Motion control

Motion controller

Lexium Controller

Controller type Optimised Standard Extended

Drive synchronisation Up to 4 axes 2 ms

CAN Motion bus Up to 8 axes 4 ms

Interpolation of drive position loops 250 µs

Internal memory RAM 1 MB

Flash Eeprom 1 MB

Protected RAM 60 Kb

Expert application Application function blocks yes

Single-axis PLCopen control yes

Multi-axis PLCopen control yes

2D interpolation yes

Number of logic inputs 8 + 4 Fast inputs

Number of logic outputs 8 8

Communication Modbus yes yes yes yes

CANopen automation – yes yes yes

Ethernet TCP/IP – yes yes yes

Proﬁbus DP V1 – – yes –

Device Net – – – yes

Reference LMC10 LMC20 LMC20A1307 LMC20A1309

Software solutions

Easy Motion… for conﬁguring

motion control functions

b Axis parameter setting

b Drive and controller adjustment and diagnostics

b Creation of position registers via the Teach function

b Management of axis operating modes and manual control

b Conﬁguration of positioning tasks

b Editing cam proﬁles

b Application back up and restore

Motion Pro… for conﬁguring and programming

motion control functions

b Retains the same beneﬁts as Easy Motion mode for motion control

b Creates the whole application, control system function and motion control

function, using the programming editor conforming to standard IEC 61131

b Saves the machine signature

b Protection of application programs

4/43

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁce.

Lexium 32 Motion control

Lexium 32 Servo Drives and Motors

Main functions Lexium 32 Compact Lexium 32 Advanced Lexium 32 Modular

Communication Integrated Modbus serial link

Pulse train

Modbus serial link

CANopen, CANmotion machine bus

Modbus serial link

Pulse train

As an option – – CANopen, CANmotion machine

bus, DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP,

PROFIBUS DP

Operating modes Manual mode (JOG)

Electronic gearbox

Speed control

Current control

Homing

Manual mode (JOG)

Speed control

Current control

Position control

Homing

Manual mode (JOG)

Motion sequence

Electronic gearbox

Speed control

Current control

Position control

Functions Auto-tuning, monitoring, stopping, conversion

– Stop window

Rapid entry of position values

Stop window

Rapid entry of position values

Rotary axes

Position register

24 V c logic inputs 6, reassignable 3, reassignable 4, reassignable

24 V c capture inputs (1) (2) –12

24 V c logic outputs (1) 5, reassignable 2, reassignable 3, reassignable

Analog inputs 2–

Pulse control input 1, conﬁgurable as: RS 422 link

5 V or 24 V push-pull

5 V or 24 V open collector

ESIM PTO output RS 422 link

Safety functions Integrated “Safe Torque Off” STO

As an option – Safe Stop 1 (SS1) and Safe Stop 2

(SS2)

Safe Operating Stop (SOS)

Safe Limited Speed (SLS)

Sensor Integrated SinCos Hiperface

sensor

As an option – Resolver encoder

Analog encoder

Digital encoder

Architecture Control via:

Logic or analog I/O

Control via:

Motion controller via CANopen

and CANmotion machine bus

Control via:

Schneider Electric or third-party

PLCs via communication buses

and networks

Type of servo drive LXM 32C LXM 32A LXM 32M

4/44

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁce.

Main functions

Application type

High load, With robust adjustment of the movement High dynamic range, Power density

Flange size

70, 100, 140 and 205 mm 55, 70, 100 and 140 mm

Continuous stall torque

1.2 to 84 Nm 0.5 to 33.4 Nm

Encoder type Single turn SinCos: 32,768 points/turn

and 131,072 points/turn

Multiturn SinCos: 32,768 points/turn x 4096 turns

and 131,072 points/turn x 4096 turns

Single turn SinCos: 131,072 points/turn

Multiturn SinCos: 131,072 points/turn x 4096 turns

Degree of protection

Casing IP 65 (IP 67 conformity kit as an option) IP 65

Shaft end IP 50 or IP 65 (IP 67 conformity kit as an option) IP 50 or IP 65

Type of servo motor Lexium BMH Lexium BSH

4/45

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁce.

Lexium 32 servo drive/BMH or BSH servo motor combinations

Servo motors Lexium 32C, 32A and 32M servo drives

200…240 V single-phase supply voltage with integrated EMC ﬁlter

BMH

(IP 50, IP65 or IP 67)

BSH

(IP 50 or IP 65)

LXM 32pU45M2

Continuous output current: 1.5 A rms

Nominal operating point Stall torques

Type of

servo motor

Rotor

inertia

Type of

servo motor

Rotor

inertia

Nominal

torque

Nominal

speed

Nominal

power

max

kgcm

Nm rpm W Nm/Nm

BSH 0551T 0.06 0.45 6000 300 0.5/1.4

BSH 0552T 0.10

BSH 0553T 0.13

BSH 0701T 0.25

BMH 0701T 0.59

BSH 0702T 0.41

BSH 0703T 0.58

BMH 0702T 1.13

BSH 1001T 1.40

BMH 0703T 1.67

BMH 1001T 3.2

BSH 1002T 2.31

BMH 1002T 6.3

BMH 1003T 9.4

BMH 1401P 16.5

Lexium 32 servo drive/BMH or BSH servo motor combinations

Servo motors Lexium 32C, 32A and 32M servo drives

100…120 V single-phase supply voltage with integrated EMC ﬁlter

BMH

(IP 50, IP65 or IP 67)

BSH

(IP 50 or IP 65)

LXM 32pU90M2

Continuous output current: 3 A rms

Nominal operating point Stall torques

Type of

servo motor

Rotor

inertia

Type of

servo motor

Rotor

inertia

Nominal

torque

Nominal

speed

Nominal

power

max

kgcm

Nm rpm W Nm/Nm

BSH 0551T 0.06 0.49 3000 150 0.5/1.5

BSH 0552T 0.10 0.77 3000 250 0.8/1.9

BSH 0553T 0.13

BMH 0701T 0.59

BSH 0701T 0.25

BSH 0702T 0.41

BMH 0702T 1.13

BMH 0703T 1.67

BSH 1001T 1.40

BMH1001T 3.2

BMH1002T 6.3

Lexium 32 Lexium 32 motion control

Servo drive/servo motor combinations

4/46

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁce.

LXM 32pU18M2

Continuous output current: 6 A rms

LXM 32pD30M2

Continuous output current: 10 A rms

Nominal operating point Stall torques Nominal operating point Stall torques

Nominal

torque

Nominal

speed

Nominal

power

M0/Mmax Nominal

torque

Nominal

speed

Nominal

power

M0/Mmax

Nm rpm W Nm/Nm Nm rpm W Nm/Nm

1.14 3000 350 1.2/3.3

1.35 2500 350 1.4/4.2

1.36 2500 350 1.4/3.5

2.07 2500 550 2.2/6.1

2.3 2500 600 2.5/6.4

3.1 2000 650 3.4/8.7

2.75 2500 700 3.3/6.3

3.3 2000 700 3.4/8.9

3.5 2000 750 6/10.3

LXM 32pU90 M2

Continuous output current: 3 A rms

LXM 32pD18M2

Continuous output current: 6 A rms

LXM 32pD30M2

Continuous output current: 10 A rms

Nominal operating point Stall torques Nominal operating point Stall torques Nominal operating point Stall torques

Nominal

torque

Nominal

speed

Nominal

power

max

Nominal

torque

Nominal

speed

Nominal

power

max

Nominal

torque

Nominal

speed

Nominal

power

max

Nm rpm W Nm/Nm Nm rpm W Nm/Nm Nm rpm W Nm/Nm

0.74 6000 450 0.8/2.5

0.84 6000 550 1.2/3

0.94 5000 500 1.3/3.5

1.1 4000 450 1.4/4

1.8 5000 950 2.2/7.2

2.1 4000 900 2.6/7.4

2.1 4000 900 2.5/7.4

2.2 4000 900 2.7/7.5

2.9 3000 900 3.4/10.2

2.8 3000 900 3.4/10.2

3.7 4000 1500 5.8/16.4

4.6 3000 1450 6/18.4

5.6 2500 1450 8.2/22.8

6.9 2000 1450 10.3/30.8

4/47

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁce.

Lexium 32 servo drive/BMH or BSH servo motor combinations

Servo motors Lexium 32C, 32A and 32M servo drives

380…480 V three-phase supply voltage with integrated EMC ﬁlter

BMH

(IP 50, IP65 or IP 67)

BSH

(IP 50 or IP 65)

LXM 32pU60N4

Continuous output current: 1.5 A rms

LXM 32pD12N4

Continuous output current: 3 A rms

Nominal operating point

Stall torques

Nominal operating point

Stall torques

Type of

servo motor

Rotor

inertia

Type of

servo motor

Rotor

inertia

Nominal

torque

Nominal

speed

Nominal

power

max

Nominal

torque

Nominal

speed

Nominal

power

max

kgcm

Nm rpm W Nm/Nm Nm rpm W Nm/Nm

BSH 0551P 0.06 0.48 6000 300 0.5/1.5

BSH 0552P 0.10 0.65 6000 400 0.8/2.5

BSH 0553P 0.13 0.65 6000 400 1.05/3.5

BMH 0701P 0.59 1.1 3000 350 1.2/4.2

BMH 0701P 0.59 1.3 5000 700 1.4/4.2

BSH 0701P 0.25 1.32 5000 700 1.4/3.5

BSH 0702P 0.41 1.64 5000 850 2.2/7.6

BMH 1001P 3.2 1.9 4000 800 3.3/10.8

BMH 0702P 1.13 2.2 3000 700 2.5/7.4

BMH 0703P 1.67

BSH 0703P 0.58

BSH 1001P 1.40

BMH 1001P 3.2

BMH 1002P 6.3

BSH 1002P 2.31

BMH 1003P 9.4

BSH 1003P 3.2

BMH 1401P 16.5

BSH 1004P 4.2

BSH 1401P 7.4

BMH 1402P 32.0

BSH 1402T 12.7

BSH 1403T 17.9

BMH 1403P 47.5

BSH 1404P 23.7

BMH 2051P 71.4

BMH 2052P 129

BMH 2053P 190

Lexium 32 Lexium 32 motion control

Servo drive/servo motor combinations

4/48

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁce.

LXM 32pD18N4

Continuous output current: 6 A rms

LXM 32pD30N4

Continuous output current: 10 A rms

LXM 32pD72N4

Continuous output current: 24 A rms

Nominal operating point Stall torques Nominal operating point Stall torques Nominal operating point Stall torques

Nominal

torque

Nominal

speed

Nominal

power

max

Nominal

torque

Nominal

speed

Nominal

power

max

Nominal

torque

Nominal

speed

Nominal

power

max

Nm rpm W Nm/Nm Nm rpm W Nm/Nm Nm rpm W Nm/Nm

2.4 5000 1300 3.4/10.2

2.44 5000 1300 3.1/11.3

2.7 4000 1100 3.3/9.6

3.1 4000 1300 3.4/10.2

3.9 4000 1600 6.2/18.4

4 4000 1700 5.8/18.3

5.2 5000 2700 8.4/25.1

6.3 3000 2000 8/28.3

7.7 3000 2400 10.3/30.8

8.3 2500 2100 10/37.9

9.5 2500 2500 11.1/27

11.2 3000 3500 18.5/55.3

12.3 3000 3900 19.5/59.3

12.9 3000 4100 27.8/90.2

14.9 3000 4700 24/75

19 2500 5000 33.4/103.6

25.8 2000 5400 34.4/103.4

41.6 1500 6500 62.5/170

52.2 1200 6500 84/232

4/49

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁce.

Multi-Loader conﬁguration tool

Use For downloading conﬁgurations from a PC or drive and duplicating them on another drive.

The drives do not need to be powered-up.

Supplied with:

1 cordset equipped with 2 RJ45 connectors

1 cordset equipped with one type A USB connector and one mini B USB connector

1 x 2 GB SD memory card

1 x female/female RJ 45 adaptor

4 AA 1.5 V LR6 round batteries

Reference VW3 A8 121

Single memory card Pack of 25 memory cards

Use Used to store parameters of the Lexium 32 servo drive.

Another Lexium 32 servo drive can be commissioned immediately if the application is undergoing

maintenance or duplication.

Reference VW3 M8 705 VW3 M8 704

Memory card recorder

Use Writes data from the Lexium 32 servo drive to the memory card.

This recorder is not supplied by Schneider Electric.

Reference See the User's manual

Motion Control

Conﬁguration tools

Lexium 32

4/50

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁ ce.

Communication modules

Lexium 32M can be connected to the following communication buses and networks: CANopen and CANmotion, DeviceNet, Proﬁ bus DP V1, EtherNet/IP

Reference CANopen / CANmotion module with 2 * RJ 45 connectors VW3 A3 608

CANopen / CANmotion module with SUB-D 9 connector VW3 A3 618

DeviceNet module VW3 M3 301

Proﬁ bus DP V1 module VW3 A3 607

EtherNet/IP module VW3 A3 616

Second encoder modules

Machine Motor

Lexium 32M has an input for an additional encoder to connect third party motor (motor encoder) or to improve positioning accuracy (machine encoder)

Reference Module for resolver encoder VW3 M3 401 x

Module for digital encoder (A/B/I, BiSS, EndDat 2.2, SSI) VW3 M3 402 x

Module for analog encoder (1 Vpp/Hall, 1 Vpp, Hiperface) VW3 M3 403 x (Hiperface only) x

Safety module

eSM safety module allows Lexium 32M servo drives to access additionnal IEC/EN 61800-5-2 safety functions: SS1, SS2, SLS, SOS

Reference eSM safety module allows VW3 M3 501

Connection elements

Power cordsets

Description Cables equipped with one M23 industrial connector

(servo motor end)

Cables equipped with one

M40 industrial connector

(servo motor end)

From servo motor BMH 070pp, BMH 100pp,

BMH 1401P, BSH 055pp,

BSH 070pp, BSH 100pp,

BSH 1401P

BMH 1402P, BMH 1403P BMH 205pP,

BSH 1402T

BSH 1403T, BSH 1404P

To servo drive LXM 32pppppp

LXM 32pD72N4 LXM 32pD72N4

Composition [(4 x 1.5 mm

) + (2 x 1 mm

)]

[(4 x 2.5 mm2) + (2 x 1 mm2)] [(4 x 4 mm2) + (2 x 1 mm2)]

Length 3 m 3 m 3 m

Reference VW3 M5 101 R30

VW3 M5 102 R30 VW3 M5 103 R30

Encoder cordsets

Description

SinCos Hiperface® encoder cables equipped with an M23 industrial connector (servo motor end)

and an RJ45 connector with 8 + 2 contacts (servo drive end)

From servo motor

BMH ppppp, BSH ppppp

To servo drive

LXM 32pppppp

Composition

[3 x (2 x 0.14 mm2) + (2 x 0.34 mm2)]

Length 3 m

Reference

VW3 M8 102 R30

Motion Control

Modules for Lexium 32M

Lexium 32

4/51

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁ ce.

Assignment of BRS3 3-phase stepper motors and SD3 stepper motor drives

BRS3 3-phase stepper motors SD326pU25 SD328pU25 SD326pU68 SD328pU68

115 V / 230 V; 2.5 A; including mains ﬁ lter 115 V / 230 V; 6.8 A; including mains ﬁ lter and fan

BRS368 1.7 Nm / 1.5 Nm –

BRS397 2.3 Nm / 2.0 Nm –

BRS39A 4.5 Nm / 4.0 Nm –

BRS39B 6.8 Nm / 6.0 Nm –

BRS3AC –13.5 Nm / 12.0 Nm

BRS3AD –19.7 Nm / 16.5 Nm

Lexium SDpMotion Control

Stepper drives and stepper motors

Assignment of BRS2 2-phase stepper motors and SD2 stepper motor drives

BRS2 2-phase stepper motors SD21ppU20C SD21ppU50C

24…48 V; 3 A 24…48 V; 5 A

BRS236 0.07 Nm –

BRS242 0.23…0.53 Nm –

BRS257 0.64…1.69 Nm 0.64…1.69 Nm

BRS285 –2.96…9.20 Nm

Assignment of stepper motors, stepper motor drives SD3 15

3-phase stepper motors SD3 15

24…48 VDC; max. 10 A

Motors with F winding

BRS 364F 0.46 Nm / 0.40 Nm

BRS 366F 0.92 Nm / 0.80 Nm

BRS 368F 1.50 Nm / 1.30 Nm

BRS 397F 2.00 Nm / 1.85 Nm

BRS 39AF 4.20 Nm / 3.40 Nm

BRS 39BF 5.55 Nm / 4.80 Nm

Motors with H winding

BRS 364H 0.51 Nm / 0.45 Nm

BRS 366H 1.02 Nm / 0.90 Nm

BRS 368F 1.70 Nm / 1.50 Nm

BRS 397H 2.26 Nm / 2.00 Nm

BRS 39AH 4.80 Nm / 4.00 Nm

BRS 39BH 6.50 Nm / 5.75 Nm

4/52

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁce.

Integrated Drives Lexium ILA Lexium ILE Lexium ILS Lexium ILP / ILT

Type of process Dynamic process and

accurate positioning

Automatic format

adjustement

Short distance movements with accurate positioning

Type of technology Integrated drive with

servo motor

Integrated drive with

dc brushless motor

Integrated drive with

three-phase stepper motor

Integrated drive with

two-phase stepper motor

Main characteristics Highly dynamic

Compact

Integrated holding

brake in option

Hight holding torque

without power

Integrated gearbox

in option

Hight torque at low speed

Dynamic gggg gg ggg ggg

Precision and stability gggg gg gggg gggg

Energy saving ggggg gggg gg gg

Motor inertia Medium

Control interface Control signals Input/output Pulse/direction

Input/output

Pulse/direction

Input/output

Bus and networks CANopen, PROFIBUS DP, RS 485 serial link, DeviceNet, EtherCAT, Modbus

TCP, Ethernet Powerlink, EtherNet/IP

CANopen, RS485

Motion bus –

Association

Drive/motor

combinations

Nominal power 150...370W 100...350W 100...350W 100...350W

Nominal speed 500...9000 min

-1

1500...7000 min

-1

0...1000 min

-1

0...1000 min

-1

Nominal torque 0.26...0.78 Nm 0.18...0.5 Nm 0.45...6 Nm 0.11...5.87 Nm

Drive

characteristics

Safety function “Safe Torque Off”

Motor characteristics Type of sensor (resolution) (1) Single turn SinCos

encoder

(16.384 increments/turn)

Multiturn SinCos encoder

(16.384 increments/turn

× 4096 turns)

Absolute value encoder

(12...1380 increments/turn)

Index pulse monitoring Index pulse monitoring

Motor ﬂange size 57 66 57, 85 36, 42, 57, 85

Accessories Cable, Connector kits, Installation sets, Commissioning tools, Planetary

gearboxes

Cable, Connector kits,

Installation sets,

Commissioning tools

References ILA ILE ILS ILP ILT

Lexium ILpMotion Control

Lexium Integrated Drives

4/53

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁ ce.

Lexium ILA/ILE/ILS Motion Control

Lexium Integrated Drives

Lexium ILA with Servo Motor

Nominal Torque

(Nm)

Maximum Torque

(Nm)

Nominal Speed

(Rpm)

Maximum Speed

(Rpm)

Nominal Power

(W)

ILS1 for CANopen, PROFIBUS DP, RS485, Pulse-Direction, Motion Sequence Mode

ILA1p571P 0.26 0.6 5500 7500 150

ILA1p571T 0.26 0.43 7500 11500 200

ILA1p572P 0.45 0.72 4300 6200 200

ILA1p572T 0.41 0.61 5000 7500 215

ILA2 for DeviceNet, EtherCAT, EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP, Ethernet Powerlink

ILA2p571P 0.44 0.62 5100 7000 235

ILA2p571T 0.31 0.45 7000 9000 255

ILA2p572P 0.78 1.62 3400 4300 275

ILA2p572T 0.57 0.85 5100 6800 305

Lexium ILE with included spurwheel gearbox.

Ratios:18:1, 38:1, 54:1, 115:1

Lexium ILE with included worm gearbox with hollow shaft.

Ratios: 24:1, 54:1, 92:1, 115:1

Lexium ILE with Brushless DC Motor Nominal Torque

(Nm)

Detent Torque

(Nm)

Nominal Speed

(Rpm)

Maximum Speed

(Rpm)

ILE1 for CANopen, PROFIBUS DP, RS485

ILE1p661 0.24 0.08 4800 5000

ILE1p661 spurwheel gearing up to 11.0 up to 8.0 44 44

ILE1p661 worm gearing up to 10.6 up to 16.7 44 44

ILA2 for DeviceNet, EtherCAT, EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP, Ethernet Powerlink

ILE2p661 0.26 0.08 6000 7000

ILE2p661 spurwheel gearing up to 12 up to 9.19 44 44

ILE2p661 worm gearing up to 10.6 up to 16.7 44 44

ILE2p662 0.5 0.106 5000 7000

Lexium ILS with three-phase Stepper Motor Maximum Torque

(Nm)

Holding Torque

(Nm)

Speed

(Rpm)

ILS1 for CANopen, PROFIBUS DP, RS485, Pulse-Direction, Motion Sequence Mode

ILS1p571p0.45 0.51 1000

ILS1p572p0.9 1.02 600

ILS1p573p1.5 1.7 450

ILS1p851

2.0 2.0 450

ILS1p852

4.0 4.0 200

ILS1p853P 6.0 6.0 120

ILS1p853T 4.5 4.5 300

ILS1 for CANopen, PROFIBUS DP, RS485, Pulse-Direction, Motion Sequence Mode

ILS2p571p0.45 0.51 1100

ILS2p572

0.9 1.02 900

ILS2p573

1.5 1.7 600

ILS2p851

2.0 2.0 600

ILS2p852p4.0 4.0 380

ILS2p853P 6.0 6.0 200

ILS2p853T 4.5 4.5 300

4/54

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁce.

Lexium ILP/ILT Motion Control

Lexium Integrated Drives

Lexium ILP, Lexium ILT with two-phase Stepper Motor Nominal Torque

(Nm)

Holding Torque

(Nm)

Maximum Speed

(Rpm)

ILP for RS485 with programmable interface

ILP2R361 0.11 0.11 1800

ILP2R421 0.19 0.19 1500

ILP2R422 0.33 0.33 1500

ILP2R423 0.39 0.39 1500

ILP2R571 0.63 0.63 1500

ILP2R572 0.86 0.86 1500

ILP2R573 1.44 1.44 1500

ILP2R574 1.77 1.77 1500

ILP2R851 2.13 2.13 1000

ILP2R852 3.12 3.12 1000

ILP2R853 5.87 5.87 1000

ILT for Pulse/Direction, CANopen

ILT2p361 0.11 0.11 1800

ILT2p421 0.19 0.19 1500

ILT2p422 0.33 0.33 1500

ILT2p423 0.39 0.39 1500

ILT2p571 0.63 0.63 1500

ILT2p572 0.86 0.86 1500

ILT2p573 1.44 1.44 1500

ILT2p574 1.77 1.77 1500

ILT2p851 2.13 2.13 1000

ILT2p852 3.12 3.12 1000

ILT2p853 5.87 5.87 1000

4/55

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁce.

Lexium Linear Motion

Motion Control

Linear axes

Product Lexium PAS S Lexium PAS B

Axis type Portal axes

Movement Number of directions 1

Movement type Typically horizontal

Position of the load On carriage

Drive Toothed belt Ballscrew

Type of guide Ball or roller Ball

Main characteristics High dynamic response, Long stroke length, High

positioning speed

High precision movement (positioning, repeatability,

guiding), High feed forces, High rigidity

Dynamic response ggggg ggg

Precision ggg ggggg

Maximum payload 100 kg 100 kg

Maximum driving force 2600 N 4520 N

Maximum speed of movement of the load 8 m/s 1.25 m/s

Maximum working stroke 5500 mm 3000 mm

Repeatability ± 0.05 mm ± 0.02 mm

Options Choice of guide type: Ball (for applications requiring

high forces and torques) or roller (simple, cost-

effective solution), Wide range of sensors, Choice of

carriage type for adapting to the load, Option to add

carriages, Protective metal strip.

Choice of pitch , Protective metal strip, Wide range of

sensors, Choice of carriage type for adapting to the

load, Option to add carriages, Option to add

ballscrew supports for longer axes

Reference PAS 4pB PAS 4pS

Multi-axis systems

Product Lexium MAX H Lexium MAX S

Axis type Double portal axes

Movement Number of directions 1

Movement type Combination of two parallel axes

Position of the load On two parallel carriages

Multi-axis system type PAS 4pB axes + PAS 4pH support axis

(driven by the load)

PAS 4pB + PAS 4pB axes

(shaft-driven)

Drive Toothed belt on one axis Toothed belt on both axes

Type of guide Ball or roller Ball or roller

Main characteristics Long stroke length, High dynamic response, High

precision movement (positioning, guiding)

Long stroke length, High precision movement

(positioning, guiding), High feed forces

Maximum payload 250 kg 300 kg

Maximum working

stroke

On the X-axis 5500 mm

On the Y-axis –

On the Z-axis –

Options Choice of guide type: Ball (for applications requiring high forces and torques) or roller (simple, cost-effective

solution), Protective metal strip, Anti-corrosion version, Anti-static belt, Wide range of sensors, Several

different motor mounting options, Variable distance between the two axes

Reference MAX H MAX S

4/56

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales ofﬁce.

Lexium TAS Lexium CAS 4 Lexium CAS 3 Lexium CAS 2

Linear tables Cantilever axes with mobile structure on

proﬁle

Cantilever axes with mobile structure on

parallel rods

Telescopic axes

Typically horizontal Typically vertical Typically horizontal

On carriage

On the side of the proﬁle or on the 2 end blocks

On the 2 end blocks On carriage

Ballscrew Toothed belt Toothed belt or rack Toothed belt

Double, ball Ball or roller Ball Ball or roller

High precision movement (positioning,

repeatability, guiding), High feed forces,

High rigidity, Feed movement without

mechanical backlash

Long stroke length, High feed forces, Option

to mount the load on the side of the proﬁle or

on the end blocks, High rigidity

Compact, Mobile structure with light travel

weight

Long stroke length from a compact unit,

High rigidity, High dynamic response

gg gggg gggg gggg

gggggg ggg ggg gg

150 kg 50 kg 18 kg 35 kg

2580 N 2150 N 705 N 1500 N

1 m/s 3 m/s 3 m/s 3 m/s

1500 mm 1200 mm 500 mm 2400 mm

± 0.02 mm ± 0.05 mm ± 0.05 mm ± 0.1 mm

Choice of pitch , Several different motor

mounting options

Choice of guide type: Ball (for applications

requiring high forces and torques) or roller

(simple, cost-effective solution), Protective

metal strip, Anti-corrosion version, Wide

range of sensors

Anti-corrosion version, Anti-static belt Choice of guide type: Ball (for applications

requiring high forces and torques) or roller

(simple, cost-effective solution), Choice of

carriage type for adapting to the load

TAS 4 CAS 4 CAS 3 CAS 2

Lexium MAX P Lexium MAX R2 Lexium MAX R3

Linear positioners Portal robots

2 3

Horizontal and vertical: Combination of one X-axis and one

Z-axis

Horizontal: Combination of two perpendicular axes X and Y Horizontal and vertical: Combination of two perpendicular

axes X and Y and one Z-axis

On the side or on the end blocks of the Z-axis proﬁle On the Y-axis carriage On the side or on the end blocks of the Z-axis proﬁle

MAX S + CAS 4 axes

MAX S + CAS 3 axes

MAX S + MAX H axes

MAX S + PAS 4pB axes

MAX S + MAX H + CAS 4 axes

MAX S + MAX H + CAS 3 axes

Toothed belt on each axis

Ball or roller

Dynamic load positioning Long stroke length on both axes Long stroke length on three axes

50 kg 130 kg 50 kg

5500 mm

– 1500 mm 1500 mm

1200 mm – 1200 mm

Choice of guide type: Ball (for applications requiring high forces and torques) or roller (simple, cost-effective solution), Wide range of sensors

Supplied as standard: Protective metal strip , Anti-corrosion version

MAX P MAX Rp2 MAX Rp3

4/57

Leader in the motor starter

market for more than

80 years, Schneider Electric

puts efﬁciency at the heart

of its innovation strategy

and, with TeSys, offers a wide

range of solutions for power

control and protection.

TeSys

It’s a comprehensive range of products that

meets requirements for power control

and protection, motor starters and

advanced protection of the machine

or process.

Motor control



This document is a selection of

the top selling products.

5/1

Motor control components

TeSys contactors ......................................................................................................5/2 to 5/11

Contactors, TeSys K, D, F, B

Variable composition contactors, TeSys CV

TeSys protection components ......................................................................... 5/12 to 5/33

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers

Magnetic circuit-breakers

Fuse carriers, switch-disconnector-fuses

Thermal overload relays

Electronic thermal overload relays

Electronic overload relays

Starter-controller, TeSys T

Multifunction protection relays

Switch disconnectors Mini Vario and Vario

TeSys starters ......................................................................................................... 5/34 to 5/41

Combination motor starters

Starter-controller, TeSys U

Controller, TeSys U

Enclosed motor starters

TeSys installation system .................................................................................. 5/42 to 5/43

For motor starter components with spring terminals,

TeSys Quickﬁt technology

Components for power control applications ................................................................ 5/44 to 5/50

Lighting, capacitor switching, heating and changeover contactor pairs

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Connections

N screw clamp terminals

Rated operational current Ie max AC-3 (Ue ≤ 440 V) 6 A 9 A 12 A

Ie AC-1 (θ ≤ 40° C) - 20 A -

Rated operational power 220/240 V 1.5 kW 2.2 kW 3 kW

in category AC3 380/400 V…415/440 V 2.2 kW 4 kW 5.5 kW

660/690 V…500 V 3 kW 4 kW 4 kW

Contactor type (1)* a LC1-K06•• LC1-K09•• LC1-K12••

cLP1-K06•• or LP4-K06•• LP1-K09 or LP4-K09•• LP1-K12 or LP4-K12••

Reversing contactor type *a LC2-K06 LC2-K09 LC2-K12

with mechanical interlock cLP2-K06 or LP5-K06 LP2-K09 or LP5-K09 LP2-K12 or LP5-K12

b spring terminals

Add the ﬁgure 3 before the voltage code. Example: LC1-K0610•• becomes LC1-K06103••

b Faston connectors, 1 x 6.35 or 2 x 2.8

Add the ﬁgure 7 before the voltage code. Example: LC1-K0610•• becomes LC1-K06107••

b solder pins for printed circuit boards

Add the ﬁgure 5 before the voltage code. Example: LC1-K0610•• becomes LC1-K06105••

(1) Basic reference, to be completed by adding 01 for N/C auxiliary contact, or 10 for N/O auxiliary contact.

* Basic reference to be completed by adding the coil voltage code

Standard control circuit voltages

a supply

Contactors LC1-K (0.8…1.15 Uc) (0.85…1.1 Uc)

Volts 12 20 24 36 42 48 110 115 120 127 200/208 220/230 230 230/240

50/60 Hz J7 Z7 B7 C7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 G7 FC7 L7 M7 P7 U7

Volts 256 277 380/400 400 400/415 440 480 500 575 600 660/690

50/60 Hz W7 UE7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 T7 S7 SC7 X7 Y7

Example of complete reference: LC1-K0910P7

c supply

Contactors LP1-K (0.8…1.15 Uc)

Volts 12 20 24 36 48 60 72 100 110 125 155 174 200 220 230 240 250

Code JD ZD BD CD ED ND SD KD FD GD PD QD LD MD MPD MUD UD

Coil with integral suppression device available, add 3 to the code required. Example: JD3

Low consumption

Contactors LP4-K (0.7…1.30 Uc), coil suppression as standard

Volts 12 20 24 48 72 110 120

Code JW3 ZW3 BW3 EW3 SW3 FW3 GW3

Example of complete reference: LC1-K0910BD

TeSys K Contactors

0.06…5.5 kW

5/2

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Auxiliary contact blocks

N instantaneous, screw clamp connections

N for LC1, LP1-K, LP4 N for LC1, LP1-K

Composition 2N/O - 2N/C 1N/O 1N/C 4N/O 3N/O 1N/C 2N/C 2N/C 1N/O 3N/C - 4N/C

Reference LA1-KN20 LA1-KN02 LA1-KN11 LA1-KN40 LA1-KN31 LA1-KN22 LA1-KN13 LA1-KN04

N electronic time delay

Relay outputs, with common point changeover contact, a or c 24…48, 2 A maximum

Control voltage 0.85…1.1 Uc

Maximum switching capacity 250 VA or 150 W

Operating temperature -10…+ 60°C

Reset time: 1.5 s during the time delay period, 0.5 s after time delay period

Type On-delay

Timing range 1…30 s

Composition 1

Voltage a or c 24…48 V a 110…240

Reference LA2-KT2E LA2-KT2U

Suppressor modules

For LC1, LP1-K

Type Varistor (a and c) Diode (c) + Zener RC (a)

Voltage 12…24 V 32…48 V 50…129 V 130…250 V 12…24 V 32…48 V 220…250 V

Reference LA4-KE1B LA4-KE1E LA4-KE1FC LA4-KE1UG LA4-KC1B LA4-KC1E LA4-KA1U

5/3

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Connections

N screw clamp terminals or connectors

Rated operational voltage 690 V

Rated operational current Ie max AC-3 (Ue ≤ 440 V) 9 A 12 A 18 A 25 A 32 A 38 A

Ie AC-1 (θ ≤ 60° C) 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A

Rated operational power 220/240 V 2.2 kW 3 kW 4 kW 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 9 kW

in category AC3 380/400 V 4 kW 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 11 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW

415/440 V 4 kW 5.5 kW 9 kW 11 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW

500 V 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 10 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 18.5 kW

660/690 V 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 10 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 18.5 kW

1000 V ––––––

Contactor type * LC1-D09 LC1-D12 LC1-D18 LC1-D25 LC1-D32 LC1-D38

Reversing contactor type * with mechanical interlock LC2-D09 LC2-D12 LC2-D18 LC2-D25 LC2-D32 LC2-D38

N spring terminals (1)

Add the ﬁgure 3 before the voltage code. Example: LC1-D09P7 becomes LC1-093P7

N lug-clamps (2)

Add the ﬁgure 6 before the voltage code. Example: LC1-D09P7 becomes LC1-096P7

N Faston connectors (3) 2 x 6.35 (power) and 1 x 6.35 (control) up to D12 only

Add the ﬁgure 9 before the voltage code. Example: LC1-D09P7 becomes LC1-099P7

* Basic reference to be completed by adding the coil voltage code

Standard control circuit voltages

a supply

Volts 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440 500

Contactors LC1-D09…D150 (coils D115 and D150 with integral suppression device ﬁtted as standard)

50/60 Hz B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 S7

Contactors LC1-D80…D115

50 Hz B5 D5 E5 F5 FE5 M5 P5 U5 Q5 V5 N5 R5 S5

60 Hz B6-E6F6-M6-U6Q6--R6-

c supply

Volts 12 24 36 48 60 72 110 125 220 250 440

Contactors LC1-D09…D65A (coils with integral suppression device ﬁtted as standard)

U 0.75…1.25 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD

Contactors LC1-D80…D95

U 0.85…1.1 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD

U 0.75…1.2 Uc JW BW CW EW - SW FW - MW - -

Contactors LC1-D115 and D150 (coils with integral suppression device ﬁtted as standard)

U 0.75…1.2 Uc - BD - ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD

Low consumption

Contactors LC1-D09…D38 (coils with integral suppression device ﬁtted as standard)

Volts c5 12 20 24 48 110 120 250

U 0.7…1.25 Uc AL JL ZL BL EL FL ML UL

Example of complete reference: LC1-D09P7

TeSys DContactors

0.06…75 kW

(1) (3)(2)

5/4

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Mounting accessories for 3-pole reversing contactors

2 identical contactors with screw clamp terminals or connectors, horizontally mounted

Mechanical interlock Set of connections Mechanical interlock

N with an electrical interlocking kit for the contactors

LC1-D09…D38 LAD-9R1V included

N with integral electrical interlocking

LC1-D80 and D95 (a)LA9-D8069 LA9-D4002

LC1-D80 and D95 (c)LA9-D8069 LA9-D8002

LC1-D115 and D150 LA9-D11569 LA9-D11502

N without electrical interlocking

LC1-D09…D38 LA9-9R1 included

LC1-D40A…D65A LAD-9R3 included

LC1-D80 and D95 (a)LA9-D8069 LA9-D50978

LC1-D80 and D95 (c)LA9-D8069 LA9-D80978

Mechanical latch blocks

Clip-on front mounting, manual or electrical unlatching control

For use on contactor Reference Standard control circuit voltages

LC1-D09…D65A a or c, LC1-DT20…DT80 a or cLAD-6K10• B E F M Q

LC1-D80…D150 3P a, LC1-D80 and D115 3P a, LC1-D115 4P cLA6-DK20• B E F M Q

690 V 1000 V on a supply, 690 V on c supply

40 A 50 A 65 A 80 A 95 A 115 A 150 A

60 A 80 A 80 A 125 A 200 A

11 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 22 kW 25 kW 30 kW 40 kW

18.5 kW 22 kW 30 kW 37 kW 45 kW 55 kW 75 kW

22 kW 25 kW 30 kW 45 kW 45 kW 59 kW 80 kW

22 kW 30 kW 37 kW 55 kW 55 kW 75 kW 90 kW

30 kW 33 kW 37 kW 45 kW 45 kW 80 kW 100 kW

– – – 45 kW 45 kW 75 kW 90 kW

LC1-D40A LC1-D50A LC1-D65A LC1-D80 LC1-D95 LC1-D115 LC1-D150

LC2-D40A LC2-D50A LC2-D65A LC2-D80 LC2-D95 LC2-D115 LC2-D150

5/5

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

TeSys DContactors

Auxiliary contacts

Contact type instantaneous, connection by screw terminals

Block mounting Front mounting Side mounting

References Contact 1 N/O LADN10 –

1 N/C LADN01 –

1 N/O + 1 N/C LADN11 LAD8N11

2 N/O LADN20 LAD8N20

2 N/C LADN02 LAD8N02

2 N/O + 2 N/C LADN22 –

1 N/O + 3 N/C LADN13 –

3 N/O + 1 N/C LADN31 –

4 N/O LADN40 –

4 N/C LADN04 –

Contact type Time delay, connection by screw terminals

Block mounting Front mounting

Temporisation 0.1…3 s 0.1…30 s 10…180 s

References On-delay LADT0 LADT2 LADT4

Off-delay LADR0 LADR2 LADR4

Maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be ﬁtted

Instantaneous Time delay

Type Number of poles Side mounting Front mounting Front

and size on left side on right side 1 contact 2 contacts 4 contacts mounting

AC 3P LC1D09…D38 1 – and – 1 or 1 or 1

LC1D40A…D65A 1 or 1 and – 1 or 1 or 1

LC1D80…95 (50/60 Hz) 1 1 or 2 and 1 or 1 or 1

LC1D80…95 (50 or 60 Hz) 1 1 and 2 and 1 or 1 or 1

LC1D115 and D150 1 – and – 1 or 1 or 1

4P LC1DT20…DT40 1 – and – 1 or 1 or 1

LC1DT60A…D80A 1 or 1 and – 1 or 1 or 1

LC1D115 1 1 and 1 or 1 or 1 or 1

DC 3P LC1D09…D38 – – – 1 or 1 or 1

LC1D40A…D65A 1 or 1 and – 1 or 1 or 1

LC1D80 and 95 – – 1 or 1 or 1 or 1

LC1D115 and D150 1 – and – 1 or 1 or 1

4P LC1DT20…DT40 – – – 1 or 1 or 1

LC1DT60A…D80A – – – 1 or 1 or 1

LC1D115 1 1 – and 1 or 1 or 1

DC low

consumption

3P LC1D09…D38 – – – 1 – –

4P LC1DT20…DT40 – – – 1 – –

5/6

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Type of module RC circuits (Resistor-Capacitor)

Mounting Side clip-on Front clip-on Screw ﬁxing

For use with contactor D09…D38(3P) DT20…DT40(4P)

D40A…D65A(3P) DT60A…DT80A(4P)

D80…D150(3P) D40…D115(4P)

References Voltage 24…48 VAC LAD4RCE LAD4RC3E LA4DA2E

50…127 VAC LAD4RCG LAD4RC3G LA4DA2G

110…240 VAC LAD4RCU LAD4RC3U LA4DA2U

380…415 VAC –LAD4RC3N LA4DA2N

Type of module Varistors (peak limiting)

Mounting Side clip-on Front clip-on Screw ﬁxing

For use with contactor D09…D38(3P) DT20…DT40(4P)

D40A…D65A(3P) DT60A…DT80A(4P)

D80…D150(3P) D40…D115(4P)

References Voltage 24…48 VAC LAD4VE LAD4V3E LA4DE2E

50…127 VAC LAD4VG LAD4V3G LA4DE2G

110…240 VAC LAD4VU LAD4V3U LA4DE2U

24…48 VDC – – LAD4DE3E (AC and DC)

50…127 VDC – –LAD4DE3G (AC and DC)

110…240 VDC – –LAD4DE3U (AC and DC)

Type of module Flywheel diodes

Mounting Side clip-on Front clip-on Screw ﬁxing

For use with contactor D09…D38(3P) DT20…DT40(4P)

D40A…D65A(3P) DT60A…DT80A(4P)

D80…D150(3P) D40…D115(4P)

References Voltage 24…250 VDC LAD4DDL LAD4D3U LAD4DC3U

Type of module Bidirectional peak limiting diode

Mounting Side clip-on Front clip-on Screw ﬁxing

For use with contactor D09…D38(3P) DT20…DT40(4P)

D40A…D65A(3P) DT60A…DT80A(4P)

D80…D150(3P) D40…D115(4P)

References Voltage 24 VAC LAD4TB LAD4T3B LA4DB2B

24 VDC LAD4TBDL LAD4T3B LA4DB2S

72 VAC LAD4TS LAD4T3S LA4DB3B

72 VDC LAD4TSDL LAD4T3S LA4DB3S

125 VDC LAD4TGDL LAD4T3G (AC and DC) –

250 VDC LAD4TUDL LAD4T3U (AC and DC) –

600 VDC LAD4TXDL LAD4T3R (AC and DC) –

TeSys DContactors

Suppressor modules

5/7

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Rated operational current Ie max AC-3 (Ue ≤ 440 V) 185 A 225 A 265 A 330 A

Ie AC-1 (θ ≤ 40° C) 275 A 315 V 350 A 400 A

Rated operational voltage 1 000 V 1 000 V 1 000 V 1 000 V

Number of poles 3 or 4 3 or 4 3 or 4 3 or 4

Rated operational power 220/240 V 55 kW 63 kW 75 kW 100 kW

in category AC3 380/400 V 90 kW 110 kW 132 kW 160 kW

415 V 100 kW 110 kW 140 kW 180 kW

440 V 100 kW 110 kW 140 kW 200 kW

500 V 110 kW 129 kW 160 kW 200 kW

660/690 V 110 kW 129 kW 160 kW 220 kW

1000 V 100 kW 100 kW 147 kW 160 kW

Contactor type* LC1-F185 LC1-F225 LC1-F265 LC1-F330

Reversing contactor type* LC2-F185 LC2-F225 LC2-F265

* Basic reference to be completed by adding the coil voltage code

Standard control circuit voltages

a supply

Volts 24 48 110 115 120 208 220 230 240 380 400 415 440

Contactors LC1-F115…F225 (0.85…1.1 Uc)

50 Hz (coil LX1) B5 E5 F5 FE5 - - M5 P5 U5 Q5 V5 N5 -

60 Hz (coil LX1) - E6 F6 - G6 L6 M6 - U6 Q6 - - R6U7

40…400 Hz (coil LX9) - E7 F7 FE7 G7 L7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7

Contactors LC1-F265…F330U7

40…400 Hz (coil LX1) B7 E7 F7 FE7 G7 L7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7

Contactors LC1-F400…F630U7

40…400 Hz (coil LX1) - E7 F7 FE7 G7 (1) L7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7

Contactor LC1-F780U7

40…400 Hz (coil LX1) - - F7 FE7 F7 L7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7

Contactor LC1-F800U7

40…400 Hz (coil LX1) - - FE7FE7FE7- P7P7P7V7V7V7V7Y7

c supply

Volts 24 48 110 125 220 230 250 400 440

Contactors LC1-F115…F330 (0.85…1.1 Uc)

(coil LX4-F) BD ED FD GD MD MD UD - RD

Contactors LC1-F400…F630 (0.85…1.1 Uc)

(coil LX4-F) -EDFDGDMD-UD-RD

Contactor LC1-F780 (0.85…1.1 Uc)

(coil LX4-F) --FDGDMD-UD-RD

Contactor LC1-F800 (0.85…1.1 Uc)

(coil LX4-F) - - FWFWMWMW- QW-

Example: For a 630 A contactor with a 110 V a coil, order LC1-F630F7

(1) F7 for LC1-F630

TeSys FContactors

90…450 kW

5/8

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Auxiliary contact blocks

N instantaneous

dust & damp protected contacts

N time delay 1 N/O + 1 N/C

Composition Reference Composition Reference Composition Reference Composition Reference Type Range Reference

N/O N/C N/O N/C N/O N/C N/O N/C

1 -LAD-N10 1 1 LAD-N11 2 2 LAD-N22 2 - - - LA1-DX20 On-delay 0.1…3 s LAD-T0

- 1 LAD-N01 2 - LAD-N20 1 3 LAD-N13 2 2 - - LA1-DY20 0.1…30 s LAD-T2

- 2 LAD-N02 4 - LAD-N40 2 - 2 - LA1-DZ40 10…180 s LAD-T4

- 4 LAD-N04 2 - 1 1 LA1-DZ31 1…30 s LAD-S2

3 1 LAD-N31 Off-delay 0.1…3 s LAD-R0

2 2 LAD-C22 0.1…30 s LAD-R2

10…180 s LAD-R4

Mounting accessories for 3-pole reversing contactors for motor control

2 identical contactors, horizontally mounted

Mechanical interlock with an electrical interlocking kit for the contactors

Contactor type Set of connections Mechanical interlock

LC1-F115 LA9-FF976 LA9-FF970

LC1-F150 LA9-F15076 LA9-FF970

LC1-F185 LA9-FG976 LA9-FG970

LC1-F225 LA9-F22576 LA9-FG970

LC1-F265 LA9-FH976 LA9-FJ970

LC1-F330 LA9-FJ976 LA9-FJ970

LC1-F400 LA9-FJ976 LA9-FJ970

LC1-F500 LA9-FK976 LA9-FJ970

LC1-F630 or LC1-F800 LA9-FL976 LA9-FL970

400 A 500 A 630 A 780 A 800 A

500 A 700 A 1 000 A 1 600 A 1 000 A

1 000 V 1 000 V 1 000 V 1 000 V 1 000 V

2, 3 or 4 2, 3 or 4 2, 3 or 4 3 or 4 3

110 kW 147 kW 200 kW 220 kW 250 kW

200 kW 250 kW 335 kW 400 kW 450 kW

220 kW 280 kW 375 kW 425 kW 450 kW

250 kW 295 kW 400 kW 425 kW 450 kW

257 kW 355 kW 400 kW 450 kW 450 kW

280 kW 335 kW 450 kW 475 kW 475 kW

185 kW 335 kW 450 kW 450 kW 450 kW

LC1-F400 LC1-F500 LC1-F630 LC1-F780 LC1-F800

For customer assembly

5/9

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Ofﬁce)

Volts 48 110 125 127 220 230 240 380 400 415 440 500

a 50…400 Hz -F-GMPUQVNRS

cEDFDGD-MD-----RD-

Example: To order a 1500 A contactor with 127 V c coil with 3 N/O + 1 N/C, select LC1-BP33G31

Mounting accessories

Description For contactor Reference

Bar support bracket LC1-BL to BR LA9-B103

for mounting on 120 or 150 mm centres

Mechanical interlock and locking device components LC1-B EZ2-LB0601

Rated operational current Ie max AC-3 (Ue ≤ 440 V) 750 A 1000 A 1500 A 1800 A

Ie AC-1 (θ ≤ 40° C) 800 A 1250 V 2000 A 2750 A

Rated operational voltage 1 000 V 1 000 V 1 000 V 1 000 V

Number of poles 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4

Rated operational power 220/240 V 220 kW 280 kW 425 kW 500 kW

in category AC3 380/400 V 400 kW 500 kW 750 kW 900 kW

415 V 425 kW 530 kW 800 kW 900 kW

440 V 450 kW 560 kW 800 kW 900 kW

500 V 500 kW 600 kW 700 kW 900 kW

660/690 V 560 kW 670 kW 750 kW 900 kW

1000 V 530 kW 530 kW 670 kW 750 kW

4 instantaneous contact conﬁgurations

2 N/C + 2 N/O, 3 N/O + 1 N/C, 1 N/O + 3 N/C or 4 N/O

Contactor type* LC1-BL LC1-BM LC1-BP LC1-BR

* Basic reference to be completed by adding the coil voltage code, followed by the instantaneous contact conﬁguration.

TeSys BContactors

400…900 kW

5/10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Reference to compiled by the customer

Contactor type, according to required use

a supply 690 V, c supply 220 V/pole CV1-B

a supply 1000 V, c supply 440 V/pole CV3-B

Contactor rating CV1: 80 A CV3: 80 A F

CV1: 200 A CV3: 170 A G

CV1: 300 A CV3: 250 A H

CV1: 470 A CV3: 320 A J

CV1: 630 A CV3: 500 A K

CV1: 1000 A L

Number of poles (PN1 main poles for CV1 and PA3 main poles for CV3)

Normally Open main poles 1 N/O 1

2 N/O 2

3 N/O 3

4 N/O 4

5 N/O 5

Normally Closed main poles 1 N/C 1

2 N/C 2

3 N/C 3

No main poles 0Z0Z

Operational current 10 A EE

20 A NN

40 A PP

80 A FF

125 A RR

170 A WW

200 A GG

250 A SS

300 A HH

320 A TT

470 A JJ

500 A VV

630 A KK

1000 A LL

Control circuit voltage 48 V E

110 V F

120 V K

208 V L

220 V M

230 V P

240 V U

380 V Q

400 V V

440 V R

Operating frequency 50 Hz 5

60 Hz 6

50/60 Hz 7

c + economy resistor R

Instantaneous auxiliary contacts

Normally Open 1 N/O 1

2 N/O 2

3 N/O 3

4 N/O 4

Normally Closed 1 N/C 1

2 N/C 2

3 N/C 3

4 N/C 4

Without instantaneous contact 00

On-delay 1 C/O J

Off-delay 1 C/O N

Example 1/ for single-phase capacitor switching: 400 V - 80 A - 1 N/O pole - Control circuit 220 V / 50 Hz, 1 N/O and 1 N/C auxiliary contacts: CV1-BF1F0ZM511.

2/ for heating circuits, d.c. supply 800 V - 150 A - 2 N/O poles - Control circuit 48 V c , 1 N/O + 1 N/O On-delay auxiliary contacts: CV3-BG2W0ZED10J

TeSys

CV1-B, CV3-B

Contactors, variable composition

CV1-B: 80…1000 A, CV3-B: 80…500 A

5/11

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV2-ME and GV2-P for connection by screw clamp terminals

GV2-ME with pushbutton control, GV2-P control by rotary knob

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Setting range Magnetic Reference

400/415 V 500 V 690 V of thermal tripping

P Icu Ics (1) P Icu Ics (1) P Icu Ics (1) trips current

kW kA kW kA kW kA A A (d ± 20%)

---------0.1…0.16 1.5 GV2-ME01 GV2-P01

0.06 ((------0.16…0.25 2.4 GV2-ME02 GV2-P02

0.09 ((------0.25…0.40 5 GV2-ME03 GV2-P03

0.12 ((- - - 0.37 (( 0.40…0.63 8 GV2-ME04 GV2-P04

0.18 ((------0.40…0.63 8 GV2-ME04 GV2-P04

0.25 ((- - - 0.55 ((-0.63…1 13 GV2-ME05 GV2-P05

0.37 ((0.37 ((- - - 1…1.6 22.5 GV2-ME06 GV2-P06

0.55 ((0.55 ((0.75 (( 1…1.6 22.5 GV2-ME06 GV2-P06

- - - 0.75 ((1.1 (( 1…1.6 22.5 GV2-ME06 GV2-P06

0.75 ((1.1 ((1.5 3 75 1.6…2.5 33.5 GV2-ME07

0.75 ((1.1 ((1.5 8 100 1.6…2.5 33.5 GV2-P07

1.1 ((1.5 ((2.2 3 75 2.5…4 51 GV2-ME08

1.1 ((1.5 ((2.2 8 100 2.5…4 51 GV2-P08

1.5 ((2.2 ((3 3 75 2.5…4 51 GV2-ME08

1.5 ((2.2 ((3 3 100 2.5…4 51 GV2-P08

2.2 ((3 50 100 4 3 75 4…6.3 78 GV2-ME10

2.2 ((3((4 6 100 4…6.3 78 GV2-P10

3((4 10 100 5.5 3 75 6…10 138 GV2-ME14

3((4 50 100 5.5 6 100 6…10 138 GV2-P14

4((5.5 10 100 7.5 3 75 6…10 138 GV2-ME14

4((5.5 50 100 7.5 6 100 6…10 138 GV2-P14

5.5 15 50 7.5 6 75 9 3 75 9…14 170 GV2-ME16

5.5 ((7.5 42 75 9 6 100 9…14 170 GV2-P16

- - - - - - 11 3 75 9…14 170 GV2-ME16

- - - - - - 11 6 100 9…14 170 GV2-P16

7.5 15 50 9 6 75 15 3 75 13…18 223 GV2-ME20

7.5 50 50 9 10 75 15 4 100 13…18 223 GV2-P20

9 15 40 11 4 75 18.5 3 75 17…23 327 GV2-ME21

9 50 50 11 10 75 18.5 4 100 17…23 327 GV2-P21

11 15 40 15 4 75 - - - 20…25 327 GV2-ME22 (2)

11 50 50 15 10 75 - - - 20…25 327 GV2-P22

15 10 50 18.5 4 75 22 3 75 24…32 416 GV2-ME32

15 50 50 18.5 10 75 22 4 100 24…32 416 GV2-P32

H > 100 kA

(1) as % of Icu

(2) combined with a recommended contactor

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV2-ME for connection by spring terminals

Add the ﬁgure 3 to the end of the reference. Example: GV2-ME22 becomes GV2-ME223

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV2-ME for connection by ring terminals

Add the ﬁgure 6 to the end of the reference. Example: GV2-ME32 becomes GV2-ME326

Common accessories GV2 / GV3, see page 5/15

TeSys

GV2-ME, GV2-P

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers

0.06…15 kW

5/12

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Magnetic circuit-breakers GV2-LE and GV2-L for connection by screw clamp terminals

GV2-LE control by rocker lever, GV2-L control by rotary knob

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Magnetic Tripping Use in association Reference

400/415 V 500 V 690 V protection current with thermal

P Icu Ics (1) P Icu Ics (1) P Icu Ics (1) rating d ± 20% overload relay

kW kA kW kA kW kA A A

0.06 ((- - - - - - 0.4 5 LR2-K0302 GV2-LE03

0.09 ((- - - - - - 0.4 5 LR2-K0304 GV2-LE03

or LRD-03 GV2-L03

0.12 ((- - - 0.37 ((0.63 8 LR2-K0304 GV2-LE04

or LRD-04 GV2-L04

0.18 ((- - - - - - 0.63 8 LR2-K0305 GV2-LE04

or LRD-04 GV2-L04

- - - - - - 0.55 ((1 13 LR2-K0305 GV2-LE05

or LRD-05 GV2-L05

0.25 ((- - - - - - 1 13 LR2-K0306 GV2-LE05

or LRD-05 GV2-L05

- - - - - - 0.75 ((1 13 LR2-K0306 GV2-LE05

or LRD-06 GV2-L05

0.37 ((0.37 ((- - - 1 13 LR2-K0306 GV2-LE05

or LRD-05 GV2-L05

0.55 ((0.55 ((1.1 ((1.6 22.5 LR2-K0307 GV2-LE06

or LRD-06 GV2-L06

- - - 0.75 ((- - - 1.6 22.5 LR2-K0307 GV2-LE06

or LRD-06 GV2-L06

0.75 ((1.1 ((1.5 3 75 2.5 33.5 LR2-K0308 GV2-LE07

0.75 ((1.1 ((1.5 4 100 2.5 33.5 LRD-07 GV2-L07

1.1 ((- - - - - - 2.5 33.5 LR2-K0308 GV2-LE08

or LRD-08 GV2-L08

1.5 ((1.5 ((3 3 75 4 51 LR2-K0310 GV2-LE08

1.5 ((1.5 ((3 4 100 4 51 LRD-08 GV2-L08

- - - 2.2 ((- - - 4 51 LR2-K0312 GV2-LE08

or LRD-08 GV2-L08

2.2 ((3 50 100 4 3 75 6.3 78 LR2-K0312 GV2-LE10

2.2 ((3((4 4 100 6.3 78 LRD-10 GV2-L10

3((4 10 100 5.5 3 75 10 138 LR2-K0314 GV2-LE14

3((4 10 100 5.5 4 100 10 138 LRD-12 GV2-L14

4((5.5 10 100 - - - 10 138 LR2-K0316 GV2-LE14

or LRD-14 GV2-L14

- - - - - - 7.5 3 75 10 138 LRD-14 GV2-LE14

- - - - - - 7.5 4 100 10 138 LRD-14 GV2-L14

- - - - - - 9 3 75 14 170 LRD-16 GV2-LE16

- - - - - - 9 4 100 14 170 LRD-16 GV2-L16

5.5 15 50 7.5 6 75 11 3 75 14 170 LR2-K0321 GV2-LE16

5.5 50 50 7.5 10 75 11 4 100 14 170 LRD-16 GV2-L16

7.5 15 50 9 6 75 15 3 75 18 223 LRD-21 GV2-LE20

7.5 50 50 9 10 75 15 4 100 18 223 LRD-21 GV2-L20

9 15 40 11 4 75 18.5 3 75 25 327 LRD-22 GV2-LE22

9 50 50 11 10 75 18.5 4 100 25 327 LRD-22 GV2-L22

11 15 40 15 4 75 - - - 25 327 LRD-22 GV2-LE22

11 50 50 15 10 75 - - - 25 327 LRD-22 GV2-L22

15 10 50 18.5 4 75 22 3 75 32 416 LRD-32 GV2-LE32

15 50 50 18.5 10 75 22 4 100 32 416 LRD-32 GV2-L32

H > 100 kA

(1) as % of Icu

Common accessories GV2 / GV3, see page 5/15

TeSys

GV2-L, GV2-LE

Magnetic circuit-breakers

0.06 to 15 kW

5/13

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV3-P for connection by EverLink terminal blocks (2)

Control by rotary knob

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Setting range Reference

400/415 V 500 V 660/690 V of thermal

P Icu Ics (1) P Icu Ics (1) P Icu Ics (1) trips

kW kA kW kA kW kA A

5.5 100 50 7.5 12 50 11 6 50 9…13 GV3-P13

7.5 100 50 11 12 50 15 6 50 12…18 GV3-P18

11 100 50 15 12 50 18.5 6 50 17…25 GV3-P25

15 100 50 18.5 12 50 22 6 50 23…32 GV3-P32

18.5 50 50 22 10 50 30 5 60 30…40 GV3-P40

22 50 50 30 10 50 37 5 60 37…50 GV3-P50

30 50 50 37 10 50 45 5 60 48…65 GV3-P65

(1) as % of lcu

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV3-P for connection by ring terminals

Add the ﬁgure 6 to the end of the reference. Example: GV3-P13 becomes GV3-P136

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV3-P for connection by only 1 EverLink terminal block

Add the ﬁgure 1 to the end of the reference. Example: GV3P65 becomes GV3P651

Magnetic 11…30 kW

with EverLink

terminal blocks

Magnetic circuit-breakers GV3-L for connection by EverLink terminal blocks (2)

Control by rotary knob

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Associated equipment Circuit-breaker

400/415 V 500 V 690 V Thermal Short-circuit

P Icu Ics P Icu Ics P Icu Ics overload protection

kW kA kW kA kW kA relay Rating A Reference

11 100 50 15 12 50 18.5 6 50 LRD-325 25 GV3-L25

15 100 50 18.5 12 50 22 6 50 LRD-332 32 GV3-L32

18.5 50 50 22 10 50 30 5 60 LRD-340 40 GV3-L40

22 50 50 30 10 50 45 5 60 LRD-350 50 GV3-L50

30 50 50 37 10 50 45 5 60 LRD-365 65 GV3-L65

Magnetic circuit-breakers GV3-L for connection by ring terminals

Add the ﬁgure 6 to the end of the reference. Example: GV3-L25 becomes GV3-L256

Magnetic circuit-breakers GV3-L for connection by only 1 EverLink terminal block

Add the ﬁgure 1 to the end of the reference. Example: GV3L65 becomes GV3L651

(2) 4 mm BTR screw

Add-on blocks and accessories

(3)

Add-on blocks (front) Fault signalling contact + instantaneous auxiliary contact

Contact type N/O (fault) + N/C N/O (fault) + N/O

References (4) GV-AED011 GV-AED101

Accessories Cover Busbars

Type IP20 for lug

type terminals

IP20 for lug

type terminals

when used with

contactor

“Wide spacing”

UL 508 type E

Set of 3-pole

115 A busbars

for 2

circuit-breakers

Set of 3-pole

115 A busbars

for 3

circuit-breakers

“S” form for side

by side mounted

circuit-breaker/

contactor

References LAD96570 LAD96575 GV3G66 GV3G264 GV3G364 GV3S

(3) Common add-on blocks and accessories GV2 / GV3, see page 5/15

(4) For spring terminal version add 3 to the end of the reference. Example: GV-AED011 becomes GV-AED0113

TeSys

GV3-P/GV3-L

Circuit-breakers

Thermal-magnetic 5.5…30 kW

with EverLink

terminal blocks

5/14

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Accessories GV2

Combination block

For mounting on LC1-K or LP1-K LC1-D09…D38 LAD-31 and LC1-D09…D38

GV2-AF01 GV2-AF3 GV2-AF4

Sets of 3-pole busbars

63 A Pitch 45 mm 54 mm 72 mm

Number of tap-offs 2 GV2-G245 GV2-G254 GV2-G272

3 GV2-G345 GV2-G354

4 GV2-G445 GV2-G454 GV2-G472

5 GV2-G554

Protective end cover

For unused busbar outlets GV1-G10

Terminal blocks

For supply to one or more GV2-G busbar sets connection from the top can be ﬁtted with current limiter GV1-L3 (GV2-ME and GV2-P)

GV1-G09 GV1-G05

Padlockable external operator for GV2 and GV3 (150 to 290 mm)

Padlocking In “On” and “Off” position In “Off” position

Handle black red

Legend plate blue yellow

IP 54 For GV2-ME/P/L GV2-AP01 GV2-AP02

For GV2-LE GV2-AP03 –

For GV3-P/L GV3-AP01 GV3-AP02

Add-on blocks common to GV2 / GV3

Contact blocks

Contact types N/O or N/C N/O + N/C N/O + N/O (fault) + N/C (fault) + N/O C/O common

Instantaneous auxiliary contacts point

Mounting front GV-AE1 GV-AE11 GV-AE20

LH side GV-AN11 GV-AN20

Fault signalling contact + instantaneous auxiliary contact

LH side N/O (fault) GV-AD1001 GV-AD1010

N/C (fault) GV-AD0101 GV-AD0110

Short-circuit signalling contact

LH side GV-AM11

Electric trips

Undervoltage or shunt trips (1)

Side mounting (1 block on RH side of circuit-breaker) 50 Hz 60 Hz

Voltage 24 V GV-A•025 GV-A•026

48 V GV-A•055 GV-A•056

100 V GV-A•107

100…110 V GV-A•107

110…115 V GV-A•115 GV-A•116

120…127 V GV-A•125

127 V GV-A•115

200 V GV-A•207

200…220 V GV-A•207

220…240 V GV-A•225 GV-A•226

380…400 V GV-A•385 GV-A•386

415…440 V GV-A•415

415 V GV-A•416

Padlocking device

For use with up to 4 padlocks (padlocks not supplied) Ø 6 mm shank max GV2-V03

(1) Undervoltage trips: replace the • with U, shunt trips: replace the • with S

TeSys

GV2/GV3

Circuit-breakers

Accessories

5/15

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

TeSys

GV7-R

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers

0.75…90 kW

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV7-R for connection by screw clamp terminals

Control by rocker lever

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Setting range Reference

400/415 V 500 V 660/690 V of thermal

P Icu Ics (1) P Icu Ics (1) P Icu Ics (1) trips

kW kA kW kA kW kA A

7.5 25 100 9 18 100 11 8 100 12…20 GV7-RE20

9 25 100 11 18 100 15 8 100

7.5 70 100 9 50 100 11 10 100 12…20 GV7-RS20

9 70 100 11 50 100 15 10 100

9 25 100 11 18 100 15 8 100 15…25 GV7-RE25

11 25 100 15 18 100 18.5 8 100

9 70 100 11 50 100 15 10 100 15…25 GV7-RS25

11 70 50 15 50 100 18.5 10 100

18.5 25 100 18.5 18 100 22 8 100 25…40 GV7-RE40

22 18 100

18.5 70 100 18.5 50 100 22 10 100 25…40 GV7-RS40

22 25 100 30 18 100 30 8 100 30…50 GV7-RE50

37 25 100 45 18 100 55 8 100 48…80 GV7-RE80

55 18 100

37 70 100 45 50 100 55 10 100 48…80 GV7-RS80

55 50 100

45 25 100 - 18 100 75 8 100 60…100 GV7-RE100

45 70 100 - 50 100 75 10 100 60…100 GV7-RS100

55 35 100 75 30 100 90 8 100 90…150 GV7-RE150

75 70 100 90 30 100 110 8 100

55 70 100 75 50 100 90 10 100 90…150 GV7-RS150

75 70 100 90 50 100 110 10 100

90 35 100 110 30 100 160 8 100 132…220 GV7-RE220

110 35 100 132 30 100 200 8 100

160 30 100

90 70 100 110 50 100 160 10 100 132…220 GV7-RS220

(1) as % of Icu

5/16

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Add-on blocks

Contact blocks

Auxiliary contacts

Contact type C/O

GV7-AE11

Thermal or magnetic fault discrimination

z 24…48 V or c 24…72 V z 110…240 V

GV7-AD111 GV7-AD112

Electric trips

Voltage 50/60 Hz 48 V 110… 130 V 200… 240 V 380…440 V

50 Hz 525 V

Undervoltage trip (1) GV7-AU055 GV7-AU107 GV7-AU207 GV7-AU387 GV7-AU525

Shunt trip (1) GV7-AS055 GV7-AS107 GV7-AS207 GV7-AS387 GV7-AS525

(1) For mounting of a GV7-AD or a GV7-AU or AS

Accessories

Terminal shields IP 405

Supplied with sealing accessory GV7-AC01

Phase barriers

Safety accessories GV7-AC04

used when ﬁtting of shields is impossible

Insulating screens

Ensure insulation between GV7-AC05

the connections and the backplate

Kit for combination with contactor

Allowing link between the circuit-breaker and the contactor LC1-F115 to F185 LC1-F225 and F26 LC1-D115 and D150

GV7-AC06 GV7-AC07 GV7-AC08

Rotary handles

Handle black red

Legend plate black yellow

N direct IP 40 GV7-AP03 GV7-AP04

N extended IP 55 GV7-AP01 GV7-AP02

Conversion accessory

for mounting on enclosure door IP 43 GV7-AP05

Locking device

For circuit-breaker not ﬁtted with a rotary handle GV7-V01

5/17

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

TeSys

GV3-ME

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers

37 kW

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV3-ME for connection by screw clamp terminals

Pushbutton control

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Setting range Reference

400/415 V 500 V 660/690 V of thermal

P Icu Ics (1) P Icu Ics (1) P Icu Ics (1) trips

kW kA kW kA kW kA A

37 15 50 45 4 100 55 2 100 56…80 GV3-ME80

(1) as % of Icu

Add-on blocks for GV3-ME

Contact blocks

Instantaneous auxiliary contacts (1 per breaker)

Normal early break type contacts N/C + N/O N/O + N/O N/C + N/O + N/O N/O + N/O + N/O N/O + N/O (1) N/C + N/O (1)

GV3-A01 GV3-A02 GV3-A03 GV3-A05 GV3-A06 GV3-A07

Fault signalling contact

Normal early break type contacts N/C N/O

GV3-A08 GV3-A09

Electric trips

Voltage 50 Hz 110, 120, 127 V 220, 240 V 380, 415 V

60 Hz 120, 127 V 277 V 440, 480 V

Undervoltage trip GV3-B11 GV3-B22 GV3-B38

Shunt trip GV3-D11 GV3-D22 GV3-D38

Padlocking device

Start button (for bare device) GV1-V02

(1) + 2 volt free terminals

5/18

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

TeSys

GK3-EF

Magnetic circuit-breakers

37 kW

Magnetic circuit-breakers GK3-EF for connection by screw clamp terminals

Control by rotary knob

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Associated equipment Circuit-breaker

400/415 V 500 V 690 V Thermal Short-circuit

P Icu Ics P Icu Ics P Icu Ics overload relay protection

kW kA kW kA kW kA min. size Rating A Reference

37 35 25 45 15 30 - - - LRD-3363 80 GK3-EF80

Add-on blocks for GK3

Contact blocks

Contact type N/O N/O + N/O N/C + N/O N/C N/O

On-Off signalling contacts GK2-AX10 GK2-AX20 GK2-AX50

and “Control circuit test” function (1 or 2 blocks per device)

mounted on RH side of GK3-EF

Instantaneous fault signalling contacts GK2-AX12 GK2-AX22 GK2-AX52

(1 or 2 blocks per device) mounted on LH side of GK3-EF

Fault signalling contact (1) GV3-A08 GV3-A09

(1) 1 trip OR 1 fault signalling contact to be ﬁtted inside the circuit-breaker.

Accessories for GK3

Padlocking device

for padlocking the operator with up to 3 padlocks (padlocks not supplied) GK3-AV01

External operator

for mounting on enclosure door. GK3-AP03

Red Ø 40 pushbutton on yellow plate, can be locked in

position O by means of up to 3 padlocks with door locked in

position I, and door locked in position O when padlocked

5/19

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

TeSys DF Fuse carriers

0…125 A

Type Fuse carriers without “blown fuse” indicator

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 500 V 690 V

Fuse size 8.5 x 31.5 mm 10 x 38 mm 14 x 51 mm 22 x 58 mm

Conventional thermal current (Ith) 25 A 32 A 50 A 125 A

References Number of poles 1P DF81 DF101 DF141 DF221

NDF10N DF10N DF14N DF22N

1P+N DF81N DF101N DF141N DF221N

2P DF82 DF102 DF142 DF222

3P DF83 DF103 DF143C DF223C

3P+N DF83N DF103N DF143NC DF223NC

Type Fuse carriers with “blown fuse” indicator

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 500 V 690 V

Fuse size 8.5 x 31.5 mm 10 x 38 mm 14 x 51 mm 22 x 58 mm

Conventional thermal current (Ith) 25 A 32 A 50 A 125 A

References Number of poles 1P DF81V DF101V DF141V DF221V

1P + N DF81NV DF10NV DF14NV DF22NV

2P DF82V DF102V DF142V DF222V

3P DF83V DF103V DF143VC DF223VC

3P + N DF83NV DF103NV DF143NVC DF223NVC

Accessories

Type Auxiliary early break and blown fuse signalling contacts

Fuse carrier to be equipped DF14 DF22

Fuse size 14 x 51 mm 22 x 58 mm

Number of poles 3P or 3P + N 3P or 3P + N

Number of contacts 1212

References DF14AM1 DF14AM2 DF22AM1 DF22AM2

Type Fuse carrier assembly kits

Fuse carrier to be assembled DF8 DF10 DF14 DF22

Fuse size 8.5 x 31.5 mm 10 x 38 mm 14 x 51 mm 22 x 58 mm

Kit contents 1 pin, 2 clips 1 pin, 3 clips

References DF10AP DF14AP DF22AP

5/20

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

TeSys

LS1, GK1

Fuse carriers

0…125 A

Type 3-pole fuse carriers

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 690 V

Rating 25 A 32 A 50 A 125 A

Fuse size 10 x 38 10 x 38 14 x 51 22 x 58

Connection

Spring terminals Screw clamp terminals or connectors

Single-phase protection device Without Without Without With Without With

Number of early break contacts –– 11

Reference LS1D323 LS1D32 GK1K GK1EV GK1FK GK1FV

Number of early break contacts 22

Reference GK1ES GK1EW GK1FS GK1FW

Type 4-pole fuse carriers

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 690 V

Rating 32 A 50 A 125 A

Fuse size 10 x 38 14 x 51 22 x 58

Connection

Screw clamp terminals or connectors

Single-phase protection device Without Without With Without With

Number of early break contacts –11

Reference LS1D32 + LA8-D324 GK1EM GK1EY GK1FM GK1FY

Number of early break contacts 22

Reference GK1ET GK1EX GK1FT GK1FX

5/21

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

TeSys

LS1, GK1

Fuse carriers

Accessories

Type Early break auxiliary contact blocks

Fuse carrier rating 32 A 25 A

For use with fuse carrier LS1D32 LS1D323

Contact type N/O + N/C N/O + N/O N/O + N/C N/O + N/O

References GVAE11 GVAE20 GVAE113 GVAE203

Type Direct operator handle

Fuse carrier rating

125 A 32, 50, 125 A

For mounting on RH side LH side Front

References

GK1AP07 GK1AP08 Fitted as standard

Type External operator handle

Fuse carrier rating 32 A 50 A 125 A

For mounting on RH side LH side RH side LH side RH side LH side

References LS1-D32005 LS1-D32006 GK1-AP05 GK1-AP06 GK1-AP07 GK1-AP08

Type Padlocking devices

Fuse carrier rating 32 A 50 A

Number of poles 3 or 4 3 4

Single-phase protection device Without Without With Without With

References Integrated GK1-AV07 GK1-AV08 GK1-AV08 GK1-AV09

Type Tubular link

Fuse carrier rating 32 A 50 A 125 A

References DK1-CB92 DK1-EB92 DK1-FA9

5/22

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

TeSys GS Switch-disconnector-fuses

Handles

Type IP65 handles for external front-mounted operators

Switch rating 32…63 A 100…400 A 630…800 A 1250 A

References Black/grey GS2AH510 (1) GS2AH530 (1) GS2AH550 GS2AH570

Red/yellow GS2AH520 (1) GS2AH540 (1) GS2AH560 GS2AH580

(1) For external front operators with Test facility, insert the letter T in the reference. Example: GS2AH510 becomes GS2AHT510

Type IP65 handles for external RH side-mounted operators (2)

Switch rating 32…63 A 100…400 A 630…1250 A

References Black/grey GS2AH210 GS2AH230 GS2AH250

Red/yellow GS2AH220 GS2AH240 GS2AH260

(2) For external LH side-mounted operators, replace the number 2 in the reference by 3. Example: GS2AH210 becomes GS2AH310

Type Shafts for external operators

Switch rating 32 A 50…400 A 630…1250 A

References Length of shaft 200 mm GS2AE82 GS2AE22 GS2AE52

320 mm GS2AE8 GS2AE2 GS2AE5

400 mm GS2AE81 GS2AE21 GS2AE51

Type Handles for direct operators

Switch rating 32 A 50 and 63 A 100…400 A 630 and 800 A 1250 A

Type of operator Front RH side RH side Front Front

References GS1AH103 GS1AH01 GS1AH02 GS2AH104 GS2AH105

5/23

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

TeSys GS Switch-disconnector-fuses

32…1250 A

Type Switch-disconnector-fuse switch bodies for use with NF C or DIN fuses

Handle to be ordered separately (see previous page)

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 690 V

Conventional thermal current (Ith) 32 A 50 A 63 A 100 A

Fuse size 10 x 38 14 x 51 Size 00C (1) 22 x 58

External front-mounted and 3-pole GS1DD3 GS2F3 GS2G3 GS2J3

RH side-mounted operator 4-pole GS1DD4 (2) GS2F4 GS2G4 GS2J4

External LH side-mounted 3-pole GS1DD3 GS2FG3 GS2GG3 GS2JG3

operator 4-pole GS1DD4 (2) GS2FG4 GS2GG4 GS2JG4

Direct RH side-mounted 3-pole GS1DD3 (3) GS1FD3 GS1GD3 GS1JD3

operator 4-pole GS1DD4 (2) (3) GS1FD4 GS1GD4 GS1JD4

(1) Compact fuse for German market

(2) 3-pole + switched neutral

(3) Direct front-mounted operator

Type Switch-disconnector-fuse switch bodies for use with BS fuses

Handle to be ordered separately (see previous page)

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 690 V

Conventional thermal current (Ith) 32 A 32 A 63 A 100 A

Fuse size A1 A1 A2-A3 A4 (Ø ≤ 31 mm)

External front-mounted and 3-pole GS1DDB3 GS2DB3 GS2GB3 GS2JB3

RH side-mounted operator 4-pole GS1DDB4 (2) GS2DB4 GS2GB4 GS2JB4

Accessories

Type Auxiliary contacts

Early break and/or O, I and Test signalling O and I signalling

Switch rating 32…1250 A 50…1250 A

Number of contacts 1 NO 1 NC 1 NO + NC 2 NO + 2 NC

Operator external front-mounted or RH side-mounted GS1AM110 GS1AM101 GS1AN11 GS1AN22

external LH side-mounted GS1AM110 GS1AM101 GS1AN11G GS1AN22G

direct RH side-mounted – – GS1AN11 GS1AN22

direct front-mounted – – – –

Type Auxiliary “blown fuse” signalling contacts for use with NF C and DIN fuses

Number of contacts 1 NO/NC

Switch rating 50 A 100 and 125 A 160 A 250 and 400 A

Fuse size 14 x 51 22 x 58 Size 0 Size 1 and Size 2

References 3-pole GS1AF1 GS1AF23 GS1AF33 GS1AF43

4-pole GS1AF1 GS1AF24 GS1AF34 GS1AF44

5/24

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

125 A 160 A 250 A 400 A 630 A 1250 A

22 x 58 Size 00 Size 00 Size 0 Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4

GS2K3 GS2KK3 GS2LL3 GS2L3 GS2N3 GS2QQ3 GS2S3 GS2V3

GS2K4 GS2KK4 GS2LL4 GS2L4 GS2N4 GS2QQ4 GS2S4 GS2V4

GS2KG3 GS2KKG3 GS2LLG3 GS2LG3 GS2NG3 GS2QQG3 GS2SG3 GS2VG3

GS2KG4 GS2KKG4 GS2LLG4 GS2LG4 GS2NG4 GS2QQG4 GS2SG4 GS2VG4

GS1KD3 GS1KKD3 GS1LLD3 GS1LD3 GS1ND3 GS1QQD3 GS2S3 (3) GS2V3 (3)

GS1KD4 GS1KKD4 GS1LLD4 GS1LD4 GS1ND4 GS1QQD4 GS2S4 (3) GS2V4 (3)

160 A 200 A 250 A 315 A 400 A 630 A 800 A 1250 A

A4 B1-B2 B1-B2 B1…B3 B1…B3 B1…B4 C1-C2 C1…C3 D1

GS2LLB3 GS2LB3 GS2MMB3 GS2NB3 GS2PPB3 GS2QQB3 GS2SB3 GS2TB3 GS2VB3

GS2LLB4 GS2LB4 GS2MMB4 GS2NB4 GS2PPB4 GS2QQB4 GS2SB4 GS2TB4 GS2VB4

O, I and Test signalling Early break and O and I signalling

50…400 A 32 A 50…400 A

1 NO + NC 2 NO + 2 NC 1 NO/NC 2 NO/NC 1 NO/NC 2 NO/NC

GS1ANT11 GS1ANT22 ––––

––––––

––––GS1AM1 GS1AM2

––GS1AM111 GS1AM211 ––

NO/NC

630 A 1250 A 50…1250 A

Size 3 Size 4 –

GS2AF63 GS2AF73 GS1AF

GS2AF64 GS2AF74 GS1AF

5/25

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Thermal overload relays, TeSys K

adjustable from 0.11 to 12 A

Connection by screw clamp terminals, direct mounting on contactors LC1-K, manual or automatic reset

Relay setting range Fuses to be used with selected relay Reference

Class 10A aM gG BS88

0.11…0.16 A 0.25 A 0.5 A - LR2-K0301

0.16…0.23 A 0.25 A 0.5 A - LR2-K0302

0.23…0.36 A 0.5 A 1 A - LR2-K0303

0.36…0.54 A 1 A 1.6 A - LR2-K0304

0.54…0.8 A 1 A 2 A - LR2-K0305

0.8…1.2 A 2 A 4 A 6 A LR2-K0306

1.2…1.8 A 2 A 6 A 6 A LR2-K0307

1.8…2.6 A 2 A 6 A 10 A LR2-K0308

2.6…3.7 A 4 A 10 A 16 A LR2-K0310

3.7…5.5 A 6 A 16 A 16 A LR2-K0312

5.5…8 A 8 A 20 A 20 A LR2-K0314

8…11.5 A 10 A 25 A 20 A LR2-K0316

Thermal overload relays for use on class 10A unbalanced loads: for above references LR2-K0305 to LR2-K0316 only, replace the preﬁx LR2 with LR7.

Example: LR7-K0310.

Accessories

Prewiring kit

Allowing direct connection of the N/C contact For use on

of relay LRD-01…35 or LR3-D01… D35 to the contactor LC1-D09…D18 LAD-7C1

LC1-D25…D38 LAD-7C2

Terminal blocks (1)

For clip-on mounting on 35 mm mounting rail (AM1-DP200) LRD-01…35 and LR3-D01…D35 LAD-7B10

or screw ﬁxing LRD-3•••, LR3-D3•••, LRD-35•• LA7-D3064

(2)

For independent mounting of the relay LR2-K•••• LA7-K0064

EverLink Terminal blocks

Separate terminal block LRD-313… LRD-365 LAD-9R3

Terminal block adapter

For mounting a relay beneath an LC1-D115 or D150 contactor LRD-3•••, LR3-D3•••, LRD-35•• LA7-D3058

Stop or electrical reset

Remote

(3) LRD-01…35 and LR3-D01…D35 LAD-703•

(4)

Tripping or electrical reset device

Remote

(3) All relays except LRD-01…35 and LR3-D01…D35 LA7-D03•

(4)

(1) Terminal blocks are supplied with terminals protected against direct ﬁnger contact and screws in the open “ready-to-tighten” position.

(2) To order a terminal block for connection by lug-clamps, the reference becomes LA7-D30646.

(3) The time for which the coil of remote tripping or electrical resetting device LA7-D03 or LAD-703 can remain energised depends on its rest time: 1 s pulse duration with 9 s rest

time; maximum pulse duration of 20 s with a rest time of 300 s. Minimum pulse time 200 ms.

(4) Reference to be completed by adding the code indicating the control circuit voltage.

Standard control circuit voltages

a supply

Volts 12 24 48 96 110 220/230 380/400 415/440

50/60 Hz. Consumption, inrush and sealed < 100 VA -BE-FM Q N

c supply

Consumption, inrush and sealed < 100 W JBEDDFM - -

TeSys KThermal overload relays

0.11…11.5 A

5/26

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

TeSys DThermal overload relays

0.1…140 A

Thermal overload relays, TeSys D

adjustable from 0.1 to 140 A

Compensated relays with manual or automatic reset, with relay trip indicator, for a.c. or d.c.

Relay setting range Fuses to be used with selected relay With contactor Reference

Connection by screw clamp terminals or connectors aM gG BS88

Class 10A 0.10…0.16 A 0.25 A 2 A - LC1-D09…D38 LRD 01 (1)

0.16…0.25 A 0.5 A 2 A - LC1-D09…D38 LRD 02 (1)

0.25…0.40 A 1 A 2 A - LC1-D09…D38 LRD 03 (1)

0.40…0.63 A 1 A 1.6 A - LC1-D09…D38 LRD 04 (1)

0.63…1 A 2 A 4 A - LC1-D09…D38 LRD 05 (1)

1…1.7 A 2 A 4 A 6 A LC1-D09…D38 LRD 06 (1)

1.6…2.5 A 4 A 6 A 10 A LC1-D09…D38 LRD 07 (1)

2.5…4 A 6 A 10 A 16 A LC1-D09…D38 LRD 08 (1)

4…6 A 8 A 16 A 16 A LC1-D09…D38 LRD 10 (1)

5.5…8 A 12 A 20 A 20 A LC1-D09…D38 LRD 12 (1)

7…10 A 12 A 20 A 20 A LC1-D09…D38 LRD 14 (1)

9…13 A 16 A 25 A 25 A LC1-D12…D38 LRD 16 (1)

12…18 A 20 A 35 A 32 A LC1-D18…D38 LRD 21 (1)

16…24 A 25 A 50 A 50 A LC1-D25…D38 LRD 22 (1)

23…32 A 40 A 63 A 63 A LC1-D25…D38 LRD 32 (1)

30…38 A 50 A 80 A 80 A LC1-D32 and D38 LRD 35 (1)

55…70 A 80 A 125 A 125 A D50…D95 LRD 3361 (1)

63…80 A 80 A 125 A 125 A D65…D95 LRD 3363 (1)

80…104 A 100 A 160 A 160 A D80 and D95 LRD 3365 (1)

80…104 A 125 A 200 A 160 A D115 and D150 LRD 4365 (1)

95…120 A 125 A 200 A 200 A D115 and D150 LRD 4367 (1)

110…140 A 160 A 250 A 200 A D150 LRD 4369 (1)

80…104 A 100 A 160 A 160 A Independent mtg. LRD 33656 (1)

95…120 A 125 A 200 A 200 A Independent mtg. LRD 33676 (1)

110…140 A 160 A 250 A 200 A Independent mtg. LRD 33696 (1)

Class 20 6 A 10 A 16 A LC1-D09…D32 LRD 1508 (1)

4…6 A 8 A 16 A 16 A LC1-D09…D32 LRD 1510 (1)

5.5…8 A 12 A 20 A 20 A LC1-D09…D32 LRD 1512 (1)

7…10 A 16 A 20 A 25 A LC1-D09…D32 LRD 1514 (1)

9…13 A 16 A 25 A 25 A LC1-D12…D32 LRD 1516 (1)

12…18 A 25 A 35 A 40 A LC1-D18…D32 LRD 1521 (1)

17…25 A 32 A 50 A 50 A LC1-D25 and D32 LRD 1522 (1)

23…28 A 40 A 63 A 63 A LC1-D25 and D32 LRD 1530 (1)

25…32 A 40 A 63 A 63 A LC1-D25 and D32 LRD 1532 (1)

55…70 A 100 A 125 A 125 A D65…D95 LR2 D3561 (1)

63…80 A 100 A 160 A 125 A D80 and D95 LR2 D3563 (1)

Connection by EverLink terminal blocks, with BTR screws

Class 10A 9…13 A 16 A 25 A 25 A LC1-D40A…D65A LRD 313 (2)

12…18 A 20 A 32 A 35 A LC1-D40A…D65A LRD 318 (2)

17…25 A 25 A 50 A 50 A LC1-D40A…D65A LRD 325 (2)

23…32 A 40 A 63 A 63 A LC1-D40A…D65A LRD 332 (2)

30…40 A 40 A 80 A 80 A LC1-D40A…D65A LRD 340 (2)

37…50 A 63 A 100 A 100 A LC1-D40A…D65A LRD 350 (2)

48…65 A 63 A 100 A 100 A LC1-D40A…D65A LRD 365 (2)

Class 20 9…13 A 20 A 32 A 35 A LC1-D40A…D65A LRD 313L (2)

12…18 A 25 A 40 A 40 A LC1-D40A…D65A LRD 318L (2)

17…25 A 32 A 50 A 50 A LC1-D40A…D65A LRD 325L (2)

23…32 A 40 A 63 A 63 A LC1-D40A…D65A LRD 332L (2)

30…40 A 50 A 80 A 80 A LC1-D40A…D65A LRD 340L (2)

37…50 A 63 A 100 A 100 A LC1-D40A…D65A LRD 350L (2)

48…65 A 80 A 125 A 125 A LC1-D40A…D65A LRD 365L (2)

Class 10A with connection by lug-clamps:

Select overload relay with screw clamp terminals or connectors from the table above and add

one of the following suffixes:

b ﬁgure 6 for relays LRD 01 to LRD 35 and LRD 313 to LRD 365.

b A66 for relays LRD 3361 to LRD 3365.

Relays LRD 43 are suitable as standard, for use with lug-clamps.

Thermal overload relays for use with unbalanced loads Class 10A

with connection by screw clamp terminals and lug-clamp terminals:

In the reference selected above, change LRD (except LRD 4ppp) to LR3D

Example: LRD 01 becomes LR3D 01

Example with EverLink terminals: LRD 340 becomes LR3D 340

Example with lug-clamp terminals: LRD 3406 becomes LR3D 3406

(1) For independent mounting on a DIN rail, order an EverLink LAD7B106 terminal block. (2) For independent mtg. on a DIN rail, order an EverLink LAD96560 terminal block.

5/27

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

For use with contactor LC1-D LC1-F

Motor current 60…150 A 30…630 A

Basic reference, to be completed LR9-D LR9-F

Relay setting range Fuse to be used with selected relay For mounting Compensated and differential With alarm

beneath contactor LC1-

aM gG Class 10 Class 20 Class 10 or 20

60…100 100 160 D115 and D150 LR9-D5367 LR9-D5567

90…150 160 250 D115 and D150 LR9-D5369 LR9-F5569

30…50 50 80 F115…F185 LR9-F5357 LR9-F5557 LR9-F57

48…80 80 125 F115…F185 LR9-F5363 LR9-F5563 LR9-F63

60…100 100 200 F115…F185 LR9-F5367 LR9-F5567 LR9-F67

90…150 160 250 F115…F185 LR9-F5369 LR9-F5569 LR9-F69

132…220 250 315 F185…F400 LR9-F5371 LR9-F5571 LR9-F71

200…330 400 500 F225…F500 LR9-F7375 LR9-F7575 LR9-F75

300…500 500 800 F225…F500 LR9-F7379 LR9-F7579 LR9-F79

380…630 630 800 F400…F630 and F800 LR9-F7381 LR9-F7581 LR9-F81

Accessories

Remote control

Function Reset Stop and/or Reset

Electrical reset (1) LA7-D03•

(2)

Reset by ﬂexible cable (length 0.5 m) LA7-D305

Adapter for door interlock mechanism LA7-D1020

Operating head for pushbutton

Spring return ZA2-BL639 ZA2-BL432

Rod with snap-off end

Adjustable from 17 to 120 mm ZA2-BZ13

Insulated terminal blocks

For relays LR9-F5•57, F5•63, F5•67, F5•69, F57, F63, F67 and F69 Set of 2 blocks

LA9-F103

(1) The time for which the coil of remote electrical reset device LA7-D03 can remain energised depends on its rest time: 1 s pulse with 9 s rest time; 5 s pulse duration with 30 s

rest time; 10 s pulse duration with 90 s rest time: maximum pulse duration 20 s with rest time of 300 s. Minimum pulse time: 200 ms.

(2) Reference to be completed by adding the coil voltage code, see page 5/27

TeSys

LR9

Electronic thermal overload relays

60…630 A

5/28

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Relay type Electronic overcurrent relays

TeSys LR97D

Relay setting range 0.3…1.5 A 1.2…7 A 5…25 A 20…38 A

For use with contactor LC1D09…D38 LC1D25…D38

References 200… 240 VAC LR97D015M7 LR97D07M7 LR97D025M7 LR97D038M7

100… 120 VAC LR97D015F7 LR97D07F7 LR97D025F7 LR97D038F7

24 VAC/DC LR97D015B LR97D07B LR97D025B LR97D038B

48 VAC/DC LR97D015E LR97D07E LR97D025E LR97D038E

0.5…60 A

Relay type Electronic overcurrent relays

TeSys LT47 with manual reset

Relay setting range 0.5…6 A 3…30 A 5…60 A

References 200… 240 VAC LT4706M7S LT47D30M7S LT4760M7S

100… 120 VAC LT47D06F7S LT47D30F7S LT4760F7S

24 VAC/DC LT47D06BS LT47D30BS LT4760BS

48 VAC/DC LT47D06ES LT47D30ES LT4760ES

Relay type Electronic overcurrent relays

TeSys LT47 with automatic reset

Relay setting range 0.5…6 A 3…30 A 5…60 A

References 200… 240 VAC LT4706M7A LT47D30M7A LT4760M7A

100… 120 VAC LT47D06F7A LT47D30F7A LT4760F7A

24 VAC/DC LT47D06BA LT47D30BA LT4760BA

48 VAC/DC LT47D06EA LT47D30EA LT4760EA

Accessories: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

TeSys

LR/LT

Electronic overcurrent relays

0.3…38 A

5/29

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Type of ﬁeldbus Ethernet Modbus Proﬁbus DP

Supply voltage 24 VDC 100…240 VAC 24 VDC 100…240 VAC 24 VDC 100…240 VAC

References Current range 0.4…8 A LTMR08EBD LTMR08EFM LTMR08MBD LTMR08MFM LTMR08PBD LTMR08PFM

1.35…27 A LTMR27EBD LTMR27EFM LTMR27MBD LTMR27MFM LTMR27PBD LTMR27PFM

5…100 A LTMR100EBD LTMR100EFM LTMR100MBD LTMR100MFM LTMR100PBD LTMR100PFM

Type of ﬁeldbus CANopen DeviceNet

Supply voltage 24 VDC 100…240 VAC 24 VDC 100…240 VAC

References Current range 0.4…8 A LTMR08CBD LTMR08CFM LTMR08DBD LTMR08DFM

1.35…27 A LTMR27CBD LTMR27CFM LTMR27DBD LTMR27DFM

5…100 A LTMR100CBD LTMR100CFM LTMR100DBD LTMR100DFM

Extension module

Type of module Extension

4 additional inputs + voltage measuring

Ethernet external port

Modbus RTU / Modbus TCP/IP

Inputs voltage 24 VDC 100…240 VAC 24 VDC

References LTMEV40BD LTMEV40FM TCSEQM113M13M

Control unit

Type of terminal Compact display

Supply voltage 24 VDC

Reference LTMCU

Motor management system

Controllers

TeSys T

5/30

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Type of transformer External

Operational current primary 100 A 200 A 400 A 800 A

secondary 1 A

References LT6CT1001 LT6CT2001 LT6CT4001 LT6CT8001

Earth fault toroids

Type of toroid Closed Split

Maximum current 65 A 85 A 160 A 250 A 400 A 630 A 85 A 250 A

Internal diameter Ø 30 Ø 50 Ø 80 Ø 120 Ø 200 Ø 300 Ø 46 Ø 110

References TA30 PA50 IA80 MA120 SA200 GA300 POA GOA

PTC thermistor probe

Type of probe Triple

Operating temperature 90°C 110°C 120°C 130°C 140°C 150°C 160°C 170°C

References DA1TT090 DA1TT110 DA1TT120 DA1TT130 DA1TT140 DA1TT150 DA1TT160 DA1TT170

Accessories (1)

Type of accessory Connecting cable

Controller / Extension module

Length of cable 0.04 m 0.3 m 1 m

References LTMCC004 LU9R03 LU9R10

Type of accessory Connecting cable

Controller/ Display

Connection kit

PC serial port

Length of cable 1 m 3 m 5 m –

References VW3A1104R10 VW3A1104R30 VW3A1104R50 VW3A8106

(1) For other connection accessories, see www.schneider-electric.com

Motor management system

Current transformers

TeSys T

5/31

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

TeSys

LT3, LT6

Electronic protection relays for use

with PTC thermistor probes

0…800 A

Relay type

PTC thermistor probes

For use with contactor LC1-D or LC1-F LC1-D or LC1-F

Motor current No limit 1…5 A

Basic reference, to be completed LT3-S LT6-P0M0•5FM

Protection unit

Type with automatic reset with thermistor short-circuit detection

without fault memory

Connection Voltage Output contact Reference

by cage connectors a 50/60 Hz 115 V N/C LT3-SE00F

230 V N/C LT3-SE00M

c24 V N/C LT3-SE00F

On front panel: fault and voltage signalling indicator

a 50/60 Hz 115/230 V N/C + N/O LT3-SA00M

c24/48 V N/C + N/O LT3-SA00ED

a 50/60 Hz or c24…230 V 2 C/O LT3-SA00MW

with fault memory

On front panel: fault and voltage signalling indicator, Test and Reset button

a 50/60 Hz 400 V N/C + N/O LT3-SM00V

24/48 V N/C + N/O LT3-SM00E

115/230 V N/C + N/O LT3-SM00M

c24/48 V N/C + N/O LT3-SM00ED

a 50/60 Hz or c24…230 V 2 C/O LT3-SM00MW

Accessories

Type PTC thermistor probes for LT3 relays

Normal operating temperature (NOT) 90 °C 110 °C 120 °C 130 °C 140 °C 150 °C 160 °C 170 °C

Integrated triple probes DA1-TT090 DA1-TT110 DA1-TT120 DA1-TT130 DA1-TT140 DA1-TT150 DA1-TT160 DA1-TT170

Normal operating temperature (NOT) 60 °C 70 °C 80 °C 90 °C 100 °C

Surface probes DA1-TS060 DA1-TS070 DA1-TS080 DA1-TS090 DA1-TS100

5/32

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/L12/T1

3/L24/T2

5/L36/T3

1/L12/T1

3/L24/T2

5/L36/T3

1/L12/T1

3/L24/T2

5/L36/T3

1/L12/T1

3/L24/T2

5/L36/T3

Switch disconnectors

12…175 A

Type

Mini-Vario for standard applications

Door mounting

Backplate mounting in enclosure

Colour: Handle /

Front plate

Red / Yellow Black / Black Red / Yellow

Front plate dimensions (mm)

60 x 60 60 x 60

Fixing

Ø 22.5 mm Ø 22.5 mm

Degree of protection

IP 20 IP 20

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 690 V 690 V

Thermal current in open air (Ith)

12 A VCDN12 VBDN12 VCCDN12

20 A VCDN20 VBDN20 VCCDN20

Type Vario for high performance applications

Door mounting

Backplate mounting in enclosure

Colour: Handle /

Front plate

Red / Yellow Black / Black Red / Yellow Black / Black Red / Yellow Red / Yellow

Front plate dimensions (mm)

60 x 60 60 x 60 90 x 90 60 x 60 90 x 90

Fixing

Ø 22.5 mm 4 screws 4 screws Ø 22.5 mm 4 screws 4 screws

Degree of protection

IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V

Thermal current in open air (Ith)

12 A VCD02 VBD02 VCF02 VBF02 – VCCD02 VCCF02 –

20 A VCD01 VBD01 VCF01 VBF01 – VCCD01 VCCF01 –

25 A VCD0 VBD0 VCF0 VBF0 – VCCD0 VCCF0 –

32 A VCD1 VBD1 VCF1 VBF1 – VCCD1 VCCF1 –

40 A VCD2 VBD2 VCF2 VBF2 – VCCD2 VCCF2 –

63 A – – VCF3 VBF3 – – VCCF3 –

80 A – – VCF4 VBF4 – – VCCF4 –

125 A –– –– VCF5 – – VCCF5

175 A –– –– VCF6 – – VCCF6

Add-on modules For mini-Vario For Vario

Main pole modules

Switch rating 12 A 20 A 12 A 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 63 A 80 A

References VZN12 VZN20 VZ02 VZ01 VZ0 VZ1 VZ2 VZ3 VZ4

Neutral pole module with early make and late break contacts

Switch rating 12…20 A 12…40 A 63 and 80 A 125 and 175 A

References VZN11 VZ11 VZ12 VZ13

Earthing module

Switch rating 12…20 A 12…40 A 63 and 80 A 125 and 175 A

References VZN14 VZ14 VZ15 VZ16

Auxiliary contact block modules

Contact type N/O N/C N/O + N/C N/O + N/O

References VZN05 VZN06 VZ7 VZ20

TeSys

Vario

5/33

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Starters GV2-ME

Non-reversing Reversing

Standard power ratings Setting Fixed For customer assembly Factory assembled

of 3-phase motors range of magnetic Motor Contactor Basic reference, to be completed with

50/60 Hz in category AC-3 (kW) thermal trips tripping current circuit-breaker code indicating control circuit voltage

400/415 V 440 V 500 V 13 Irth

0.37 0.37 0.37 1…1.6 22.5 GV2-ME06 LC1-K06 GV2-ME06K1•• GV2-ME06K2••

0.55 0.55 0.55

- - 0.75

0.75 0.75 - 1.6…2.5 33.5 GV2-ME07 LC1-K06 GV2-ME07K1•• GV2-ME07K2••

-1.11.1

1.1 - 1.5 2.5…4 51 GV2-ME08 LC1-K06 GV2-ME08K1•• GV2-ME08K2••

1.5 1.5 2.2

2.2 2.2 - 4…6.3 78 GV2-ME10 LC1-K06 GV2-ME10K1•• GV2-ME10K2••

-- 3

3 - 4 6…10 138 GV2-ME14 LC1-K09 GV2-ME14K1•• GV2-ME14K2••

4 4 5.5

5.5 5.5 7.5 9…14 170 GV2-ME16 LC1-K12 GV2-ME16K1•• GV2-ME16K2••

TeSys

GV2, LC

Combination motor starters

0.06…15 kW

D.O.L. starters

with circuit-breaker with fuse protection

Level of service Coordination: Type 1 Type 2

Power at 400 V Up to: 5.5 kW 15 kW 37 kW

Type of components Combination automatic motor starter with overload protection Fuse carrier +

incorporated in the circuit-breaker plate-mounted contactor

Basic reference, to be completed GV2-ME GV2-DM GV2-DP LC4-D

Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Ofﬁce)

Volts 24 110 220/230 230 230/240 380/400

a 50…400 Hz B7 F7 M7 P7 U7 Q7

c (1) BW3 - - - - -

(1) Low consumption coil (1.5 W), wide range (0.7…1.3 Uc) and with integral suppression device as standard.

5/34

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

D.O.L. starters GV2-DM and GV3-DP

Non-reversing Reversing

Standard power ratings Setting Fixed For customer assembly Factory assembled

of 3-phase motors range of magnetic Motor Contactor Basic reference, to be completed with

50/60 Hz in category AC-3 (kW) thermal trips tripping current circuit-breaker code indicating control circuit voltage

400/415 V 440 V 500 V 13 Irth

0.06 0.06 - 0.16…0.25 2.4 GV2-ME02 LC1-D09•• GV2-DM102•• GV2-DM202••

GV2-P02 LC1-D09•• GV2-DP102•• GV2-DP202••

0.09 0.09 - 0.25…0.40 5 GV2-ME03 LC1-D09•• GV2-DM103•• GV2-DM203••

- 0.12 - GV2-P03 LC1-D09•• GV2-DP103•• GV2-DP203••

0.12 - - 0.40…0.63 8 GV2-ME04 LC1-D09•• GV2-DM104•• GV2-DM204••

0.18 0.18 - GV2-P04 LC1-D09•• GV2-DP104•• GV2-DP204••

0.25 0.25 - 0.63…1 13 GV2-ME05 LC1-D09•• GV2-DM105•• GV2-DM205••

0.37 0.37 - GV2-P05 LC1-D09•• GV2-DP105•• GV2-DP205••

- - 0.37 1…1.6 22.5 GV2-ME06 LC1-D09•• GV2-DM106•• GV2-DM206••

0.55 0.55 0.55 GV2-P06 LC1-D09•• GV2-DP106•• GV2-DP206••

- - 0.75

0.75 0.75 - 1.6…2.5 33.5 GV2-ME07 LC1-D09•• GV2-DM107•• GV2-DM207••

- 1.1 1.1 GV2-P07 LC1-D09•• GV2-DP107•• GV2-DP207••

1.1 - 1.5 2.5…4 51 GV2-ME08 LC1-D09•• GV2-DM108•• GV2-DM208••

1.5 1.5 2.2 GV2-P08 LC1-D09•• GV2-DP108•• GV2-DP208••

2.2 2.2 - 4…6.3 78 GV2-ME10 LC1-D09•• GV2-DM110•• GV2-DM210••

- 3 3 GV2-P10 LC1-D09•• GV2-DP110•• GV2-DP210••

3 - 4 6…10 138 GV2-ME14 LC1-D09•• GV2-DM114•• GV2-DM214••

4 4 5.5 GV2-P14 LC1-D09•• GV2-DP114•• GV2-DP214••

5.5 5.5 7.5 9…14 170 GV2-ME16 LC1-D12•• GV2-DM116•• GV2-DM216••

- 7.5 9 GV2-P16 LC1-D25•• GV2-DP116•• GV2-DP216••

7.5 9 - 13…18 223 GV2-ME20 LC1-D18•• GV2-DM120•• GV2-DM220••

GV2-P20 LC1-D25•• GV2-DP120•• GV2-DP220••

9 11 11 17…23 327 GV2-ME21 LC1-D25•• GV2-DM121•• GV2-DM221••

GV2-P21 LC1-D25•• GV2-DP121•• GV2-DP221••

11 - 15 20…25 327 GV2-ME22 LC1-D25•• GV2-DM122•• GV2-DM222••

GV2-P22 LC1-D25•• GV2-DP122•• GV2-DP222••

15 15 18.5 24…32 416 GV2-ME32 LC1-D32•• GV2-DM132•• GV2-DM232••

GV2-P32 LC1-D32•• GV2-DP132•• GV2-DP232•

Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Ofﬁce)

Volts 24 220 230

a 50…400 Hz B7 M7 P7

c (3) BD ––

(3) Low consumption coil, wide range (0.7 to 1.25 Uc) and with suppression device as standard (bidirectional peak limiting diode).

D.O.L. starters GV3 + LC1D

Non-reversing Reversing

Standard power ratings Setting Fixed For customer assembly

of 3-phase motors range of magnetic Motor Contactor Reference of accessory to be ordered

50/60 Hz in category AC-3 (kW) thermal trips tripping current circuit-breaker for assembly of motor starter (2)

400/415 V 440 V 500 V 13 Irth

18,5 18,5 – 30…40 560 GV3-P401 (1) LC1-D40A•• – LAD9R3

– 22 22 30…40 560 GV3-P401 (1) LC1-D40A•• – LAD9R3

22 – 30 37…50 700 GV3-P501 (1) LC1-D50A•• – LAD9R3

30 30 37 48…65 910 GV3-P651 (1) LC1-D65A•• – LAD9R3

(1) Circuit-breaker GV3P without downstream EverLink terminal block. A standard GV3P can also be used by removing the downstream terminal block.

(2) For side by side circuit-breaker/contactor mounting, order accessory GV3S.

5/35

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

ADVANCED motor starter

MULTIFUNCTION motor starter

TeSys UStarter-controller for 3-phase motors

STANDARD motor starter

Function characteristics, LUB… + LUCA… Maximum Power base Standard control unit

motor power Non-reversing Reversing Class 10 Setting range

< 400/415 V (1) (2)

- Thermal overload protection against: 0.09 kW LUB12 LU2B12pp LUCA6Xpp 0.15…0.6 A

short-circuit, overcurrent, 0.25 kW LUB12 LU2B12pp LUCA1Xpp 0.35…1.4 A

phase failure or imbalance, 1.5 kW LUB12 LU2B12pp LUCA05pp 1.25…5 A

insulation breaks (equipment only). 5.5 kW LUB12 LU2B12pp LUCA12pp 3…12 A

- Manual reset following thermal fault. 7.5 kW LUB32 LU2B32pp LUCA18pp 4.5…18 A

15 kW LUB32 LU2B32pp LUCA32pp 8…32 A

Function characteristics, LUB… + LUCA… Maximum Power base Advanced control unit

motor power

Non-reversing Reversing Class 10 Class 20 Setting range

< 400/415 V (1) (2) (3) (2)

- Thermal overload protection against: 0.09 kW LUB12 LU2B12pp LUCB6Xpp LUCD6Xpp 0.15…0.6 A

short-circuit, overcurrent, 0.25 kW LUB12 LU2B12pp LUCB1Xpp LUCD1Xpp 0.35…1.4 A

phase failure or imbalance, 1.5 kW LUB12 LU2B12pp LUCB05pp LUCD05pp 1.25…5 A

insulation breaks (equipment only). 5.5 kW LUB12 LU2B12pp LUCB12pp LUCD12pp 3…12 A

- Manual reset following thermal fault. 7.5 kW LUB32 LU2B32pp LUCB18pp LUCD18pp 4.5…18 A

- Thermal overload test function. 15 kW LUB32 LU2B32pp LUCB32pp LUCD32pp 8…32 A

(3) For single-phase-motors, replace LUCBpppp by LUCCpppp.

Function characteristics, LUB… + LUCA…

- Thermal overload protection against:

short-circuit, overcurrent,

phase failure or imbalance,

insulation breaks (equipment only).

- Manual, automatic or remote reset,

- Thermal overload test function,

- Overtorque and no-load running, alarm,

- Motor operation log,

- Motor parameters display on LUCM.., PC or HMI,

- Integrated Modbus communication.

Maximum Power base Multifunction control unit

motor power

Non-reversing Reversing Class 5 to 30 Setting range

< 400/415 V (1)

0.09 kW LUB12 LU2B12pp LUCM6XBL 0.15…0.6 A

0.25 kW LUB12 LU2B12pp LUCM1XBL 0.35…1.4 A

1.5 kW LUB12 LU2B12pp LUCM05BL 1.25…5 A

5.5 kW LUB12 LU2B12pp LUCM12BL 3…12 A

7.5 kW LUB32 LU2B32pp LUCM18BL 4.5…18 A

15 kW LUB32 LU2B32pp LUCM32BL 8…32 A

(1) Complete the references of the power bases according to the following table. Example: LU2B12 pp

(2) Complete the references of the control units according to the following table. Example: LUCA/B/D/M6X pp

Standard control circuit voltages

24 V DC BL

24 V AC B

48 V AC / 48…72 V DC ES

110…240 V AC / 110…220 V DC FU

5/36

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Communication modules

Contact blocks

TeSys UStarter-controller for 3-phase motors

Function modules

Type of optional function

Thermal

Thermal fault signalling Motor load

overload alarm

indication

Compatible with LUCA NO NO NO NO NO

Compatible with LUCL NO NO NO NO NO

Compatible with LUCB, LUCD YES YES YES YES YES

Compatible with LUCM NO NO NO NO YES

Output signal 1 NO 1 NO +1 NC 1 NC 1 NO 4…20 mA

Reset NA Manual Automatic or remote NA

References LUFW10 LUFDH11 LUFDA01 LUFDA10 LUFV2

Type of communication Modbus Advantys Proﬁbus DP CANopen DeviceNet AS-Interface Parallel

STB wiring

Only compatible with 24 V DC control units YES YES YES YES YES YES YES

LUCA..BL, LUCB..BL, LUCD..BL, LUCM..BL

Transfer speed 19.2 Kbps Dpg. on NIM (1) 9.6…12 Mbps 20 K…1 Mbps

125…500 Kbaud

167 Kbps NA

Number of slaves 31 per Modbus

Dpg. on Network

125 per Proﬁbus DP

128 per CANopen 63 per DeviceNet

62 per AS-Interface

8 per LU9GC02

master

Interface Module

module module module master splitter box

Pre-wired coil connection (A1 A2) LU9BN11C, LU9BN11L, LU9BN11L, LU9BN11L, LU9BN11L, LU9BN11C, LU9Rxx

LU9MRC LU9MRL LU9MRL LU9MRL LU9MRL LU9MRC

Connecting cable to PC

VW3 A8 306 Rpp

LU9RCDpp, TSXPBSCApp TSXCANCpp DeviceNet XZCG0142 TSXCDPppp

LU9RDDpp standard

References LUFC033 LULC15 LULC07 LULC08 LULC09 ASILUFC51 LUFC00

(1) Network Interface Module.

Information carried by the Modbus, Advantys STB or CANopen bus

Type of control unit LUCAppBL LUCBppBL, LUCDppBL LUCMppBL

Start and Stop commands XX X

Starter status (ready, running, fault) XX X

Thermal alarm XX

Remote reset via the bus XX

Indication of motor load XX

Signalling and fault differentiation XX

Alarms (overcurrent, …) X

Remote programming and monitoring of all the functions X

“Log” function X

Monitoring function X

Type of contact block Add-on Auxiliary

Signalling contacts of any fault NC (95-96) NO (97-98) – – –

position of control handle NO (17-18) NO (17-18) – – –

2 auxiliary contacts module – – NO (33-34) NC (31-32) NC (31-32)

– – NO (43-44) NO (43-44) NC (41-42)

References Screw clamp terminals LUA1C11 LUA1C20 LUFN20 LUFN11 LUFN02

Without connections LUA1C110 LUA1C200 –––

5/37

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

TeSys GV3L

TeSys LC1D

Contactor

Circuit-breakers

TeSys GV3L

TeSys LC1D

Contactor

Circuit-breakers

ADVANCED protection

Current transformers

TeSys

LUTM

Controller for 3-phase motors

MULTIFUNCTION protection

Function characteristics Control base for use Multifunction

with contactors control unit

TeSys D (LC1D..) TeSys F (LC1F..) Class 5 to 35

- Thermal overload protection against: LUTM10BL LUTM20BL LUCMT1BL

short-circuit, overcurrent,

phase failure or imbalance,

insulation breaks (equipment only).

- Manual, automatic or remote reset,

- Thermal overload test function,

- Overtorque and no-load running, alarm,

- Motor operation log,

- Motor parameters display on LUCM.., PC or HMI,

- Integrated Modbus communication.

Function characteristics Control base for use Advanced

with contactors control unit

TeSys D (LC1D..) TeSys F (LC1F..) Class 10 Class 20

- Thermal overload protection against: LUTM10BL LUTM20BL LUCBT1BL LUCDT1BL

short-circuit, overcurrent,

phase failure or imbalance,

insulation breaks (equipment only).

- Manual reset following thermal fault.

- Thermal overload test function.

Type of transformer

Supply voltage 24 V DC

Operating current Primary 30 A 50 A 100 A 200 A 400 A 800 A

Secondary 1 A

References LUTC0301 LUTC0501 LUTC01001 LUTC02001 LUTC04001 LUTC05001

Above 32 A, the TeSys U controller provides a motor starter management system solution identical to that provided by the TeSys U starter-controller.

Used in conjunction with a short-circuit protection device and a contactor, it provides a motor starter whose functions are the same as those of a TeSys U starter-controller

and, in particular, provides the following functions: overload protection, motor starter control and application monitoring.

It comprises a control unit, whose adjustment range is compatible with the secondary of current transformers, and a control base that also enables the ﬁtting of a function module or

communication module.

It requires a 24 V DC external power supply.

5/38

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Communication modules

TeSys

LUTM

Controller for 3-phase motors

Function modules

Type of optional function Thermal overload alarm Motor load indication

Compatible with LUCA NO NO

Compatible with LUCL NO NO

Compatible with LUCB, LUCD YES YES

Compatible with LUCM NO YES

Output signal 1 NO 4…20 mA

Reset NA NA

References LUFW10 LUFV2

Type of communication Modbus Advantys STB CANopen DeviceNet Parallel

wiring

Only compatible with 24 V DC control units YES YES YES YES YES

LUCA..BL, LUCB..BL, LUCD..BL, LUCM..BL

Transfer speed 19.2 Kbps Dpg. on NIM (1) 20 K…1 Mbps

125…500 Kbaud

Number of slaves 31 per Modbus Dpg. on Network 128 per CANopen

63 per DeviceNet

8 per LU9GC02

master Interface Module module module splitter box

Pre-wired coil connection (A1 A2) LU9BN11C, LU9BN11L, LU9BN11L, LU9BN11L, LU9Rxx

LU9MRC LU9MRL LU9MRL LU9MRL

Connecting cable to PC VW3 A8 306 Rpp LU9RCDpp TSXCANCpp DeviceNet TSXCDPppp

LU9RDDpp standard

References LUFC033 LULC15 LULC08 LULC09 LUFC00

Information carried by the Modbus, Advantys STB or CANopen bus

Type of control unit LUCBT1BL, LUCDT1BL LUCMT1BL

Start and Stop commands XX

Starter status (ready, running, fault) XX

Thermal alarm XX

Remote reset via the bus XX

Indication of motor load XX

Signalling and fault differentiation XX

Alarms (overcurrent, …) X

Remote programming and monitoring of all the functions X

“Log” function X

Monitoring function X

5/39

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Starters

N D.O.L.

N standard

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors in category AC3 400/415 V 4…37 kW 0.06…37 kW 0.55…30 kW 0.37…5.5 kW 0.25…45 kW

Starters manual LLL--

auto ---LL

Isolating device switch-disconnector-fuse L----

circuit-breaker -LLL-

fuse carrier -----

Protection short-circuit -LLL-

overload -L-LL

Communication -----

Basic reference Non-reversing V•F•GE GV2-ME GV2-LC LE1-GVME LE1-M

VCFN•GE GV3-PC GV-NGC LE1-D

V•FXGE• GV3-CE

Reversing LE2-K

LE2-D

TeSys Enclosed motor starters

0.06…132 kW

5/40

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

N 2 stage

N safety applications N AS-Interface bus standard star-delta

2.2…45 kW 0.06…11 kW 0.06…9 kW 0.06…9 kW 0.06…5.5 kW 5.5…132 kW 7.5…75 kW

-L-----

L-LLLLL

--L----

-LLLL--

L-----L

LLLLL-L

LLLLLLL

----L--

LE4-K GV2-ME LG1-K LG7-K LF3-M LE3-K LE6-D

LE4-D LG1-D LG7-D LF3-P LE3-D LE3-D

LJ7-K LF7-P LE3-F

LE8-K LG8-K LF4-M

LE8-D LJ8-K LF4-P

LE2-D LF8-P

5/41

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

TeSys

Quickﬁt

Installation system

Presentation

TeSys Quickﬁt is a modular system which standardises and simpliﬁes the implementation of motor start-

ers with its pre-wired control and power circuits.

Installation of a motor starter becomes quick, simple, safe and ﬂexible.

In addition, this system:

b enables the motor starter to be customised at a later date,

b reduces maintenance time and

b optimises panel space by reducing the number of terminals and intermediate interfaces and the amount

of ducting.

The motor starters concerned are those created by combining:

– GV2 ME or GV3 P circuit-breakers, with an operating limit of 80% of the maximum current at an ambient

temperature of 60 °C, up to 690 V

– with 9 to 65 A TeSys D (LC1) contactors.

This offer comprises components for pre-wiring

b the power part,

b the control part.

Components for pre-wiring the power part

b a power kit comprising, for each starter, a plate for mounting the contactor and the circuit-breaker, and

two power connection modules,

b a power splitter box for 2 or 4 starters,

b an upstream terminal block for a power supply up to 60 A (16 mm

b a downstream terminal block for connecting the motor power supply cables and the earth cables

(6 mm

Components for pre-wiring the control part

b a control circuit connection module that mounts directly on the contactor and the circuit-breaker of

each starter. This module integrates the status and control information of this particular motor starter.

b a parallel wiring module enabling grouping of the information relating to each motor starter:

v HE 10, intended for centralised applications. The information is transmitted to the PLC via the Advantys

Telefast pre-wired system.

v STB, intended for decentralised automation architectures. This module is integrated in an Advantys STB

conﬁguration for connection to the PLC via a ﬁeldbus.

9…25 A power pre-wiring components

Type Terminal block 60 A power splitter box

Upstream Downstream Extension by LAD32p

Maximum c.s.a. of connection 16 mm

6 mm

––

Use Splitter boxes supply Motor cables – –

Number of starters ––24

Reference LAD3B1 LAD331 LAD322 LAD324

Type Connection kit Mounting plate for Power connection

For D.O.L. starter (1) GV2 ME & contactor module

Composition 1 mounting plate LAD311 for GV2ME For 1 motor starter

2 power connection modules LAD341

Reference LAD252 LAD311 LAD341

(1) For a reversing starter order 2 connection kits LAD252

5/42

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Type Connection module

TeSys D coil voltage 12…250 V AC or 5…130 V DC 24 V DC

Type of coil control relay Electronic Without relay

Type of motor starter Direct Reversing Direct Reversing

Reference LAD9AP31 LAD9AP32 LAD9AP3D1 LAD9AP3D2

Type 24 V DC parallel wiring module

Splitter box Advantys STB parallel interface module

PLC/motor starter side connectors 2 x HE10/8 x RJ45 –/4 x RJ45

Reference LU9G02 STBEPI2145

Accessories

Type Connecting cables

(1) From splitter box LU9G02 to the PLC

Connectors 2 x RJ45 2 HE10 Bare wires and HE10

Gauge / c.s.a. – 22 / 0.324 mm

28 / 0.080 mm

22 / 0.324 mm

Reference L = 0.3 m LU9R03 –––

0.5 m – TSXCDP053 ––

1 m LU9R10 TSXCDP103 ABFH20H100 –

2 m – TSXCDP203 ABFH20H200 –

3 m LU9R30 TSXCDP303 ABFH20H300 TSXCDP301

5 m – TSXCDP503 –TSXCDP301

(1) From connection module LAD9AP3p to splitter box LU9G02 or module STBEPI2145

Type Connectors Connecting cable

Spring terminals Self-stripping

Use External contact, auxiliary power supply Between communication module APP1Cp and

splitter box LU9GG02

Reference APE1PRE21 APE1PAD21 APP2AH40H060

Control-command pre-wiring components

5/43

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Sodium vapour lamps

N low pressure

Non-corrected With parallel compensation

P (W) 3- 55 90 135 150 180 200 35 55 90 135 150 180 200

IB (A) 1.2 1.6 2.4 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.9 1 1.2 1.3

C (µF) - - - - - - - 17 17 25 36 36 36 36 LC1-

Max. number of lamps 6 5 3 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - - K09

according to P (W), per contactor 10 7 5 3 3 3 3 40 30 - - - - - D09, D12

12 9 6 4 4 4 4 503725- - - - D18

15 117 6 5 5 5 63473121191514D25

21 16 10 8 8 7 7 86654328262120D32, D38

27 20 13 10 10 10 9 110 82 55 36 33 27 25 D40A

35 26 17 13 13 12 12 140 105 70 46 42 35 32 D50A, D65A

50 37 25 19 18 18 17 200 150 100 66 60 50 46 D80, D95

100 75 50 38 36 36 34 400 300 200 132 120 100 92 D115, D150

140 104 70 54 52 50 48 560 420 280 186 168 140 128 F185

152 114 76 58 56 54 54 606 454 302 202 182 152 140 F225

174 130 88 68 66 64 62 700 524 350 232 210 174 162 F265

198 148 98 76 74 72 70 792 594 396 264 238 198 182 F330

250 188 124 96 94 90 88 1002 752 502 334 300 250 252 F400

338 254 168 130 126 122 118 1352 1014 676 450 406 338 312 F500

496 372 248 192 186 180 174 1982 1488 992 660 594 496 458 F600, F800

N high pressure

P (W) 150 250 400 700 1000 150 250 400 700 1000

IB (A) 1.9 3.2 5 8.8 12.4 0.84 1.4 2.2 3.9 5.5

C (µF) - - - - - 20 32 48 96 120 LC1-

Max. number of lamps 4 2 1 - - - - - - - K09

according to P (W), per contactor 6 3 2 1 - - - - - - D09, D12

74311 17---- D18

10 5321 22138- - D25

13 8522 3018116- D32, D38

17 10 632 39231586 D40A

22138 4 3 503019107 D50A, D65A

31 18 12 6 4 71 42 27 15 10 D80, D95

62 36 24 12 8 142 84 54 30 20 D115, D150

88 52 34 18 14 200 120 76 42 30 F185

96 56 36 20 16 216 130 82 46 32 F225

110 66 42 24 18 250 150 94 54 38 F265

124 74 48 26 20 282 170 108 60 42 F330

158 94 60 34 24 358 214 136 76 54 F400

214 126 80 46 32 482 290 184 104 74 F500

312 186 118 68 48 708 424 270 152 108 F630, F800

Metal iodine vapour lamps

P (W) 250 400 1000 2000 250 400 1000 2000

IB (A) 2.5 3.6 9.5 20 1.4 2 5.3 11.2

C (µF) - - - - 32 32 64 140 LC1-

Max. number of lamps 3 2 - - - - - - K09

according to P (W), per contactor 4 3 1 - - - - - D09, D12

641- - - - - D18

752- 139- - D25

10 721 18134- D32, D38

13 931 23166- D40A

16 11 4 2 30 21 7 - D50A, D65A

24 16 6 3 42 30 11 5 D80, D95

48 32 12 6 84 60 22 10 D115, D150

66 46 18 8 120 84 32 14 F185

72 50 20 10 130 90 34 16 F225

84 58 22 12 150 104 40 18 F265

94 66 24 14 170 118 44 20 F330

120 84 32 16 214 150 56 26 F400

162 112 42 20 290 202 76 36 F500

238 164 62 30 424 298 112 52 F630, F800

Components Lighting applications (AC5)

5/44

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Incandescent and halogen lamps

P (W) 60 75 100 150 200 300 500 750 1000

IB (A) 0.27 0.34 0.45 0.68 0.91 1.40 2.30 3.40 4.60 LC1-

Max. number of lamps 35 28 21 14 10 6 4 2 2 K09

according to P (W), per contactor 59 47 35 23 17 11 7 4 3 D09, D12

77 61 46 30 23 15 9 6 4 D18

92 73 55 36 27 18 11 7 5 D25

129 103 77 51 38 25 15 10 7 D32, D38

163 129 97 64 48 31 19 13 9 D40A

207 164 124 82 62 40 24 16 12 D50A, D65A

296 235 177 117 88 57 34 23 17 D80, D95

430 340 256 170 126 82 50 34 24 D115

466 370 280 184 138 90 54 36 26 D150

710 564 426 282 210 136 82 56 40 F185

770 610 462 304 228 148 90 60 44 F225

888 704 532 352 262 170 104 70 52 F265

1006 800 604 400 298 194 118 80 58 F330

1274 1010 764 504 378 244 148 100 74 F400

1718 1364 1030 682 508 330 200 136 100 F500

2328 1850 1396 924 690 448 272 184 136 F600

2776 2204 1666 1102 824 534 326 220 162 F800

Fluorescent lamps with starter

N single ﬁtting

Non-corrected With parallel correction

P (W) 20 40 65 80 110 20 40 65 80 110

IB (A) 0.39 0.45 0.70 0.80 1.2 0.17 0.26 0.42 0.52 0.72

C (µF) - - - - - 5 5 7 7 16 LC1-

Max. number of lamps 24 21 13 12 8 56 36 22 18 - K09

according to P (W), per contactor 41 35 22 20 13 94 61 38 30 22 D09, D12

53 46 30 26 17 123 80 50 40 29 D18

66 57 37 32 21 152 100 61 50 36 D25

89 77 50 43 29 205 134 83 67 48 D32, D38

112 97 62 55 36 258 169 104 84 61 D40A

143 124 80 70 46 329 215 133 107 77 D50A, D65A

205 177 114 100 66 470 367 190 153 111 D80, D95

410 354 228 200 132 940 614 380 306 222 D115, D150

492 426 274 240 160 1128 738 456 368 266 F185

532 462 296 260 172 1224 800 490 400 288 F225

614 532 342 300 200 1412 922 570 462 332 F265

696 604 388 340 226 1600 1046 648 522 378 F330

882 764 490 430 286 2024 1322 818 662 478 F400

1190 1030 662 580 386 2728 1724 1104 892 644 F500

1612 1398 698 786 524 3700 2418 1498 1210 874 F630, F800

N twin ﬁtting

P (W) 2x20 2x40 2x65 2x80 2x110 2x20 2x40 2x65 2x80 2x110

IB (A) 2x0.22 2x0.41 2x0.67 2x0.82 2x1.1 2x0.13 2x0.24 2x0.39 2x0.48 2x0.65 LC1-

Max. number of lamps 2x21 2x11 2x7 2x5 2x4 2x36 2x20 2x12 2x10 2x7 K09

according to P (W), per contactor 2x36 2x18 2x10 2x8 2x6 2x60 2x32 2x20 2x16 2x12 D09, D12

2x46 2x24 2x14 2x12 2x8 2x80 2x42 2x26 2x20 2x16 D18

2x58 2x30 2x18 2x14 2x10 2x100 2x54 2x32 2x26 2x20 D25

2x78 2x42 2x26 2x20 2x14 2x134 2x72 2x44 2x36 2x26 D32, D38

2x100 2x52 2x32 2x26 2x18 2x168 2x90 2x56 2x44 2x32 D40A

2x126 2x68 2x40 2x34 2x24 2x214 2x116 2x70 2x58 2x42 D50A, D65A

2x180 2x96 2x58 2x48 2x36 2x306 2x166 2x102 2x82 2x60 D80, D95

2x360 2x194 2x118 2x96 2x72 2x614 2x332 2x204 2x166 2x122 D115, D150

2x436 2x234 2x142 2x116 2x86 2x738 2x400 2x246 2x200 2x148 F185

2x472 2x254 2x154 2x126 2x94 2x800 2x432 2x266 2x216 2x160 F225

2x544 2x292 2x178 2x146 2x108 2x922 2x500 2x308 2x250 2x184 F265

2x618 2x332 2x202 2x166 2x124 2x1046 2x566 2x348 2x282 2x208 F330

2x782 2x420 2x256 2x210 2x156 2x1322 2x716 2x440 2x358 2x264 F400

2x1054 2x566 2x346 2x282 2x210 2x1784 2x966 2x594 2x482 2x356 F500

2x1430 2x766 2x468 2x384 2x286 2x2418 2x1310 2x806 2x654 2x484 F630, F800

5/45

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

On-load capacitor switching

for bar-mounted contactors, a.c. control circuit

Without damping resistor With damping resistor

Rated operational voltage (V) Number of poles Max. operational Basic reference, Number of poles Max. operational Basic reference,

current (A) to be completed current (A) to be completed

50 Hz 180 Hz 50 Hz 180 Hz

1300 18060CE5-FB11•11 1 + 1 staggered pole 80 60 CE6-FB12•11

160 125 CE5-GB11•11 160 125 CE6-GB12•11

240 190 CE5-HB11•11 240 190 CE6-HB12•11

2 80x2 60x2 CE5-FB21•11

160x2 125x2 CE5-GB21•11

240x2 190x2 CE5-HB21•11 2 + 2 staggered poles 240x2 190x2 CE6-HB22•11

3 80x3 60x3 CE5-FB31•11

160x3 125x3 CE5-GB31•11

240x3 190x3 CE5-HB31•11 1 + 2 staggered poles

1500 2 poles in series 160 125 CE5-GB12•11 160 125 CE6-GB13•11

280 220 CE5-HB12•11 280 220 CE6-HB13•11

2 x 2 poles in series 280x2 220x2 CE5-HB22•11

2000 2 poles in series 240 190 CS5-HB12•11 1 + 2 staggered poles 240 190 CS6-HB13•11

2 x 2 poles in series 240x2 190x2 CS5-HB22•11

3000 3 poles in series 280 220 CS5-HB13•11 1 + 3 staggered poles 280 220 CS6-HB14•11

Components Capacitor switching

0…1000 kVAR

Standard control circuit voltages

a supply

Volts 110 125 127 200 220 240 250 380 415 440 500

50 Hz (coil LX1) F-GL MU-QNRS

5/46

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Maximum operational power of contactors

N standard contactors

Operational power at 50/60 Hz

θ ≥ 40 °C θ ≥ 55 °C Peak current Contactor

220 V 400 V 600 V 220 V 400 V 600 V size

240 V 440 V 690 V 240 V 440 V 690 V

kVAR kVAR kVAR kVAR kVAR kVAR A

6 11 15 6 11 15 560 LC1-D09, D12

9 15 20 9 15 20 850 LC1-D18

11 20 25 11 20 25 1600 LC1-D25

14 25 30 14 25 30 1900 LC1-D32, D38

17 30 37 17 30 37 2160 LC1-D40A

22 40 50 22 40 50 2160 LC1-D50A

22 40 50 22 40 50 3040 LC1-D65A

35 60 75 35 60 75 3040 LC1-D80, D95

50 90 125 38 75 80 3100 LC1-D115

60 110 135 40 85 90 3300 LC1-D150

70 125 160 50 100 100 3500 LC1-F185

80 140 190 60 110 110 4000 LC1-F225

90 160 225 75 125 125 5000 LC1-F265

100 190 275 85 140 165 6500 LC1-F330

125 220 300 100 160 200 8000 LC1-F400

180 300 400 125 220 300 10000 LC1-F500

250 400 600 190 350 500 12000 LC1-F630

250 400 600 190 350 500 14200 LC1-F800

200 350 500 180 350 500 25000 LC1-BL

300 550 650 250 500 600 25000 LC1-BM

500 8350 950 400 750 750 25000 LC1-BP

600 1100 1300 500 1000 1000 25000 LC1-BR

N special contactors

Operational power at 50/60 Hz

θ ≥ 55 °C

Instantaneous auxiliary contacts Tightening torque on cable end Basic reference,

220 V 400 V 660 V to be completed

240 V 440 V 690 V

kVAR kVAR kVAR N/O N/C N.m

6.7 12.5 18 1 1 1.2 LC1-DFK11••

-21.2 LC1-DFK02••

8.5 16.7 24 1 1 1.7 LC1-DGK11••

-21.7 LC1-DGK02••

10 20 30 1 1 1.9 LC1-DLK11••

-21.9 LC1-DLK02••

15 25 36 1 1 2.5 LC1-DMK11••

- 2 2.5 LC1-DMK02••

20 33.3 48 1 2 5 LC1-DPK12••

25 40 58 1 2 5 LC1-DTK12••

40 60 92 1 2 9 LC1-DWK12••

Standard control circuit voltages

a supply

Volts 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440

50/60 Hz (coil LX1) B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7

5/47

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Maximum operational current (device in open air)

Contactors LC1-/LP1- LC1-/LP1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1-

N 3-pole K09 K12 D09 D12 D18 D25 D32 D38 D40A

N 4-pole DT20 DT25 DT32 DT40

LC2- changeover contactor pairs, factory assembled K09004 K12004 DT20 DT25 DT32 DT40 DT60A

Operational current in AC-1, in A, ≤ 40°C A 20 20 25 20 25 32 40 50 50 60

according to ambient temperature ≤ 60°C A 20 20 25 20 25 32 40 50 50 60

≤ 70°C

Maximum operational 220/230 V kW 8 8 9 8 9 11 14 18 18 21

power ≤ 60°C 240 V kW 8 8 9 8 9 12 15 19 19 23

380/400 V kW 14 14 15 14 15 20 25 31 31 37

415 V kW 14 14 17 14 17 21 27 34 34 41

440 V kW 15 15 18 15 18 23 29 36 36 43

500 V kW 17 17 20 17 20 23 33 41 41 49

660/690 V kW 22 22 27 22 27 34 43 54 54 65

Increase in operational current

by parallel connection of poles

Apply the following coefﬁcients to the currents or powers above;

these coefﬁcients take into account an often unbalanced distribution

of current between the poles:

N 2 poles in parallel K = 1.6

N 3 poles in parallel K = 2.25

N 4 poles in parallel K = 2.8

Connection accessories for heating applications

Paralleling links for: Reference

N TeSys K 2 poles with screw clamp terminals LA9-E01

4 poles with screw clamp terminals LA9-E02

N TeSys D 2 poles D09…D38 LA9-D2561

DT20 and DT25 (4P) LA9-D1261

DT32…DT40 (4P) LAD-D96061

D40A…D65A LAD-9P32

D80 LA9-D80961

3 poles D09…D38 LAD-9P3 (1)

D40A…D65A LAD-9P33

D80 LA9-D80962

4 poles DT20…DT25 LA9-D1263

D40A…D65A 2 x LAD-9P33

D80 LA9-D80963

N TeSys F 2 to 2 LC1-F1154 LA9-FF602

LC1-F1504, F1854 LA9-FG602

LC1-F2254, F2654, F3304, F4004 LA9-FH602

LC1-F5004 LA9-FK602

LC1-F6304 LA9-FL602

(1) Link that can be split, allowing parallel connection of 2 poles

Heating applications and changeover

contactor pairs

0…2750 A

Components

5/48

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1-

D50A D65A D80 D115 F185 F225 F265 F330 F400 F500 F630 F780 F800 BL BM BP BR

DT80A D80004 D115004 F1854 F2254 F2654

80 80 125 250 275 315 350 400 500 700 1000 1600 1000 800 1250 2000 2750

80 80 125 200 275 280 300 360 430 580 850 1350 850 700 1100 1750 2400

180 200 250 290 340 500 700 1100 700 600 900 1500 2000

29 29 45 80 90 100 120 145 170 240 350 550 350 300 425 700 1000

31 31 49 83 100 110 125 160 180 255 370 570 370 330 450 800 1100

50 50 78 135 165 175 210 250 300 430 600 950 600 500 800 1200 1600

54 54 85 140 170 185 220 260 310 445 630 1000 630 525 825 1250 1700

58 58 90 150 180 200 230 290 330 370 670 1050 670 550 850 1400 2000

65 65 102 170 200 220 270 320 380 660 750 1200 750 600 900 1500 2100

86 86 135 235 280 300 370 400 530 740 1000 1650 1000 800 1100 1900 2700

5/49

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Accessories for changeover contactor pairs

0…2750 A

Components

Mounting accessories for changeover contactor pairs

(for customer assembly)

Contactor type Set of power connections Mechanical Contactor type Set of power connections Mechanical

interlock interlock

2 contactors, vertically mounted

N 4-pole changeover pairs with locking device components

LC1-B –EZ2-LB0601 –––

2 identical contactors, horizontally mounted

N with electrical interlocking kit for the contactors

LC1-DT20…DT40 LAD-T9R1V

(1) – – – –

N mechanical interlock with integral electrical interlocking

LP1-D80004 LA9-D8070 LA9-D8002 LC1-D115004 LA9-D11570 LA9-D11502

N without electrical interlocking

(2)

LC1-DT20…DT40 LAD-T9R1

(2) – – – –

LC1DT60A & LC1DT80A –LAD4CM

(3) LP1-D80004 LA9-D8070 LA9-D80978

2 contactors of identical rating, horizontally mounted

N 4-pole changeover pairs

LC1-F1154 LA9-FF977 LA9-FF970 LC1-F1504 LA9-F15077 LA9-FF970

LC1-F1854 LA9-FG977 LA9-FG970 LC1-F2254 LA9-F22577 LA9-FG970

LC1-F2654 LA9-FH977 LA9-FJ970 LC1-F3304 LA9-FJ977 LA9-FJ970

LC1-F4004 LA9-FJ977 LA9-FJ970 LC1-F5004 LA9-FK977 LA9-FJ970

LC1-F6304 LA9-FL977 LA9-FL970 –––

N 3-pole changeover pairs with electrical interlocking

LC1-D115 et D150 LA9-D11571 LA9-D11502 –––

reversers assembled using 2 contactors, vertically mounted

N 4-pole changeover pairs using contactors of identical rating (3) N 3 or 4-pole changeover pairs using contactors of different rating

At bottom At top

LC1-F1154 or F1505 (3) LA9-FF4F LC1-F115 or F1154 LC1-F185 or F1854 LA9-FG4F

LC1-F1854 (3) LA9-FG4G or LC1-F150 or F1504 LC1-F225 or F2254 LA9-FG4F

LC1-F2254 (3) LA9-FG4G LC1-F265 or F2654 LA9-FH4F

LC1-F2654 or F3304 (3) LA9-FH4H LC1-F300 or F3304 LA9-FH4F

LC1-F4004 (3) LA9-FJ4J LC1-F400 or F4004 LA9-FJ4F

LC1-F5004 (3) LA9-FK4K LC1-F500 or F5004 LA9-FK4F

LC1-F6304 (3) LA9-FL4L LC1-F630, F6304 or F800 LA9-FL4F

LC1-F7804

(4) LA9-FX971

(4) LC1-F185 or F1854 LC1-F265 or F2654 LA9-FH4G

or LC1-F225 or F2254 LC1-F330 or F3304 LA9-FH4G

LC1-F400 or F4004 LA9-FJ4G

LC1-F500 or F5004 LA9-FK4G

LC1-F630, F6304 or F800 LA9-FL4G

LC1-F265 or F2654 LC1-F400 or F4004 LA9-FJ4H

or LC1-F330 or F3304 LC1-F500 or F5004 LA9-FK4H

LC1-F630, F6304 or F800 LA9-FL4H

LC1-F400 or F4004 LC1-F500 or F5004 LA9-FK4J

LC1-F630, F6304 or F800 LA9-FL4J

LC1-F500 or F5004 LC1-F630, F6304 or F800 LA9-FL4K

(1) Including mechanical interlock.

(2) Order separately 2 auxiliary contact blocks LAD-N•1 t o obtain electrical interlocking between the two contactors.

(3) Power connections to be made by the customer.

(4) Double mechanical interlock mechanism with 2 interlock connecting rods and 4 power connecting links.

5/50

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

TeSys Notes

5/51

Power your processes in DC or AC,

with our switch mode power supplies,

ﬁ ltered rectiﬁ ed power supplies and

transformers products.

Schneider Electric sums up all your

expectations to provide you with the

energy you require through a

compact and complete range.

Phaseo

Designed and adapted to correspond as

closely as possible with your requirements,

the wide operating range of our switch

mode power supplies, together with

the integration of a large number of new

functions, make them the new reference

in power supplies.

Power Supplies



This document is a selection of

the top selling products.

6/1

Power supplies

Modular, Optimum, Universal Power supplies,

Phaseo ABL7, ABL8 ................................................................................................... 6/2 to 6/5

Slim Power supplies,

Phaseo ABL4 ........................................................................................................................ 6/6

Dedicated, Filtered Rectiﬁed Power supplies,

Phaseo ABL1, ABL8 ............................................................................................................. 6/7

Transformers

Phaseo ABL6, ABT7 .................................................................................................................. 6/8

Connection

Terminal blocks

AB1 ...................................................................................................................................... 6/10

Cable ends

DZ5/AZ5 ................................................................................................................................6/11

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1000 10 20 40200

20 3,2AH 7AH 12AH

BACKUP CURRENT

BACKUP TIME

mn h

1000 10 20 40200

20 3,2AH 7AH 12AH

BACKUP CURRENT

BACKUP TIME

mn h

More service…

Network voltage interrupts create equipment

operating irregularity that can result in production

losses and even require maintenance team

intervention for restarting.

Phaseo universal solutions can:

p Render microcuts «transparent» for equipment

p Enable equipment stop with necessary data backup, so allowing restart without

problems at return of network voltage.

Buffer module solution

Simple and efﬁcient

p No setting required

p Diagnostic relay contact (module charge state)

p Standard and backup circuit separation possible.

Buffer module

Battery backup solution

Total conﬁdence

p Battery state automatic test

p Advanced and user-friendly diagnostics:

- Power supply operation

- Battery operation

- Fault presence.

Flexible and adaptable

p 2 current supply modules are available:

- Backup until complete battery discharge (battery is however disconnected

before overdischarge)

- Backup for an adjustable time period, keeping energy

in reserve in case of a closely following cut.

Quick installation

p Copy of conﬁguration between 2 modules using

memory cartridge

p Quick conﬁguration of battery control module by a

single selector switch and display pictograms.

Microcuts < few secondes

+ OUT

+ IN

Cuts > few secondes

+ OUT

+ IN

Battery module

Control module

Network cuts

6/2

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Starter protection solution

Protection module

Disponi-

bilité

On certain equipment, the consequences of a 24 V

control voltage breakdown can be extremely detrimental

and can justify paralleling 2 or more power supplies to

maintain faultless operating continuity.

The Phaseo solution consists of coupling 2 universal

power supplies with an electronic redundancy

module.

The primaries of these power supplies can be on the

same or on different networks.

Service continuity in total conﬁdence

p Advanced diagnostics by LED

p C/O contact enables signalling of fault in one of the 2 power sup-

plies and alerts maintenance.

Protection of circuits supplied in DC low voltage has

traditionally been by fuses or electromechanical circuit-

breakers. In certain cases (notably short-circuits) this

protection is not sufﬁciently selective, and electronic

protection of the power supply suspends low voltage

supply before downstream protections can react.

The Phaseo solution is a 4-starter electronic protec-

tion module, dedicated to ABL 8R/W Universal power

supplies.

Each of these starters is adjustable from 1 to 10 A.

High-performance solution ensuring

service continuity

p Selectivity enabling isolation of fault circuits only

p Advanced diagnostics by LED and relay contact

p Manual opening of each circuit by switch

p Lead-sealed settings.

Minimised stock levels

p 1 product reference each covering 1 to 10 A.

Redundancy solution

Redundancy module

24 VDC circuit overload

Availability

6/3

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Phaseo Power supplies

Modular, Optimum, Universal,

Type of power supply Modular, regulated switch mode with automatic reset

Rated input voltage 100…240 VAC

Rated output voltage 24 V 5 V 12 V

Rated power / Rated current 7.5 W / 0.3 A 15 W / 0.6 A 30 W / 1.2 A 60 W / 2.5 A 20 W / 4 A 25 W / 2 A

Reset Auto

Conformity to IEC 61000-3-2 Without

Certiﬁcations cULus, cCSAus, TUV, CE, C-Tick

Dimensions (mm) 36x59x90 54x59x90 72x59x90 54x59x90

Fixing (mm) DIN rail 35x7.5 or 35x15 or on panel mount by screw

References

ABL8MEM24003 ABL8MEM24006 ABL8MEM24012 ABL7RM24025 ABL8MEM05040 ABL8MEM12020

Type of power supply Universal, regulated switch mode with automatic or manual reset

Rated input voltage 100…120 VAC and 200…500 VAC

Rated output voltage 24 V

Rated power / Rated current 72 W / 3 A 120 W / 5 A 240 W / 10 A

Permissible temporary inrush current (boost) 1.5 In during 4 s

Conformity to IEC 61000-3-2 Yes

Diagnostic relay (output voltage > 21.6V) No Yes

Certiﬁcations cCSAus, CB scheme, CE

Dimensions (mm) 44x120x143 56x120x143 85x140x143

Fixing (mm) DIN rail 35x7.5 or 35x15

References ABL8RPS24030 ABL8RPS24050 ABL8RPS24100

Type of module Microcuts and cuts network solutions. Fixing Omega rail clip-in (1)

Compatibility Output connection of Universal power supplies ABL8RPS24… and ABL8WPS24…

Technology Buffer module battery backup module + battery

Rated voltage 40 A 20 A 40 A

Holding time 1A 2 s typique adjustable from 10 s to 24 H (battery depending)

Holding time for maximum current 100 ms typique

adjustable from 10 s to 30 mn (battery depending) adjustable from 10 to 10 mn (battery depending)

Certiﬁcations cCSAus, CB scheme, CE

Dimensions (mm) 85x140x146 86x175x143 86x175x143

Fixing (mm) DIN rail 35x7.5 or 35x15 (1)

References Control module ABL8BUF24400 ABL8BBU24200 ABL8BBU24400

References battery 3,2AH (2) – ABL8BPK24A03 ABL8BPK24A03

7AH (2) – ABL8BPK24A07 ABL8BPK24A07

12AH (2) –ABL8BPK24A12 ABL8BPK24A12

(1) Battery module except 7AH and 12AH. For battery module 3.2AH with ABL1A02 kit.

(2) Battery to be chosen according to the graph page 6/2

6/4

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Optimums, regulated switch mode

100…240 VAC

24 V 12 V 48 V

72 W / 3 A 120 W / 5 A 60 W / 5 A 144 W / 2.5 A

Auto Auto or manual

No Yes

cULus, cCSAus, TUV, CE, C-Tick

27x120x120 54x120x120

DIN rail 75x7.5, 35x7.5 or 35x15

ABL8REM24030 ABL8REM24050 ABL7RP1205 ABL7RP4803

Universal, regulated switch mode with automatic or manual reset Type of module Converters DC/DC

100…120 VAC and 200…240 VAC

3 x 380…500 VAC Compatibility Output connection of Universal power supplies

ABL8RPS24… and ABL8WPS24…

24 V

480 W / 20 A 960 W / 40 A Rated output

voltage

5 V 12 V

1.5 In during 4 s

Yes Rated output

current

6 A 2 A

Yes

cCSAus, CB scheme, CE Certiﬁcations cCSAus, CB scheme, CE

145x140x143 95x155x143 165x155x143 Dimensions (mm) 44x140x146

DIN rail 35x7.5 or 35x15 Fixing (mm) DIN rail 35x7.5 or 35x15

ABL8RPM24200 ABL8WPS24200 ABL8WPS24400 References ABL8DCC05060 ABL8DCC12020

Type of module Redundancy power supplies solutions Type of module Starter protection solution

Compatibility Connection of 2 power supplies inputs

up to 20 A (1 power supply 40A)

Compatibility Output connection of Universal power supplies

ABL8RPS24100..., ABL8RPM24200..., ABL8WPS24...

Rated output voltage 24 V Rated output current 10A par voie

Rated output current 40 A Calibres 1 / 2.5 / 4 / 5 / 7 / 8 / 10 A

Certiﬁcations cCSAus, CB scheme, CE Nombre de voies 4

Dimensions (mm) 44x140x146 Relais de défaut Yes

Fixing (mm) DIN rail 35x7.5 ou 35x15

Coupure manuelle (1 par voie)

Two-pole

References ABL8RED24400 Certiﬁcations cCSAus, CB scheme, CE

Dimensions (mm) 71x109x110

Fixing (mm) DIN rail 35x7.5 or 35x15 or on panel mount by screw

References ABL8PRP24100

6/5

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Power supplies

Single phase

Rated Input Voltage AC 120…230V 50/60Hz 120/230V

Permissible input voltage AC 90…264V 47…63 Hz 90…132V / 185…264V 47…63 Hz

Rated Input Voltage DC 100…370V 300…350 V

Input current (120/230 VAC) 1,6A / 0,9A 1,9A / 1,1A 3,5A / 1,8A 4,1A / 2A

Efﬁciency (120/230 VAC) >85% / >89% >86% / >90% >88% / >90% >90% / >92%

Dissipated power max 15W 19W 32W 55W

Output Voltage 24V rated adjustable 23…27,5 V 24V rated 24…28V

Rated Output current 3,5A 5A 10A 20A

Permissible output current 6A for 30s 8A for 30s 15A for 30s 30A for 5s

Reset after overload Auto

Diagnostic relay Yes

Operating temperature -20…+60°C with derating above 50°C

Certiﬁcations UL

Dimensions (mm) 39x115x134 64x140x139

References ABL4RSM24035 ABL4RSM24050 ABL4RSM24100 ABL4RSM24200

Three phase

Rated Input Voltage AC 400 … 500V 50/60 Hz

Permissible input voltage AC 340 … 550V 47…63 Hz

Working on 2 phases Possible with output current = 75% of the nominal output current.

Input current (400/500 VAC) 1A / 0,6A 1,4A / 1,1A 2,2A / 1,1A

Efﬁciency (400/500 VAC) >93% / >94% >93% / >94% >91% / >91%

Dissipated power max 36W 36W 95W

Output Voltage 24V rated 24…28V

Rated Output current 20A 30A 40A

Permissible output current 30A for 5s 45A for 5s 60A for 5s

Reset after overload Auto

Diagnostic relay Yes

Operating temperature -20…+60°C with derating above 50°C

Certiﬁcations UL

Dimensions (mm) 80x127x146

References ABL4WSR24200 ABL4WSR24300 ABL4WSR24400

Phaseo Slim

6/6

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Phaseo Power supplies

Dedicated

Type of power supply Dedicated, regulated switch mode

Input voltage 85…264 VAC 85…132 VAC / 170…264 VAC

Output voltage 12 VDC 24 VDC 24 VDC

Power / rated current 60 W / 5 A 100 W / 8.3 A 60 W / 2.5 A 100 W / 4.2 A 150 W / 6.2 A 240 W / 10 A

Certiﬁcations UL, c CSA us, CE, Ctick

Dimensions WxDxH (mm) 150x38x98 200x38x98 150x38x98 200x38x98 200x50x98 200x65x98

Fixing (mm) Panel mount by scew, by bracket ABL1A01 (1) , on DIN rail 35mm by panel ABL1A02 (1).

References Without ﬁlter

ABL1REM12050 – ABL1REM24025 ABL1REM24042 ABL1REM24062

ABL1REM24100

With ﬁlter (2) –

ABL1RPM12083 – ABL1RPM24042 ABL1RPM24062

ABL1RPM24100

(1) has to order separately.

(2) Anti harmonic IEC/EN 61000-3-2

Filtered rectiﬁed

Type of power supply Filtered rectiﬁed single-phase or two-phase

Input voltage 215/230/245 V or 385/400/415 VAC

Rated output voltage 24 V

Certiﬁcations cULus, ENEC

Rated power / Rated current 12 W / 0.5 A 24 W / 1 A 48 W / 2 A 96 W / 4 A 144 W / 6 A 240 W / 10 A 360 W / 15 A 480 W / 20 A

Dimensions (mm)

87x124x108 87x124x108 87x142x108 87x165x108 123x153x153 123x185x153 135x185x138 175x215x128

Fixing (mm) DIN rail 35x7.5 or 35x15 or on panel mount by screw On panel mount by screw

References

ABL8FEQ24005 ABL8FEQ24010 ABL8FEQ24020 ABL8FEQ24040 ABL8FEQ24060 ABL8FEQ24100 ABL8FEQ24150 ABL8FEQ24200

Type of power supply Filtered rectiﬁed three-phase

Input voltage 3x 380 / 400 / 420 V

Rated output voltage 24 V

Certiﬁcations cULus, ENEC

Rated power / Rated current 240 W / 10 A 480 W / 20 A 720 W / 30 A 960 W / 40 A 1440 W / 60 A

Dimensions (mm) 185x190x78 220x215x104 240x252x108 310x310x140 310x310x154

Fixing (mm) On panel mount by screw

References ABL8TEQ24100 ABL8TEQ24200 ABL8TEQ24300 ABL8TEQ24400 ABL8TEQ24600

6/7

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Type of transformer Universal range, double winding operating temperature +60°C

Rated input voltage 230/400 VAC (±15 V) 1-phase

Certiﬁcations c us, ENEC

Rated power / Rated current 25 VA 40 VA 63 VA 100 VA 160 VA 250 VA 320 VA 400 VA 630 VA 1000 VA

Visualization LED display of voltage presenceat primary Without

Fixing (mm) DIN rail 35x15 or on panel mount by screw On panel mount by screw

References ABT7PDU•••(1)

Rated output voltage 24/48 V 002B 004B 006B 010B 016B 025B 032B 040B 063B 100B

115/230 V 002G 004G 006G 010G 016G 025G 032G 040G 063G 100G

(1) Complete the reference according to the power and voltage using the table below (example: ABL6TS02J)

Type of transformer Optimum range, single winding operating temperature +50°C

Rated input voltage 230/400 VAC (±15 V) 1-phase

Certiﬁcations

Nominal power 25 VA 40 VA 63 VA 100 VA 160 VA 250 VA 400 VA 630 VA 1000 VA

Fixing (mm) On panel mount by screw

References

ABL6TS•••(1)

Rated output voltage

24 V 02B 04B 06B 10B 16B 25B 40B 63B 100B

115 V 02G 04G 06G 10G 16G 25G 40G 63G 100G

230 V 02U 04U 06U 10U 16U 25U 40U 63U 100U

(1) Complete the reference according to the power and voltage using the table below (example: ABL6TS02J)

Type of transformer Economy range, single winding operating temperature +40°C

Rated input voltage 230 VAC (±15 V) 1-phase

Certiﬁcations Without

Rated power / Rated current 40 VA 63 VA 100 VA 160 VA 250 VA 320 VA 400 VA

Fixing (mm) On panel mount by screw

References ABT7ESM•••(1)

Rated output voltage 24 V 004B 006B 010B 016B 025B 032B 040B

(1) Complete the reference according to the power and voltage using the table below (example: ABL6TS02J)

Transformers

Phaseo

6/8

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Phaseo Notes

6/9

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Terminal blocks

Spring clamp technology

AB1

Clip-on mounting on 35 mm rails Terminal blocks

(sold in lots of 100)

End covers

(sold in lots of 100)

Commoning link

(sold in lots of 100)

2.5 mm

c.s.a. Conducting AB1RRN235U2GR AB1RRNAC242GR AB1RRAL22 (1)

Protective earth conductor AB1RRNTP235U2 AB1RRNTPAC242 –

4 mm

c.s.a. Conducting AB1RRN435U2GR AB1RRNAC442GR AB1RRAL42 (1)

Protective earth conductor AB1RRNTP435U2 AB1RRNTPAC442 –

6 mm

c.s.a. Conducting AB1RRN635U2GR AB1RRNAC642GR AB1RRNAL62 (2)

Protective earth conductor AB1RRNTP635U2 AB1RRNTPAC642 –

10 mm

c.s.a. Conducting AB1RRN1035U2GR (3) AB1RRNAC1042GR AB1RRNAL102

Protective earth conductor AB1RRNTP1035U2 (3) AB1RRNTPAC1042 –

16 mm

c.s.a. Conducting AB1RRN1635U2GR (3) AB1RRNAC1642GR AB1RRNAL162

Protective earth conductor AB1RRNTP1635U2 (3) AB1RRNTPAC1642 –

35 mm

c.s.a. Conducting AB1RRN3535U2GR (4) – AB1RRAL352

Protective earth conductor AB1RRNTP3535U2 (4) – –

(1) For a 3, 4, 5 or 10-pole commoning link replace the last number of the reference (2) by 3, 4, 5 or 10 respectively. (Example: AB1RRAL22 becomes A1BRRAL23)

(2) For a 3, 4, 5 or 10-pole commoning link replace the last number of the reference (2) by 3, 4, 5 or 10 respectively. (Example: AB1RRNAL62 becomes A1BRRNAL64)

(3) Sold in lots of 50

(4) Sold in lots of 10

Clip-on mounting on 35 mm rails Terminal blocks End covers

Commoning link

(sold in lots of 100) (sold in lots of 100) (sold in lots of 100)

2.5 mm

c.s.a. Conducting AB1VV235U AB1AC24 AB1ALN22 (1)

Protective earth conductor AB1TP235U AB1AC25 –

4 mm

c.s.a. Conducting AB1VV435U AB1AC24 AB1ALN42 (1)

Protective earth conductor AB1TP435U – –

6 mm

c.s.a. Conducting AB1VV635U AB1AC6 AB1ALN62 (1)

Protective earth conductor AB1TP635U – –

10 mm

c.s.a. Conducting AB1VVN1035U (2) AB1ACN10 AB1ALN102 (1)

Protective earth conductor AB1TP1035U (2) – –

16 mm

c.s.a. Conducting AB1VVN1635U (2) AB1ACN16 AB1ALN162 (1)

Protective earth conductor AB1TP1635U (2) – –

35 mm

c.s.a. Conducting AB1VVN3535U (3) _ AB1ALN352 (1)

Protective earth conductor AB1TP3535U (3) – –

70 mm

c.s.a. Conducting AB1VVN7035U (3) _ AB1ALN702

150 mm

c.s.a. Conducting AB1VVN15035U (4) _ AB1ALN1502 (1)

(1) For a 3, 4, 5 or 10-pole commoning link replace the last number of the reference (2) by 3, 4, 5 or 10 respectively. (Example: AB1ALN22 becomes AB1ALN23)

(2) Sold in lots of 50

(3) Sold in lots of 20

(2) Sold in lots of 10

Clip-on mounting on 35 mm rails 2-way terminal blocks End covers

2-pole commoning link (1)

(sold in lots of 100) (sold in lots of 10) (sold in lots of 10)

1 mm

c.s.a. Conducting AB1AA135U2GR AB1AAAC122GR AB1RRAL22

Protective earth conductor AB1AATP135U2 AB1AAAC122VE –

2.5 mm

c.s.a. Conducting AB1AA235U2GR AB1AAAC122GR AB1RRAL22

Protective earth conductor AB1AATP235U2 AB1AAAC122VE –

(1) For a 3, 4, 5 or 10-pole commoning link replace the last number of the reference (2) by 3, 4, 5 or 10 respectively. (Example: AB1RAL22 becomes AB1RAL23).

Screw clamp technology

Insulation displacement technology

6/10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Insulated cable ends

Conforming to DIN 46228 (1)

Øb Øb1 c c1

0.75 2.8 x 5 1.8 15 8

3.4 x 5.4

2.05 15 8

1.5

3.6 x 6.6

2.3 15 8

2.5

4.2 x 7.8

2.9 18.5 10

Øb Øb1 c

0.5 3 1.4 13

0.75 3.1 1.6 13

13.4 1.8 13.5

1.5 4 2.1 13.5

2.5 4.6 2.7 14.5

DZ5/AZ5

Type Single cable ends

Sold in lots of 10 x 100

Packaging Individual or “strings” of bags Dispenser pack Strips of 50 in bag

Conductor c.s.a. 0.5 White DZ5CE005D AZ5CE005D DZ5CEB005D

in mm

0.75 Grey DZ5CE007D AZ5CE007D DZ5CEB007D

1Red DZ5CE010D AZ5CE010D DZ5CEB010D

1.5 Black DZ5CE015D AZ5CE015D DZ5CEB015D

2.5 Blue DZ5CE025D AZ5CE025D DZ5CEB025D

Type Double cable ends

Sold in lots of 5 x 100

Packaging Dispenser pack

Conductor c.s.a. 2 x 0.75 Grey AZ5DE007D

in mm

2 x 1 Red AZ5DE010D

2 x 1.5 Black AZ5DE015D

2 x 2.5 Blue AZ5DE025D

(1) For insulated cable ends conforming to standard NF C 63-023 , please refer to your Schneider Electric agency.

Accessoires de câblage

Type Pliers/cutters

Functions Stripping

Cutting/stripping

Crimping

Crimping (ratchet)

Cutting/stripping/crimping (2)

For cable c.s.a. 0.08 to 4 mm

0.4 to 4 mm

0.5 to 16 mm

0.25 to 6 mm

0.5 to 2.5 mm

References AT1PA7 AT2PE1 AT1PA2 AT2PA5 AT2TRIF01

(2) For use with cable ends packed in strips of 50.

6/11

Advantys is a complete range of

interfaces, inputs/outputs and system

integration platforms for all types of

applications. From simple pre-wired

systems to I/O integration platforms,

from monobloc products to modular

solutions…the Advantys range

provides a solution whatever your

requirements.

Advantys

- Simpliﬁed maintenance,

- Reduced set-up and commissioning,

- Reduced enclosure sizes,

- Reduced cabling costs & errors.

Interfaces and I/O



This document is a selection of

the top selling products.

7/1

Distributed I/O

IP20

Expandable Block I/O, Advantys OTB .................................................................................. 7/2

Modular I/O with device integration capabilities, Advantys STB ................................ 7/ 3 to 7/6

IP67

Block I/O, Advantys FTB ....................................................................................................... 7/7

Modular I/O, Advantys FTM .................................................................................................. 7/8

Distributed I/O with embedded control

IP20

Block I/O, Modicon Momentum ................................................................................ 7/9 to 7/12

Interfaces

IP20

Passive I/O sub-bases, Advantys Telefast ABE7 .............................................................. 7/13

Relay-based I/O sub-bases, Advantys Telefast ABE7 ....................................................... 7/14

Twido I/O sub-bases, Advantys Telefast ABE7 .................................................................. 7/15

IP67

Embases E/S passives, Advantys Telefast ABE9 .............................................................. 7/16

Accessories and Cabling

Connection cables and jumper cables ..................................................................... 7/17 to 7/19

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

IP 20 distributed I/O, optimised block

Interface modules

Advantys OTB

Discrete Type of bus CANopen Ethernet TCP/IP Modbus Series

Machine bus network (2) network

Number of I/Os 20 I/O

Number of inputs 12 inputs 24 VDC IEC type 1

Number of outputs 6 relay outputs and 2 solid state 24 VDC outputs

Connection method Removable terminal block

Number of I/O expansion modules (1) 7 discrete or analogue input/output modules, or connection accessories

Maximum I/O conﬁguration With interface module base: 132 with screw terminal I/O expansion;

244 with HE10 connector I/O expansion; up to 48 analogue channels

Supply voltage 24 VDC

Counting 5 kHz 2 channels, 32 bits (0…4 294 967 295 points)

dedicated discrete inputs -up counting/down counting with preset

20 kHz 2 channels, 32 bits (0…4 294 967 295 points)

up/down counting, up counting, down counting, frequency meter

Pulse generator, 7 kHz 2 PWM function channels (output with pulse width modulation)

or PLS function (pulse generator output)

Dimension (WxDxH) 55x70x90 mm

References OTB1C0DM9LP OTB1E0DM9LP OTB1S0DM9LP

(1) for the references of discrete I/O and analogue expansion modules, refer to the Twido or Advantys OTB catalogue

(2) Transparent Ready : Class A10

Accessories

Type of accessory Commoning modules Documentation

Usage For grouping input or

output commons, max 8 A

User guides for Advantys hardware and software,

and Advantys Conﬁguration Software for Advantys

OTB/FTB/FTM. Provided on CD.

Positioning Inter-module –

Référence OTB9ZZ61JP FTXES01

7/2

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

IP 20 Distributed I/O, modular system

Communication modules

Type of module NIM EtherNet TCP/IP network EtherNet/IP network

Binary speed 10 Mbps 10/100 Mbps

Protocol Modbus TCP/IP EtherNet/IP

Transparent Ready Class B20 N/A

Embedded Web server Standard services Standard services

Ethernet services

SNMP agent, FDR client (replacement of faulty equipment), BOOTP (allocation of IP addresses by a server)

Max. number of addressable I/O modules 32 per island 32 per island

Dimensions (WxDxH) 40x70x128,3 mm 40x70x128,3 mm

Reference Standard STBNIP2212 STBNIC2212

Type of module NIM Machine bus Fieldbus

CANopen Fipio I

NTER

Proﬁbus DP

Max. number of addressable I/O modules 32 per island (1) (2) 32 per island (1) 32 per island (1) (2) 32 per island (1) (2)

Binary speed 10 K…1 Mbps 1 Mbps 0.5 Mbps 9.6 K…12 Mbps

Dimensions (WxDxH) 40x70x128,3 mm

Reference Standard STBNCO2212 STBNFP2212 STBNIB2212 STBNDP2212

Basic STBNCO1010 – STBNIB1010 STBNDP1010

(1) On 7 segments max.

(2) 12 per island on 1 segment max for basic versions.

Type of module Other networks

Modbus Plus DeviceNet

Max. number of addressable I/O modules 32 per island 32 per island 12 per island

Speed 1 Mbps 125, 250 or 500 Kbps 125, 250 or 500 Kbps

Dimensions (WxDxH) 40x70x128,3 mm

Reference Standard STBNMP2212 STBNDN2212 –

Basic – – STBNDN1010

Connection accessories

Type of accessory Removable terminals for

24 VDC power supply DeviceNet

Use All communication modules Network link DeviceNet module

Reference Screw terminals STBXTS1120 (1) STBXTS1111

Spring terminals STBXTS2120 (1) STBXTS2111

(1) To be ordered separately, sold in lots of 10 only for spares parts.(STBXTSp120 are delivered systematicaly with STBNpppppp)

Marking label sheets STBXMP6700

Screwdriver STBXTT0220

Connection accessories: See www.schneider-electric.com

Advantys STB

7/3

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Type of module PDM Auxiliary

Power supply

Connection by removable terminals Screw STBXTS1130 (2) (3)

Screw STBXTS1120 (2)

Spring STBXTS2130 (2) (3)

Spring STBXTS2120 (2)

Supply voltage 24 VDC 115…230 VAC 24 VDC

Maximum current Inputs (4)

4 A at 30°C, 2.5 A at 60°C – 5 A at 30°C, 2.5 A at 60°C – –

Outputs (4)

8 A at 30°C, 5 A at 60°C – 10 A at 30°C, 2.5 A at 60°C – –

Inputs/Outputs (4)

– 4 A at 30°C, 2.5 A at 60°C – 5 A at 30°C, 2.5 A at 60°C –

Logique interne 5 V – – – – 1.2 A

Sensor/actuator bus voltage range 19.2…30 VDC 85…265 VAC –

Dimensions (WxDxH) 18.4x70x128.3 mm

Reference Module Standard STBPDT3100 –STBPDT2100 –STBCPS2111

Basic – STBPDT3105 – STBPDT2105

Base STBXBA2200 STBXBA2200 STBXBA2100

(1) Process power supplies see chapter 6 “Power supply”

(2) To be ordered separately, sold in lots of 10.

(3) PDM connector keying pin kit STBXMP7810.

(4) PDM fuse kit STBXMP5600.

Type of module “EOS” “BOS”

Extension for CANopen

End of segment Beginning of segment connection devices

Connection by removable terminals – Screw STBXTS1120 (2) Screw STBXTS1110 (3)

–Spring STBXTS2120 (2) Spring STBXTS2110 (3)

Use For placing at end of segment For placing at head of each For placing at end of last

(except for the last) extension segment segment

Dimensions (WxDxH) 18.4x70x128.3 mm

Reference Module Standard STBXBE1100 STBXBE1300 STBXBE2100

Base STBXBA2300 STBXBA2300 STBXBA2000

(2) To be ordered separately, sold in lots of 10. (3) To be ordered separately, sold in lots of 20.

Software and memory card

Type Advantys STB, OTB, FTM, FTB conﬁguration software Removable

(PC connection cable supplied)

memory card

Software User Guide Single station 3 pack 10 pack Unlimited Site System Aliance –

Integrator

Memory size – 32 Ko

Reference STBSPU1000 STBSPU1003 STBSPU1011 STBSPU1130 STBSPU1010 STBXMP4440

Hardware User Guide STBSUS8800

Connection accessories

Type of accessory Câble d’extention de bus d’ilot

Length 0.3 m 1 m 4.5 m 10 m 14 m

Reference STBXCA1001 STBXCA1002 STBXCA1003 STBXCA1004 STBXCA1006

Bus termination module or plug Programmation connection cable L= 2 m

Reference STBXMP1100 STBXCA4002

Connection accessories: See www.schneider-electric.com

Bus extension modules for standard range

IP 20 Distributed I/O, modular system

Power distribution modules (1)

Advantys STB

7/4

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Discrete modules

Type of module Discrete inputs

Connection by removable terminals (1) Screw (2) STBXTS1100 STBXTS1180 STBXTS1110

Spring (2) STBXTS2100 STBXTS2180 STBXTS2110

Number of channels 2 4 6 16 2 2 (isolated) 2

Input voltage 24 VDC 115 VAC 230 VAC

Dimensions (WxDxH) 13.9x70x128.3 mm 18.4x70x128.3 mm

Reference Module Standard STBDDI3230 STBDDI3420 STBDDI3610 – STBDAI5230 STBDAI5260 STBDAI7220

Basic – STBDDI3425 STBDDI3615

STBDDI3725 (4)

–––

Base (3) STBXBA1000 STBXBA3000 STBXBA2000

Type of module Discrete solid state outputs

Connection by removable terminals (1) Screw (2) STBXTS1100 STBXTS1180

Spring (2) STBXTS2100 STBXTS2100

Number of channels 24616

Output voltage 24 VDC 24 VDC 24 VDC 24 VDC

Output current 0.5 A 2 A 0.25 A 0.5 A 0.25 A 0.5 A 0.5 A

Dimensions (WxDxH) 13.9x70x128.3 mm

Reference Module Standard

STBDDO3200 STBDDO3230 – STBDDO3410 – STBDDO3600 –

Basic

– – STBDDO3415 – STBDDO3605 –

STBDDO3705 (5)

Base (3)

STBXBA1000 STBXBA3000

Type of module Discrete outputs

Triac Relay

Connection by removable terminals (1) Screw (2) STBXTS1100

Spring (2) STBXTS2100

Number of channels 2 2 (isolated) 2 “OF” 2 “O+F”

Output voltage 115…230 VAC 115 VAC 24 VDC ou 115…230 VAC

Output current 2 A à 30°C, 1 A à 60°C 2 A par contact 7 A par contact

Dimensions (WxDxH) 18.4x70x128.3 mm 28.1x70x128.3 mm

Reference Module Standard STBDAO8210 STBDAO5260 STBDRC3210 STBDRA3290

Base (3) STBXBA2000 STBXBA3000

(1) To be ordered separately, sold in lots of 20.

(2) I/O connector keying pin kit STBXMP7800

(3) Module keying pin kit STBXMP7700

(4) if connection on Telefast2 order STBXTS6510 or connection on Telefast Twido order STBXTS5510

(5) if connection on Telefast2 order STBXTS6610 or connection on Telefast Twido order STBXTS5610

Connection accessories: See www.schneider-electric.com

7/5

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Type of module (1) Analog inputs

Connection by removable terminals Screw STBXTS1100 (2) / Spring STBXTS2100 (2)

Number of channels 2482

Input signal - 10…+10 V 0…+10 V 0…20 mA 4…20 mA

4…20 / 0…20 mA

Selectable Selectable

Multigamme (3)

Resolution 9 bits + sign 10 bits 12 bits 10 bits 15 bits + sign

Dimensions (WxDxH) (mm) 13,9x70x128,3 18,4x70x128,3

13,9x70x128,3

Reference Module

Standard

––STBACI1230 –STBACI0320 STBAVI0300 STBACI1400 (5) STBART0200

––––

STBACI8320 (4)

–

STBAVI1400 (6)

–

Basic STBAVI1275 STBAVI1255 –STBACI1225 ––– –

Base STBXBA1000 STBXBA2000 STBXBA1000

Type of module (1) Analog outputs

Connection by removable terminals Screw STBXTS1100 (2) / Spring STBXTS2100 (2)

Number of channels 12

Output signal

4…20 mA

- 0…+10 , - 10…+10 V

0…+10 V -10 V…+10 V 0…20 mA 4…20 mA 4…20 mA

Selectable (6)

Resolution 15 bits + sign

11 bits + sign or 12 bits

10 bits 9 bits + sign 12 bits 10 bits 15 bits + sign

Dimensions (WxDxH) (mm) 18,4x70x128,3 13,9x70x128,3 18,4x70x128,3

Reference Module Standard STBACO0120 STBAVO1250 – – STBACO1210 – STBACO0220 STBAVO0200

Basic ––STBAVO1255 STBAVO1265 – STBACO1225 – –

Base STBXBA2000 STBXBA1000 STBXBA2000

Application-speciﬁc modules

Type of module (1) For motor starters

TeSys model U

Counter

Connection by connector 4 RJ45 Spring STBXTS2150 (2)

Number of inputs/outputs 12 E / 8 S 4 E / 2 S

Input voltage 24 VDC 24 VDC

Output voltage/current 24 VDC/0.1 A per channel 24 VDC/0.5 A

Number of channels 4 starters-controllers 1 counter channel 40 kHz

Dimensions (WxDxH) (mm) 28.1x70x128.3

Reference Module Standard STBEPI2145 STBEHC3020

Base STBXBA3000

Connection cables (7) –

(7) –

(1) Grounding kit (conseilled for counter > 40 kHz): STBXSP3000 (connecting support) + STBXSP3010 (1.5…6 mm

cables) + STBXSP3020 (5…11 mm

cables)

(2) To be ordered separately, sold in lots of 20.

(3) Multirange temperature probe thermocouples B, E, J, K, R, S, T. Thermal probe Pt 100, Pt 1000, Ni 100, Ni 1000, cu 10, ± 80 mV.

(4) 4 HART-tolerant channels (5) Input signal selectable / channel 0…20 mA and 4…20 mA (6) Input signal selectable / channel 1…5 VDC, 0…5 VDC, 0…10 VDC, ± 5 VDC and ± 10 VDC

(7) LU9R03 (0,3 m), LU9R10 (1 m), 490NTW00002 (2 m), LU9R30 (3 m), 490NTW00005 (5 m), 490NTW00012 (12 m)

IP 20 Distributed I/O, modular system

Analog modules

Advantys STB

7/6

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

IP 67 distributed I/O, optimised block

Interface modules, plastic enclosure

Type of module CANopen

machine bus

DeviceNet

Fieldbus

ProﬁBus

Fieldbus

InterBus

Fieldbus

Number of channels 16

Type of female connector M12, 5-pin

Max. voltage / current of inputs 24 VDC type 2/200 mA

Max. voltage / current of outputs 24 VDC/1.6 A

Max. current per splitter box 8 A

Product certiﬁcation cULus

Dimensions, W X D x H 63 x 50.5 x 220 mm 63 x 69 x 220 mm

Diagnostics Splitter boxes By LED for: bus and I/O undervoltage + I/O short-circuit + I/O power supply

Channels By LED for: I/O short-circuit + wire breakage fault + I/O fault

References 16 inputs FTB1CN16EP0 FTB1DN16EP0 FTB1DP16EP0 FTB1IB16EP0

8 inputs/8 outputs FTB1CN08E08SP0 FTB1DN08E08SP0 FTB1DP08E08SP0 FTB1IB08E08SP0

12 inputs/4 outputs FTB1CN12E04SP0 FTB1DN12E04SP0 FTB1DP12E04SP0 FTB1IB12E04SP0

16 conﬁgurable inputs/outputs FTB1CN16CP0 FTB1DN16CP0 FTB1DP16CP0 FTB1IB16CP0

Interface modules, metal enclosure

Type of module CANopen DeviceNet ProﬁBus

Number of channels 8

Type of female connector M12, 5-pin

Max. voltage / current of inputs 24 VDC type 2/200 mA

Max. voltage / current of outputs 24 VDC/1.6 A

Max. current per splitter box 8 A

Product certiﬁcation cULus

Dimensions (WxDxH) 62.7 x 38.9 x 224.7 mm

Diagnostics Splitter boxes By LED for: bus and I/O undervoltage + I/O short-circuit + I/O power supply

Channels By LED for: I/O short-circuit + wire breakage fault + I/O fault

References 16 inputs FTB1CN16EM0 FTB1DN16EM0 FTB1DP16EM0

8 inputs/8 outputs/conﬁgurable outputs FTB1CN08E08CM0 FTB1DN08E08CM0 FTB1DP08E08CM0

16 conﬁgurable inputs/outputs FTB1CN16CM0 FTB1DN16CM0 FTB1DP16CM0

Advantys FTB

7/7

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

IP 67 distributed I/O, modular system

Interface modules

Advantys FTM

Type of bus module CANopen

machine bus

DeviceNet

ﬁeldbus

Proﬁbus

ﬁeldbus

Max. number of Discrete I/O 256

Max. number of splitter boxes 16

Bus module supply voltage 24 V DC

Bus module max. supply current 9 A

Product certiﬁcation UL/CSA CULus

Dimensions (WxDxH) 50 x 50.3 x 151 mm

References FTM1CN10 FTM1DN10 FTM1DP10

Splitter boxes

Type of splitter box Discrete inputs/outputs

Compact Expandable

Input voltage 24 V DC/type 2/200 mA 24 V DC/type 2/200 mA

Output voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC

Type of output Solid-state Solid-state

Output current 0.5 A 0.5 A

Maximum supply current by internal bus 4 A 4 A

Diagnostics Short-circuit on I/O, wire breakage fault, sensor/actuator fault

Dimensions (WxDxH) 30 x 34.5 x 126 mm 30 x 34.5 x 151 mm

I/O connection M8 connector M12 connector M8 connector M12 connector

References 8 inputs FTM1DE08C08 FTM1DE08C12 FTM1DE08C08E FTM1DE08C12E

8 conﬁgurable inputs/outputs FTM1DD08C08 FTM1DD08C12 FTM1DD08C08E FTM1DD08C12E

16 inputs – FTM1DE16C12 (1) – FTM1DE16C12E (1)

16 conﬁgurable inputs/outputs – FTM1DD16C12 (1) – FTM1DD16C12E (1)

(1) Dimensions: 50 x 34.5 x 126 mm.

Type of splitter box Analogue inputs/outputs

Compact

Type of inputs/outputs Current Voltage

Measuring range 0…20 mA/4…20 mA ± 10 V DC/0…10 V DC

Diagnostics Short-circuit on I/O, wire breakage fault, sensor/actuator fault

Conversion time ≤ 2 ms per channel

Dimensions (WxDxH) 30 x 34.5 x 126 mm

Resolution 16 bit 12 bit 15 bit + sign 11 bit + sign

References 4 inputs FTM1AE04C12C – FTM1AE04C12T –

4 outputs – FTM1AS04C12C – FTM1AS04C12T

7/8

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Distributed I/O and processors

Discrete I/O modules

Type of module Multibus discrete inputs

Connection By screw terminals 170XTS00100 or spring terminals 170XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Input voltage 24 VDC 120 VAC 230 VAC

Number of channels 16 (1 common point) 32 (2 common points) 16 (2 common points)

Dimensions (WxDxH) 125 x 47.5 x 141.5 mm (with communication modules or processors)

144 x 70 x 141.5 mm (with M1/M1E processors and optional modules)

Reference 170ADI34000 170ADI35000 170ADI54050 170ADI74050

Type of module Multibus discrete outputs

Solid state Triac

Connection By screw terminals 170XTS00100 or spring terminals 170XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Output voltage 24 VDC 120 VAC 230 VAC

Number of protected channels 16 32 8 16 8 16

(2 common pts) (2 common pts) (2 common pts) (2 common pts) (2 common pts) (2 common pts)

Output current Per channel 0,5 A 0,5 A 2 A 0,5 A 2 A 0,5 A

Per group of channels

4 A 8 A 4 A 4 A 4 A 4 A

Per module 8 A 16 A 8 A 8 A 8 A 8 A

Dimensions (WxDxH) 125 x 47.5 x 141.5 mm (with communication modules or processors)

144 x 70 x 141.5 mm (with M1/M1E processors and optional modules)

Reference 170ADO34000 170ADO35000 170ADO53050 170ADO54050 170ADO73050 170ADO74050

Type of module Multibus discrete I/O

Solid state Relay Triac

Connection By screw terminals 170XTS00100 or spring terminals 170XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Number of channels Inputs

16 (1 common pt)

16 (4 com. pts) 16 (1 com. pt)

(1 common pt)

Input logic Positive Positive (2) Negative Positive –

Outputs

16 (1

common pt

)

16 (2 common pts)

8/4 (1

com. pt

)

12 8 (2 common pts) 8 (1 com. pt)

Input voltage 12…48 VDC 24 VDC 120 VAC

Output voltage 12…48 VDC 24 VDC 24…230 VAC/20…115 VDC 120 VAC

Output current Per output 0,5 A 0,5 A 2 A 0,5 A 2 A 0,5 A

Per group of channels

– 4 A 4 A 4/2 A 8 A 4 A

Per module 8 A 8 A 8 A 6 A 16 A 4 A

Dimensions (WxDxH) 125 x 47.5 x 141.5 mm (with communication modules or processors)

144 x 70 x 141.5 mm (with M1/M1E processors and optional modules)

Reference

170ADM85010 170ADM35010 170ADM35015 170ADM37010 170ADM39010 170ADM39030 170ARM37030 170ADM69051

(2) For a version with high-speed positive logic, replace 0 at the end of the reference with 1. E.g. 170ADM35010 becomes 170ADM35011

Connection accessories: See www.schneider-electric.com

Modicon Momentum

7/9

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Type of module Multibus analog inputs

Connection By screw terminals 170XTS00100 or spring terminals 170XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Number of channels 8 isolated 16 with common point 4 isolated

Input signal ± 5 V, ± 10 V, ± 20 mA, ± 5 V, ± 10 V, 4...20 mA Multi-range ± 25 mV, ± 10 mV

1…5 V, 4…20 mA (1)

Resolution 14 bits + sign, 15 bits unipolar 12 bits + sign 15 bits + sign

Dimensions (WxDxH) 125 x 47.5 x 141.5 mm (with communication modules or processors)

144 x 70 x 141.5 mm (with M1/M1E processors and optional modules)

Reference 170AAI03000 170AAI14000 170AAI52040

(1) Temperature probe: Pt 100, Pt 1000, Ni 100, Ni 1000, Thermocouple: B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T.

Type of module Multibus analog outputs

Analog I/O and

multibus discrete I/O

Connection By screw terminals 170XTS00100 or spring terminals 170XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Number of channels Inputs – 4 differential + 4 discrete

6 with com pt + 8 discrete (24 VDC)

Outputs 4

2 + 2 discrete (24VDC) 2 + 2 discrete (12VDC)

4 with com pt + 8 discrete (24 VDC)

Input signal

± 10 V, 0...20 mA ± 10 V, 4...20 mA

± 5 V, ± 10 V, ± 20 mA,

1…5 V, 4…20 mA

0…10 V ± 10 V

Output signal – ± 10 V, 4...20 mA 0…10 V ± 10 V

Resolution 12 bits + sign 12...14 bits dep. on signal 14 bits 14 bits

Dimensions (WxDxH) 125 x 47.5 x 141.5 mm (with communication modules or processors)

144 x 70 x 141.5 mm (with M1/M1E processors and optional modules)

Reference 170AAO12000 170AAO92100 170AMM09000 170AMM09001 170ANR12090 170ANR12091

Application-speciﬁc I/O modules

Type of module High-speed counter Discrete I/O

with Modbus port

Connection By screw terminals 170XTS00100 or spring terminals 170XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Type of inputs for Incremental or absolute encoders RS 485 Modbus port

Operating voltage 24 VDC 120 VAC

Counting frequency 200 kHz –

Number of channels 2 independent –

Number of discrete I/O 2 x 3 inputs/2 x 2 outputs 6 inputs/3 outputs

Dimensions (WxDxH) 125 x 47.5 x 141.5 mm (with communication modules or M1/M1E processors)

144 x 70 x 141.5 mm (with M1/M1E processors and optional modules)

Reference 170AEC92000 170ADM54080

Distributed I/O and processors

Analog I/O modules

Modicon Momentum

7/10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Distributed I/O and processors

Communication modules

Type of module Ethernet Fipio I

NTER

(1) Proﬁbus DP

TCP/IP network ﬁeldbus ﬁeldbus ﬁeldbus

Speed 10 Mbps 10/100 Mbps 1 Mbps 0.5 Mbps 9.6 K…12 Mbps

Manager PLC – Premium - -

Redundancy No No No No

Standard services Modbus TCP/IP – – –

Reference 170ENT11002 170ENT11001 170FNT11001 170INT11000 (1) 170DNT11000

(1) Generation 4, twisted pair medium: 170INT11003, with optical ﬁber medium: 170INT12000

Type of module Other networks

Modbus Plus DeviceNet

Speed 1 Mbps 0.5 Mbps

Manager PLC Premium or Quantum Quantum –

Redundancy No Yes No

Standard services –––

Reference 170PNT11020 170PNT16020 170LNT71000

Optional modules for M1/M1E processors

Type of module (2) Modbus Plus Asynchronous serial link

Communication ports 1 Modbus Plus 2 redundant Modbus Plus RJ45

Real-time clock Integrated, ± 13 sec/day accuracy

Connection By 9-way SUB-D connector

Reference 172PNN21022 172PNN26022 172JNN21032

(2) Include save battery of the M1/M1E processors application and data memories.

Connection accessories

Type RS 232C communication cable

Length 1 m 3 m 6 m

Reference 110XCA28201 110XCA28202 110XCA28203

Power supply module (3)

Type of power supply module for

Momentum processors

Input voltage 120 or 230 VAC (selected by jumper)

Output voltage 24 VDC

Output current 0.7 A

Dimensions (WxDxH) 73 x 44.5 x 146 mm

Reference 170CPS11100

(3) Process power supplies see chapter 6 “Power supply”

Modicon Momentum

7/11

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Type of processor M1

Number of I/O Discrete 2048 I/O 2048 I/2048 Q 8192 I/O

Registers 2048 words 4096 words 26048 words

Integrated communication ports

Modbus 1 RS 232C

1 RS 232C + 1 RS 485

1 RS 232C

1 RS 232C + 1 RS 485

Ethernet TCP/IP –

I/O bus (1) – 1 I/O port –

Transparent Ready Embedded Web server –

Memory capacity RAM 64 Kb 256 Kb 512 Kb

Flash 256 Kb 256 Kb 512 Kb

User, 984 LL language (2) 2.4 K 12 K 18 K

User, IEC language (3) – 160 K 240 K

Data 2 K 4 K 24 K

Cycle time 1 ms/K 1 ms/K 0.63 ms/K 1 ms/K

Reference 171CCS70000 171CCS78000 171CCS76000 171CCC78010

(1) I/O bus derived from INTERBUS bus.

(2) ProWORX 32 or Concept programming software.

(3) Concept programming software.

Type of processor M1 M1E

Number of I/O Discrete 8192 I/O

Registers 26048 words

Integrated communication ports

Modbus 1 RS 232C 1 RS 485 –

Ethernet TCP/IP – 1 integrated Ethernet port

I/O bus (1) 1 I/O port – 1 I/O port

Transparent Ready Embedded Web server – Standard services (class A10)

Memory capacity RAM 512 Kb 544 Kb

Flash 512 Kb 1 Mb 512 Kb 1 Mb

User, 984 LL language (2) 18 K

User, IEC language (3) 240 K – 200 K – 200 K

Data 24 K

Cycle time 1 ms/K 0.3 ms/K

Reference 171CCC76010 171CCC98020 171CCC98030 171CCC96020 171CCC96030

Type of processor 171 CBB97030

Integrated communication ports

Modbus 1 RS 232/485

Ethernet TCP/IP 4 integrated Ethernet port

Transparent Ready Embedded Web server Standard services (class B)

Memory capacity RAM 512 Kb

Flash 1 Mb

User, 984 LL language (2) 18 K

User, IEC language (3) 200 K

Data 24 K

Cycle time 0.25 ms/K

Reference 171CBB97030

Connection accessories: See www.schneider-electric.com

Distributed I/O and processors

M1/M1E processors

Modicon Momentum

7/12

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Telefast® pre-wired system

Passive I/O sub-bases «Discrete»

Type of connection sub-base Optimum

Number of channels 16 16

Max. current per channel 0.5 A 0.5 A

Control voltage / output voltage 24 VDC / 24 VDC 24 VDC / 24 VDC

LED per channel – With

Number of terminals per channel/on row number 1/2 1/1 2/2 3/3

Dimensions (WxDxH) 55 x 59 x 67 mm 106 x 60 x 49 mm

References – ABE7H16C11 ABE7H16C21 ABE7H16C31

Cable L = 1 m ABE7H20E100 (1) –––

Cable L = 2 m ABE7H20E200 (1) –––

Cable L = 3 m ABE7H20E300 (1) –––

Connection cable recommended for Modicon, TSX Micro and Premium PLCs, L = 1 m (2) ABFH20H100

(1) Connection cable supplied for PLCs.

(2) For a 2 m length cable, replace the number 1 in the reference by 2, and for a 3 m length, by 3. (Example: ABFH20H100 becomes ABFH20H200).

Type of connection sub-base Universal

Number of channels 16

Max. current per channel 0.5 A

Control voltage / output voltage 24 VDC / 24 VDC

LED per channel – With ––With With

Number of terminals per channel/on row number 1/1 1/1 1/2 2/2 2/2 3/3

Dimensions (WxDxH)

125 x 58 x 70 mm

84 x 58 x 70 mm

125 x 58 x 70 mm

References ABE7H16R10 ABE7H16R11 ABE7H16R50 ABE7H16R20 ABE7H16R21 ABE7H16R31

Connection cable recommended for Modicon, TSX Micro and Premium PLCs, L = 1 m: ABFH20H100 (2)

(2) For a 2 m length cable, replace the number 1 in the reference by 2, and for a 3 m length, by 3. (Example: ABFH20H100 becomes ABFH20H200).

Type of connection sub-base For counter and Passive distribution Distribution and supply

analogue channels with shielding continuity of analogue channels

Number of channels 1 counter channel (3) 8 8

Max. current per channel 25 mA 25 mA 25 mA

Control voltage / output voltage 24 VDC / 24 VDC

Number of terminals per channel 2 2 or 4 2 or 4

Dimensions (WxDxH) 143 x 58 x 70 mm 125 x 58 x 70 mm 125 x 58 x 70 mm

References ABE7CPA01 ABE7CPA02 ABE7CPA03

Connection cable recommended

for Modicon PLCs (4)

TSX Micro L = 2.5 m TSXCCPS15 ––

Premium L = 3 m TSXCAP030

(3) Or 8 inputs + 2 outputs, analogue .

(4) Connection cables available for other PLCs, please refer to your Schneider Electric agency.

Advantys ABE7

7/13

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Type of connection sub-base With soldered solid-state

relay inputs

With soldered solid-state With soldered electro-

relay outputs mechanical relay outputs

Number of channels 16 16 16

Max. current per channel 12 mA 0.5 A 2 A 5 A

Input voltage / output voltage 24 VDC / - 110 VAC / - - / 24 VDC - / 5…30 VDC, 250 VAC

Number of contacts – – 1 N/O

Polarity distribution – – (1) Volt-free

Number of terminals per channel 2

Dimensions (WxDxH) 206 x 58 x 77 mm

References ABE7S16E2B1 ABE7S16E2F0

ABE7S16S2B0(2)

ABE7S16S1B2 ABE7R16S111 ABE7R16S210

Connection cable recommended for Modicon, TSX Micro and Premium PLCs, L = 1 m: ABFH20H100 (3)

(1) Contact common per group of 8 channels.

(2) With fault detection signal (can only be used with modules with protected outputs).

(3) For a 2 m length cable, replace the number 1 in the reference by 2, and for a 3 m length, by 3. (Example: ABFH20H100 becomesABFH20H200).

Type of connection sub-base With plug-in electromechanical relays

Number of channels 16

Max. current per channel 5 A 2.5 A 4 A 5 A

Control voltage / output voltage 24 VDC / 5…24 VDC, 230 VAC

Number of contacts 1 N/O 1 C/O 2 C/O

Polarity distribution (4) (5) Volt-free

Number of terminals per channel 2 2 or 3 2 to 6

Dimensions (WxDxH) 110x54x89 mm 211 x 64 x 89 mm 272 x 74 x 89 mm

References ABE7R16T111 ABE7R16T212 ABE7R16T210 ABE7R16T230 ABE7R16T330 ABE7R16T370

Connection cable recommended for Modicon, TSX Micro and Premium PLCs, L = 1 m: ABFH20H100 (6)

(4) Contact common per group of 4 channels.

(5) Common on both poles.

(6) For a 2 m length cable, replace the number 1 in the reference by 2, and for a 3 m length, by 3. (Example: ABFH20H100 becomes ABFH20H200).

Connection cables for PLCs (7)

Input/Output functions Discrete Analogue Analogue

and counter

Counter Axis control

References Cable L = 1 m ABFH20H100 – – – –

Cable L = 2 m ABFH20H200 ABFY25S200 – – TSXCXP213

Cable L = 2.5 m – – TSXCCPS15 TSXCCPH15 –

Cable L = 3 m ABFH20H300 TSXCAP030 – – –

Cable L = 6 m – – – – TSXCXP613

(7) Modicon, TSX Micro and Premium PLCs.

For other connection cables and accessories, please refer to your Schneider Electric agency.

Telefast® pre-wired system

Sockets with plug-in relays and terminals

Advantys ABE7

7/14

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Telefast® connection interfaces

Sub-bases for input/output module

Advantys ABE7

Type of connection sub-base Discrete outputs

Relay

Number of channels 16 16 16 16

Type of outputs 16 I 16 O 16 O, fuse protected 16 O

(1 common for 16 channels) (1 common for 16 channels) (1 common for 16 channels) (1 common for 4 channels)

Voltage / current of outputs 24 VDC / 5 mA 24 VDC / 0.1 A

Relay: 5…30 VDC, 250 VAC / 3 A

LED per channel – With –

Number of terminals per channel/row number 2/2

Dimensions (WxDxH) 106 x 60 x 49 mm 130 x 62.5 x 83 mm

References ABE7E16EPN20 ABE7E16SPN20 ABE7E16SPN22 ABE7E16SRM20

Connection cables for Twido

Type of cable For linking Twido and Telefast sub-base

For use with TWDLMDA20DTK/40DTK TWDDI16DK/32DK/DDO16TK/32TK

Type of connectors HE10, 26-pin, at either end HE10, 20-pin, at either end

References Cable L = 0.5 m ABFT26B050 ABFT20E050

L = 1 m ABFT26B100 ABFT20E100

L = 2 m ABFT26B200 ABFT20E200

Accessories

Type of accessory Optional clip-in terminals

Number of linked terminals 20 12 + 8

References ABE7BV20 ABE7BV20TB

7/15

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Passive splitter boxes

IP 67

Advantys ABE9

Type of connection To PLC using multicore cable

Number of channels 48

Type of female connector M12, 5-pin M12, 5-pin

Max. number of signals 816

Max. current per channel 4 A

Max. current per splitter box 16 A (1 mm

)

Product certiﬁcation cULus

Dimensions (WxDxH) 50.2 x 42 x 92.2 mm 50.2 x 42 x 149.2 mm

References Without LEDs Cable L = 5 m ABE9C1240L05 ABE9C1280L05

Cable L = 10 m ABE9C1240L10 ABE9C1280L10

With LEDs (1) Cable L = 5 m ABE9C1241L05 ABE9C1281L05

Cable L = 10 m ABE9C1241L10 ABE9C1281L10

(1) Green LED: power supply status, yellow LED: channel status.

Type of connection To PLC using M23 connector

Number of channels 48

Type of female connector M12, 5-pin M12, 5-pin

Max. number of signals 816

Max. current per channel 4 A

Max. current per splitter box 16 A

Product certiﬁcation cULus

Dimensions, W X D x H 50.2 x 36.5 x 92.2 mm 50.2 x 36.5 x 149.2 mm

References Without LEDs ABE9C1240C23 ABE9C1280C23

With LEDs (1) ABE9C1241C23 ABE9C1281C23

(1) Green LED: power supply status, yellow LED: channel status.

Accessories

Type of accessory Splitter boxes w/o cable Terminal connectors Sealing plugs

Without LEDs With LEDs Cable L = 5 m

Cable L = 10 m

(sold in lots of 10)

References 4-channel ABE9C1240M ABE9C1241M ABE9XCA1405 ABE9XCA1410 –

8-channel ABE9C1280M ABE9C1281M ABE9XCA1805 ABE9XCA1810 –

for Ø12 connector – – – – FTXCM12B

7/16

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Accessories for distributed I/O FTM (1)

Internal bus connection cables

(1) For sensor/actuator cabling accessories, see page 7/13

Type of cable For linking bus module and splitter boxes

Type of connector Elbowed M12, 6-pin, at either end

References Cable L = 0.3 m FTXCB3203

L = 0.6 m FTXCB3206

L = 1 m FTXCB3210

L = 2 m FTXCB3220

L = 3 m FTXCB3230

L = 5 m FTXCB3250

Auxiliary power supply connection cables

Type of cable For connection of 24 V DC auxiliary power supply

Type of connector Elbowed M12, 6-pin, at either end Elbowed M12, 6-pin, at one end (other end free)

References Cable L = 0.3 m FTXCA3203 FTXCA3103

L = 0.6 m FTXCA3206 FTXCA3106

L = 1 m FTXCA3210 FTXCA3110

L = 2 m FTXCA3220 FTXCA3120

L = 3 m FTXCA3230 FTXCA3130

L = 5 m FTXCA3250 FTXCA3150

Accessories

Type Line terminator for end of internal bus

Type of connector M12

References FTXCBTL12

Advantys

7/17

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Accessories for distributed I/O FTB/FTM (1)

Bus connection cables

Power supply connection cables

Type of bus CANopen DeviceNet ProﬁBus

machine bus ﬁeldbus ﬁeldbus

Type of female connector Type 7/8, 5-pin, at either end

References Cable L = 0.6 m FTXDP2206

L = 1 m FTXDP2210

L = 2 m FTXDP2220

L = 5 m FTXDP2250

Type of female connector Type 7/8, 5-pin, at one end (other end free)

Cable L = 1.5 m FTXDP2115

References L = 3 m FTXDP2130

L = 5 m FTXDP2150

Accessories

Type of bus CANopen DeviceNet ProﬁBus I

NTER

machine bus ﬁeldbus ﬁeldbus ﬁeldbus

References Conﬁguration CD-ROM FTXES00

Diagnostics M12 adaptor FTXDG12

Power supply T-connector FTXCNCT1 –

Line terminator FTXCNTL12 FTXDPTL12 –

(1) For sensor and actuator cabling accessories:

see page 7/17

Advantys

Type of bus CANopen DeviceNet ProﬁBus I

NTER

machine bus ﬁeldbus ﬁeldbus ﬁeldbus

Type of female connector M12, 5-pin, at either end –

Connector coding A encoded B encoded –

References Cable L = 0.3 m FTXCN3203 FTXDP3203 –

L = 0.6 m FTXCN3206 FTXDP3206 FTXIB1206 (2)

L = 1 m FTXCN3210 FTXDP3210 FTXIB1210 (2)

L = 2 m FTXCN3220 FTXDP3220 FTXIB1220 (2)

L = 3 m FTXCN3230 FTXDP3230 –

L = 5 m TXCN3250 FTXDP3250 FTXIB1250 (2)

(2) Reference includes the Bus connection cable + the power supply cable.

7/18

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Accessories for sensors/actuators

M12 / M12 jumper cables

Type Male / Female jumper cables

Type of male connector, interface side M12, 4-pin, straight, screw thread M12, 4-pin, straight, screw thread M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thread

Type of female connector, sensor side M12, 3-pin, straight, screw thread M12, 4-pin, straight, screw thread M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thread

Cable PUR, black PUR, black PUR, black

References Cable L = 1 m XZCR1511040A1 XZCR1511041C1 XZCR1511064D1

L = 2 m XZCR1511040A2 XZCR1511041C2 XZCR1511064D2

M8/M8, M8/M12 and M12/DIN jumper cables

Type Male / Female jumper cables

Type of male connector, interface side M8, 3-pin M12, 3-pin M12, 3-pin M12, 3-pin

straight, screw thread straight, screw thread straight, screw thread straight, screw thread

Type of female connector, sensor side M8, 3-pin M8, 3-pin M8, 3-pin DIN 43650A

straight, screw thread straight, clip together straight, screw thread elbowed, screw thread

Cable PUR, black PUR, black PUR, black PUR, black

References Cable L = 1 m XZCR2705037R1 XZCR1501040G1 XZCR1509040H1 XZCR1523062K1

L = 2 m XZCR2705037R2 XZCR1501040G2 XZCR1509040H2 XZCR1523062K2

Pre-wired connectors and splitter box

Type Connectors Pre-wired connectors Splitter box “Y”

Type of male connector, interface side M12, 4-pin M8, 3-pin M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thread 1 x M12 1 x M12

Type of female connector, sensor side –––2 x M12 2 x M8

Cable – – PUR, black –

References Straight connector, screw thread

XZCC12MDM40B XZCC8MDM30V

– FTXCY1212 FTXCY1208

Elbowed connector, screw thread

XZCC12MCM40B

–– – –

Cable L = 0.5 m – – XZCP1564L05 – –

L = 2 m – – XZCP1564L2 – –

Advantys

7/19

Schneider Electric provides you with indus-

trial networking communication solutions.

With the intelligent remote or embedded

modules for PLCs, devices and standalone

equipments, you beneﬁt from many advan-

ced features, services and tools, that keep a

close eye on your automation applications,

giving you consistant information for an ac-

curate control and maintenance.

FactoryCast

The scalable

FactoryCast and

FactoryCast Gateway ranges,

tailored to meet all your

needs, bring you open

solutions for a multiplicity

of services.

AS-Interface

A quick and expandable

cabling system:

• Only 1 cable for connecting

all the components of an

automation system

• Management of communications integrated in

the products.

ConneXium

ConneXium products are fully interoper-

able with other Schneider Electric auto-

mation products, so you are assured of

reliable, dependable performance when

integrated as a part of a complete

Schneider Electric automation solution.

Networks connectivity

and Web servers



This document is a selection of

the top selling products.

8/1

ConneXium cabling system

Hub, Transceiver, IP 67 Switch ............................................................................................... 8/2

Switches ....................................................................................................................... 8/3 to 8/6

Gateways & Converters ......................................................................................................... 8/7

ConneXview Software ............................................................................................................ 8/8

Cables & Connectors ............................................................................................................. 8/9

AS-Interface cabling system

Advantys interfaces for generic products .................................................8/10 and 8/11

IP20 interfaces

IP67 interfaces

Dedicated components .................................................................................... 8/12 and 8/13

For control

For dialogue

Installation system ................................................................................................ 8/14 to 8/16

Master modules, power supply units

Cables, repeaters

Accessories

Tools ....................................................................................................................................... 8/17

Adjustment and addressing terminals

Safety solutions

Safety monitors

Safety interfaces

see Chapter 9 “Machine safety”

Servers and Gateways

Data server software,

OPC Factory Server ................................................................................................................. 8/18

Embedded Web Servers,

FactoryCast and FactoryCast HMI ......................................................................................... 8/19

Web Gateways for Remote control,

FactoryCast Gateway and FactoryCast HMI Gateway ........................................... 8/20 and 8/21

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Ethernet TCP/IP, Transparent Ready

Cabling system: ConneXium Hub, Transceiver

and Switch

Hub

Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 4 x 10BASE-T ports

Shielded connectors

RJ45

Medium Shielded twisted pair, category CAT 5E

Total length of pair 100 m

Power supply Voltage 24 V (18…32) DC, safety extra low voltage (SELV)

Degree of protection IP 30

Dimensions W x H x D 40 x 125 x 80 mm

Conformity to standards cUL 60950, UL 508 and CSA 142, UL 1604 and CSA 213 Class 1 Division 2, e, GL

FM 3810, FM 3611 Class 1 Division 2 , C-TICK

Reference 499 NEH 104 10

Transceiver

Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 1 x 100BASE-TX port

Shielded connectors RJ45

Medium Shielded twisted pair, category CAT 5E

Total length of pair 100 m

Fiber optic ports Number and type 1 x 100BASE-FX port

Connectors SC

Medium Multimode optical ﬁber

Length of optical ﬁber

50/125 µm ﬁber 3000 m (1)

62.2/125 µm ﬁber 3000 m (1)

Attenuation analysis

50/125 µm ﬁber 8 dB:

62.2/125 µm ﬁber 11 dB:

Power supply Voltage 24 V (18…32) DC, safety extra low voltage (SELV)

Degree of protection IP 20

Dimensions W x H x D 47 x 135 x 111 mm

Conformity to standards cUL 60950, UL 508 and CSA 142, UL 1604 and CSA 213 Class 1 Division 2, e, GL , C-TICK

Reference 499 NTR 101 00

(1) Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the optical ﬁber (typical value: 2000 m).

IP 67 switch Twisted pair, unmanaged

Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 5 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX ports

Shielded connectors M12 (type D)

Medium Shielded twisted pair, category CAT 5E

Total length of pair 100 m with rated cable

Power supply Voltage 24 VDC (18…32 VDC), safety extra low voltage (SELV)

Degree of protection IP 65/67

Dimensions W x H x D 60 x 126 x 31 mm

Conformity to standards cUL 508 and CSA 22.2 14 , C-TICK

Reference TCS ESU 051 F0

ConneXium

8/2

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Ethernet TCP/IP, Transparent Ready

Cabling system: ConneXium unmanaged switches

ConneXium

Switches Copper twisted pair, unmanaged

Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type

3 x 10BASE-T/ 100BASE-TX

ports

4 x 10BASE-T/ 100BASE-TX

ports

5 x 10BASE-T/ 100BASE-TX

ports

8 x 10BASE-T/ 100BASE-TX

ports

Shielded connectors Type RJ45

Medium Shielded twisted pair, category CAT 5E

Total length of pair 100 m

Fiber optic ports Number and type – 1 x 100BASE-FX ports – –

Connectors – Duplex SC – –

Medium – Multimode optical ﬁber – –

Length of optical ﬁber

50/125 µm ﬁber – 5000 m (1) – –

62,2/125 µm ﬁber – 4000 m (1) – –

Attenuation analys

50/125 µm ﬁber – 8 dB – –

62,2/125 µm ﬁber – 11 dB – –

Power supply Voltage, safety extra low voltage (SELV) c 24 VDC (c 9,6…32 VDC)

Power consumption Max. 2,2 W Max. 3,9 W Max. 2,2 W Max. 4,1 W

Connector 3 way removable connector

Degree of protection IP 30

Dimensionss W x H x D 25 x 114 x 79 mm 35 x 138 x 121 mm

Weight 0,113 kg 0,120 kg 0,113 kg 0,246 kg

Conformity to standards UL 508 and CSA 22.2 N° 142

IEC/EN 61131-2, IEC 60825-1 class 1, CISPR 11A

Alarm relay –

Reference TCS ESU 033FN0 TCS ESU 043F1N0 TCS ESU 053FN0 TCS ESU 083FN0

(1) Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the ﬁ ber optic (typical value: 2,000 m).

Switches Copper twisted pair and ﬁbre optic, unmanaged

Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 4 x 10BASE-T/

100BASE-TX ports

3 x 10BASE-T/

100BASE-TX ports

4 x 10BASE-T/

100BASE-TX ports

3 x 10BASE-T/

100BASE-TX ports

8 x 10BASE-T/

100BASE-TX ports

Shielded connectors RJ45

Medium Shielded twisted pair, category CAT 5E

Total length of pair 100 m

Fiber optic ports Number and type

1 x 100BASE-FX port 2 x 100BASE-FX ports 1 x 100BASE-FX port 2 x 100BASE-FX ports

–

Connectors SC –

Medium Multimode optical ﬁber Single mode optical ﬁber –

Length of optical ﬁber

5000 m (1)

––

50/125 µm ﬁber

62.2/125 µm ﬁber 4000 m (1) – –

9/125 µm ﬁber – 32 500 m (2) –

Power supply Voltage 24 VDC (18…32), safety extra low voltage (SELV)

Degree of protection IP 20

Dimensions W x H x D 47 x 135 x 111 mm

Conformity to standards cUL 60950, cUL 508 and CSA 142, UL 1604 and CSA 213 Class 1 Division 2, e, GL , C-TICK

References 499 NMS 251 01 499 NMS 251 02 499 NSS 251 01 499 NSS 251 02 499 NES 181 00

(1) Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the ﬁber optic (typical value: 2,000 m).

(2) Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the ﬁber optic (typical value: 15,000 m).

8/3

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Ethernet TCP/IP, Transparent Ready

Cabling system: ConneXium managed switches

ConneXium

Switches Copper twisted pair and ﬁber optic, managed

Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 3 x 10/100BASE-TX ports 2 x 10/100BASE-TX ports 3 x 10/100BASE-TX ports 2 x 10/100BASE-TX ports

Shielded connectors RJ45

Medium Shielded twisted pair, category CAT 5E

Total length of pair 100 m

Fiber optic ports Number and type 1 x 100BASE-FX port 2 x 100BASE-FX ports 1 x 100BASE-FX port 2 x 100BASE-FX ports

Connectors Duplex SC

Medium Multimode optical ﬁber Single mode optical ﬁber

Length of optical ﬁber

50/125 µm ﬁber 5,000 m (1) –

62.2/125 µm ﬁber 4,000 m (1) –

9/125 µm ﬁber – 32,500 m (2)

Power supply Voltage Operation 9.6...60 VDC/18…30 VAC, safety extra low voltage (SELV)

Degree of protection IP 20

Dimensions W x H x D 47 x 131 x 111 mm

Conformity to standards IEC 61131-2, IEC 61850-3, UL 508, UL 1604 Class 1 Division 2, CSA C22.2 14 (cUL),

CSA C22.2 213 Class 1 Division 2 (cUL), e, GL , C-TICK

References TCS ESM 043F1CU0 TCS ESM 043F2CU0 TCS ESM 043F1CS0 TCS ESM 043F2CS0

(1) Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the ﬁber optic (typical value: 2,000 m).

(2) Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the ﬁber optic (typical value: 15,000 m).

Switches Copper twisted pair, managed

Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 4 x 10/100BASE-TX ports 8 x 10/100BASE-TX ports

Shielded connectors RJ45

Medium Shielded twisted pair, category CAT 5E

Total length of pair 100 m

Power supply Voltage Operation 9.6...60 VDC/18…30 VAC, safety extra low voltage (SELV)

Degree of protection IP 20

Dimensions W x H x D 47 x 131 x 111 mm 74 x 131 x 111 mm

Conformity to standards IEC 61131-2, IEC 61850-3, UL 508, UL 1604 Class 1 Division 2, CSA C22.2 14 (cUL),

CSA C22.2 213 Class 1 Division 2 (cUL), e, GL , C-TICK

References TCS ESM 043F23F0 TCS ESM 083F23F0

8/4

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Ethernet TCP/IP, Transparent Ready

Cabling system: ConneXium managed switches

ConneXium

Switches Copper twisted pair and ﬁber optic, managed

Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 7 x 10/100BASE-TX

ports

6 x 10/100BASE-TX

ports

7 x 10/100BASE-TX

ports

6 x 10/100BASE-T

ports

Shielded connectors RJ45

Medium Shielded twisted pair, category CAT 5E

Total length of pair 100 m

Fiber optic ports Number and type 1 x 100BASE-FX 2 x 100BASE-FX 1 x 100BASE-FX 2 x 100BASE-FX

port port port port

Connectors Duplex SC

Medium Multimode optical ﬁber (MM) Single mode optical ﬁber (SM)

Length of optical ﬁber

5,000 m (1)

–

50/125 µm ﬁber

62.2/125 µm ﬁber 4,000 m (1) –

9/125 µm ﬁber – 32,500 m (2)

Power supply Voltage Operation 9.6...60 VDC/18…30 VAC, safety extra low voltage (SELV)

Degree of protection IP 20

Dimensions W x H x D 74 x 131 x 111 mm

Conformity to standards IEC 61131-2, IEC 61850-3, UL 508, UL 1604 Class 1 Division 2, CSA C22.2 14 (cUL),

CSA C22.2 213 Class 1 Division 2 (cUL), e, GL , C-TICK

References

TCSESM083F1CU0 TCSESM 083F2CU0 TCSESM 083F1CS0 TCSESM 083F2CS0

(1) Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the ﬁber optic (typical value: 2,000 m).

(2) Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the ﬁber optic (typical value: 15,000 m).

Switches Copper twisted pair,

managed

Copper twisted pair and

ﬁber optic, managed

Copper twisted pair and

ﬁber optic, managed

Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 16 x 10/100BASE-TX ports 14 x 10/100BASE-TX ports 22 x 10/100BASE-TX ports

Shielded connectors RJ45

Medium Shielded twisted pair, category CAT 5E

Total length of pair 100 m

Fiber optic ports Number and type – 2 x 100BASE-FX ports

Connector – Duplex SC

Medium – Multimode optical ﬁber

Length of optical ﬁber

–

5,000 m (1)

50/125 µm ﬁber

62.2/125 µm ﬁber – 4,000 m (1)

Power supply Voltage Operation 9.6...60 VDC/18…30 VAC, safety extra low voltage (SELV)

Degree of protection IP 20

Dimensions W x H x D 111 x 131 x 111 mm

Conformity to standards cUL 60950, UL 508 and CSA 142, UL 1604 and CSA 213 Class 1 Division 2, e, GL , C-TICK

References TCSESM 163F23F0 TCSESM 163F2CU0 TCSESM 243F2CU0

(1) Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the ﬁber optic (typical value: 2,000 m).

8/5

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Ethernet TCP/IP, Transparent Ready

Cabling system: ConneXium managed switches

ConneXium

Switches Copper twisted pair and ﬁ bre optic, managed - extended features

Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 8 x 10/100 BASE-TX ports 6 x 10/100 BASE-TX ports 6 x 10/100 BASE-TX ports

Shielded connectors RJ45

Medium Shielded twisted pair, category CAT 5E

Total length of pair 100 m

Fiber optic ports Number and type – 2 x 100BASE-FX ports 2 x 100BASE-FX ports

Connectors – Duplex SC Duplex SC

Medium – Multi mode optical ﬁ bre Single mode optical ﬁ bre

Length of optical ﬁ ber

– 5,000 m (1) –

50/125 µm ﬁ ber

62.2/125 µm ﬁ ber – 4,000 m (1) –

9/125 µm ﬁ ber – – 32,500 m (2)

Attentuation analysis

– 8 dB –

50/125 μm ﬁ bre

62.2/125 µm ﬁ ber – 11 dB –

9/125 µm ﬁ ber – – 16 dB

Ethernet services

FDR, SMTP V3, SNTP client, multicast ﬁ ltering for optimization of the Global Data protocol, conﬁ guration via Web

access, VLAN, IGMP Snooping, RSTP (Rapid Scanning Tree Protocol), priority port, data stream control, secure port.

Topology Number of switches Cascaded Unlimited

Redundant in a ring max. 50

Redundancy Redundant power supplies, redundant single ring, ring coupling

Power supply Voltage Operation 18 - 60 V safety extra low voltage (SELV)

Power consumption 10 W 12 W 12 W

Degree of protection IP30

Dimensions W x H x D 120 x 137 x 115 mm

Conformity to standards IEC/EN 61131-2, IEC 61850-3, UL 508, UL ISA-12.12.-01 Class 1 Div 2 Group A, B, C, D, CSA 22.2 No.

142 (cUL), CSA 22.2 No. 213 Class 1 Division 2 (cUL), CE, GL, C-Tick

Alarm relay Power supply fault, Ethernet network fault or communication port fault (2 A max. volt-free contact at 30 VDC)

References

TCSESM083F23F1 TCSESM063F2CU1 TCSESM063F2CS1

(1) Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the ﬁ lber optic (typical value: 2,000 m).

(2) Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the ﬁ lber optic (typical value: 15,000 m).

8/6

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Ethernet gateways

Ethernet/Modbus gateway and

Ethernet/Modbus Plus gateway/router

ConneXium

Type of gateway TSX ETG 100

Transparent Ready

services

Class B10

Standard Web

services

Conﬁguration Predeﬁned Web pages

Read/Write Acces to connected products list, reading of Modbus devices registers

Diagnostic Via predeﬁned Web pages : diagnostic on Ethernet and Modbus links

Ethernet TCP/IP

communication

management

services

Modbus messaging Read/Write Modbus registers of connected devices

SNMP SNMP Agent, device administration with a SNMP manager

BOOTP protocol FDR Client (replacement of defective product)

Security Miniature ﬁrewall on-board (IP address ﬁltering) and password protection

Ethernet connectivity Physical interface 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX (RJ45)

Data rate 10/100 Mbps with automatic recognition

Medium Twisted pair

Modbus connectivity Type of port RS 485 (2 or 4-wire) or RS 232

Protocol Modbus (RTU and ASCII)

Maxi transmission speed 38,4 Kbps (RS 485), 57,6 Kbps (RS 232)

Number of devices 32 max.

Power supply 24 VDC, 4 W or by power supply device PoE (Power Over Ethernet - IEEE 802.3af)

Degree of protection IP 30

Dimensions W x H x D 72 x 81 x 76 mm, mounting on symmetrical DIN rail

Conformity to standards UL, cUL (conforming to CSA C22-2 no. 14-M91), UL508 , C-TICK, e

Reference TSX ETG 100 (1)

(1) Fonctions: Twido, Compact, Momentum, TSX Micro, Altivar, Altistart, Magelis, ... All products compatible with Modbus standard.

Type of gateway Ethernet/Modbus Plus gateway/router Class B10

Transparent Ready

services

Class B10

Standard Web

services

Conﬁguration Predeﬁned Web pages

Read/Write Acces to connected products list, reading of Modbus Plus devices registers

Diagnostic Via predeﬁned Web pages : diagnostic on Ethernet and Modbus Plus links

Standard Ethernet TCP/IP communication Modbus TCP messaging

services SNMP Agent

Functions Communication gateway Ethernet/Modbus Plus

(many-to-many Modbus Plus)

Interface for programming Ethernet/Modbus Plus

Interfaces Ethernet TCP/IP port Type 1 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX

Shielded connectors RJ45

Medium Shielded twisted pair

Max. distances 100 m (327 ft)

Serial port Type 1 x Modbus Plus

Shielded connectors 9-way SUB-D connector

Medium Shielded twisted pair (single or double)

Power supply Voltage 110/220 VAC (93.5 VAC…242 VAC), 47…63 Hz

Degree of protection IP 20

Dimensions W x H x D 122 x 229 x 248 mm

Conformity to standards UL 508, CSA 142, e

Reference 174 CEV 200 40 (2)

(2) Fonctions: 1 Ethernet port, 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX, 1 Modbus Plus port

8/7

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

ConneXview V2.0

Ethernet Network Diagnostic Software

ConneXium

Introduction

ConneXview is a user friendly software tool used to diagnose industrial Ethernet networks. It provides a

very easy and intuitive interface for network operators and maintenance personnel, plus a set of features

and advanced functions that are of great value to system integrators and controls engineers.

Product features and functions

Automatic discovery of connected devices

ConneXview performs an automatic discovery of IP devices connected on an Ethernet network and then

automatically maps the network topology and devices, providing a green/ yellow/ red color coding of links

and devices to enable users to quickly evaluate the status of the network.

Client/ server architecture

ConnexView v2.0 now provides a client/ server architecture, giving you the ability to monitor your

network, make routine checks on performance and troubleshoot problems, from anywhere you have

access to a PC and a browser.

Alarm Notiﬁcation

In the event of an alarm, you can choose to be automatically notiﬁed by eMail, pager or text message,

and even get a list of all alarms and their severity.

Network Assistant

The Network Assistant is a context-sensitive help ﬁle containing topics describing every network alarm

and warning reported by ConneXview. Selecting an alarm and clicking on the help button will launch the

Network Assistant where you will ﬁnd the alarm text message, a deﬁnition of the alarm, a list of the

possible causes of the alarm, and a series of recommended actions to clear the alarm.

Device Type Editor (DTE)

ConneXview has a device-type library that enables it to identify a large number of Schneider devices.

The DTE can also be used to add 3rd party devices that are not already in the library.

Product References

ConneXview

Server Single License TCSEAZ01PSFM20S

Client Single License TCSEAZ01PSFM20C

Subscription services

Single Server Subscription TCSEAZ01PSSM20S

Single Client Subscription TCSEAZ01PSSM20C

8/8

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Ethernet TCP/IP, Transparent Ready

Cabling system: Connection components

Shielded copper connection cables

ConneXium shielded connection cables are available in two versions to meet the various current standards

and approvals:

ConneXium

These cables conform to:

- EIA/TIA-568 standard, category CAT 5E,

- IEC 11801/EN 50173 standard, class D.

Their ﬁre resistance conforms to:

- NFC 32070# C2 classiﬁcation

- IEC 322/1 standards

- Low Smoke Zero Halogen (LSZH).

EIA/TIA 568 shielded twisted pair cables

EIA/TIA 568 shielded twisted pair cables for CE market

Length m / (ft) 2 (6.6) 5 (16.4) 12 (39.4) 40 (131.2) 80 (262.5)

Straight cables Preformed at both ends 2 RJ45 connectors for connection to terminal devices (DTE)

References

490 NTW 000 02 490 NTW 000 05 490 NTW 000 12 490 NTW 000 40 490 NTW 000 80

Crossed cord cables Preformed at both ends 2 RJ45 connectors for connections between hubs, switches and transceivers

References Reerences

–490 NTC 000 05 –490 NTC 000 40 490 NTC 000 80

EIA/TIA 568 shielded twisted pair cables

Cable material is :

- CEC type FT-1

- NEC type CM

EIA/TIA shielded twisted pair cables for UL markets

Length m / (ft) 2 (6.6) 5 (16.4) 12 (39.4) 15 (49.2) 40 (131.2) 80 (262.5)

Straight cables Preformed at both ends 2 RJ45 connectors for connection to terminal devices (DTE)

References

490 NTW 000 02U 490 NTW 000 05U 490 NTW 000 12U

–

490 NTW 000 40U 490 NTW 000 80U

Crossed cord cables Preformed at both ends 2 RJ45 connectors for connections between hubs, switches and transceivers

References

–

490 NTC 000 05U

–

490 NTC 000 12U 490 NTC 000 40U 490 NTC 000 80U

Cables M12

M12 / M12 Length (m) 1 3 10 25 40

Reference TCSECL1M1M

RJ45 / M12 Length(m) 1 3 10 25 40

Reference TCSECL1M3M

Glass ﬁber optic cables

These glass ﬁber optics are for making connections:

- To a terminal device (DTE)

- Between hubs, transceivers and switches

Glass ﬁber optic cables

Length m / (ft) 5 (16.4) 5 (16.4) 3 (9.8) 5 (16.4)

Glass ﬁber optic cables Preformed at both ends 1 SC connector

1 ST connector (BFOC)

2 MT-RJ connectors

1 MT-RJ connector 1 MT-RJ connector

References 490 NOC 000 05 490 NOT 000 05 490 NOR 000 03 490 NOR 000 05

8/9

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

AS-Interface Advantys interfaces for generic products

IP20 for mounting in enclosure

Modular interface, width 25 mm Analogue Digital

V2.1 with standard addressing

Number of inputs 2 (0…10V) 2 (0/4…20mA) 4 4 4 isolated

Number of outputs – – 4 relay, 2A 4 solid state, 0.5A 4 solid state, 0.5A

Type of addressing Standard

Supply by AS-Interface Inputs and sensor supply (200 mA max.) –

Supply by 24 VDC external source (black AUX cable) – – – Outputs (2)

AS-Interface proﬁle S.7.3.F.D S.7.3.F.D S.7.0.F.E S.7.0.F.E S.7.0.F.E

Maximum consumption from AS-Interface (excluding sensor supply) 60 mA 60 mA 110 mA 50 mA 20 mA

Dimensions (WxDxH) 25x77x87 mm 25x77x87 mm 25x77x87 mm 25x77x87 mm 25x77x87 mm

References ASI20MA2VU ASI20MA2VI ASI20MT4I4OR ASI20MT4I4OS ASI20MT4I4OSA

Accessory (1) for connection to ﬂat cables TCSATN01N2 TCSATN01N2 TCSATN01N2 TCSATV01N2 TCSATV01N2

(1) Or direct screw terminal connection (without accessory).

(2) Inputs, outputs and sensor supply (200 mA max.).

Modular interface, width 25 mm Digital

V2.1 with Extended (A/B) addressing

Number of inputs 4 2 4 4 4 isolated

Number of outputs – 1 triac, 2A 3 relay, 2A 3 solid state, 0.5A 3 solid state, 0.5A

Type of addressing Extended (A/B)

Supply by AS-Interface Inputs and sensor supply (200 mA max.) (3) –

Supply by 24 VDC external source (black AUX cable) – – – Outputs (2)

AS-Interface proﬁle S.0.A.7.0 S.3.A.7.0 S.7.A.7.0 S.7.A.7.0 S.7.A.7.0

Maximum consumption from AS-Interface (excluding sensor supply) 50 mA 40 mA 90 mA 50 mA 20 mA

Dimensions (WxDxH) 25x77x87 mm 25x77x87 mm 25x77x87 mm 25x77x87 mm 25x77x87 mm

References ASI20MT4IE ASI20MT2I1OTE ASI20MT4I3ORE ASI20MT4I3OSE

ASI20MT4I3OSAE

Accessory (1) for connection to ﬂat cables TCSATN01N2 TCSATN01N2 TCSATN01N2 TCSATV01N2 TCSATV01N2

(1) Or direct screw terminal connection (without accessory).

(2) Inputs, outputs and sensor supply (200 mA max.).

(3) Except ASI20MT4I3ORE (170 mA max.).

8/10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

IP67 for mounting on machine

Interface Digital

V2.1 with extended (A/B) addressing

Number of inputs 4 2 – 4 4 4 8

Input cabling Standard (1 x M12)

"Y" (2 x M12) "Y" (4 x M12)

Number of outputs –

2 solid-state, 2A 3 solid-state, 2A 3 solid-state, 2A

–

3 solid-state, 2A

–

Type of addressing Extended (A/B)

Supply by AS-Interface Inputs and sensor supply (200 mA max. except ASI67FFP22•: 100 mA)

Supply by 24 VDC external source (black AUX cable) – Outputs – Outputs – Outputs –

AS-Interface proﬁle S.0.A.7.0 S.B.A.7.0 S.8.A.7.0 S.7.A.7.0 S.0.A.7.2 S.7.A.7.E S.0.A.7.2 (2x)

Maximum consumption from AS-Interface (excluding sensor supply) 45 mA 32 mA 18 mA 48 mA 45 mA 48 mA 90 mA

Dimensions (WxDxH)

45X42X80mm 45X42X80mm 45X42X80mm

60x30,5X151mm

45X42X80mm

60x30,5X151mm 60x30,5X151mm

Connection IDC Interface

ASI67FFP40E ASI67FFP22E ASI67FFP03E ASI67FFP43E ASI67FFP40EY ASI67FFP43EY ASI67FFP80EY

Standard connection base

ASI67FFB01 (1) ASI67FFB01 (1) ASI67FFB01 (1) ASI67FFB03 ASI67FFB01 (1) ASI67FFB03 ASI67FFB03

M12 connector Interface + Connection base

ASI67FMP40E ASI67FMP22E ASI67FMP03E ASI67FMP43E ASI67FMP40EY ASI67FMP43EY

–

(1) A connection base with ﬁxing centres that are compatible with the ASIB4VM12 connection base is available. Reference ASI67FFB02.

Interface Digital

V2.1 with standard addressing

Number of inputs 4 2 – 4 4 8

Input cabling Standard (1 x M12)

"Y" (2 x M12) "Y" (4 x M12)

Number of outputs

– 2 solid-state, 2A 4 solid-state, 2A 4 solid-state, 2A 4 solid-state, 2A

–

Type of addressing Standard

Supply by AS-Interface Inputs and sensor supply (200 mA max. except ASI67FFP22•: 100 mA)

Supply by 24 VDC external source (black AUX cable) – Outputs Outputs Outputs Outputs –

AS-Interface proﬁle S.0.0.F.E S.3.0.F.E S.8.0.F.E S.7.0.F.E S.7.1.F.E S.0.1.F.F (2x)

Maximum consumption from AS-Interface (excluding sensor supply) 45 mA 32 mA 19 mA 49 mA 49 mA 90 mA

Dimensions (WxDxH) 45X42X80mm 45X42X80mm 45X42X80mm

60x30,5X151mm 60x30,5X151mm 60x30,5X151mm

Connection IDC Interface

ASI67FFP40D ASI67FFP22D ASI67FFP04D ASI67FFP44D ASI67FFP44DY ASI67FFP80DY

Standard connection base

ASI67FFB01 (1) ASI67FFB01 (1) ASI67FFB01 (1) ASI67FFB03 ASI67FFB03 ASI67FFB03

M12 connector Interface + Connection base

ASI67FMP40D ASI67FMP22D ASI67FMP04D ASI67FMP44D ASI67FMP44DY

–

(1) A connection base with ﬁxing centres that are compatible with the ASIB4VM12 connection base is available. Reference ASI67FFB02.

Interface Digital

V2.1 (V1 compatible) with standard addressing

Number of inputs 4 2 – 4

Input cabling Standard (1 x M12 input)

Number of outputs – 2 solid-state, 2A 4 solid-state, 2A 4 solid-state, 2A

Type of addressing Standard

Supply by AS-Interface Inputs and sensor supply (200 mA max. except ASI67FFP22•: 100 mA)

Supply by 24 VDC external source (black AUX cable) – Outputs Outputs Outputs

AS-Interface proﬁle S.0.0.F.F S.3.0.F.F S.8.0.F.F S.7.0.F.F

Maximum consumption from AS-Interface (excluding sensor supply) 45 mA 32 mA 19 mA 49 mA

Dimensions (WxDxH) 45x42x80 mm 45x42x80 mm 45x42x80 mm 60x30.5x151 mm

Connection IDC Interface ASI67FFP40A ASI67FFP22A ASI67FFP04A ASI67FFP44A

Standard connection base ASI67FFB01 ASI67FFB01 ASI67FFB01 ASI67FFB03

8/11

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

AS-Interface Dedicated components

For control

Starter in insulated enclosure (1) Control by

Black rotary knob (blue bkgrnd.)

Pushbuttons

Type of addressing Standard

Supply by AS-Interface Inputs, sensor supply (2)

Supply by 24 VDC external source (black AUX cable) (2)

AS-Interface proﬁle S.7.F.F. (LF3....) / S.7.A.7.0. (LF4....)

Maximum consumption from AS-Interface 20 mA

Dimensions (WxDxH) 175x175x195 mm

References (3) Non reversing LF3PppD LF3MppD

(see table below) Reversing LF4PppD LF4MppD

Connection to AS-Interface and external supply (AUX) by accessory for ﬂat cable: TCSATN011F1 (AS-Interface and AUX cables) or TCSATV011F1 (AS-Interface cable).

(1) For an LF3 or LF4 starter in a metal enclosure, add the letter M after the 3

digit in the references listed above (example: LF3P02D becomes LF3MP02D).

(2) Contactors supplied by AS-Interface or external source, conﬁgurable directly on terminal block.

(3) To complete the reference, replace pp by the numbers indicated in the table below. (Example: LF3PppD becomes LF3P00D).

kW= Motor power ratings in category AC-3, 400/415V, in kilowatts.

A= Adjustable range of circuit-breaker thermal trips, in amperes.

Communication interface for TeSys U

V2.1

Type of addressing Standard Extended (A/B)

Supply by AS-Interface ––

Supply by external source (AUX) Coil Coil

AS-Interface proﬁle S.7.D.F.0 7.A.7.E

Maximum consumption from AS-Interface 30 mA 30 mA

Dimensions (WxDxH) depending on LU model depending on LU model

References ASILUFC5 ASILUFC51

Recommended accessory for connection to AS-Interface cable (4) TCSATV01N2 TCSATV01N2

(4) Or direct screw terminal connection to AS-Interface and external supply (AUX).

kW A pp kW A pp

– without MCB 00 0.75 1.6…2.5 07

0.06 0.16…0.25 02 1.1 / 1.5 2.5…4 08

0.09 0.25…0.40 03 2.2 4…6.3 10

0.12 / 0.18 0.40…0.63 04 3 / 4 6…10 14

0.25 0.63…1 05 5.5 9…14 16

0.37/ 0.55 1…1.6 06

8/12

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

For dialogue

–

Control stations Control stations with 2 pushbuttons

V2.1 Black and white Green and red Green and red illuminated

Type of addressing Extended (A/B) Extended (A/B) Extended (A/B)

Supply by AS-Interface Buttons Buttons Buttons and pilot lights

Supply by external source (AUX) –––

AS-Interface proﬁle S.B.A.E. S.B.A.E. S.B.A.E.

Consumption from AS-Interface < 45 mA < 45 mA < 80 mA

Dimensions (WxDxH) 68x62x118 mm 68x62x118 mm 68x65x118 mm

References XALS2001H XALS2002H XALS2003H

Recommended accessory for connection to AS-Interface cable (5) TCSATN011F1 TCSATN011F1 TCSATN011F1

(5) Or direct screw terminal connection to AS-Interface and external supply (AUX).

Interface (6) For 2 control units and 2 pilot lights

V2.1

Number of pages available –

Number of inputs 2

Number of outputs 2 solid state, 0.5 A

Type of addressing Standard

Supply by AS-Interface Inputs and pilot lights

AS-Interface proﬁle S.B.A.E.

Maximum consumption from AS-Interface 80 mA

Dimensions (WxDxH) 52x15x38 mm

References XALSZ1E

(6) Direct screw terminal connection to AS-Interface or by accessory for ﬂat cable: TCSATN01N2.

Indicator banks, Ø 70 mm (9) Base units and cover Illuminated units Audible

V2.1 “Flash” discharge tube Steady light unit

Type of addressing Standard Standard – – –

Connection to AS-Interface cable and AUX (male M12 connector) yes

yes, remote L=1m

–––

Supply by AS-Interface (7) (7) – – –

Supply by external source (AUX) (7) (7) – – –

AS-Interface proﬁle S.7.F S.7.F – – –

Consumption from AS-Interface, supply by AS-Interface / external 250 / 30 mA 250 / 30 mA –––

Light source – – 5 Joule LED –

Buzzer – – – –

…

dB at 1m

References XVBC21A XVBC21B XVBC6Bp (8) XVBC2Bp (8) XVBC9B

Recommended accessory for connection to AS-Interface cable & AUX

TCSATN011F1

TCSATN011F ––

(7) Illuminated units supplied by AS-Interface or externally, conﬁgurable by shunt.

(8) To complete the reference, replace the p by the following number designating the colour: green: 3, red: 4, orange: 5, blue: 6, clear: 7, yellow: 8.

(9) To obtain a complete indicator bank, order a base unit + the illuminated or audible units (5 units maximum).

8/13

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Current in A at 30 V AS-Interface

Current in A at 24 V

65,8

4,5

2 3 4 51

Current in A at 30 V AS-Interface

Current in A at 24 V

65,8

4,5

2 3 4 5

AS-Interface Installation system

Master modules

Type of supply AS-Interface AS-Interface + Auxiliary

Input voltage 100…240 VAC 100…240 VAC 100…240 VAC

AS-Interface output voltage 30 VDC 30 VDC 30 VDC

Auxiliary output voltage – – 24 VDC

AS-Interface nominal power 73 W 146 W 73 W

Auxiliary nominal power – – 72 W

AS-Interface nominal current 2.4 A 4.8 A 2.4 A

AUX nominal current – – 3 A

Direct connection to AS-Interface cable by terminal block by terminal block by terminal block

Dimensions (WxDxH) 54x120x120 mm 81x120x120 mm 81x120x120 mm

References without earth fault detection ASIABLB3002 ASIABLB3004 ASIABLM3024

with earth fault detection ASIABLD3002 ASIABLD3004 –

(2) Power supply unit with constant maximum output, see curve above.

Insulation control relay

Platform Twido Premium Micro Quantum Ethernet GW

Maximum number of master modules per PLC 2 2, 4 or 8 depending 1 8 (1) –

on processor

Compatibility with AS-Interface interfaces and components V1 / V2.1 V1 / V2.1 V1 V1 V1 / V2.1 / V3.0

Direct connection to AS-Interface cable by terminal block by terminal block by terminal block by terminal block by terminal block

Maximum number of addresses 62 62 31 31 62

Type of addressing Standard / Standard / Standard Standard Standard /

Extended (A/B) Extended (A/B) Extended (A/B)

Compatibility with analogue interfaces Yes Yes – – Yes

Compatibility with safety interfaces Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

AS-Interface proﬁ le M.3 M.2.E M.2 M.2 M.4

References TWDNOI10M3 TSXSAY1000 TSXSAZ10 140EIA92100 TCSAGEA1SF13F

(1) 4 per local rack, 4 per remote I/O, 2 per distributed I/O.

Power supply units

Type For AS-Interface line

Degree of protection IP20

Number of C/O contacts 2 relays, each with 1 N/O contact

Rated operational voltage 50 VDC

Dimensions (WxDxH) 90x58x76 mm

References RM0PAS101 (3)

(3) Provided with an impedance adapter.

8/14

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Cables, repeater and line extension

Type Yellow AS-Interface

cable

Black Auxiliary

cable

Repeater (5) Line Extension

Wire c.s.a. 2 x 1.5 mm

2 x 1.5 mm

––

References Cable L = 20 m XZCB10201 (4) XZCB10202 (4) – –

L = 50 m XZCB10501 (4) XZCB10502 (4) – –

L = 100 m XZCB11001 (4) XZCB11002 (4) – –

Reference of repeater – – ASIRPT01 TCSARR011M

(4) Standard cable. For TPE cable (oil and vapour resistant) add the letter H to the end of the reference, example: XZCB10201 becomes XZCB10201H.

(5) Enables an AS-Interface network to be extended by 100 m. Direct connection to the AS-Interface yellow cable by IDC

Tap-offs for ﬂat cable

(For connecting interfaces and components)

Connection to cable by IDC AS-Interface AS-Interface + Auxiliary

IP67 IP67

Connection to the AS-Interface component M12 connector (6) Bared wires (7) M12 connector (6) Bared wires (8)

References Cable L = 1 m TCSATN011F1 –TCSATV011F1 –

L = 2 m TCSATN011F2 TCSATN01N2 TCSATV011F2 TCSATV01N2

(6) Female 5-pin M12 end connector, screw threaded for connection with M12 male connector.

(7) 2 x 0.34 mm2 for product with terminal block.

(8) 4 x 0.34 mm2 for product with terminal block.

T connectors

Connection to cable by IDC T connector Branch

AS-Interface or Auxiliaires IP 67

AS-Interface IP 67

Connection to the AS-Interface sensor or actuator 1 x M12 connector 5-pin female, screw threaded Extension for 2 ﬂat cables

References TCSATN011F TCSATN02V

8/15

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

AS-Interface Installation system

Jumper cables M12 / M12

Type Male / Female jumper cable

Male connector type, interface side M12, 3-pin, straight, screw thread. M12, 4-pin, straight, screw thread.

M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thread.

Female connector type, sensor side M12, 3-pin, straight, screw thread. M12, 4-pin, straight, screw thread.

M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thread.

Cable PUR, black PUR, black PUR, black

References Cable L = 1 m XZCR1511040A1 XZCR1511041C1 XZCR1511064D1

L = 2 m XZCR1511040A2 XZCR1511041C2 XZCR1511064D2

Jumper cables M12 / M8 or DIN

Type Male / Female jumper cable

Male connector type, interface side M12, 3-pin, straight, screw thread. M12, 3-pin, straight, screw thread.

M12, 3-pin, straight, screw thread.

Female connector type, sensor side M8, 3-pin, straight (1) M8, 3-pin, straight, screw thread.

DIN 43650A, elbowed, screw thrd.

Cable PUR, black PUR, black PUR, black

References Cable L = 1 m XZCR1501040G1 XZCR1509040H1 XZCR1523062K1

L = 2 m XZCR1501040G2 XZCR1509040H2 XZCR1523062K2

(1) Clip together connector.

Connectors, splitter box

Type Connectors Pre-wired connectors Splitter box

Male connector type, interface side M12, 4-pin M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thread. 1 x M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thrd.

Female connector type, sensor side – – 2 x M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thrd.

Cable – PUR, black –

References Straight connector, screw thread.

XZCC12MDM40B

– FTXCY1212

Elbowed connector, screw thread.

XZCC12MCM40B

––

Cable L = 0.5 m – XZCP1564L05 –

Cable L = 2 m – XZCP1564L2 –

8/16

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Tools

Adjustment and addressing terminals

Display 25 mm LCD screen

Degree of protection IP40

AS-Interface voltage / current measurement yes

Addresses stored in memory yes

Access to functions direct by selector switch

Compatibility V1/V2

Operating time 2500 addressing operations

References ASITERV2

Reference with set of 7 leads + protective cover for terminal ASITERV2SET

Addressing accessories for terminals ASITERV2

and XZMC11

Product connection Infrared addressing Socket

For products ASISSL… ABE8… / APP1 / ASILUF… /

XBZS43 / ASI20M

References ASITERIR1 XZMG12

Product connection M12, male M12, female Jack plug

For products (2) ASI67FMP

XVB… / XAL… / LF…

ASI20M… / ASI67FFP…

References ASITERACC1M ASITERACC1F ASITERACC

(2) Possibility to connect AS-Interface cable using T connector TCSATN011F.

8/17

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Type OPC data server

OFS Small OFS Large

Items number 1000 items Unlimited

OPC protocols OPC DA OPC DA, OPC XML DA,

References Single station li cence TLX CD SU OFS 33 TLX CD LU OFS

10 stations licence TLX CD ST OFS 33 TLX CD LT OFS 33

200 stations licence – TLX CD LF OFS 33

Description:

Based on the OPC protocols, Schneider-Electric’s OFS software (OPC Factory Server) enables local or

remote OPC client applications such as SCADA, supervisors or custom interfaces, to access Schneider

devices and PLCs data in real time.

OFS software is a multi-device data server which provides simultaneous use of various communication

protocols, and allows client applications to access control data via physical addresses or via symbols

Supported devices :

p Modicon Quantum, Premium, Micro, Compact and Momentum PLCs

p TSX Series 7 and April Series 1000 Schneider-Electric PLCs

p Serial Modbus or Uni-Telway devices connected via Schneider-Electric and Merlin Gerin gateways

TSX ETG 10xx, EGX xxx ranges etc.

Supported networks and protocols :

p Modbus: Serial Modbus, Modbus Plus, Modbus TCP/IP.

p XWAY/UNI-TE: Uni-Telway, FIPWAY, ETHWAY, ISAWAY, PCIWAY.

Openess:

OFS V3.3, integrates the most recent speciﬁcations of the OPC Foundation:

p OPC-DA (OPC Data Access)

p .NET API interface

p OPC XML-DA V1.0 (OPC XML Data Access)

The development of specialized interfaces is even more easy and open.

Developers and System integrators can develop custom applications (in Visual Basic, VBA for Excel,

C++, etc) requiring access to Schneider Electric control devices. The OPC XML-DA V1.0 interface is

designed to provide an interface for Windows and non-Windows client applications and remote access via

the Internet through ﬁrewalls.

OPC data server software

OFS

Remote client

application

program

DCOM ou

HTTP OFS station

Local client

application

program

Ethernet TCP/IP network

Data symbol

(Concept, PL 7 or Unity pro

X-Way networkModbus network

Quantum

Momentum Premium TSX Micro

8/18

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Web servers and Gateways

FactoryCast

FactoryCast modules for PLC

“ Ready to use” diagnostic and monitoring functions embedded in a PLC module accessible

remotely via a simple Internet browser:

b Real-time communication based on Ethernet TCP/IP (Modbus and Uni-TE)

b Secure access to the PLC system and application diagnostics

b Numerical or graphical data monitoring and control

b E-mail notiﬁcations

b Web server open to user customization and creation of Web pages for diagnostics suited

to your needs

b Library of animated graphic objects

b Open communications using SOAP/XML protocol as a server interface (Web services)

FactoryCast HMI modules for PLC

Diagnostic functions Identical as FactoryCast modules + Built-in HMI / SCADA functions

embedded in a PLC module:

b Visualization of Unity Pro PLC program and Operator screens via Web pages

b PLC data acquisition

b Calculations scripts for data-processing Real-time database (1000 variables)

b Alarm and report notiﬁcations via E-mail

b Archiving of data directly into database servers (SQL, Oracle, MySQL)

b Data logging in CSV ﬁles in the module.

b Recipe management with read Database

b Dynamic HTML Reporting function

b Web server open to user Web pages customization

b Built-in Supervision via graphic screens and custom Web pages

b Data monitoring and Graphic monitoring (read/write)

b Library of animated graphic objects

b Open communication using SOAP/XML protocol as a server interface (Web services)

Embedded in the TCP/IP communication modules for Modicon M340,

Premium and Quantum PLCs, FactoryCast Web servers provide se-

cured access to the diagnotics, monitoring and maintenance functions

of your automation installations via a simple web browser.

FactoryCast Gateways - ETG 1000 / 10.. modules

Cost-effective web gateways offer integrating in a stand-alone module:

b All Communications network interfaces: Ethernet TCP/IP, Modbus and Uni-Telway

b Remote access functions, RAS server,

b Transparent gateway / Router functions

b Notiﬁcation of alarms via E-mail

b Data monitoring and Graphic monitoring (read/write)

b A user customizable Web server for creating an interface fully adapted to your needs

b Library of animated graphic objects

FactoryCast HMI Gateways - ETG 3000 / 30.. modules

“All in one” Web gateway module integrating in a stand-alone device:

b a built-in modem (PSTN or GSM/GPRS) depending on the reference

b Secured access : VPN, data encryption and IP ﬁltering.

b A Remote Access server function (RAS)

b 2 Ethernet ports and a Modbus serial port

b Transparent gateway router functions NAT to Ethernet or Modbus serial devices

b I/O card : 6 discrete inputs/ 2 discrete outputs

b Operating temperature : -25°C to +75°C

b User customizable Web server

b Built-in Supervision via graphic screens and custom Web pages

b Data monitoring and Graphic monitoring (read/write)

b Data Acquisition, Data Processing and Data logging in the module (CSV ﬁles)

b Archiving of data directly into database servers (SQL, Oracle, MySQL)

b Alarms and reports via E-mail / SMS

b Open communication using SOAP/XML protocol as a server interface

In the areas of distributed infrastructures, transport, RTU installa-

tions, industry and machines, ETG 1000 / 3000 modules more than

satisfy your requirements for remote diagnotics and maintenance,

remote monitoring and control, and remote programming.

8/19

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

FactoryCast PLC

Embedded Web Servers

FactoryCast

Applications Web Server modules for PLCs

FactoryCast FactoryCast HMI

Target devices Type TSX Micro

PLCs

Modicon M340

PLCs

Modicon

Premium PLCs

Modicon

Quantum PLCs

Modicon

Premium PLCs

Modicon

Quantum PLCs

Network & Remote access

services

Remote access Intranet or via external RAS/modem

Remote programming, downloading via FTP, access to Web server via Internet browser

Gateway function –

Serial protocols –

Ethernet protocols Modbus TCP,

Uni-TE

Modbus TCP Modbus TCP,

Uni-TE

Modbus TCP Modbus TCP,

Uni-TE

Modbus TCP

TCP/IP protocols BootP/DHCP, DNS, SNMP agent, SMTP client, NTP client, FTP

Security Protection by IP address ﬁltering and passwords

Web server Characteristics HTTP and FTP server, 8 Mb memory available for user, hosting of user Web pages and documents (Doc,

Pdf, Excel)

Predeﬁned services Conﬁguration Via Web Designer software or predeﬁned Web pages

Diagnostics System, rack and PLC I/O diagnostics via predeﬁned Web pages

Monitoring of variables Monitoring of devices and application via animated data (read/write variables)

Alarm management PLCs and applications alarms monitoring via predeﬁned Web pages

Customizable services Graphic views Graphic monitoring via animated pages (integrated graphic editor)

Unity Pro operator screen – Display in the form of Web pages

User Web pages Graphic monitoring via animated Web pages created by the user

Advanced services and HMI Calculation scripts – Arithmetic and logical scripts

E-mail service Alarm notiﬁcation by E-mail

Data logging – Data logging in the module with

time stamping (CSV ﬁles)

Database connection – Direct logging in an SQL,

Oracle, MySQL database servers

Report service –

Dynamic HTML report management

Recipe service – Management of “Recipe” data

(storage and read locally or on

remote database)

PLC programme visualization

by Web page

–

All the languages supported by

Unity Pro, are accessible by Web

page on Runtime, without Unity Pro

Application development sofware Web Designer

Supplied with each module

References TSXETZ510 BMXNOE0110 TSXETY5103 140NOE77111 TSXWMY100 140NWM10000

8/20

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

FactoryCast Gateway

Web Gateways for Remote control

Standalone Gateway, Web Server for Remote Access

FactoryCast Gateway ETG 10p0 FactoryCast HMI Gateway ETG30pp

All equipment supporting

Modbus

All equipment supporting

Uni-Telway

All Modicon PLCs and third-party equipment supporting Modbus

Intranet or via external Modem, integrated RAS function Intranet or Modem

External modem, integrated RAS

Intranet or Modem

Integrated PSTN/RTC/GSM modem and RAS modem, NAT

Remote programming, downloading via FTP, access to Web server via Internet browser

Ethernet to Modbus serial

Modem to Modbus serial and Ethernet

Ethernet to Uni-Telway serial

Modem to Uni-Telway and Ethernet

Ethernet to Modbus serial

Modem to Modbus serial and Ethernet (Modbus, UNITE)

Modbus (Master) Uni-Telway (Slave) Modbus (Master)

Modbus TCP Modbus TCP, Uni-TE (Modicon

Premium, Modicon TSX Micro)

Modbus TCP

Uni-TE TCP

BootP/DHCP, SNMP agent, SMTP client, NTP client, FTP DHCP, DNS, SNMP agent, SMTP client, NTP client, FTP

Protection by IP address ﬁ ltering and password Protection by IP address ﬁltering and password + Tunnels VPN & encryption of the datas.

HTTP and FTP server, 8 Mb memory available for user, hosting of

user Web pages and documents (Doc, Pdf, Excel)

HTTP and FTP server, 32 Mb memory available for user Web pages, memory extension using Compact

Flash cards 1 Gb max., hosting of user Web pages and documents (Doc, Pdf, Excel)

Via Web Designer software or predeﬁned Web pages

Diagnostics of serial devices via predeﬁned Web pages Network diagnostics, diagnostics of serial devices and Ethernet via predeﬁned Web pages

Monitoring of devices and application via data tables (read/write variables)

Via E-mail Via E-mail/SMS

Graphic monitoring via animated views (integrated graphic editor)

–

Graphic monitoring via animated Web pages created by the user

– Arithmetic and logical scripts

Alarm notiﬁcation by E-mail Alarm notiﬁcation by E-mail/SMS

– Data logging in the module with time stamping (CSV ﬁles)

– Direct recording in SQL, Oracle, MySQL database servers

– Dynamic HTML report management

– Management of “Recipe” data (storage and revad locally or on remote database)

– –

Web Designer

Supplied with each module

TSXETG1000 TSXETG1010 TSXETG3000 TSXETG3010 (Modem RTC) TSXETG3021

Modem GSM/GPRS

(Bands 900/1800MHz)

TSXETG3022

Modem GSM/GPRS

(Bands 850/1900 MHz)

8/21

Your

machine

Risk

assesment

analysis

Implemen-

tation &

Certiﬁcation

Conception

& Design

Mainten

nance /

Inspection

& Audit

Safety must be taken into account

right from the design stage and must

be kept in mind at all stages in the life

of a machine: design, manufacture,

installation, adjustment, operation,

maintenance and eventual scrapping.

Preventa, the safety attitude around your machine life cycle

Preventa

As well as the moral obligation to avoid

harming anyone, there are laws that require

machines to be safe, and sound economic

reasons for avoiding accidents.

> New machines - the Machinery Directive

The Machinery Directive 98/37/EC is to compel manufacturers to guarantee a minimum safety level for machinery

and equipment sold within the European Union.

From 29 December 2009, the new European Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC will be effective. Machines have to

comply with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements (EHSRs) listed in Annex I of the Directive, thus setting a

common minimum level of protection across the EEA (European Economic Area).

Machine manufacturers, or their authorised representatives within the EU, must ensure that the machine is compliant,

the Technical File can be made available to the enforcing authorities on request, the CE marking is afﬁxed, and a

Declaration of Conformity has been signed, before the machine may be placed on the market within the EU.



This document is a selection of

the top selling products.

Machine safety

9/1

Safety standards ..................................................................................................................................9/2 to 9/11

Automation ........................................................................................................................................... 9/12 to 9/17

Safety PLCs

Safety controllers and modules

AS-Interface Safety at work ................................................................................................... 9/18 and 9/19

Safety monitors and interfaces

Detection ................................................................................................................................................. 9/20 to 9/27

Safety switches

Safety limit switches

Coded magnetic technology

Safety mats

Safety light curtains

Operator dialogue ............................................................................................................................ 9/28 to 9/32

Emergency stops

Foot switches

Control units

Products for explosive atmospheres (see chapter 10 “Explosive Atmospheres”)

Motor control .................................................................................................................................. 9/33 to 9/35

Switch disconnectors

TeSys motor starters

Functional safety

«Helping you to reach easily your safety

machinery and standard level required»

Thanks to directives and standards as guidelines.

EN/IEC 61508

SAFETY OF SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT

Functional safety of electrical / electronic /

programmable electronic safety-related systems

EN/ISO 13849-1

Safety related parts of control systems

MACHINES

EN/IEC 62061

Risk reduction achieved by all safety-related systems

and external risk reduction facilities

Practical risk covered

by other technology

safety-related

systems

Practical risk covered

by electrical / electronic /

programmable electronic

safety-related systems

Practical risk covered

by external risk

reduction facilities

Necessary risk reduction

RESIDUAL

RISK

TOLERABLE

RISK

EQUIPMENT UNDER

CONTROL RISK

Actual risk reduction

Functional safety

> Safety integrity level (SIL), Performance level (PL)

Risk reduction according to EN/IEC 61508 and EN/ISO 13849-1

• Safety is achieved by risk reduction (for those hazards that cannot be designed-out).

• Residual risk is the risk remaining after protective measures have been taken.

• Protective measures realised by E/E/PE* safety related systems contribute to risk reduction.

* Electric / Electronic / Programmable electronic

9/3

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Risk related to

the identiﬁed

hazard

Severity of

the possible

harm

Probability of

occurrence of

that harm

Frequency and duration of exposure

Probability of occurrence of a hazardous event

Probability of avoiding or limiting harm

Serial no.

Hazard

Hazard X

Se Fr

5+ + =

Death, losing an eye or arm

Permanent, losing fingers

Reversible, medical attention

Reversible, first aid

SIL 2

3-4

SIL 2

5-7

Class CI

Frequency and duration

<= 1 hour

> 1 h to <= 1 day

> 1 day to <= 2 wks

2 wks to <= 1 year

> 1 year

Probability of hzd. Event

Common

Likely

Possible

Rarely

Negligible

Avoidance

Impossible

Possible

Likely

SIL 2

SIL 1

SIL 3

SIL 2

SIL 1

SIL 3

8-10 11-13 14-15

SIL 3

SIL 2

SIL 1

Consequences (Se)

Consequences

Reversible: requiring attention from a medical practitioner

Reversible: requiring first aid

Severity (Se)

Irreversible: broken limb(s), losing a finger(s)

Irreversible: death, losing an eye or arm 4

412

Frequency and duration of exposure (Fr)

> 1 day to 2 weeks

1 h

> 2 weeks to 1 year 3

> 1 year 2

Frequency of exposure > 10 min

> 1 h to 1 day 5

Probability of occurrence

Rarely

Probability (Pr)

Negligible 1

Very high 5

Possible 3

4Likely

Probability of a voiding or limiting harm (Av)

Impossible 5

Probable

Rarely 3

Safety

integrity level

(SIL)

>10-8 to <10-7

>10-7 to <10-6

>10-6 to <10-5

Probability of a dangerous

Failure per Hour

PFHD

Functional safety of machinery

> Approach according to EN/IEC 62061

Risk estimation for SIL assignment

Example of SIL assignment

This assignment should be carried by determining the risk parameters that are shown below in an example.

Determination of the SIL level achieved by the Safety-related control function (SRCF)

According to standard EN/IEC 62061 for each safety related control function, the SIL level is linked to:

• a target failure value for the probability of dangerous failure by hour of the SRCF: PFHD

• architectural constraints (hardware fault tolerance, diagnosis)

• a set of requirements related to the lifecycle of the safety related electrical control system

λs= rate of safe failures,

λdd= rate of detected dangerous failures,

λdu= rate of undetected dangerous failures

In practice, detected dangerous failure are dealt with by fault

• The rate of failures λ can be expressed as follows: λ= λs+ λdd +λdu

• The calculation of the PFHD for a system

or subsystem depends on several parameters:

the dangerous failure rate (

d) of the subsystem elements

the fault tolerance (e.g. redundancy) of the system

the diagnostic test interval (T2)

the proof test interval (T1) or lifetime whichever is smaller

the susceptibility to common cause failures (β)

• For each of the four different logical architectures A to D there is a

different formula to calculate the PFHD. (see EN/IEC 62061)

• For a simple system without redondancy and without diagnostic:

PFHD = λd x 1h λd = λdd +λdu

In this example the SIL 3 must be achieved by the safety-related control function intended to reduce the risk related

to the identiﬁed hazard.

9/4

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Required

performance

level PLr

Starting point for

the evaluation of the

contribution to the

risk reduction of a

safety function

Performance

level (PL)

10-5 ... < 10-4

3 x 10-6 ... <10-5

10-6…< 3 x 10-6

10-7…< 10-6

10-8…< 10-7

Probability of a dangerous

Failure per Hour

Performance level “EN / ISO 13849-1”

Safety Integrity Level “EN / IEC 62061”

Safety category level according to EN/ISO 13849-1

Cat. B

DCavg =

MTTFd of each channel = low

MTTFd of each channel = medium

MTTFd of each channel = high

Cat. 4

DCavg =

high

Cat. 3

DCavg =

medium

Cat. 3

DCavg =

low

Cat. 2

DCavg =

medium

Cat. 2

DCavg =

low

Cat. 1

DCavg =

low

Electromechanical components

Emergency stop push-button Ø22 mm XB4 & XB5 (mushroom head)

Emergency stop trip wire switches XY2 C

Pushbutton Ø22 mm XB4 & XB5

Safety Limit switches with plunger or roller lever head XSC

Safety switches with key (guard switches) XCS

Safety switches with key (electromagnet guard switches) XCS

Safety switches with rotary opening head XCS

Safety coded magnetic switches XCS DMC/DMP/DMR at 10mA

contactors with nominal load

contactors with mechanical load

1 500 000

50 000

25 000 000

50 000 000

5 000 000

50 000 000

1 300 000

20 000 000

B10d

> Approach according to EN/ISO 13849-1

Determination of the Performance Level requested (PLr)

This determination could be done using the risk graph.

S = Severity of injury

S1 = Slight (normally reversible injury)

S2 = Serious (normally irreversible) injury including death

F = Frequency and/or exposure time to the hazard

F1 = Seldom to less often and/or the exposure time is short

F2 = Frequent to continuous and/or the exposure time is long

P = Possibility of avoiding the hazard or limiting the harm

P1 = Possible under speciﬁc conditions

P2 = Scarcely possible

L = Low contribution to risk reduction

H = High contribution to risk reduction

Determination of the PL achieved by the

Safety-related parts of control systems (SRP/CS)

According to standard EN/ISO 13849-1,

the Performance level (PL) is linked to a target

failure value of probability of dangerous failure

per hour for each safety related control function.

Functional safety and manufacturer

reliability data of electromechanical

components according to

EN/ISO 13849-1 and EN/IEC 62061

Preventa, Harmony, Tesys -

B10d values of electromechanical components.

The following values apply to high or continuous

demand mode of operations used in machinery

applications.

The B10d value is given to a lifetime of 10 years,

but is mainly limited by mechinacal or contact wear.

For a SRP/CS (or a combination of

SRP/CS) designed according the

requirements of the article 6, the PL

could be estimated with the ﬁgure

below after estimation of several

factors such as system structure

(categories), mechanism of failures

detection [Diagnosis Coverage (DC)],

components reliability [mean time to

dangerous failure (MTTFd), Common

Cause Failure (CCF)]…

9/5

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Certiﬁed safety chain solutions from

an market leader in automation!

The concept:

Combination of products interoperating like

a complete safety chain system to provide

several safety functions for different safety

levels which are certiﬁed by an external

notiﬁed body

Its are made by:

> Layout of solution indicating performance level (PL),

category and safety integrity level (SIL)

> Bill of materials and the system description ﬁle

> Example of calculation of the PL and SIL for each safety function

> Complete electrical diagram in detail

> Certiﬁcation of all product combination from a notify body

PL=b, Cat 1 / SIL 1

PL=d, Cat 3 / SIL 2 PL=e, Cat 4 / SIL 2

PL=c, Cat 2 / SIL 1

9/6

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

SAFETY

VALVES

VALVE

CONTROL

CH1

VALVE

CONTROL

CH2

CAM

ENCLOSURE

VALVE

CONTROL

CH1

MAIN

MOVEMENT

CAM

ENCLOSURE

SAFETY

VALVES

VALVE

CONTROL

CH2

Be conﬁdent by using certiﬁed safety chain

solutions provided by an automation leader

> Save cost by avoiding external safety experts engineering

> Reduce design time by our examples of calculation of the safety

level for each safety function

PL=e, Cat 4 / SIL 3

9 Safety

chain solutions

Certiﬁed on

the right safety

level required

9/7

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Safe signal transmission

Save cost and time with our Preventa offer...

Acquire the information:

> Protective devices used as part of safeguarding

systems to control the access under speciﬁc conditions

of reduced risk.

> Light curtains and safety mats to detect approach

to dangerous and limited areas.

> Two hand control stations and enabling switches

for starting and enabling of dangerous movements.

> Generic protective measures - Emergency stop.

Monitor and processing:

> Safety relays modules with a speciﬁc safety function

to monitor input signals from safety devices and to

interface with contactors and drives by switch off the

output safety contacts.

> Safety Controller: conﬁgurable safety device capable

of centralized a generic range of safety monitoring

functions.

> Safety PLCs: programmable electronic systems to

carry out safety or non-safety related tasks for machi-

nery and equipment.

> «As-i safety at work»: safety ﬁeld bus network

certiﬁed to work with safety devices to provide safety

functions.

Safety

relays

Safety

Controller

Safety

PLCs

As-i safety

at work

Protective devices

Safety mats Two hand control stations

and enabling switches

Emergency stop Tripwire switch

Light curtains

9/8

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Stop the machine:

> Contactors to cut-off the electrical power supply to

the motors with mechanically linked mirror auxiliary

contacts integrated for the feedback loop diagnosis of

safety modules.

> Variable Speed Drives controlled stopping of the

dangerous movement by safety certiﬁed power removal

function integrated.

> Rotary switch disconnectors:

for equipment isolation from the electrical supply and

for emergency stop by direct interruption of the power

supply.

Variable

Speed Drives

Rotary switch

disconnectors

Contactors

1 Complete

& upgraded

safety offer:

Improve safety level

requirement

Save costs by optimizing

electrical panel space

Reduce installation time

by easy and quick wiring

Up to 50%

of space

optimization

Increase the compactness

by reducing size

Save up

to 30%

on installation

time

Thanks to cage clamp,

option included in our

new products range

9/9

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

SoSafety software

SoSafety software incorporates 4 software applications for machine safety.

It is available in 4 complete versions and 3 update versions, adapted to your

particular needs:

Protect Area Design

Safety mats conﬁguration

software

SoSafety comprising Protect Area Design (full version) and

demo versions of the 3 other software applications.

SoSafety comprising Protect Area Design and ASI SWIN (full

versions) and demo versions of the other 2 software applications.

Reference: ASISWIN2

ASISWIN update version comprising the new ASISWIN 2+, only if

the previous version of Safety Suite V1 with ASISWIN2 version 2.0.3

(ref: ASISWIN) have been already installed.

Reference: SSVASISWINUP

SoSafety comprising Protect Area Design, ASI SWIN and

XPS MCWIN (full versions) and demo version of XPS MFWIN.

Reference: XPSMCWIN

XPSMCWIN update version comprising the new XPSMCWIN 2.10,

only if the previous version of Safety Suite V1 with XPSMCWIN

version 2.0 (ref: XPSMCWIN) have been already installed.

Reference: SSVXPSMCWINUP

SoSafety comprising Protect Area Design, ASI SWIN,

XPS MCWIN and XPS MFWIN (full versions).

Reference: SSV1XPSMFWIN

XPSMFWIN update version comprising the new XPSMFWIN 4.1

build 6150, only if the previous version of Safety Suite V1 with

XPSMFWIN version 4.1 (ref: SSV1XPSMFWIN) have been already

installed.

Reference: SSVXPSMFWINUP

ASI SWIN

AS-Interface safety

monitor conﬁguration

software.

XPS MCWIN

XPS MC safety controllers

conﬁguration software.

XPS MFWIN

XPS MF safety PLCs

programming software.

9/10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Notes

9/11

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Safety PLC type Compact

Number of inputs/outputs Digital

(conﬁgurable with XPSMFWIN software)

Pulsed (1) 2x4

Memory capacity Application 250 Kb

Data 250 Kb

Supply External 24 VDC supply (with separate protection conforming to IEC 61131-2)

Communication

On Ethernet network with safe Ethernet protocol

Integrated (2xRJ45) Integrated (2xRJ45) Integrated (2xRJ45) Integrated (2xRJ45) Integrated (2xRJ45) Integrated (2xRJ45)

On Modbus TCP/IP –

Integrated (2xRJ45)

–

Integrated (2xRJ45)

–

Integrated (2xRJ45)

On Modbus (Serial link)

–

Integrated (1xRJ45) Integrated (1xRJ45)

–

On Proﬁbus DP –

–

Integrated (SUB-D9) Integrated (SUB-D9)

Input/output connections Removable screw terminal blocks or removable cage clamp terminal blocks coded with locating device

References XPSMF4000 XPSMF4002 XPSMF4020 XPSMF4022 XPSMF4040 XPSMF4042

(1) They outputs are not safety outputs.

Compact

Safety PLC type Compact

Number of inputs Digital 20 20 24 24 24

Analogue – – 888

Counting – – 222

Number of outputs Digital 88888

Analogue – – – – –

Relay – – – – –

Memory capacity Application 250 Kb

Data 250 Kb

Supply External 24 VDC supply (with separate protection conforming to IEC 61131-2)

Communication On Ethernet network (Modbus TCP/IP)

Integrated

(4xRJ45)

Integrated

(4xRJ45)

Integrated

(4xRJ45)

Integrated

(4xRJ45) Integrated (4xRJ45)

On Modbus (Serial link)

Integrated (SUB-D9)

––

Integrated (SUB-D9)

–

On Proﬁbus DP – – – – Integrated (SUB-D9)

Input/output connections Removable screw terminal blocks, coded with locating device

References (2) XPSMF3022 XPSMF31222 XPSMF3502 XPSMF3522 XPSMF3542

(2) Products referenced XPSMF30/MF31/MF35 are marked Himatrix F30, F31 and F35.

Safety PLCs

Compact

Preventa

Automation

For all XPSMF PLCs

Maximum category of the solution .................................. Category 4

(EN 954-1)

Max performance level for the solution .......................... PL e

(EN ISO 13849-1)

Max safety integrity level for the solution ........................ SIL 3

(EN IEC 62061)

9/12

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Type CPU Power supply

module

Rack

with 6 slots

Software

Memory capacity Application 500 Kb – – For XPSMF PLCs

Data 500 Kb – –

Supply –

External 24 VDC, integrated

–

Communication On Ethernet network (Modbus TCP/IP) Integrated (4xRJ45) – – Complete version

On Modbus bus (Serial link) Integrated (SUB-D9) – – SSV1XPSMFWIN

Power connections Screw terminal blocks Screw terminal blocks – (1)

Dimensions W x D x H – – 257 x 239 x 310 mm Update version

References XPSMFCPU22 XPSMFPS01 XPSMFGEH01 SSVXPSMFWINUP

I/O module type For modular safety PLC

Analogue Digital Relay

Number of inputs Digital – – – 24 32 24 –

Analogue 8––––––

Counting – – 2––––

Number of outputs Digital – – 4––16 –

Analogue – 8–––––

Relay – – ––––8

Supply Removable screw terminal blocks, coded with locating device

References

XPSMFAI801 XPSMFAO801 XPSMFCIO2401 XPSMFDI2401 XPSMFDI3201 XPSMFDIO241601 XPSMFDO801

Decentralised safety I/O modules

Module type Inputs/Ouputs

Digital

Number of inputs Digital 16 8+2 16 20

Number of outputs Digital – 8 8 8

Pulsed 4 2 2 –

Supply External 24 VDC supply (with separate protection conforming to IEC 61131-2)

Communication On Safe Ethernet network (Modbus TCP/IP) Integrated (2xRJ45)

Input/output connections Removable screw terminal blocks, coded with locating device

References (2) XPSMF1DI1601 XPSMF3DIO8801 XPSMF3DIO16801 XPSMF3DIO20802

I/O module type Inputs/Outputs

Analogue

Outputs

Digital Relay

Number of inputs Analogue 8 – – – –

Number of outputs Digital – 4 16 – –

Analogue (not safety) 4 – – – –

Relay – – – 8 16

Supply External 24 VDC supply (with separate protection conforming to IEC 61131-2)

Communication On Safe Ethernet network (Modbus TCP/IP) Integrated (2xRJ45)

Input/output connections Removable screw terminal blocks, coded with locating device

References (2) XPSMF3AIO8401 XPSMF2DO401 XPSMF2DO1601 XPSMF2DO801 XPSMF2DO1602

(1) To be ordered only if the previous version of have been already installed.

(2) Products referenced XPSMF1/MF2/MF3 are marked Himatrix F1, F2 and F3.

For all XPSMF PLCs

Maximum category of the solution .................................. Category 4

(EN 954-1)

Max performance level for the solution .......................... PL e

(EN ISO 13849-1)

Max safety integrity level for the solution ........................ SIL 3

(EN IEC 62061)

9/13

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Universal

Preventa

Automation

Safety controllers for monitoring

emergency stops and limit switches

For all XPSMC controllers

Max performance level for the solution (EN ISO 13849-1) ...................PL e

Max safety integrity level for the solution (EN IEC 62061) ....................SIL 3

Maximum category of the solution Category 4

(EN 954-1)

Number of circuits Safety 2 x 2N/O + 6 solid-state 2 x 3N/O per function

Additional – 3 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs) 30 12

Width of housing 74 mm 45 mm

Communication interface Modbus Modbus, CANopen Modbus, Proﬁbus DP –

Universal solutions: safety controllers (for monitoring several safety functions simultaneously)

Supply voltage 24 VDC XPSMC32Z (1) (2) XPSMC32ZC (1) (2) XPSMC32ZP (1) (2) XPSMP11123P (3)

coded magnetic switches

enabling switch

Maximum category of the solution Category 4

(EN 954-1)

For monitoring magnetic switches and enabling switch

Number of circuits Safety 2 x 2N/O + 6 solid-state 2 x 3N/O per function

Additional – 3 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs) 30 12

Width of housing 74 mm 45 mm

Communication interface Modbus Modbus, CANopen Modbus, Proﬁbus DP –

Universal solutions: safety controllers (for monitoring several safety functions simultaneously)

Supply voltage 24 VDC XPSMC32Z (1)(2) XPSMC32ZC (1)(2) XPSMC32ZP (1)(2) XPSMP11123P (3)

safety mats and edging

Maximum category of the solution Category 3

(EN 954-1)

Number of circuits Safety 2 x 2N/O + 6 solid-state 2 x 3N/O per function

Additional – 3 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs) 30 12

Width of housing 74 mm 45 mm

Communication interface Modbus Modbus, CANopen Modbus, Proﬁbus DP –

Universal solutions: safety controllers (for monitoring several safety functions simultaneously)

Supply voltage 24 VDC XPSMC32Z (1)(2) XPSMC32ZC (1)(2) XPSMC32ZP (1)(2) XPSMP11123P (3)

(1) Version with 32 inputs. For version with 16 inputs, replace 32 in the reference by 16 (example: XPSMC32Z becomes XPSMC16Z).

(2) Conﬁguration software XPSMCWIN (complete version) or SSVXPSMCWINUP (update version), connecting cable, adaptor and set of screw terminal plug-in connectors

XPSMCTS16 and XPSMCTS32 or set of spring clip terminal plug-in connectors XPSMCTC16 and XPSMCTC32 to be ordered separately.

(3) For ﬁxed connector version, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSMP11123P becomes XPSMP11123).

9/14

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Safety modules for monitoring

emergency stops and limit switches

Maximum category of the solution Category 3 Category 4

(EN 954-1)

Number of circuits Safety 3N/O 3N/O 3N/O 7N/O

3N/O+3N/O time del. 2N/O+3N/O time del.

Additional

1 solid-state

–

1N/C + 4 solid-state 2N/C + 4 solid-state 3 solid-state 4 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs) 2 3 4 4 11 4

Width of housing 22.5 mm 22.5 mm 45 mm 90 mm 45 mm 45 mm

Optimum solutions: safety modules (for monitoring 1 safety function)

Supply voltage (1)

24 VDC – – – – XPSAV11113P –

24 VAC/DC XPSAC5121P XPSAF5130P XPSAK311144P XPSAR311144P –XPSATE5110P

230 VAC – – – – – XPSATE3710P

(1) For version with non removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSAV11113P becomes XPSAV11113).

coded magnetic switches

enabling switch

Maximum category of the solution Category 4

(EN 954-1)

For monitoring 2 coded magnetic 6 coded magnetic enabling switch

switches maximum switches maximum

Number of circuits Safety 2N/O 2N/O 2N/O

Additional 2 solid-state 2 solid-state 2 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs) 3 15 3

Width of housing 22.5 mm 45 mm 22.5 mm

Optimum solutions: safety modules (for monitoring 1 safety function)

Supply voltage 24 VDC XPSDMB1132P (1) XPSDME1132P (1) XPSVC1132P (1)

(1) For version with non removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSDMB1132P becomes XPSDMB1132).

safety mats and edging

Maximum category of the solution Category 3

(EN 954-1)

Number of circuits Safety 3N/O

Additional 1N/C + 4 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs) 4

Width of housing 45 mm

Optimum solutions: safety modules (for monitoring 1 safety function)

Supply voltage 24 VAC/DC XPSAK311144P (1)

(1) For version with non removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSAK311144P becomes XPSAK311144).

9/15

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

0,0

0,2

0,4

0,6

0,8

1,0

0,0

0,2

0,4

0,6

0,8

1,0

Universal

Preventa

Automation

Safety controllers for monitoring

two-hand control

For all XPSMC controllers

Max performance level for the solution (EN ISO 13849-1) ...................PL e

Max safety integrity level for the solution (EN IEC 62061) ....................SIL 3

Maximum category of the solution Category 4

(EN 954-1)

Number of circuits Safety 2 x 2N/O + 6 solid-state

Additional –

Display (number of LEDs) 30

Width of housing 74 mm

Communication interface Modbus Modbus, CANopen Modbus, Proﬁbus DP

Universal solutions: safety controllers (for monitoring several safety functions simultaneously)

Supply voltage 24 VDC XPSMC32Z (1)(2) XPSMC32ZC (1)(2) XPSMC32ZP (1)(2)

light curtains

Maximum category of the solution Category 4 2 light curtains

(EN 954-1) monitoring max.

Number of circuits Safety 2 x 2N/O + 6 solid-state 2x3N/O per function 6 PNP solid-state

Additional – 3 solid-state 1 PNP + 1 NPN

Display (number of LEDs) 30 12

14 + double display units

Width of housing 74 mm 45 mm 100 mm

Integral Muting function Yes No Yes

Communication interface Modbus Modbus, CANopen Modbus, Proﬁbus DP – –

Universal solutions: safety controllers (for monitoring several safety functions simultaneously)

Supply voltage 24 VDC XPSMC32Z

(1)(2)

XPSMC32ZC

(1)(2)

XPSMC32ZP

(1)(2)

XPSMP11123P (3) XPSLCM1150 (4)

(1) Version with 32 inputs, for version with 16 inputs, replace 32 in the reference by 16 (example: XPSMC32Z becomes XPSMC16Z).

(3) For version with non removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSMP11123P becomes XPSMP11123).

(4) Removable terminal blocks

zero speed, time delay

Maximum category of the solution Category 4

(EN 954-1)

For monitoring Motor zero speed condition

Number of circuits Safety 2 x 2N/O + 6 solid-state

Additional –

Display (number of LEDs) 30

Width of housing 74 mm

Communication interface Modbus Modbus, CANopen Modbus, Proﬁbus DP

Universal solutions: safety controllers (for monitoring several safety functions simultaneously)

Supply voltage 24 VDC XPSMC32Z (5) (2) XPSMC32ZC (5) (2) XPSMC32ZP (5) (2)

(2) Conﬁguration software XPSMCWIN (complete version) or SSVXPSMCWINUP (update version), connecting cable, adaptor and set of screw terminal plug-in connectors

XPSMCTS16 and XPSMCTS32 or set of spring clip terminal plug-in connectors XPSMCTC16 and XPSMCTC32 to be ordered separately.

(5) Plug-in connector version only.

9/16

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

0,0

0,2

0,4

0,6

0,8

1,0

Safety modules for monitoring

two-hand control

Maximum category of the solution Category 1 Category 4

(EN 954-1) (type IIIA to EN 574) (type IIIC to EN 574)

Number of circuits Safety 1N/O 2N/O 2N/O

Additional 1N/C 1N/C 2 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs) 2 3 3

Width of housing 22.5 mm 45 mm 22.5 mm

Optimum solutions: safety modules (for monitoring 1 safety function)

Supply voltage 24 VDC – XPSBC1110 XPSBF1132P (1)

24 VAC/DC XPSBA5120 ––

(1) For version with non removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSBF1132P becomes XPSBF1132).

light curtains

Maximum category of the solution Category 2 Category 4

(EN 954-1)

Number of circuits Safety 2N/O 3N/O 3N/O 7N/O

Additional 4 solid-state – 1N/C + 4 solid-state 1N/C + 4 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs) 4 3 4 4

Width of housing 45 mm 22.5 mm 45 mm 90 mm

Integral Muting function Yes No No No

Optimum solutions: safety modules (for monitoring 1 safety function)

Supply voltage 24 VDC XPSCM1144P (1) – – –

24 VAC/DC –XPSAFL5130P (1) XPSAK311144P (1) XPSAR311144P (1)

(1) For version with non removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSCM1144P becomes XPSCM1144).

zero speed, time delay and lifts

Maximum category of the solution Category 3 Category 4

(EN 954-1)

For monitoring

Motor zero speed condition

Safety time delay Lifts

Number of circuits Safety 1N/O + 1N/C 1N/O time delay 1N/O pulse 2N/O

Additional 2 solid-state 2N/C + 2 solid-state 2N/C + 2 solid-state 2 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs) 4 4 4 4

Width of housing 45 mm 45 mm 45 mm 45 mm

Optimum solutions: safety modules (for monitoring 1 safety function)

Supply voltage 24 VDC XPSVNE1142P (1) – – –

24 VAC/DC –XPSTSA5142P (2) XPSTSW5142P (2) XPSDA5142

(1) Motor frequency ≤ 60 Hz.. For frequencies ≥ 60 Hz, please refer to the “Safety solution” catalogue.

(2) Removable terminal block version only.

9/17

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Preventa

AS-Interface safety at work

Safety monitors

Monitors

Conﬁguration software, adjustment terminal and

AS-Interface analyser

Maximum category of the solution

(EN 954-1)

Category 4

Number of circuits

Safety

2N/O 2 x 2N/O

Auxiliary 1 solid-state 2 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs) 5 8

Width of housing 45 mm 45 mm

AS-Interface proﬁle S.7.F S.7.F

Master module compatibility V1 / V2.1 V1 / V2.1

References of monitor with

enhanced functions

ASISAFEMON1B ASISAFEMON2B

standard functions ASISAFEMON1 ASISAFEMON2

(1) CD-ROM with hardware and software user guides.

(2) For addressing safety interfaces, use the infrared adaptor ASITERIR1 or the standard adaptor ASISAD1.

(3)

To be ordered only if a previous version of ASISWIN have been already installed.

Accessories

Type

Adaptor

for the adressing

of safety interfaces

Infrared adaptor

for adjustment terminal

Tap-off

for AS-Interface cable

Cable

for monitor

parametering, RS 232

Cable

for monitor to monitor

transfer

Degree of protection – IP 67 IP 67 IP 20 IP 20

Cable length – 1 m 2 m 2 m 0.2 m

References ASISAD1 ASITERIR1 TCSATN01N2 ASISCPC ASISCM

Type

“Safety Suite”

conﬁguration software

(1)

Adjustment terminal (2)

AS-Interface Analyser

Multilingual EN / FR / DE / ES / IT / PT –

b Analysis and diagnostics of AS-Interface

For use with ASISAFEMON1/2, –

line and Safety at Work

ASISAFEMON1B/2B

b Complements the diagnostic functions of

Media CD-ROM PC –

the local AS-Interface master

Environment Windows –

b Maintenance or validation of AS-Interface

Degree of protection –IP 40

lines

Supply – 4 x LR6 batteries

b Print-out of

AS-Interface line tests

Dimensions W x D x H – 70 x 50 x 170 mm 92 x 28 x 139 mm

References

Complete version

ASISWIN2 ASITERV2 ASISA01

Update version

(3)

SSVASISWINUP – –

For all ASISAFEMON monitors

Max performance level for the solution ......................... PL e

(EN ISO 13849-1)

Max safety integrity level for the solution ........................ SIL 3

(EN IEC 62061)

9/18

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Accessories

(6) For connection using 2 pre-wired connectors, or 1 pre-wired connector + 1 connector.

(7) For 1 x ISO M20 entry, use adaptor shown below.

Type of entry 2 x M12 entries (6) 1 x M12 entry 1 x ISO M16 entry (7)

Degree of protection IP 67 IP 67 IP 67

Dimensions W x D x H 40 x 40 x 58 mm 40 x 40 x 58 mm 40 x 40 x 57.5 mm

AS-Interface proﬁle S.0.B.F.F S.0.B.F.F S.0.B.F.F

Consumption from AS-Interface 45 mA 45 mA 45 mA

Infrared addressing Yes Ye s Yes

Connection on AS-Interface IDC (1) IDC (1) IDC (1)

References ASISSLC2 ASISSLC1 ASISSLLS

Safety interfaces

For Ø 22 Emergency stop

Interface type

For mushroom head pushbuttons

Control stations

Metal (1) Plastic (1) Plastic

Degree of protection

IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 65 IP 65

Dimensions W x D x H

(mm) 40 x 90 x 68 40 x 80 x 40 40 x 90 x 64 40 x 90 x 40 66 x 95 x 78 66 x 95 x 78

AS-Interface proﬁle

S.0.B.F.F S.0.B.F.F S.0.B.F.F S.0.B.F.F S.0.B.F.F S.0.B.F.F

Consumption from AS-Interface

45 mA 45 mA 45 mA 45 mA 45 mA 45 mA

Infrared addressing

Yes No Yes No No No

Connection on AS-Interface IDC (2) Connector IDC (2) Connector M12 connector M12 connector

Reference with N/C + N/C contact (head not included)

ASISSLB4 ASISSLE4 ASISSLB5 ASISSLE5 ASISEA1C ASISEK1C

Reference of head

(Ø40 latching mushroom head, turn to release)

ZB4BS844 (3) ZB4BS844 (3) ZB4AS844 (3) ZB5AS844 (3) Integrated (4) Integrated (5)

(1) For installation in enclosures.

(2) IDC: Insulation Displacement Connector

(3) Head to be ordered separately. For other heads, please refer to www.schneider-electric.com.

(4) Turn to release latching mushroom head.

(5) Key release (n° 455) latching mushroom head. For other safety products with

M12 connector outputs or ISO M16/20

Type

Tap-off for

AS-Interface cable

Connectors

Pre-wired

connector

Adaptor

(sold in lots of 5)

Description

M12

female, threaded

elbowed straight straight ISO M16/M20

Degree of protection IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67

Length of cable –––2 m–

References

TCSATN011F

XZCC12MCM40B XZCC12MDM40B XZCP1541L2 DE9RI2016

9/19

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

20/2220/22

153.3

20/22

40,3

153.3

2-pole contact

Slow break

(N/C + N/O)

2-pole contact

Slow break

(N/C + N/C)

3-pole contact

Slow break

(N/C + N/O + N/O)

3-pole contact

Slow break

(N/C + N/C + N/O)

Preventa

Detection

Safety switches

and actuators

Plastic, double insulated switches

Type XCSMP Type XCSPA and TA Type XCSLE

pre-cabled, L = 2 m 1xISO M16 entry. (2) 2xISO M16 entries. (2)

3 x ISO M20 cable entries

Actuation speed (min → max) 0,05 m/s → 1,5 m/s 0,1 m/s → 0,5 m/s 0,1 m/s → 0,5 m/s

Degree of protection IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 + IP 66

Rated operational characteristics (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1) AC 15, C 300 / DC 13, Q 300 AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300

AC 15, B 300 / DC 13, Q 300

Dimensions (body + head) W x D x H 30 x 15 x 87 mm 30 x 30 x 93,5 mm 52 x 30 x 114,5 mm 43,6 x 205 x 50,6 mm

Solenoid supply voltage – – – 24 VAC/DC

Complete switch N/C+N/O N/O stag. slow break XCSMP59L2 (3) XCSPA592 – XCSLE2525312

N/C+N/C slow break XCSMP79L2 (3) XCSPA792 – XCSLE2727312

N/C+N/O+N/O 2 N/O stag. slow break XCSMP70L2 (3) XCSPA892 XCSTA592 XCSLE3535312

N/C+N/O+N/O snap action ––––

N/C+N/C+N/O N/O stag. slow break XCSMP80L2 (3) XCSPA992 XCSTA792 XCSLE3737312

N/C+N/C+N/O snap action –XCSPA492 ––

Without locking Locking on de-energisation

of solenoid (1)

3-pole contact

Slow break

(N/C + N/O + N/O)

3-pole contact

Slow break

(N/C + N/C + N/O)

Without locking With interlocking, manual unlocking

By button By key lock

Locking on de-energisation

of solenoid (1)

(1) For locking on energisation of solenoid, please refer to www.schneider-electric.com.

(2) With entry for n° 11 (Pg 11) cable gland, replace the last digit in the reference by 1 (example: XCSPA592 becomes XCSPA591).

(3) For other models, please refer to www.schneider-electric.com.

Metal switches Type XCSA/B/C

1 x ISO M20 cable entry (2)

Type XCSLF

3 x ISO M20 cable entries

Actuation speed (min → max) 0.1 m/s → 0.5 m/s 0.1 m/s → 0.5 m/s

Degree of protection IP 67 IP 67 + IP 66

Rated operational characteristics (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1)

AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300

AC 15, B 300 / DC 13, Q 300

Dimensions (body + head) W x D x H

40 x 44 x 113.5 mm 52 x 44 x 113.5 mm 52 x 44 x 113.5 mm

43,6 x 205 x 50,6 mm

Solenoid supply voltage – – – 24 VAC/DC 24 VAC/DC

Complete switch N/C+N/O+N/O

2 N/O stag. slow break

XCSA502

XCSB502

XCSC502

XCSLF3535312

XCSLF3535412

N/C+N/C+N/O

N/O stag. slow break

XCSA702

XCSB702

XCSC702

XCSLF3737312

XCSLF3535412

N/C+N/O

N/O stag. slow break

XCSLF2525312

N/C+N/C

snap break

XCSLF2727312

(1) For locking on energisation of solenoid, please refer to www.schneider-electric.com.

(2) With entry for n° 13 (Pg 13.5) cable gland, replace the last digit in the reference by 1 (example: XCSA502 becomes XCSA501).

Accessories

Straight actuator

Wide actuator L=40 mm (1)

Right-angled actuator

Pivoting actuator

Straight actuator Right-angled actuator

Pivoting actuator, RH door Pivoting actuator, LH door

Guard/door retainer

Straight actuator Wide actuator Pivoting actuator

ISO entry

(to EN 50262)

ISO entry

(to EN 50262)

1314

22 21

1314

22 21

For safety switches XCSMP Actuators

References XCSZ81 XCSZ84 XCSZ83 XCSZ85

For safety switches XCSPA/TA/TE Actuators

Retaining device

References XCSZ11 XCSZ12 XCSZ14 XCSZ13 XCSZ21

For safety switches XCSA/B/C/LE/LF Actuators Door lock

References XCSZ01 XCSZ02 XCSZ03 XCSZ05

(1) For L = 29 mm, reference = XCSZ15.

9/20

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

20/2220/22

20/22

40,3

20/22

40,3

2-pole contact

Slow break

(N/C + N/O)

2-pole contact

Slow break

(N/C + N/C)

Safety switches

with rotary lever or spindle

Stainless steel, elbowed (ﬂush with rear of switch) lever Stainless steel straight lever Stainless steel

Lever to left Lever centred Lever to right

Lever to left or right

Lever centred

spindle, L = 30 mm

Plastic switches Type XCSPL with rotary lever or XCSPR with spindle

1 x ISO M16 cable entry (1)

Minimum torque (actuation / positive opening) 0,1 / 0,25 N.m

Degree of protection IP 67

Rated operational characteristics AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300 (selon EN IEC 60947-5-1)

Dimensions (body + head) W x D x H 30 x 30 x 160 mm 30 x 30 x 96 mm

Tripping angle 5°

Complete switch “N/C+N/O” stag. slow break XCSPL592 XCSPL582 XCSPL572 XCSPL562 XCSPR552

“N/C+N/C” slow break XCSPL791 (2) XCSPL781 (2) XCSPL771 (2) XCSPL762 XCSPR752

“N/C+N/C+N/C” slow break – – – XCSPL862 –

“N/C+N/C+N/C” slow break – XCSPL981 (2) – XCSPL962 XCSPR952

3-pole contact

Slow break

(N/C + N/O + N/O)

3-pole contact

Slow break

(N/C + N/C + N/O)

Stainless steel, elbowed (ﬂush with

Stainless steel straight lever

Stainless steel spindle

rear of switch) lever - Lever centred Lever centred Length 30 mm

Plastic switches Type XCSTL with rotary lever or XCSTR with spindle

2 x ISO M16 cable entries (1)

Minimum torque (actuation / positive opening) 0.1 / 0.45 N.m

Degree of protection IP 67

Rated operational characteristics AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300 (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1)

Dimensions (body + head) W x P x H 52 x 30 x 180 mm 52 x 30 x 117 mm

Tripping angle 5°

Complete switch

N/C + N/O + N/O, 2 N/O staggered slow break

XCSTL582

XCSTL552

XCSTR552

N/C + N/C + N/O, N/O staggered slow break

XCSTL782

XCSTL752

XCSTR752

(1) With entry for n° 11 (Pg 11) cable gland, replace the last digit in the reference by 1 (example: XCSPL592 becomes XCSPL591).

(2) For entry for ISO M20 cable gland, also order adaptor DE9RA1620 (sold in lots of 5).

(1) With entry for n° 11 (Pg 11) cable gland, replace the last digit in the reference by 1 (example: XCSTL582 becomes XCSTL581).

ISO entry

(to EN 50262)

ISO entry

(to EN 50262)

1314

22 21

1314

22 21

9/21

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

RD-WH

GN-YE

BK-WH

RD-WH

GN-YE

BK-WH

RD-WH

GN-YE

BK-WH

RD-WH

GN-YE

BK-WH

Preventa

Detection

Limit switches

Safety limit switches

3-pole contact

N/C + N/C + N/O

Slow break

3-pole contact

N/C + N/C + N/O

Snap action

3-pole contact

N/C + N/C + N/O

Slow break

3-pole contact

N/C + N/C + N/O

Snap action

Metal Roller plunger Thermoplastic

end plunger roller lever

Metal Roller Thermoplastic Metal Roller Thermoplastic

end plunger plunger roller lever end plunger plunger roller lever

Miniature switches Type XCSM, metal

pre-cabled, L = 1 m (1)

Maximum actuation speed 0.5 m/s 0.5 m/s 1.5 m/s

Minimum force or torque (actuation / positive opening) 8.5 N / 42.5 N 7 N / 35 N 0.5 N.m / 0.1 N.m

Degree of protection IP 66 + IP 67 + IP 68 IP 66 + IP 67 + IP 68 IP 66 + IP 67 + IP 68

Dimensions (body + head) W x D x H 30 x 16 x 60 mm 30 x 16 x 70.5 mm 30 x 32 x 92.5 mm

Complete switch N/C + N/C + N/O snap action XCSM3910L1 XCSM3902L1 XCSM3915L1

N/C + N/C + N/O slow break XCSM3710L1 XCSM3702L1 XCSM3715L1

(1) For a 2 m long cable, replace the last digit of the reference by 2 (example: XCSM3910L1 becomes XCSM3910L2).

For a 5 m long cable, replace the last digit of the reference by 5 (example: XCSM3910L1 becomes XCSM3910L5).

Compact switches Type XCSD, metal Type XCSP, plastic

1 x ISO M20 x 1.5 cable entry (2) 1 x ISO M20 x 1.5 cable entry (2)

Maximum actuation speed

0.5 m/s 1.5 m/s 0.5 m/s 1.5 m/s

Minimum force or torque (actuation / positive opening)

15 N / 45 N 12 N / 36 N 10 N.m / 0.1 N.m 15 N / 45 N 12 N / 36 N 10 N.m / 0.1 N.m

Degree of protection

IP 66 + IP 67 IP 66 + IP 67

Dimensions (body + head) W x D x H

(mm) 34 x 34.5 x 89 34 x 34.5 x 99.5 34 x 43 x 121.5 34 x 34.5 x 89 34 x 34.5 x 99.5 34 x 43 x 121.5

Complete switch N/C + N/C + N/O snap action

XCSD3910P20 XCSD3902P20 XCSD3918P20 XCSP3910P20 XCSP3902P20 XCSP3918P20

N/C + N/C + N/O slow break

XCSD3710P20 XCSD3702P20 XCSD3718P20 XCSP3710P20 XCSP3702P20 XCSP3718P20

(2) For Pg 13.5 and 1/2" NPT cable entries, refer to www.schneider-electric.com.

9/22

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/BN

7/GY

4/BK

6/PK

2/WH

3/BU

K1K2

–

2 A

1/BN

7/VTEr

5/GY

4/BK

6/PK

2/WH

3/BU

K1K2

–

8/OG

Diag

2 A

Contact

(N/C + N/O,

N/C

staggered)

Contact

(N/O + N/O,

1N/O

staggered)

Contact

(N/C + N/C

+ N/O, 1N/C

staggered)

Contact

(N/C + N/O

+ N/O, 1N/O

staggered)

(1) (1)

PK GY

BK WH

BU BN

PK GY

BK WH

BU BN

PK GY

BK WH

BU BN

PK GY

BK WH

BU BN

Rectangular Rectangular Cylindrical Rectangular Rectangular Cylindrical

Without LED (2) Without LED (2) Without LED (2) Without LED (2) Without LED (2) Without LED (2)

Coded magnetic

Plastic switches Type XCSDM coded magnetic

Pre-cabled, L = 2 m Connector on ﬂying lead, L = 10 cm (3)

Switches for actuation

Face to face, face to side, side to side Face to face

Face to face, face to side, side to

side Face to face

Degree of protection

IP 66 + IP 67 IP 66 + IP 67

Type of contact

REED REED

Rated operational characteristics

Ue = 24 VDC, Ie = 100 mA Ue = 24 VDC, Ie = 100 mA

Dimensions W x D x H

16 x 7 x 51 mm 25 x 13 x 88 mm M30 x 38,5 mm 16 x 7 x 51 mm 25 x 13 x 88 mm M30 x 38.5 mm

Operating zone (4)

Sao = 5 / Sar

= 15 Sao = 8 / Sar = 20

Sao = 5 / Sar = 15

Sao = 8 / Sar = 20

Switch with coded magnet

N/C + N/O, N/C staggered XCSDMC5902 XCSDMP5902 XCSDMR5902

XCSDMC590L01M8

XCSDMP590L01M12

XCSDMR590L01M12

N/O + N/O, 1N/O staggered XCSDMC7902 XCSDMR7902 XCSDMR7902

XCSDMC790L01M8

XCSDMP790L01M12

XCSDMR790L01M12

N/C + N/C + N/O, 1N/C staggered

–XCSDMP5002 ––

XCSDMP500L01M12

–

N/C + N/O + N/O, 1N/O staggered

–XCSDMP7002 ––

XCSDMP700L01M12

–

(1) NB. Contact states shown are with the magnet present.

(2) For version with LED indicator, replace the last 0 in the reference by 1 (example: XCSDMC5902 becomes XCSDMC5912).

(3) For associated pre-wired female connectors, please refer to the “Safety solution” catalogue.

(4) Sao: assured operating distance. Sar: assured release distance.

Type of system SIL2/Category 3 Sil3/Category 4

With integrated safety module XCSDM3 XCSDM4

Switches for actuation

Face to face, face to side, side to side

Degree of protection

Pre-cabled: IP66 / IP67, IP69K, connector: IP67

Type of contact

2 solid-state output PNP/NO, 1,5 A / 24VDC (2 A up to 60°C)

Rated operational characteristics

Ub: 24 VDC +10% - 20%

Dimensions W x D x H

34 x 27 x 100 mm

Operating zone

Sao= 10 mm / Sar= 20 mm

References Connection for cable L= 2m XCSDM379102 XCSDM480102

for cable L= 5m XCSDM379105 XCSDM480105

for cable L= 10m XCSDM379110 XCSDM480110

for connector M12 XCSDM3791M12 XCSDM4801M12

Preventa

Detection

Coded magnetic technology

Plastic coded magnetic system

(1) (1)

XCSDM3 XCSDM4

9/23

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

(2) For associated jumper cable and pre-wired connector, please refer to www.Schneider-electric.com.

Maximum category usage Category 3

(EN 954-1)

Degree of protection IP 67

Response time (s) Mat itself: 20 ms, with module: XPSAK ≤ 40 ms, XPSMP < 30 ms

Sensitivity Single mat > 20 kg / Group of mats > 35 kg

Maximum load 2000 N/cm2

Connection (2) By M8 jumper cable (1 male / 1 female), L = 100 mm

Dimensions W x D x H 500 x 500 x 11 mm 500 x 750 x 11 mm 750 x 750 x 11 mm 750 x 1250 x 11 mm

References XY2TP1 XY2TP2 XY2TP3 XY2TP4

(2) For associated jumper cable and pre-wired connector, please refer to www.schneider-electric.com

Accessories

Rails (set of 2) Length 194 mm 394 mm 444 mm 494 mm 644 mm 694 mm 744 mm 1194 mm 1244 mm

References XY2TZ10 XY2TZ20 XY2TZ30 XY2TZ40 XY2TZ50 XY2TZ60 XY2TZ70 XY2TZ80 XY2TZ90

Corners and rail connectors

External corners Internal corner Rail connectors, L = 56 mm Rail connectors, L = 6 mm

(set of 4) + external corner with outlet for cable (set of 2) (set of 2)

References XY2TZ4 XY2TZ5 XY2TZ1 XY2TZ2

(1) For simpliﬁcation of installation, see the “Protect Area design”

software conﬁguration tool. Reference: SISCD104200

Preventa

Detection

Mats

Safety mats

(1)

Selection guidance software

Protect Area Design (2)

For light curtains XUSLT, XUSLM

Reference XUSLPDM

(2) "Protect Area Design" sofware is integrated in SafetySuite V2

9/24

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Light curtains

Type 2 conforming to IEC 61496-2

Light curtain functions

• Auto/Manual,

• Monitoring of external switching devices

(EDM: External Devices Monitoring),

• LED display of operating modes

Type Multi-beam, infrared transmission

Slim range Manual starting Automatic starting

Nominal sensing distance (Sn) 0.3…15 m

Detection capacity 30 mm “hand”

Number of safety circuits 2 solid-state PNP

Response time (depending on model) 14…24 ms

Connection M12 Connector

Height protected (mm) 150 XUSLNG5D0150 XUSLNG5C0150

300 XUSLNG5D0300 XUSLNG5C0300

450 XUSLNG5D0450 XUSLNG5C0450

600 XUSLNG5D0600 XUSLNG5C0600

750 XUSLNG5D0750 XUSLNG5C0750

900 XUSLNG5D0900 XUSLNG5C0900

1050 XUSLNG5D1050 XUSLNG5C1050

1200 XUSLNG5D1200 XUSLNG5C1200

1350 XUSLNG5D1350 XUSLNG5C1350

1500 XUSLNG5D1500 XUSLNG5C1500

Accessories

Cable length 3 m 10 m 30 m

Pre-wired connector for XUSLN For receiver XSZNCR03 XSZNCR10 XSZNCR30

(screened cable) For transmitter XSZNCT03 XSZNCT10 XSZNCT30

Type 2 conforming to IEC 61496-1 et 2

Type Single-beam, infrared transmission

Height protected (conforming to prEN 999) 750…1200 mm (1 to 4 beams)

Nominal sensing distance (Sn) 8 m

Number of circuits Safety 2N/O

Additional 4 solid-state

Response time < 25 ms

Modules (integral muting function) 24 VDC XPSCM1144P (1)

Thru-beam pairs, Pre-cabled, L = 5m PNP XU2S18PP340L5 (2)

axially aligned M12 connector

PNP XU2S18PP340D (2)

(1) For version with non removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the reference. Example: XPSCM1144P becomes XPSCM1144).

(2) For alignment at 90° to the mounting axes, insert the letter W in the reference before the last letter. Example: XU2S18PP340L5 becomes XU2S18PP340WL5).

Light curtain functions

• Auto/Manual,

• Monitoring of external switching devices

(EDM: External Devices Monitoring),

• LED display of operating modes

• Integral muting function.

9/25

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Preventa

Detection

Light curtains

Type 4 conforming to IEC 61496-2

Type Multi-beam, infrared transmission

Light curtains Cascadable light curtains

Nominal sensing distance (Sn) 0,3…7 or 3 m with

PDM Box (2)

0,3…8 or 20 m with

PDM Box (2)

0,3…7 or 3 m with

PDM Box (2)

0,3…20 or 8 m with

PDM Box (2)

Detection capacity 14 mm "ﬁnger" 30 mm "hand" 14 mm "ﬁnger" 30 mm "hand"

Number of circuits Safety 2 solid-state PNP 2 solid-state PNP

Auxiliary (alarm) 1 solid-state PNP 1 solid-state PNP or NPN

Response time (depending on model) 23…41 ms 23…32 ms 23…41 ms 23…32 ms

Connection M12 connector

Functions accessible via programming and diagnostic module b Auto/Manual

b Monitoring of external switching devices

(EDM: External Device Monitoring)

b Test (MTS : Monitoring Test Signal),

b Light beam coding (A or B)

b Sensing distance (short, long)

b Programming and downloading of conﬁguration

settings, via programming and diagnostic

module (PDM)

b Display of operating modes and faults by LED

and/or PDM (2)

b Auto/Manual, manual 1st cycle

b Monitoring of external switching devices

(EDM: External Device Monitoring)

b Test (MTS : Monitoring Test Signal),

b Blanking (ECS/B), Monitored Blanking,

Floating Blanking (FB)

b Reduction of resolution

b Response time (normal, slow)

b Light beam coding (A or B)

b Sensing distance (short, long)

b Auxiliary output (alarm or status signalling,

PNP or NPN)

b Start button (N/O or N/C, 0 V or 24 V)

b Muting

b Display of operating modes and faults by LED

and/or PDM (2)

Transmitter + receiver (1) Height protected (mm) 280 XUSLBQ6A0280 –XUSLDMQ6A0280 –

320 – – XUSLDMQ6A0320 –

360 XUSLBQ6A0360 XUSLBR5A0360 –XUSLDMY5A0360

440 XUSLBQ6A0440 –XUSLDMQ6A0440 –

520 XUSLBQ6A0520 XUSLBR5A0520 XUSLDMQ6A0520 XUSLDMY5A0520

600 XUSLBQ6A0600 –XUSLDMQ6A0600 –

680 –XUSLBR5A0680 –XUSLDMY5A0680

(1) Other height protected, see catalog:

"Preventa safety Solutions"

720 XUSLBQ6A0720 –XUSLDMQ6A0720 –

880 XUSLBQ6A0880 XUSLBR5A0880 XUSLDMQ6A0880 XUSLDMY5A0880

(2) PDM module : Programming and Diagnostic Module,

see following page.

1040 –XUSLBR5A1040 –XUSLDMY5A1040

1200 –XUSLBR5A1200 ––

1400 –XUSLBR5A1400 –XUSLDMY5A1400

1560 –XUSLBR5A1560 –XUSLDMY5A1560

Type Segments for cascadable light curtains

Detection capacity 14 mm "ﬁnger" 30 mm "hand"

Transmitter + receiver Height protected (mm) 280 XUSLDSQ6A0280 –

320 XUSLDSQ6A0320 –

360 –XUSLDSY5A0360

440 XUSLDSQ6A0440 –

520 XUSLDSQ6A0520 XUSLDSY5A0520

600 XUSLDSQ6A0600 –

680 –XUSLDSY5A0680

720 XUSLDSQ6A0720 –

880 XUSLDSQ6A0880 XUSLDSY5A0880

1040 –XUSLDSY5A1040

1400 –XUSLDSY5A1400

1560 –XUSLDSY5A1560

Functions accessible by cabling alone

b Automatic start

b Auxiliary output (PNP, status signalling)

b Alignment aid by display of each light beam broken

b LED display of operating modes and faults

9/26

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Type 4 conforming to IEC 61496-2

Light curtain functions

Auto/Manual/Manual 1st cycle

Monitoring of external switching devices

(EDM: External Devices Monitoring),

Test input (MTS: Monitoring Test Signal),

Alignment aid by LED display of each light beam broken,

LED display of operating modes and alarms,

Coding of the beams

Type Single-beam and multi-beam, infrared transmission

Compact range Transmitter/receiver Transmitter/passive receiver

Nominal sensing distance (Sn) 0.8…20 ou 70 m (according to conﬁg) 0.8…8 m

Detection capacity Body

Number of circuits Safety 2 solid-state PNP

Auxiliary (alarm or following) 1 solid-state PNP

Response time (depending on model) 16…24 ms

Connection M12 Connector (1) M12 Connector

Beam Interval Number

–1XUSLPZ1AM –

300 mm 4 XUSLPZ4A300M –

5XUSLPZ5A300M –

6XUSLPZ6A300M –

400 mm 3XUSLPZ3A400M –

500 mm 2 XUSLPZ2A500M XUSLPB2A500M

3XUSLPZ3A500M –

600 mm 2XUSLPZ2A600M XUSLPB2A600M

(1) Light curtain with M12 connector output, for terminal block output, replace M from the end of the reference by B. Example : XUSLPZ1AM becomes XUSLPZ1AB

Cabling accessories

Type Pre-wired connectors

Cable length 5 m 10 m 15 m 30 m

Pre-wired connector for XUSLT For receiver XSZTCR05 XSZTCR10 XSZTCR15 XSZTCR30

(screened cable) For transmitter XSZTCT05 XSZTCT10 XSZTCT15 XSZTCT30

XUSLB/XUSLDM For receiver XSZBCR05 XSZBCR10 XSZBCR15 XSZBCR30

For transmitter XSZBCT05 XSZBCT10 XSZBCT15 XSZBCT30

XUSLP For receiver XSZPCR05 XSZPCR10 XSZPCR15 XSZPCR30

For transmitter XSZPCT05 XSZPCT10 XSZPCT15 XSZPCT30

Type Jumper cables for segments XUS LDS

Cable length 0,3 m 0,5 m 1 m 2 m 2 m 5 m 10 m

Reference For receiver XSZDCR003 XSZDCR005 XSZDCR010 XSZDCR020 XSZDCR030 XSZDCR050 XSZDCR100

For transmitter XSZDCT003 XSZDCT005 XSZDCT010 XSZDCT020 XSZDCT030 XSZDCT050 XSZDCT100

Setting-up accessories

Type Programming and Diagnostic Module Laser alignment tool

For light curtains XUSLB / XUSLDM All type XUSL

Reference XUSLPDM XUSLAT1

9/27

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1314

22 21

1314

22 21

32 31

1314

22 21

1314

22 21

32 31

1314

22 2122 21

32 31

1314

22 21

32 31

1314

22 2122 21

32 31

1314

22 21

32 31

ISO entry

(to EN 50262)

Key release

(key n° 455)

Preventa

Operator dialog

Emergency stops

Ø 22 trigger action latching pushbuttons

Turn to release Turn to release

Key release

(key n° 455)

N/C + N/O

contact

N/C + N/O + N/C

contact

Key release (key n° 455)

Turn to release

Ø 22 trigger action latching pushbutton stations

N/C + N/O

contact

N/C + N/C

contact

N/C + N/O + N/C

contact

Pushbuttons Metal Plastic

Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles) 0.3 0.3

Shock / vibration resistance 10 gn / 5 gn 10 gn / 5 gn

Degree of protection IP 65 IP 65

Rated operational characteristics AC 15, A 600 / DC 13, Q 600 (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1)

Dimensions Ø x Depth Ø 40 x 82 mm Ø 40 x 104 mm Ø 40 x 81.5 mm Ø 40 x 103 mm

Contact N/C + N/O XB4BS8445 XB5AS8445 XB5AS8445 XB5AS9445

2 N/C + 1 N/O XB4BS84441 – – ZB5AS944 + ZB5AZ141

Enclosure Plastic

2 x ISO M20 cable entries or n° 13 (Pg 13.5) cable gland

Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles) 0.1 0.1

Shock / vibration resistance 10 gn / 5 gn 10 gn / 5 gn

Degree of protection IP 65 IP 65

Rated operational characteristics AC 15, A 600 / DC 13, Q 600 (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1)

Dimensions W x D x H 68 x 91 x 68 mm 68 x 113 x 68 mm

Contact N/C + N/O XALK178E XALK188E

N/C + N/C XALK178F XALK188F

2 N/C + 1 N/O – XALK188G

Accessories

Type Étiquettes Padlocking kit Bellows seals

Colour Red with white lettering Yellow with black lettering Yellow Red Silicone

Black EPDM

Dimensions 30 x 40 mm (1) Ø 60 mm

Références

Marking: “Emergency stop”

ZBY2130 ZBY9130 – – –

“Arrêt d'urgence”

ZBY2330 ZBY9330 – – –

“Not Halt” ZBY2230 ZBY9230 – – –

– – ZBZ3605 ZBZ48 ZBZ28

(1) circular appearance

With legend holder

9/28

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

12 11

22 21

12 11

14 13

12 11

22 21

12 11

14 13

ISO entry

(to EN 50262)

12 11

22 21

12 11

14 13

12 11

22 21

12 11

14 13

Emergency stops

Cable (tripwire) operated

Booted pushbutton reset Key release pushbutton reset (key n° 421)

N/C + N/O contact

slow break

N/C + N/C contact

slow break

Booted pusbutton reset Key release pushbutton reset (key n° 421)

N/C + N/O contact

slow break

N/C + N/C contact

slow break

For operating cable length ≤ 15 m Latching, without indicator light with indicator light

1 x ISO M20 cable entry (1)

Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles) 0.01

Shock / vibration resistance 50 gn / 10 gn

Degree of protection IP 65

Rated operational characteristics AC-15, A300 / DC-13, Q300 (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1)

Dimensions W x D x H 201 x 71 x 68 mm

Operating cable length ≤ 15 m

Operating cable anchoring point To right or to left

Contact 1 “N/C + N/O” slow break XY2CH13250H29 XY2CH13450H29 XY2CH13253

1 “N/C + N/C” slow break XY2CH13270H29 XY2CH13470H29 XY2CH13273

(1) With entry for n° 13 (Pg 13.5) cable gland, delete H29 from the end of the reference (example: XY2-CH13250H29 becomes XY2-CH13250).

For operating cable length ≤ 50 m Latching, without indicator light

3 x ISO M20 cable entries or n° 13 (Pg 13.5) cable gland

Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles) 0.01 0.01

Shock / vibration resistance 50 gn / 10 gn 50 gn / 10 gn

Degree of protection IP 65 IP 65

Rated operational characteristics AC-15, A300 / DC-13, Q300 (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1)

Dimensions W x D x H 229 x 82 x 142 mm 229 x 82 x 142 mm

Operating cable length ≤ 50 m ≤ 50 m

Operating cable anchoring point To left To right To left To right

Contact 1 “N/C + N/O” slow break XY2CE2A250 XY2CE1A250 XY2CE2A450 XY2CE1A450

1 “N/C + N/C” slow break XY2CE2A270 XY2CE1A270 XY2CE2A470 XY2CE1A470

2 “N/C + N/O” slow break XY2CE2A290

(2)

XY2CE1A290

(2)

XY2CE2A490

(2)

XY2CE1A290

(2)

(2) With 24V, 48 V, 130 V pilot lights, BA9S bulb not included, add 6 at the end of the reference. (example : XY2CE1A290 becomes XY2CE1A296).

With 230 V pilot lights, BA9S bulb included, add 7 at the end of the reference. (example : XY2CE1A290 becomes XY2CE1A297).

9/29

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

ISO entry

(to EN 50262)

ISO entry

(to EN 50262)

ISO entry

(to EN 50262)

Foot switches - metal

Single pedal switches

Preventa

Operator dialog

Double pedal switches

Type Foot switches without protective cover

2 cable entries for n° 16 (Pg 16) cable gland (1)

Trigger mechanism

With (positive operating action reqd.)

Without

Colour Orange Blue Orange

Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles) 15

Degree of protection IP 66

Shock resistance 100 joules

Rated operational characteristics AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300 (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1)

Dimensions W x D x H 104 x 172 x 59 mm

Contact operation 1 step 1 N/C + N/O XPER810 XPEM110 XPER110

2 N/C + N/O XPER811 XPEM111 XPER111

2 step 2 N/C + N/O XPER911 XPEM211 XPER211

Analogue output 2 N/C + N/O XPER929 – XPER229

(1) For entry for ISO M20 cable gland, also order adaptor DE9RA1620 (sold in lots of 5).

Type Foot switches without protective cover

2 cable entries for n° 16 (Pg 16) cable gland (1)

Trigger mechanism

With (positive operating action reqd.)

Without

Colour Blue Orange Blue Orange

Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles) 15

Degree of protection IP 66

Shock resistance 100 joules

Rated operational characteristics AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300 (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1)

Dimensions W x D x H 160 x 186 x 152 mm

Contact operation 1 step 1 N/C + N/O XPEM510 XPER510 XPEM310 XPER310

2 N/C + N/O XPEM511 XPER511 XPEM311 XPER311

1 step latching 1 N/C + N/O – – XPEM410 XPER410

2 step 2 N/C + N/O XPEM711 XPER711 XPEM611 XPER611

Analogue output 2 N/C + N/O XPEM529 XPER529 XPEM329 –

(1) For entry for ISO M20 cable gland, also order adaptor DE9RA1620 (sold in lots of 5).

Type Foot switches without protective cover

2 cable entries for n° 16 (Pg 16) cable gland (1)

Trigger mechanism

With (positive operating action reqd.)

Without

Colour Blue Orange Blue Orange

Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles) 15

Degree of protection IP 66

Shock resistance 100 joules

Rated operational characteristics AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300 (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1)

Dimensions W x D x H 295 x 190 x 155 mm

Contact operation 1 step 2 x 1 N/C + N/O XPEM5100D XPER510D XPEM3100D XPER3100D

2 x 2 N/C + N/O XPEM5110D XPER5110D XPEM3110D XPER3110D

(1) For entry for ISO M20 cable gland, also order adaptor DE9RA1620 (sold in lots of 5).

9/30

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

ISO entry

(to EN 50262)

ISO entry

(to EN 50262)

ISO entry

(to EN 50262)

Foot switches - plastic

Single pedal switches

Type Without protective cover With protective cover

2 cable entries for ISO M20 cable gland

Trigger mechanism Without

With (positive operating action reqd.)

Colour Yellow Yellow Yellow

Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles) 5

Degree of protection IP 55

Shock resistance 30 joules

Rated operational characteristics AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300 (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1)

Dimensions W x D x H 160 x 280 x 70 mm 160 x 280 x 162 mm 160 x 280 x 162 mm

Contact operation 1 step 1 N/C + N/O XPEY110 XPEY310 XPEY510

2 N/C + N/O – XPEY311 XPEY511

2 step 2 N/C + N/O XPEY211 XPEY611 XPEY711

Type Foot switches without protective cover

2 cable entries for ISO M20 cable gland 1 entry (1)

Trigger mechanism

With (positive operating action reqd.)

Without Without

Colour Grey+ Blue Grey Black

Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles) 10 2

Degree of protection IP 66 IP 43

Shock resistance 100 joules

Rated operational characteristics AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300 (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1)

Dimensions W x D x H 160 x 280 x 70 mm 94 x 161 x 54 mm

Contact operation 1 step 1 N/C + N/O XPEG810 XPEB110 XPEG110 XPEA110

2 N/C + N/O – XPEB111 XPEG111 XPEA111

2 step 2 N/C + N/O XPEG911 XPEB211 XPEG211 –

(1) Cable entry for ISO M16 or n° 9 (Pg 9) cable gland and for ISO M20 or n° 13 (Pg 13.5) cable gland.

Type Foot switches with protective cover

2 cable entries for ISO M20 cable gland

Trigger mechanism With (positive operating action reqd.) Without

Colour Grey Blue Grey Blue

Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles) 10

Degree of protection IP 66

Shock resistance 100 joules

Rated operational characteristics AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300 (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1)

Dimensions W x D x H 180 x 280 x 162 mm

Contact operation 1 step 1 N/C + N/O XPEG510 XPEB510 XPEG310 XPEB310

2 N/C + N/O XPEG511 XPEB511 XPEG311 XPEB311

2 step 2 N/C + N/O XPEG711 XPEB711 XPEG611 XPEB611

9/31

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

ISO entry

(to EN 50262)

012

1-2

5-6

3-4

012

7 8 (XY2-AU2)

1-2

5-6

3-4

012

1-2

5-6

3-4

012

7 8 (XY2-AU2)

1-2

5-6

3-4

Preventa

Operator dialog

Control units

Two-hand control

Type Two-hand control stations

2 cable entries for ISO M20 or n° 13 (Pg 13.5) cable gland, 1 cable entry for n° 21 (Pg 21) cable gland (2)

Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles) 1 1

Degree of protection IP 65 IP 65

Rated operational characteristics AC 15, A 600 / DC 13, Q 600 (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1)

Dimensions W x D x H 455 x 170 x 188.5 mm

Red emergency stop (N/C + N/C slow break) XY2SB71 (1) XY2SB72 (1)

Yellow lock out (N/C + N/O break before make) XY2SB75 XY2SB76

2 control pushbuttons and 1 mushroom head

Emergency stop or Lock out pushbutton

(1) To order a two-hand control station with pedestal XY2SB90, add 4 to the end of the reference (example: XY2SB71 becomes XY2SB714).

2 control pushbuttons and 1 mushroom head Emergency

stop or Lock out pushbutton, with pre-wired terminal block

Enabling switch

Contact states

(2) For entry for ISO M25 cable gland, also order adaptor DE9RA2125 + ﬁxing nut DE9EC21 (sold in lots of 5).

For ﬁxing accessories, please refer to www.schneider-electric.com.

Contact closed

Contact open

Type Plastic grip

Entry for Ø 7 to 13 mm cable

Number of contacts 3 3

Type of contacts 2 “NO” + 1 “NC” 2 “NO” + 1 “NC”

1 "NO" auxiliary

Description 3 positions 3 positions with button for N/O contact (auxiliary)

Shock / vibration resistance 10 gn / 6 gn

Degree of protection IP 66 IP 65

Rated operational characteristics AC 15, C300 / DC 13, R300 (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1)

Dimensions W x D x H 46 x 58 x 261 mm 46 x 58 x 269 mm

References XY2AU1 XY2AU2

9/32

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/L12/T1

3/L24/T2

5/L36/T3

1/L12/T1

3/L24/T2

5/L36/T3

1/L12/T1

3/L24/T2

5/L36/T3

1/L12/T1

3/L24/T2

5/L36/T3

1/L12/T1

3/L24/T2

5/L36/T3

1/L12/T1

3/L24/T2

5/L36/T3

Vario

Motor control

Switch disconnectors

Front mounting

Door mounting

Backplate

mounting in

enclosure

(1) Dimensions W x D x H: 150 x 152 x 170 mm.

Enclosed

Backplate

mounting in

enclosure

Type Mini-Vario for standard applications

Front plate dimensions (mm) 60 x 60 60 x 60

Fixing Ø 22.5 mm Ø 22.5 mm

Degree of protection IP 20 IP 20

Rated operational voltage (Ue) 690 V 690 V

Thermal current in open air (Ith) 12 A VCDN12 VCCDN12

20 A VCDN20 VCCDN20

Type Vario for high performance applications

Front plate dimensions (mm) 60 x 60 60 x 60 90 x 90 60 x 60 60 x 60 90 x 90

Fixing Ø 22.5 mm 4 screws 4 screws Ø 22.5 mm 4 screws 4 screws

Degree of protection IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20

Rated operational voltage (Ue) 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V

Thermal current in open air (Ith) 12 A VCD02 VCF02 – VCCD02 VCCF02 –

20 A VCD01 VCF01 – VCCD01 VCCF01 –

25 A VCD0 VCF0 – VCCD0 VCCF0 –

32 A VCD1 VCF1 – VCCD1 VCCF1 –

40 A VCD2 VCF2 – VCCD2 VCCF2 –

63 A – VCF3 – – VCCF3 –

80 A – VCF4 – – VCCF4 –

125 A – – VCF5 – – VCCF5

175 A – – VCF6 – – VCCF6

Type Mini-Vario Vario

Front plate dimensions (mm) 60 x 60 60 x 60 90 x 90

Dimensions W x D x H 82.5 x 106 x 131 mm 90 x 131 x 146 mm 241 x 191 x 291 mm

Degree of protection IP 55 IP 65 IP 65

Rated operational voltage (Ue) 690 V 690 V 690 V

Thermal current in enclosure (Ithe) 10 A VCFN12GE VCF02GE –

16 A VCFN20GE VCF01GE –

20 A VCFN25GE VCF0GE –

25 A VCFN32GE VCF1GE –

32 A VCFN40GE VCF2GE –

50 A – VCF3GE (1) –

63 A – VCF4GE (1) –

100 A – – VCF5GEN

140 A – – VCF6GEN

9/33

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

Motor starters

Enclosed thermal-magnetic motor circuit-breakers

Complete circuit-breaker: circuit-breaker

+ enclosure + safety device.

Ex.: GV2ME01 + GV2MC02 + GV2K04.

(1) Dimensions with safety device GV2K04 ﬁtted.

Enclosure

Safety device

TeSys

Motor control

Type Thermal-magnetic motor circuit-breakers

Motor power kW (on 400 V) – 0.06 0.09 0.12…0.18 0.25…0.37

Setting range A 0.1…0.16 0.16…0.25 0.25…0.40 0.40…0.63 0.63…1

Current Id ± 20% A 1.5 2.4 5 8 13

Current Ithe (in enclosure) A 0.16 0.25 0.40 0.63 1

Reference GV2ME01 GV2ME02 GV2ME03 GV2ME04 GV2ME05

Motor power kW (on 400 V) 0.37…0.55 0.75 1.1…1.5 2.2 3…4

Setting range A 1…1.6 1.6…2.5 2.5…4 4…6.3 6…10

Current Id ± 20% A 22.5 33.5 51 78 138

Current Ithe (in enclosure) A 1.6 2.5 4 6.3 9

Reference GV2ME06 GV2ME07 GV2ME08 GV2ME10 GV2ME14

Motor power kW (on 400 V) 5.5 7.5 9…11 11 15

Setting range A 9…14 13…18 17…23 20…25 24…32

Current Id ± 20% A 170 223 327 327 416

Current Ithe (in enclosure) A 13 17 21 23 24

Reference GV2ME16 GV2ME20 GV2ME21 GV2ME22 GV2ME32

Type Empty enclosure

Mounting Surface mounting Flush mounting

Degree of protection IP 55 IP 55 (front face)

Dimensions W x D x H (1) 93 x 145.5 x 147 mm 93 x 55 x 126 mm

References GV2MC02 GV2MP02

Type Safety devices

With red mushroom head Turn to release Turn to release Key release

Padlockable in “Off” position (key n° 455)

References GV2K04 GV2K031 GV2K021

9/34

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

With integral control transformer, 400/24 V With integral control transformer, 400/24 V

The control circuit must be cabled by the user.

Type Non reversing Reversing

Degree of protection IP 657 IP 657 IP 657

Standard motor power ratings (kW), category AC3 Ith setting

Basic reference, to be completed by code indicating voltage (1)

220/230 V 400/415 V 440 V

range (A)

– 0.06 0.06 0.16…0.25 LG1K065pp02 LG7K06pp02 LG8K06pp02

0.06 0.09 0.12 0.25…0.40 LG1K065pp03 LG7K06pp03 LG8K06pp03

– 0.18 0.18 0.40…0.63 LG1K065pp04 LG7K06pp04 LG8K06pp04

0.12 0.25 0.25 0.63…1 LG1K065pp05 LG7K06pp05 LG8K06pp05

0.25 0.55 0.55 1…1.6 LG1K065pp06 LG7K06pp06 LG8K06pp06

0.37 0.75 1.1 1.6…2.5 LG1K065pp07 LG7K06pp07 LG8K06pp07

0.75 1.5 1.5 2.5…4 LG1K065pp08 LG7K06pp08 LG8K06pp08

1.1 2.2 3 4…6.3 LG1K065pp10 LG7K06pp10 LG8K06pp10

1.5 4 4 6…10 LG1K095pp14 LG7K09pp14 LG8K09pp14

3 5.5 5.5 9…14 LG1D122pp16 LG7D12pp16 LG8K12pp16

4 7.5 9 13…18 LG1D182pp20 LG7D18pp20 –

4 9 9 17…23 LG1D182pp21 LG7D18pp21 –

Type Non reversing Reversing

Degree of protection IP 657 IP 657

Standard motor power ratings (kW), category AC3 Ith setting

Basic references

380/400 V

range (A)

(The code Q7 (380/400 V) designates the power supply voltage to which the starter will be connected)

0.06 0.16…0.25 LJ7K06Q702 LJ8K06Q702

0.09 0.25…0.40 LJ7K06Q703 LJ8K06Q703

0.18 0.40…0.63 LJ7K06Q704 LJ8K06Q704

0.25 0.63…1 LJ7K06Q705 LJ8K06Q705

0.55 1…1.6 LJ7K06Q706 LJ8K06Q706

0.75 1.6…2.5 LJ7K06Q707 LJ8K06Q707

1.5 2.5…4 LJ7K06Q708 LJ8K06Q708

2.2 4…6.3 LJ7K06Q710 LJ8K06Q710

4 6…10 LJ7K09Q714 LJ8K09Q714

Control circuit voltages available

Volts 50/60 Hz 24 V 230 V 400 V 415 V

(1) Voltage code B7 P7 V7 N7

9/35

ZONE 20

ZONE 22

ZONE 21

Implementation of European Directives

Directive 99/92/EC

This requires that a risk analysis be performed for all industrial processes.

If there is any risk of an explosion:

p the zones are deﬁned and physically identiﬁed,

p the installation is classiﬁed by governing bodies.

Directive 94/9/EC

This requires certiﬁcation of the products in accordance with the classiﬁcation of the zones of

use

Dust zones

p Zone 20: area where an explosive atmosphere exists in the form of combustible clouds of dust

in the air, either permanently, for long periods or frequently.

p Zone 21: area where an explosive atmosphere exists in the form of combustible clouds of dust in

the air during normal operation occasionally.

p Zone 22: area where an explosive atmosphere in the form of combustible clouds of dust

in the air is unlikely to occur during normal operation but, if it does occur, it is only for a short

period.

The products in

this catalogue

are certiﬁed by a

European Union

Commission

notiﬁed body.

A reference for installations in ATEX Dust

explosive atmospheres.

What is an explosive atmosphere according

to the Directive?

It is the mixing with air, in atmospheric conditions, of ﬂammable

substances in the form of gas, vapour, mist or dust which, in

the event of combustion, spreads throughout the non burning mix.

A selection of certiﬁed

products, conforming to

the European Directive

ATEX94/9/EC, to ensure

maximum safety for your

installations in a zone where

the risk of explosion or ﬁre is

high.

Explosive atmospheres



This document is a selection of

the top selling products.

10/1

Detection

Inductive proximity sensors ......................................................................................... 10/2

Universal and Analog, XS

Proximity sensors ............................................................................................... 10/3 and 10/4

Rotation monitoring, XS, Namur XS

Intrinsically safe enclosures ......................................................................................... 10/5

Processing module, NY3

Limit switches .......................................................................................................... 10/6 to 10/9

Miniature, XCM

Compact, XCKD

Classic, XCKM

Applications: Hoisting, Handling and Conveying

Pressure and vacuum switches ................................................................10/10 and 10/11

Adjustable differential, XMLB

Operator dialog

Control and signalling units

Pushbuttons and mushroom heads Ø 22, Harmony XB4 ................................................. 10/12

Selector switches and key switches Ø 22, Harmony XB4 ................................................. 10/13

Illuminated pushbuttons and pilot lights Ø 22, Harmony XB4 ........................................... 10/14

Control stations, Harmony XAW ........................................................................................ 10/15

Human/Machine Interface

Small Panels and Advanced Panels, Magelis XBT N, R, RT, GT ........................ 10/16 to 10/19

Machine safety

Tripwire operated Emergency stops, Preventa XY2 .......................................................... 10/20

Foot switches, Preventa XPE ............................................................................................ 10/20

Safety switches, Preventa XCS ......................................................................................... 10/21

Automation

Weighing system, Modicon Premium ............................................................................... 10/22

I/O modules, Modicon Quantum ....................................................................................... 10/22

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Inductive proximity sensors

Universal, metal case

Sensor type 3-wire DC PNP, ﬂush mountable in metal

Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust) 21 - 22

EC type examination certiﬁcate number / marking INERIS 04ATEX0022X / D-Ex tD A21 IP68 T90°C

Nominal sensing distance Sn 4 mm 8 mm 15 mm

Operating zone 0...3.2 mm 0...6.4 mm 0...12 mm

Temperature range – 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP68

Connection Pre-cabled, PvR, L = 10 m

Dimensions M12 x 50 mm M18 x 60 mm M30 x 60 mm

Supply voltage (including ripple) 10...58 VDC

Maximum switching capacity 200 mA

Overload and short-circuit protection Yes

LED output state indicator Yes

Voltage drop, closed state, at I nominal ≤ 2 V

Switching frequency 2500 Hz 1000 Hz 500 Hz

References NO function XS612B1PAL10EX XS618B1PAL10EX XS630B1PAL10EX

NC function XS612B1PBL10EX XS618B1PBL10EX XS630B1PBL10EX

Analog, metal case

Sensor type Analogue, 2-wire AC/DC, ﬂush mountable in metal

Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust) 21 - 22

EC type examination certiﬁcate number / marking INERIS 04ATEX0022X / D-Ex tD A21 IP67 T90°C

Nominal sensing distance Sn 2 mm 5 mm 10 mm

Operating zone 0.2...2 mm 0.5…5 mm 1...10 mm

Temperature range – 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP67

Connection Pre-cabled, PvR, L = 2 m

Dimensions M12 x 50 mm M18 x 60 mm M30 x 60 mm

Supply voltage (including ripple) 10…38 VAC/DC

Linearity error 10%

Operating frequency 1500 Hz 500 Hz 300 Hz

References 4…20 mA output XS1M12AB120EX XS1M18AB120EX XS1M30AB120EX

Other characteristics: please refer to the “Global Detection” catalogue

Osiprox

M12 M18 M30

10/2

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Sensor type 3-wire DC PNP, ﬂush mountable in metal

Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust) 21 - 22

EC type examination certiﬁcate number / marking INERIS 04ATEX0022X / D-Ex tD A21 IP67 T90°C

Nominal sensing distance Sn 10 mm

Operating zone 0…8 mm

Temperature range – 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP67

Connection Pre-cabled, PvR, L = 2 m

Dimensions M30 x 81 mm

Supply voltage (including ripple) 10...58 VDC

Maximum switching capacity 200 mA

Overload and short-circuit protection Yes

LED output state indicator Yes

Voltage drop, closed state, at I nominal ≤ 2 V

Version Slow Fast

Maximum speed of passing object 6000 impulses/minute 48,000 impulses/minute

Adjustable frequency range 6…150 impulses/minute 120…3000 impulses/minute

References NC function XSAV11373EX XSAV12373EX

Proximity sensors

Rotation monitoring, metal case

M30

10/3

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Namur inductive sensors

Metal or plastic case

Sensor type

Case type

2-wire DC, ﬂush mountable in metal

Metal Plastic

Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, EN 50020, EN 50284, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust) 20 (to be used in conjunction with intrinsically safe enclosures, see page 5)

EC type examination certiﬁcate number / marking INERIS 04ATEX0016X / D-Ex iaD 20 IP66/67 T85°C

Nominal sensing distance Sn 0.8 mm 1.5 mm 2 mm 5 mm 10 mm

Operating zone 0…0.6 mm 0…0.8 mm 0…1.2 mm 0…1.6 mm 0…4 mm 0…8 mm

Temperature range – 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP67

Connection Pre-cabled, PvR, L = 2 m

Dimensions M5 x 30 mm M8 x 26.5 mm M12 x 38.5 mm M18 x 41 mm M30 x 43.5 mm

Supply voltage (including ripple) 7…12 VDC

Maximum switching capacity ≤ 1 mA

Overload and short-circuit protection Yes

Residual current, open state ≥ 3 mA

Switching frequency 1500 Hz 1000 Hz 800 Hz 500 Hz 300 Hz

References NC function XSMN08122EX XSAN01122EX XSPN01122EX XSPN02122EX XSPN05122EX XSPN10122EX

Plastic case

M12 M18 M30 Forme D

Sensor type

Case type

2-wire DC, non ﬂush mountable in metal

Plastic

Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, EN 50020, EN 50284, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust) 20

EC type examination certiﬁcate number / marking INERIS 04ATEX0016X / D-Ex iaD 20 IP66/67 T85°C

Nominal sensing distance Sn 4 mm 8 mm 15 mm 40 mm

Operating zone 0…3.2 mm 0…6.4 mm 0…12 mm 0…32 mm

Temperature range – 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP67

Connection Pre-cabled, PvR, L = 2 m

Dimensions M12 x 38.5 mm M18 x 41 mm M30 x 43.5 mm 100 x 80 x 40 mm

Supply voltage (including ripple) 7…12 VDC

Maximum switching capacity ≤ 1 mA

Overload and short-circuit protection Yes

LED output state indicator Yes

Residual current, open state ≥ 3 mA

Switching frequency 400 Hz 300 Hz 200 Hz 25 Hz

References NC function XSPN04122EX XSPN08122EX XSPN15122EX XSDN401229EX

(1) Flush mountable in metal

Other characteristics: please refer to the “Global Detection” catalogue

M5 M8 M12 M18 M30

Osiprox

10/4

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Module type Discrete

Inputs Relay inputs/outputs

Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50020, EN 50021-1&2, EN 50082-1&2

Zone D (dust) Mounted outside zone (to be used in conjunction with products for zone 20, 21 or 22)

EC type examination certiﬁcate number / marking LCIE 00ATEX6034X / G/D-[EEx ia] IIC

Zone 20 Number of input channels 2 4 2 2

Number of output channels –11

Type of output channel, –

Low consumption solenoid valve, < 7 mA High consumption solenoid valve, < 40 mA

load excitation – with hysteresis – with hysteresis

Outside zone Number of recopying channels 2 4 2 2

Switching voltage 5…230 VAC; 5…24 VDC

Switching current 10 mA…0.5 A (AC); 10 mA…0.5 A, L/R 48 ms (DC)

Temperature range – 20...+ 60°C

Connection Removable screw terminal blocks

Mounting On 35 mm DIN rail

Dimensions, W x D x H 29.5 x 120 x 90 mm

Supply voltage (including ripple) 24 VDC (0.95…1.1 Un)

Consumption 5 W

References NY320N2RB1 NY340N4RB1 NY321L2RB1 NY321L1RB1 NY321H2RB1 NY321H1RB1

Module type Discrete

Load excitation outputs

Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50020, EN 50021-1&2, EN 50082-1&2

Zone D (dust) Mounted outside zone (to be used in conjunction with products for zone 20, 21 or 22)

EC type examination certiﬁcate number / marking LCIE 00ATEX6034X / G/D-[EEx ia] IIC

Zone 20

Number of load excitation channels

Maximum current < 7 mA < 40 mA < 7 mA < 40 mA

Outside zone Control voltage 24 VDC ± 10%

Control current State 1 = 6.5 < I < 9 mA and 21.6 < U < 26.4 V; State 0 = I ≤ 0.4 mA and U ≤ 1.2 V

Temperature range – 20...+ 60°C

Connection Removable screw terminal blocks

Mounting On 35 mm DIN rail

Dimensions, W x D x H 29.5 x 120 x 90 mm

Supply voltage (including ripple) 24 VDC (0.95…1.1 Un)

Consumption 5 W

References NY302L0NB1 NY302H0NB1 NY304L0NB1 NY304H0NB1

Intrinsically safe module

Processing module

10/5

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Limit switches

Miniature, ﬁxing by the body

Osiswitch

Limit switch type XCMD metal, pre-cabled

With head for movement Linear (plunger)

Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust) 21 - 22

EC type examination certiﬁcate number / marking INERIS 04ATEX0014X / D-Ex tD A21 IP66/67 T85°C

Type of operator Metal end Metal end Steel roller Retractable

plunger plunger with plunger steel roller

elastomer boot lever plunger

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles) 10

Actuation speed 0.5 m/s

Switches conforming to standard IEC 947-5-1 section 3

Temperature range – 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP66 and IP67

Rated operational characteristics AC15; C300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 0.75 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)

Short-circuit protection By 6 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Cable entry Pre-cabled, adjustable direction, length = 5 m

Fixing centres 20 mm

Body dimensions, W x D x H 30 x 16 x 50 mm

References 2 N/C + 2 N/O snap action XCMD4110L5EX XCMD4111L5EX XCMD4102L5EX XCMD4124L5EX

Compact, ﬁxing by the body

Limit switch type XCKD metal conforming to standard EN 500047

With head for movement Linear (plunger)

Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust) 21 - 22

EC type examination certiﬁcate number / marking INERIS 04ATEX0014X /D-Ex tD A21 IP66/67 T85°C

Type of operator Metal end Metal end Steel roller Thermoplastic roller Thermoplastic roller

plunger plunger with plunger

lever plunger, horiz. lever plunger, vert.

elastomer boot actuation in 1 direct. actuation in 1 direct.

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles) 15 10 15

Actuation speed 0.5 m/s 1 m/s

Switches conforming to standard IEC 947-5-1 section 3

Temperature range – 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP66 and IP67

Rated operational characteristics AC15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)

Short-circuit protection By 6 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Cable entry 1 entry ﬁtted with ISO M16 cable gland

Fixing centres 20 mm

Body dimensions, W x D x H 31 x 30 x 65 mm

References N/C + N/C + N/O snap action XCKD3910P16EX XCKD3911P16EX XCKD3902P16EX XCKD3921P16EX XCKD3927P16EX

Other characteristics: please refer to the “Global Detection” catalogue

10/6

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Miniature, ﬁxing by the head

XCMD metal, pre-cabled

Rotary (lever) Linear (plunger)

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

21 - 22

INERIS 04ATEX0014X / D-Ex tD A21 IP66/67 T85°C

Steel roller Thermoplastic roller Roller lever Variable length M12 with metal M16 with metal M12 with steel

lever lever with ball bearing thermoplastic end plunger end plunger with roller plunger

mounted roller roller lever elastomer boot

1.5 m/s 0.5 m/s 0.1 m/s

– 20...+ 60°C

IP66 and IP67

AC15; C300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 0.75 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)

By 6 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Pre-cabled, adjustable direction, length = 5 m

20 mm M12 x 1 M16 x 1 M12 x 1

30 x 16 x 50 mm

XCMD4116L5EX XCMD4115L5EX XCMD4117L5EX XCMD4145L5EX XCMD41F0L5EX XCMD41G1L5EX XCMD41F2L5EX

Compact, ﬁxing by

the head

XCKD metal conforming to standard EN 500047

Linear (plunger) Rotary (lever)

Multi-directional Linear (plunger)

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

21 - 22

INERIS 04ATEX0014X / D-Ex tD A21 IP66/67 T85°C

Thermoplastic roller Thermoplastic Thermoplastic Variable length Variable length “Cat’s whisker” M18 with metal M18 with steel

lever plunger, horiz. or

roller lever roller lever, thermoplastic thermoplastic end plunger roller plunger

vert. actuation in 1 dir.

Ø 50 mm roller lever roller lever, Ø 50 mm

15 10 510

1 m/s 1.5 m/s 1 m/s 0.5 m/s

–

– 20...+ 60°C

IP66 and IP67

AC15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)

By 6 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

1 entry ﬁtted with ISO M16 cable gland

20 mm M18 x 1

30 x 16 x 50 mm

XCKD3928P16EX XCKD3918P16EX XCKD3939P16EX XCKD3945P16EX XCKD3949P16EX XCKD3906P16EX XCKD39H0P16EX XCKD39H2P16EX

10/7

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Limit switches

Classic, ﬁxing by the body

Osiswitch

Limit switch type XCKM metal, 3 cable entries

With head for movement Linear (plunger)

Rotary (lever) Multi-directional

Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust) 21 - 22

EC type examination certiﬁcate number / marking INERIS 04ATEX0014X / D-Ex tD A21 IP66/67 T85°C

Type of operator Metal end Steel roller Thermoplastic roller Thermoplastic “Cat’s whisker”

plunger plunger

lever plunger, horiz.

roller lever

actuation in 1 direct.

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles) 20 10

Actuation speed 0.5 m/s 1.5 m/s 0.5 m/s

Switches conforming to standard IEC 947-5-1 section 3 –

Temperature range – 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP66

Rated operational characteristics AC15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)

Short-circuit protection By 6 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Cable entry 3 tapped entries for ISO M20 cable gland (1)

Fixing centres 41 mm

Body dimensions, W x D x H 63 x 30 x 64 mm

References N/C + N/C + N/O snap action XCKM3910H29EX XCKM3902H29EX XCKM3921H29EX XCKM3915H29EX XCKM3906H29EX

(1) 2 entries ﬁtted with blanking plugs, 1 entry ﬁtted with ISO M20 cable gland

Application - hoisting, handling, conveying

Limit switch type XCKMR metal, 3 cable entries

With head for movement Rotary (lever)

Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust) 21 - 22

EC type examination certiﬁcate number / marking INERIS 04ATEX0014X / D-Ex tD A21 IP66/67 T85°C

Type of operator Metal rod levers, ”crossed” Metal rod levers, ”crossed”

reversed head

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles) 2

Actuation speed 1.5 m/s

Switches conforming to standard IEC 947-5-1 section 3

Temperature range – 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP66

Rated operational characteristics AC15; A300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A)/DC13; Q300 (Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A)

Short-circuit protection By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Cable entry 3 tapped entries for ISO M20 cable gland (1)

Fixing centres 61.5 mm

Body dimensions, W x D x H 118 x 59 x 77 mm

2 x N/C + N/C staggered, slow break contacts XCKMR54D1H29EX XCKMR54D2H29EX

2 x N/C + N/O snap action contacts, both actuated in each direction

–

2 x N/C + N/O snap action contacts, 1 actuated in each direction

–

2 x single-pole C/O snap action contacts –

(1) 2 entries ﬁtted with blanking plugs, 1 entry ﬁtted with ISO M20 cable gland

Other characteristics: please refer to the “Global Detection” catalogue

10/8

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

XCKJ metal, ﬁxed body, conforming to standard EN 50041

Linear (plunger) Rotary (lever)

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

21 - 22

INERIS 04ATEX0014X / D-Ex tD A21 IP66/67 T85°C

Metal end Steel roller Steel roller Thermoplastic roller Variable length Polyamide rod

plunger plunger lever lever thermoplastic lever, Ø 6 x 200 mm

roller lever

30 25 30 20

0.5 m/s 1 m/s 1.5 m/s

–

– 20...+ 60°C

IP66

AC15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)

By 6 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

1 entry ﬁtted with ISO M20 cable gland

30 x 60 mm

40 x 44 x 77 mm

XCKJ3961H29EX XCKJ3967H29EX XCKJ390513H29EX XCKJ390511H29EX XCKJ390541H29EX XCKJ390559H29EX

XCR metal

Rotary (lever) Conveyor belt shift monitoring switches

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

21 - 22

INERIS 04ATEX0024X / D-Ex tD A21 IP65 T85°C

Square (6 mm) Thermoplastic roller Large thermoplastic roller Metal rod levers, Galvanised steel Stainless steel

rod lever, spring (Ø 30 mm) lever, spring (Ø 50 mm) lever, spring ”crossed”, stay put operating lever operating lever

return to off position return to off position return to off position

10 0.3

1.5 m/s

–

– 20...+ 60°C

IP65

AC15; A300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A)/DC13; Q300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)

By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

1 entry ﬁtted with n° 13 cable gland

85 x 75 mm

85 x 75 x 95 mm

–

XCRA111EX XCRA121EX XCRA151EX XCRE181EX (2) –

XCRB111EX XCRB121EX XCRB151EX XCRF171EX (3) –

–XCRT115EX XCRT215EX

(2) “Crossed” rods (3) “T” rods

10/9

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Electromechanical pressure & vacuum switches

Adjustable differential, regulation between 2 thresholds

Type Vacuum switches and vacu-pressure switches with setting scale

Size - 1 bar - 0.2 bar 5 bar

Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust) 21 - 22

EC type examination certiﬁcate number / marking INERIS 04ATEX0058 / D-Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C

Fluid connection 1/4” BSP female

Electrical connection Screw terminals, 1 entry ﬁtted with ISO M20 cable gland

Temperature range – 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection IP66

Rated operational characteristics AC15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A; Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)

Short-circuit protection By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Setting range of upper limit (PH) –0.14…–1 bar –0.02…–0.2 bar –0.5…5 bar

Body dimensions, W x D x H 55 x 77.5 x 158 mm 150 x 155.5 x 145 mm 113 x 35 x 75 mm

Fluids controlled Oil, water, air, up to +70°C Oil, air, up to +160°C Oil, water, air, up to +70°C

Possible differential Min. at low setting 0.13 bar 0.018 bar 0.5 bar

(subtract from PH Min. at high setting 0.13 bar 0.018 bar 0.5 bar

to give PB) (1) Max. at high setting 0.8 bar 0.18 bar 6 bar

Single-pole snap action contact XMLBM02V2S12EX XMLBM03R2S12EX XMLBM05A2S12EX

(1) For XMLBM02V2S12EX and XMLBM03R2S12EX vacuum switches add to PB to give PH

Type Pressure switches with setting scale

Size 10 bar 20 bar 35 bar

Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust) 21 - 22

EC type examination certiﬁcate number / marking INERIS 04ATEX0058 / D-Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C

Fluid connection 1/4” BSP female

Electrical connection Screw terminals, 1 entry ﬁtted with ISO M20 cable gland

Temperature range – 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection IP66

Rated operational characteristics AC15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A; Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)

Short-circuit protection By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Setting range of upper limit (PH) 0.7…10 bar 1.3…20 bar 3.5…35 bar

Body dimensions, W x D x H 35 x 75 x 113 mm

Fluids controlled Oil, water, air, up to +70°C

Possible differential Min. at low setting 0.57 bar 1 bar 1.7 bar

(subtract from PH Min. at high setting 0.85 bar 1.6 bar 2.55 bar

to give PB) Max. at high setting 7.5 bar 11 bar 20 bar

Single-pole snap action contact XMLB010A2S12EX XMLB020A2S12EX XMLB035A2S12EX

Other characteristics: please refer to the “Global Detection” catalogue

Nautilus

10/10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Pressure switches with setting scale

0.05 bar 0.35 bar 1 bar 2.5 bar 4 bar

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

21 - 22

INERIS 04ATEX0058 / D-Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C

1/4” BSP female

Screw terminals, 1 entry ﬁtted with ISO M20 cable gland

– 20...+ 60°C

IP66

AC15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A; Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)

By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

0.026…0.05 bar 0.045…0.35 bar 0.05…1 bar 0.3…2.5 bar 0.25…4 bar

200 x 204 x 145 mm 110 x 110 x 162 mm 55 x 77.5 x 158 mm 55 x 77.5 x 158 mm

Oil, air, up to +160°C Oil, water, air, up to +70°C

0.0014 bar 0.042 bar 0.04 bar 0.16 bar 0.2 bar

0.004 bar 0.05 bar 0.06 bar 0.21 bar 0.25 bar

0.04 bar 0.3 bar 0.75 bar 1.75 bar 2.4 bar

XMLBL05R2S12EX XMLBL35R2S12EX XMLB001R2S12EX XMLB002A2S12EX XMLB004A2S12EX

Pressure switches with setting scale

70 bar 160 bar 300 bar 500 bar

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

21 - 22

INERIS 04ATEX0058 / D-Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C

1/4” BSP female

Screw terminals, 1 entry ﬁtted with ISO M20 cable gland

– 20...+ 60°C

IP66

AC15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A; Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)

By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

7…70 bar 10…160 bar 22…300 bar 30…500 bar

35 x 75 x 113 mm

Oil, up to +160°C

4.7 bar 9.3 bar 19.4 bar 23 bar

8.8 bar 20.8 bar 37 bar 52.6 bar

50 bar 100 bar 200 bar 300 bar

XMLB070D2S12EX XMLB160D2S12EX XMLB300D2S12EX XMLB500D2S12EX

10/11

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Pushbuttons and mushroom heads

Contact functions

Type Ø 22 pushbuttons with metal bezel

Conformity Directive ATEX D 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust) 21 - 22

EC type examination certiﬁcate number / marking INERIS 04ATEX9004U / D-Ex tD A21 IP65/66

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles) 5

Temperature range – 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection IP65 and IP66

Mounting Panel cut-out Ø 22.5 mm (22.4

+0.4

recommended

)

Mounting centres 30 x 40 mm

Depth below head 43 mm

Connection Screw clamp terminals

Rated operational characteristics AC15; A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1.2 A or Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A or Ue = 120 V, Ie = 6 A

DC13; Q600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 0.1 A or Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A or Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A)

Short-circuit protection By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Pushbutton type Flush with transparent silicone boot

Contact N/O N/C N/O

Colour of push p white p black p green p red p yellow p blue

References Insertion of legend not possible – XB4BP21EX XB4BP31EX XB4BP42EX XB4BP51EX XB4BP61EX

Insertion of legend possible XB4BP181EX – XB4BP381EX XB4BP482EX XB4BP581EX XB4BP681EX

Pushbutton type Flush with coloured silicone boot

Contact N/O N/C N/O

Colour of silicone boot p white p black p green p red p yellow p blue

References XB4BPS11EX XB4BPS21EX XB4BPS31EX XB4BPS42EX XB4BPS51EX XB4BS61EX

Ø 40 mushroom head pushbutton type Spring return

Contact N/O N/C N/O

Colour of push p black p green p red p yellow p blue

References XB4BC21EX XB4BC31EX XB4BC42EX XB4BC51EX XB4BC61EX

Type Ø 40 mushroom head Emergency stop pushbuttons

Conformity

Directive ATEX D 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1, IEC/EN 60947-5-5

Zone D (dust) 21 - 22

EC type examination certiﬁcate number / marking INERIS 04ATEX9004U / D-Ex tD A21 IP65/66

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles) 0.3

Temperature range – 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection IP65

Mounting Panel cut-out Ø 22.5 mm (22.4

+0.4

recommended

)

Mounting centres 30 x 40 mm

Depth below head 43 mm

Connection Screw clamp terminals

Rated operational characteristics AC15; A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1.2 A or Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A or Ue = 120 V, Ie = 6 A

DC13; Q600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 0.1 A or Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A or Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A)

Short-circuit protection By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Ø 40 latching mushroom head pushbutton type Push-pull with trigger action Key release ( n° 455) Turn to release

Contact(s) N/C + N/O N/C N/C

Colour of push p red p red p red

References XB4BT845EX XB4BS142EX XB4BS542EX

Other characteristics: please refer to the “Human-Machine Interface components” catalogue

Harmony

10/12

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Type Ø 22 selector switches and key switches with metal bezel

Conformity Directive ATEX D 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust) 21 - 22

EC type examination certiﬁcate number / marking INERIS 04ATEX9004U / D-Ex tD A21 IP65/66

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles) 3

Temperature range – 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection IP65

Mounting Panel cut-out Ø 22.5 mm (22.4

+0.4

recommended

)

Mounting centres 30 x 40 mm

Depth below head 43 mm

Connection Screw clamp terminals

Rated operational characteristics AC15; A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1.2 A or Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A or Ue = 120 V, Ie = 6 A

DC13; Q600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 0.1 A or Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A or Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A)

Short-circuit protection By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Selector switch type Standard handle

Contacts N/C + N/O N/O + N/O

Colour p black p black

References 2 position stay put XB4BD25EX –

3 position stay put – XB4BD33EX

3 position spring return to centre – XB4BD53EX

Selector switch type Long handle

Contact(s) N/O N/O + N/O

Colour p black p black

References 2 position stay put XB4BJ21EX –

3 position stay put – XB4BJ33EX

3 position spring return to centre – XB4BJ53EX

Key switch type Key n° 455

Contact(s) N/O N/O + N/O

Colour p black p black

References 2 position stay put, key withdrawal in LH position XB4BG21EX –

2 position stay put, key withdrawal in both positions XB4BG41EX –

2 position spring return, key withdrawal in LH position

XB4BG61EX –

3 position stay put, key withdrawal in centre position – XB4BG33EX

3 position stay put, key withdrawal in all 3 positions – XB4BG03EX

Other characteristics: please refer to the “Human-Machine Interface components” catalogue

Selector switches and key switches

Contact functions

10/13

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Illuminated pushbuttons and pilot lights

Contact and light functions (integral LED)

Type Ø 22 illuminated pushbuttons with metal bezel

Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust) 21 - 22

EC type examination certiﬁcate number / marking INERIS 04ATEX9004U / D-Ex tD A21 IP65/66

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles) 5

Service life 100,000 hours at ambient temperature

Temperature range – 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection IP65

Mounting Panel cut-out Ø 22.5 mm (22.4

+0.4

recommended

)

Mounting centres 30 x 40 mm

Depth below head 43 mm

Connection Screw clamp terminals

Rated operational characteristics AC15; A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1.2 A or Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A or Ue = 120 V, Ie = 6 A

DC13; Q600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 0.1 A or Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A or Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A)

Short-circuit protection By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Light source Integral LED

Illuminated pushbutton type, with integral LED Flush with transparent silicone boot

Contact N/O N/C N/O

Colour of push p white p green p red p yellow p blue

References LED voltage 24 VAC/DC XB4BP183B5EX XB4BP383B5EX XB4BP483B5EX XB4BP583B5EX XB4BP683B5EX

110…120 VAC XB4BP183G5EX XB4BP383G5EX XB4BP483G5EX XB4BP583G5EX XB4BP683G5EX

240 VAC XB4BP183M5EX XB4BP383M5EX XB4BP483M5EX XB4BP583M5EX XB4BP683M5EX

24…120 VAC/DC XB4BP183BG5EX XB4BP383BG5EX XB4BP483BG5EX XB4BP583BG5EX XB4BP683BG5EX

Type Ø 22 pilot lights with metal bezel

Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust) 21 - 22

EC type examination certiﬁcate number / marking INERIS 04ATEX9004U / D-Ex tD A21 IP65/66

Service life 100,000 hours at ambient temperature

Temperature range – 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection IP65

Mounting Panel cut-out Ø 22.5 mm (22.4

+0.4

recommended

)

Mounting centres 30 x 40 mm

Depth below head 43 mm

Connection Screw clamp terminals

Rated operational characteristics AC15; A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1.2 A or Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A or Ue = 120 V, Ie = 6 A

DC13; Q600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 0.1 A or Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A or Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A)

Short-circuit protection By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Light source Integral LED

Pilot light type Pilot lights with integral LED, plain lens

Colour of LED p white p green p red p yellow p blue

References LED voltage 24 VAC/DC XB4BVB1EX XB4BVB3EX XB4BVB4EX XB4BVB5EX XB4BVB6EX

110…120 VAC XB4BVG1EX XB4BVG3EX XB4BVG4EX XB4BVG5EX XB4BVG6EX

240 VAC XB4BVM1EX XB4BVM3EX XB4BVM4EX XB4BVM5EX XB4BVM6EX

24…120 VAC/DC XB4BVBG1EX XB4BVBG3EX XB4BVBG4EX XB4BVBG5EX XB4BVBG6EX

Other characteristics: please refer to the “Human-Machine Interface components” catalogue

Harmony

10/14

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Control stations

Complete stations, metal or plastic

Type Complete control stations

Type of operators Ø 22 ﬂush pushbuttons

Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust) 21 - 22

EC type examination certiﬁcate number / marking INERIS 04ATEX0023/ D-Ex tD A21 IP65 T85°C

Temperature range – 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection IP65

Connection 1 entry ﬁtted with ISO M20 cable gland

Rated operational characteristics of contact blocks AC15; A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1.2 A or Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A or Ue = 120 V, Ie = 6 A

DC13; Q600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 0.1 A or Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A or Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A)

Short-circuit protection By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Function 1 function, Start or Stop 2 functions, Start - Stop 3 functions

Composition 1 spring return pushbutton 2 spring ret. pushbuttons 3 spring ret. pushbuttons

Contact(s) N/O N/C N/O + N/C N/O + N/C + N/O

Colour of pushbutton(s) p green p red p green + p red p green + p red + p black

Metal control stations Dimensions, W x D x H 80 x 77 x 80 mm 80 x 77 x 130 mm 80 x 77 x 175 mm

Fixings: 4 x Ø 5.6 mm, centres 50 x 65 mm 50 x 115 mm 50 x 160 mm

References XAWF100EX XAWF110EX XAWF210EX XAWF310EX

Plastic control stations Dimensions, W x D x H 85 x 70 x 146 mm 85 x 70 x 226 mm

Fixings: 4 x Ø 5.6 mm, centres 70 x 105 mm 70 x 108 mm

References XAWG100EX XAWG110EX XAWG210EX XAWG310EX

Type Complete control stations

Type of operator

Ø 22 selector switch or key switch with metal bezel Ø 40 mushroom head Emergency stop

Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust) 21 - 22

EC type examination certiﬁcate number / marking INERIS 04ATEX0023 / D-Ex tD A21 IP65 T85°C

Temperature range – 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection IP65

Connection 1 entry ﬁtted with ISO M20 cable gland

Rated operational characteristics of contact blocks AC15; A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1.2 A or Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A or Ue = 120 V, Ie = 6 A

DC13; Q600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 0.1 A or Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A or Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A)

Short-circuit protection By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Function 1 function, Start/Stop Emergency stop

Composition

1 selector switch (1) 1 key switch (1) 1 Ø 40 mushroom head 1 Ø 40 mushroom head

1 push/pull Ø 40

standard black handle key n° 455 turn to release key release

with trigger action

Contact N/O + N/C N/O + N/C N/C + N/C N/C + N/C N/C + N/C

Colour of operator p black p black p red p red p red

Metal control stations Dimensions, W x D x H 80 x 77 x 80 mm

Fixings: 4 x Ø 5.6 mm, centres 50 x 65 mm

References XAWF130EX XAWF140EX XAWF174EX XAWF184EX XAWF198EX

Plastic control stations Dimensions, W x D x H 80 x 70 x 146 mm

Fixings: 4 x Ø 5.6 mm, centres 70 x 105 mm

References XAWG130EX XAWG140EX XAWG174EX XAWG184EX XAWG198EX

(1) 2 position stay put

Other characteristics: please refer to the “Human-Machine Interface components” catalogue

10/15

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Type Characteristics

Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/CE, EN 60079-15, EN 50281-1-1 + A1, IEC 61241-0, EN 61241-1

Zone D (dust) 22

EC type examination certiﬁcate number / marking

INERIS 05ATEX3016X / G D EEx nA nC IIC T5 - Ex tD A22 IP65 T100°C

Display Capacity

2 lines, 20 characters

1 to 4 lines, 5 to 20 characters

Type Back-lit LCD Back-lit LCD Back-lit LCD

green 3 colours green

green, orange, red

Data entry Via keypad with 8 keys (4 customizable keys)

Function Representation of variables Alphanumeric

Alarm log No Yes Yes Yes Yes

Communication Serial link 1 RJ45 (RS 232 - RS 485) 1 Sub-D25 (RS 232 - RS 485)

Downloadable protocols Uni-TE, Modbus Master Uni-TE, Modbus Master, Siemens,

Rockwell,Omron, Mitsubishi

Modbus

Development software Vijeo Designer Lite (on Windows 2000 and XP)

Dimensions W x D x H 132 x 37 x 74 mm

Compatibility with PLCs Twido, Modicon TSX Micro,

Modicon Premium, Modicon M340

Twido, Modicon TSX Micro,

Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum,

Modicon Momentum, Modicon M340

Motor starter

Tesys Model U

Supply voltages 5 VDC or PLC power supply 24 VDC

References XBTN200 XBTN400 XBTN410 XBTN401 XBTNU400

(1) Except XBTN200: alphanumeric screen.

Magelis

Small Panel

Magelis XBT N

with matrix screen (1)

10/16

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Type Characteristics

Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/CE, EN 60079-15, EN 50281-1-1 + A1, IEC 61241-0, EN 61241-1

Zone D (dust) 22

EC type examination certiﬁcate number / marking

INERIS 05ATEX3016X / G D EEx nA nC IIC T5 - Ex tD A22 IP65 T100°C

Display Capacity 4 lines, 20 characters

Type Back-lit LCD

green

Back-lit LCD, 3 colours

green, orange, red

Data entry Via keypad with 20 keys (12 customizable keys)

Function Representation of variables Alphanumeric

Alarm log Yes Yes Yes

Communication Serial link 1 RJ45 (RS 232 - RS 485) 1 Sub-D25 (RS 232 - RS 485)

Downloadable protocols Uni-TE, Modbus Master Uni-TE,Modbus Master/Slave (1), Siemens, Rockwell,

Omron, Mitsubishi

Development software Vijeo Designer Lite (on Windows 2000 and XP)

Dimensions W x D x H 137 x 37 x 118 mm

Compatibility with PLCs Twido, Modicon TSX Micro,

Modicon Premium, Modicon M340

Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum,

Modicon Momentum, Modicon M340

Supply voltages 5 VDC or PLC power supply 24 VDC

References XBTR400 XBTR410 XBTR411

(1) for XBTR411 only

Magelis XBT RT

with semi-graphic and touchscreen

Type Characteristics

Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/CE, EN 60079-0, EN 60079-15, EN 61241-0, EN 61241-1

Zone D (dust) 22

EC type examination certiﬁcate number / marking

INERIS 07ATEX3019X / G D Ex nA nC IIC T6 - Ex tD A22 IP64 T85°C

Display Capacity 10 lines, 33 characters

Type Back-lit LCD green Back-lit LCD green, orange, red

Data entry Via keypad with 12 keys (10 customizable keys) Via keypad with 12 customizable keys

Functions Representation of variables Alphanumeric, bargraph, curves, button and light

Alarm log Yes Yes

Communication Serial link 1 RJ45 (RS 232 - RS 485) 1 RJ45 (RS 232 - RS 485)

Downloadable protocols Uni-TE, Modbus Master, Siemens, Rockwell,Omron, Mitsubishi

Development software Vijeo Designer Lite (on Windows 2000 and XP)

Dimensions W x D x H 137 x 37 x 118 mm

Compatibility with PLCs Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon M340, Modicon Quantum

Supply voltages 5 VDC or PLC power supply 24 VDC

References XBTRT500 XBTRT511

Small Panel

Magelis XBT R

with matrix screen

10/17

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Type Characteristics

Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/CE, EN 60079-15, EN 61241-0, EN 61241-1, EN 60079-0 (1)

Zone D (dust) 22

EC type examination certiﬁcate number / marking

INERIS 06ATEX3024X / INERIS 08ATEX3024X / INERIS 06ATEX3024X / INERIS 08ATEX3024X / INERIS 08ATEX3024X /

G D EEx nA nC IIC T4 - Ex tD A22 IP64 T135°C

Display LCD screen size 3.8”

Type STN monochrome, amber or red TFT colour

Functions Representation of variables Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, button, light, clock, ﬂashing light, keypad

Curves / Alarm logs Yes, with log / Yes, incorporated

Communication Serial link 1 RJ45 (RS 232 - RS 485)

Networks –

Ethernet, IEEE 802.3

10 BASE-T, RJ45

Ethernet, IEEE 802.3

10/100 BASE-T, RJ45

Downloadable protocols Mitsubishi (Melsec), Omron (Sysmac), Rockwell Automation (Allen Bradley), Siemens (Simatic)

Uni-TE, Modbus, Modbus TCP

Development software Vijeo Designer VJDpppTGpVppM (on Windows Vista, XP and 2000)

Dimensions W x D x H 130x41x104mm

Compatibility with PLCs Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum, Modicon M340

«Compact Flash» card slot No

USB port –1–11

Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP No Yes

Supply voltage 24 VDC

References XBTGT1100 XBTGT1105 XBTGT1130 XBTGT1135 XBTGT1335

(1) Does not take effect for XBTG1100 and XBTG1130

Magelis XBT GT with 5.7” touchscreen

Type

Type Characteristics

Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/CE, EN 60079-15, EN 61241-0, EN 61241-1

Zone D (dust) 22

EC type examination certiﬁcate number / marking INERIS 06ATEX3024X

G D EEx nA nC IIB T3 - Ex tD A22 IP64 T200°C

Display LCD screen size 5.7”

Type Back-lit STN, monochrome STN, colour TFT, colour

blue black and white 4096 colours 65536 colours

Functions Representation of variables Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, button, light, clock, ﬂashing light, keypad

Curves / Alarm logs Yes, with log / Yes, incorporated

Communication Serial link 1 Sub-D9 (RS 232/RS 422 - RS 485) + 1 RJ45 (RS 485)

Networks

– Ethernet, IEEE 802.3 – Ethernet, IEEE 802.3

10/100 BASE-T, RJ45 10/100 BASE-T, RJ45

Downloadable protocols Mitsubishi (Melsec), Omron (Sysmac), Rockwell Automation (Allen Bradley), Siemens (Simatic)

Uni-TE, Modbus, Modbus TCP/IP

Development soft ware Vijeo Designer VJDpppTGpVppM (on Windows Vista, XP and 2000)

Dimensions W x D x H 167.5x60x135mm

Compatibility with PLCs Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum, Modicon M340, Modicon Momentum

«Compact Flash» card slot No Yes

USB port 1

Video in No

Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP No No Yes No Yes

Supply voltage 24 VDC

References XBTGT2110 XBTGT2120 XBTGT2130 XBTGT2220 XBTGT2330

Magelis

Advanced Panel

Magelis XBT GT

with 3.8” touchscreen

10/18

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Type Characteristics

Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/CE, EN 60079-15, EN 61241-0, EN 61241-1

Zone D (dust) 22

EC type examination certiﬁcate number / marking

INERIS 06ATEX3024X / G D

EEx nA nC IIB T4 - Ex tD A22 IP64 T135°C

INERIS 06ATEX3024X / D

Ex tD A22 IP64 T135°C

Display LCD screen size 7.5” 10.4” 12.1” 15”

Type (colour) STN TFT TFT STN TFT TFT TFT TFT TFT

Number of colours 4096 65536 65536 4096 65536 65536 65536 65536 65536

Functions Representation of variables Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, button, light, clock, ﬂashing light, keypad

Curves / Alarm logs Yes, with log / Yes, incorporated

Communication Serial link 1 Sub-D9 (RS 232/RS 422 - RS 485) + 1 RJ45 (RS 485)

Networks Ethernet, IEEE 802.3 10/100 BASE-T, RJ 45

Downloadable protocols Mitsubishi (Melsec), Omron (Sysmac), Rockwell Automation (Allen Bradley), Siemens (Simatic)

Uni-TE, Modbus, Modbus TCP/IP

Development software Vijeo Designer VJDpppTGpVppM (on Windows Vista, XP and 2000)

Dimensions W x D x H (mm)

215x60x170 313x56x239 271x57x213 313x56x239 395x60x294

Compatibility with PLCs Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum, Modicon M340

«Compact Flash» card slot Yes

USB port 111222222

Video in No No Yes No No Yes No Yes Yes

Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP Yes

Supply voltage 24 VDC

References

XBTGT4230 XBTGT4330 XBTGT4340 XBTGT5230 XBTGT5330 XBTGT5340 XBTGT6330 XBTGT6340 XBTGT7340

Advanced Panel

Magelis XBT GT

with 7.5”, 10.4”, 12.1”,15” touchscreen

10/19

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Emergency stops and foot switches

Cable (tripwire) operated Emergency stops

For operating cable up to 50 m long

Latching, without indicator light

Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust) 21 - 22

EC type examination certiﬁcate number / marking INERIS 04ATEX0015 / D-Ex tD A21 IP65 T85°C

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles) 0.01

Temperature range – 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection IP65

Connection 3 entries for ISO M20 cable gland

Rated operational characteristics AC15; A300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3A)/DC13; Q300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)

Short-circuit protection By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Dimensions, W x D x H 229 x 82 x 142 mm 229 x 105 x 142 mm

Reset By booted pushbutton By key release pushbutton (key n° 421)

Operating cable length ≤ 50 m ≤ 50 m

Operating cable anchoring point To left To right To left To right

References N/C + N/O slow break XY2CE2A250EX XY2CE1A250EX XY2CE2A450EX XY2CE1A450EX

N/C + N/C slow break XY2CE2A270EX XY2CE1A270EX XY2CE2A470EX XY2CE1A470EX

Foot switches, metal

Type Single pedal switches

Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust) 21 - 22

EC type examination certiﬁcate number / marking INERIS 04ATEX0025 / D-Ex tD A21 IP65 T85°C

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles) 5

Temperature range – 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection IP66

Connection 2 entries for n° 16 (Pg 16) cable gland (1)

Rated operational characteristics AC15; A300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A)/DC13; Q300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)

Short-circuit protection By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Dimensions, W x D x H 104 x 172 x 59 mm

Colour Blue Orange

Contact operation 1 step 2 step 1 step 2 step

References 1 N/C + N/O XPEM110EX – XPER110EX –

2 N/C + N/O XPEM111EX XPEM211EX XPER111EX XPER211EX

(1) 1 entry ﬁtted with blanking plug, 1 entry ﬁtted with n° 16 (Pg 16) cable gland

Other characteristics: please refer to the “Machine safety” catalogue

Preventa

10/20

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Safety switches

and actuators

Preventa

3-pole contact

Slow break

(N/C + N/O + N/O)

3-pole contact

Slow break

(N/C + N/C + N/O)

Metal switches type XCSA/B/C, 1 x ISO M20 cable entry

With head Without locking Interlocking, unlocking by button Interlocking, unlocking by key lock

Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/CE, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust) 21 - 22

EC type examination certiﬁcate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX0014X / D-Ex tD A21 IP67 T85°C

Actuation speed (min → max) 0,1 m/s → 0,5 m/s

Degree of protection IP 67

Rated operational characteristics (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1) AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300

Temperature range

-20…+60°C

Dimensions (body + head) W x D x H 40 x 44 x 113.5 mm 52 x 44 x 113.5 mm 52 x 44 x 113.5 mm

Short-circuit protection By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Complete switch N/C + N/O + N/O

XCSA502EX XCSB502EX XCSC502EX

N/C + N/C + N/O

XCSA702EX XCSB702EX XCSC702EX

Accessories

Straight actuator Wide actuator Pivoting actuator

For safety switches XCSA/B/C/E Actuators Door lock

References XCSZ01 XCSZ02 XCSZ03 XCSZ05

ISO entry

(to EN 50262)

Coded magnetic

Plastic switches type XCSDM coded magnetic, Pre-cabled, L = 2 m

Rectangular without LED

Conformity

Directive Atex 94/9/CE, EN 50281-1.1 & 1.2, EN/IEC 61241-0, EN/IEC 61241-1, EN/IEC 60304, EN 1088, EN954-1

Zone D (dust) 0-1-2/20-21-22*(according to protection mode, mD or ia).

EC type examination certiﬁcate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX0036 / GD-Ex tD A21 IP67 T135°C

Switches for actuation Face to face, face to side, side to side

Degree of protection IP 66 + IP 67

Type of contact REED

Rated operational characteristics Ue = 24 VDC, Ie = 100 mA

Temperature range

-20…+60°C

Dimensions W x D x H 16 x 7 x 51 mm

Operating zone (4) Sao = 5 / Sar = 15

Short-circuit protection By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Switch with coded magnet N/C + N/O, N/C staggered XCSDMC5902EX

N/O + N/O, 1N/O staggered XCSDMC7902EX

Contact

(N/C + N/O,

N/C

staggered)

Contact

(N/O + N/O,

1N/O

staggered)

10/21

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Automation platform

Weighing system for Modicon Premium

Module type ISP Plus

Supplied calibrated

Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50020, EN 50039, EN 50284, EN 50281-1-1

Zone D (dust) Mounted outside zone (to be used in conjunction with products for zone 21 or 22)

EC type examination certiﬁcate number / marking LCIE 03ATEX6399X / SYST GD-EEx ib IIC T6 or IIB T6

Connection By connectors: Sub-D 15-way male for sensors and Sub-D 9-way male for transfer of weights

Load cell inputs 50 measurements (for 1 to 8 load cells)

Outputs 2 discrete and 1 RS 485 for display

References Without display TSXISPY101

With display TSXXBTH100 TSXISPY111

Intrinsically safe I/O modules for Modicon

Quantum

Module type Inputs/outputs

Discrete Analogue

Conformity Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50020, EN 50284, EN 50281-1-1

Zone D (dust) Mounted outside zone (to be used in conjunction with products for zone 20, 21 or 22)

EC type examination certiﬁcate number / marking SIRA 02ATEX2345X / GD-[EEx ia] IIC; Ta = - 20…+ 60 °C

Connection By screw terminal block 140XTS33200 (to be ordered separately)

Number of inputs 8–8 –

Number of outputs –8– 8

Signal inputs – – Thermal probes 0…25/20 mA

Thermocouple (1) 4…25 mA

Resolution 12 bits + sign 0…25,000 points 15 bits

References 140DII33000 140DIO33000 140AII33000 140AII33010 140AIO33000

(1) Type J, K, E, T, S, R, B, mV

10/22

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Notes

10/23

02/2010

- V7.0ART. 960015

DIA1ED2040506EN

Head Ofﬁce

35, rue Joseph Monier - CS 30323

F92500 Rueil-Malmaison Cedex

France

www.schneider-electric.com

The information provided in this documentation contains general descriptions and/or technical

characteristics of the performance of the products contained herein. This documentation is not

intended as a substitute for and is not to be used for determining suitability or reliability of these

products for speciﬁc user applications. It is the duty of any such user or integrator to perform the

appropriate and complete risk analysis, evaluation and testing of the products with respect to the

relevant speciﬁc application or use thereof. Neither Schneider Electric nor any of its afﬁliates or

subsidiaries shall be responsible or liable for misuse of the information contained herein.

Design : IGS-CP

Photos : Schneider Electric

Print :

Schneider Electric Industries SAS

Couverture_V7.0 EN 489956 Catalog

111721-Catalog 1 111721-Catalog_1 111721-Catalog_1 783510 Batch5 unilog cesco-content

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation